Qashqai-Om j12 En6 November-2022

QASHQAI
QASHQAI
OWNER'S
OWNER'S
MANUAL MANUAL
Foreword
This manual was prepared to help you understand WHEN READING THE MANUAL WARNING
the operation and maintenance of your vehicle so Indicates the presence of a hazard that could
This manual includes information for all options
that you may enjoy many kilometres (miles) of cause death or serious personal injury. To
available on this model. Therefore, you may find
driving pleasure. Please read through this manual avoid or reduce the risk, the procedures
some information that does not apply to your
before operating your vehicle. described must be followed precisely.
vehicle.
A separate Warranty Information & Maintenance
Throughout this manual, some illustrations may
Booklet explains in detail the warranty coverage
only show the layout for Left-Hand Drive (LHD) CAUTION
that applies to your vehicle.
models. For Right-Hand Drive (RHD) models, the Indicates the presence of a hazard that could
Your NISSAN dealer knows your vehicle best. When illustrated shape and location of some compo- cause minor or moderate personal injury, or
you require any service or have any questions, nents may differ. damage to your vehicle. To avoid or reduce the
your NISSAN dealer will be glad to assist you with risk, the procedures described must be fol-
All information, specifications and illustrations in
the extensive resources available for you. lowed carefully.
this manual are those in effect at the time of
IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION RE- printing. NISSAN reserves the right to change
specifications or designs at any time without NOTE:
MINDERS! notice and without obligation. Indicates additional helpful information.
Follow these important driving rules to help ensure
a safe and complete trip for you and your MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHICLE
passengers! This vehicle should not be modified. Modifications
* NEVER drive under the influence of alcohol could affect its performance, safety or durability,
or drugs. and may even violate governmental regulations. In
* ALWAYS observe posted speed limits and addition, damage or performance problems result-
never drive too fast for conditions. ing from modifications may not be covered under
NISSAN warranties.
* ALWAYS give your full attention to driving
and avoid using vehicle features or taking
READ FIRST — THEN DRIVE SAFELY
other actions that could distract you.
Before driving your vehicle, read this Owner’s The Blue Citizenship symbol indicates environ-
* ALWAYS use your seat belts and appropriate
Manual carefully. This will ensure familiarity with mentally friendly information and best practices.
child restraint systems. Preteen children
controls and maintenance requirements, assisting
should be seated in the rear seat.
you in the safe operation of your vehicle.
* ALWAYS provide information about the
proper use of vehicle safety features to all Throughout this manual the following symbols
occupants of the vehicle. and words are used:
* ALWAYS review this Owner’s Manual for
important safety information.
texts on controls like buttons or switches inside or ON-ROAD AND OFF-ROAD DRIVING
on the vehicle.
(4WD models)
GUID-39401C9E-CE5A-4DDB-9E5A-CA5AAAEFACAA
Air bag warning labels (where fitted):
GUID-6DDE4625-BE11-4F39-B5BD-10E0CCBD372A
This vehicle will handle and manoeuvre differently
from an ordinary passenger vehicle, because it has
a higher centre of gravity. As with other vehicles
with features of this type, failure to operate this
vehicle correctly may result in loss of control or an
accident.
Be sure to read “On-road and off-road driving
MSIC0697
precautions” and “Four-wheel drive (4WD)” in the “5.
This symbol means “Do not do this” or “Do not let Starting and driving” section of this manual.
this happen”
BATTERY DISPOSAL
GUID-C01121F2-FEB5-4F20-94E3-B52DAAA18D4B
MNOS1274
Arrows in an illustration that are similar to these

point to the front of the vehicle.
Example
MNSY1041
MNOS1275
“NEVER use a rearward facing child restraint on a
Arrows in an illustration that are similar to these seat protected by an ACTIVE AIRBAG in front of it,
indicate movement or action. DEATH or SERIOUS INJURY to the CHILD can occur.”
Be sure to read the “Airbag warning labels” MNSY688
MNOS1276 description in the Safety section of this manual;
Arrows in an illustration that are similar to these
and the “Airbag label” description at the end of this CAUTION
manual.
call attention to an item in the illustration. An improperly disposed battery can harm the
environment. Always confirm local regulations
[ ]
for battery disposal.
Square brackets are used to indicate messages,
keys, or items displayed on a screen. Examples of the batteries that the vehicle contains:
< > * Vehicle battery
Chevrons or angle brackets are used to indicate
* Remote controller battery (for Intelligent Key
and/or Remote keyless entry system)
* Tyre Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) sen-
sor battery
* Remote controller battery (for Mobile Enter-
tainment system)
MNOS1617
Bluetooth® is a trademark owned by Bluetooth SIG,

Inc and licensed to Visteon Corporation and
Robert Bosch GmbH.
MNSY430
iPod® is a trademark of Apple Inc.
M2022COPYRIGHTSYMBOL
Contents Illustrated table of contents 0
Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint
system 1
Instruments and controls 2
Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3
Display screen, heater and air conditioner, and audio
system 4
Starting and driving 5
In case of emergency 6
Appearance and care 7
Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8
Technical information 9
Regulatory information 10
Index 11
0 Illustrated table of contents
Seat belts and supplemental restraint system ......................

.... 4 Instrument panel ........................................................................................ 11
Exterior front ......................................................................................................
.... 5 Left Hand Drive .................................................................................. 11
Exterior rear ........................................................................................................
.... 6 Right Hand Drive ............................................................................... 12
Passenger compartment .........................................................................
.... 7 Meters and gauges ................................................................................... 13
Cockpit ....................................................................................................................
.... 8 Engine compartment .............................................................................. 15
Left Hand Drive ......................................................................................
.... 8 HR13DDT engine .............................................................................. 15
Right Hand Drive ...................................................................................
.... 9 Driving aids (where fitted) ................................................................... 16
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
SEAT BELTS
SEAT BELTS AND SUPPLEMENTAL
SUPPLEMEN- RESTRAINT SYSTEM
TAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM
GUID-13DD7992-40AE-443D-9B56-C36CE7377B10
10. Front supplemental side-impact air bags
(P.52)
11. Front seat belt pre-tensioners (P.34)
12. Rear seats (P.23)
— Child restraints (P.36)
13. Rear Occupant Detection* (P.31)
14. ISOFIX child restraint system (P.42)
15. Child restraint anchor points (for top tether
strap) (P.44)
*: where fitted
MNIC4092
1. Supplemental front-impact air bags (P.51) 5. Front central seat-mounted side-impact

2. Front passenger air bag status light (P.56) supplemental air bag* (P.52)
3. Front seats (P.21) 6. Front seat belts (P.463)
4. Occupant classification sensor (OCS)* or 7. Head restraints (P.25)

Occupant detection sensor (ODS)* (front 8. Supplemental curtain side-impact air bags
passenger seat) (P.57) (P.52)
9. Rear seat belts (P.463)
— Rear seat belt pre-tensioners (P.34)

EXTERIOR FRONT
GUID-46855F3B-3FF8-489B-93CE-DCEE308A3886
— Location and bulb replacement (P.485)
7. Tyres
— Tyres and wheels (P.489, P.498)
— Flat tyre (P.446)
— Tyre Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)*
(P.449)
8. Outside rear-view mirrors (P.165)
— Driving Position Memory System* (P.23)
— Side turn signal light (P.113)
— Location and bulb replacement (P.485)
9. Doors
— Keys (P.137)
— Door locks (P.146)
— Remote keyless entry system* (P.139)
*: where fitted
MNIC4259
1. Bonnet (P.154) 3. Power windows (P.128)

2. Windscreen wipers and washers 4. Towing eye (P.457)
— Switch operation (P.110) 5. Front fog lights*
— Blade replacement (P.482) — Switch (P.117)
— Window washer fluid (P.476) 6. Front lighting
— Windscreen defogger (P.112) — Switch (P.113)
— ThermaClear* (P.112) — Aiming control (P.113)
Illustrated table of contents 5

EXTERIOR REAR
GUID-D4E709C9-BF74-44D8-B563-7BB02F6186AF
— Child safety lock (P.148)
— Remote keyless entry system* (P.139)
8. Fuel filler lid (P.155)
9. Rear turn signal light
— Switch location (P.113)
10. Reversing light (P.485)
11. Rear fog light*
— Switch location (P.117)
12. Number plate lights (P.485)
13. Rear view camera*
— Rear-View Monitor* (P.171)
— Intelligent Around View Monitor (IAVM)*
(P.177)
14. Towing eye (P.457)
15. Tailgate (P.148)
— Power tailgate (P.149)
— Motion activated * (P.151)
*: where fitted
MNIC4128
1. Rear window (Defogger switch, P.112) 4. Antenna (P.200)

2. Rear wiper and washer 5. Brake light
— Wiper and washer switch (P.110) 6. Tail light
— Wiper replacement (P.482) — Switch location (P.113)
— Washer fluid (P.476) 7. Doors
3. High-mounted brake light (P.485) — Keys (P.137)
— Door locks (P.146)

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT
GUID-90C90586-1054-48CB-B3C8-161768E68DD8
12. Outside mirror remote control (P.165)
13. Power door lock switch (P.147)
14. Driving Position Memory System switches
(driver’s side)* (P.162)
15. Front cup holders (P.123)
16. Console box (P.123)
— USB (Universal Serial Bus) power ports*
(P.121)
17. Cargo area
— Adjustable luggage floor* (P.127)
— Luggage hooks* (P.128)
— Parcel shelf (P.125)
— Spare tyre* (P.445)
*: where fitted
**: Refer to the separate NissanConnect Own-
er’s Manual (where fitted).
MNIC4093
1. Inside rear-view mirror (P.165) 6. Sun visors (P.164)

2. Sunglasses holder* (P.123) 7. Interior (room) light* (P.132)
3. Map light (P.132) 8. Rear personal lights* (P.132)
— Microphone** 9. Coat hooks* (P.124)
4. Sunshade switch* (P.130) 10. Rear cup holders* (P.123)
5. eCall button* (P.442) 11. Power windows controls (P.128)

COCKPIT
GUID-546E4B0B-3D00-4FD1-8050-FDCAF1E618A7
6. Steering wheel
LEFT HAND DRIVE
GUID-A380D954-101F-48F9-8182-4FE3CFB98787 — Electric power steering system (P.432)
— Horn (P.119)
— Driver’s supplemental front-impact air bag
(P.51)
7. Wiper and washer switch (P.110)
8. Steering wheel switches
— ProPILOT Assist switch* (P.358)
— Drive Assist switch* (P.320)
— Cruise control* (P.300)
— Speed limiter* (P.302)
— Mobile phone integration for FM-AM radio
without NissanConnect* (P.218)
— Mobile phone integration for NissanCon-
nect* **
9. Hazard warning flasher switch (P.442)
10. Shift lever (Xtronic Transmission models)
(P.242)
11. Instrument brightness control (P.69)
12. Push button ignition switch (P.237)
13. Electric parking brake switch (Xtronic Trans-
mission models) (P.74)
MNIC4226 14. Automatic brake hold switch (Xtronic Trans-
1. Steering Assist switch* (models with ProPI- 4. Steering wheel gearshift paddles* (P.245) 15. [Drive Mode Selector] (4WD models) (P.256)
LOT Assist) (P.358) 5. Steering wheel switches 16. Electric parking brake switch (Manual Trans-
2. [Head- Up Display] (HUD) switch* (P.107) mission models) (P.157)
— Vehicle information display switches (P.82)
3. Headlight and turn signal switch (P.113) 17. Automatic brake hold switch (Manual Trans-
— Audio switches* (P.217) mission models) (P.159)

18. [Drive Mode Selector] (2WD models) (P.256) RIGHT HAND DRIVE
19. Shift lever (Manual Transmission models) GUID-A9A02A8D-EDDA-453F-B88C-06D5BAC42F94
(P.241)
* where fitted
** See the separate NissanConnect Owner’s
Manual (where fitted).
MNIC4227
1. Steering Assist switch* (models with ProPILOT 4. Steering wheel gearshift paddles* (P.245)
Assist) (P.358) 5. Steering wheel switches
2. [Head- Up Display] (HUD) switch* (P.107) — ProPILOT Assist switch* (P.358)
3. Wiper and washer switch (P.110) — Drive Assist switch* (P.320)
— Cruise control* (P.300)

— Speed limiter* (P.302) 18. [Drive Mode Selector] (2WD models) (P.256)
— Mobile phone integration for FM-AM radio 19. Shift lever (Manual Transmission models)
without NissanConnect* (P.218) (P.241)
— Mobile phone integration for NissanCon- * where fitted
nect* ** ** See the separate NissanConnect Owner’s
6. Steering wheel Manual (where fitted).
— Electric power steering system (P.432)
— Horn (P.119)
— Driver’s supplemental front-impact air bag
(P.51)
7. Headlight and turn signal switch (P.113)
8. Steering wheel switches
— Vehicle information display switches (P.82)
— Audio switches* (P.217)
9. Hazard warning flasher switch (P.442)
10. Shift lever (Xtronic Transmission models)
(P.242)
11. Instrument brightness control (P.69)
13. Electric parking brake switch (Xtronic Trans-
14. Automatic brake hold switch (Xtronic Trans-
15. [Drive Mode Selector] (4WD models) (P.256)
16. Electric parking brake switch (Manual Trans-
17. Automatic brake hold switch (Manual Trans-

INSTRUMENT PANEL
GUID-8FED8D6A-F96C-49A0-A29F-288AD983E977
7. Bonnet release handle (P.154)
LEFT HAND DRIVE
GUID-BCD3BE46-275B-4DED-A686-AB793D3D3553 8. Fuse box cover (P.483)
9. Tilt and telescopic steering lock lever (P.164)
10. Driver supplemental front-impact air bag
(P.51)
11. Heater and air conditioner (P.189)
— Defogger switch (P.112)
— Heated seat switches* (P.119)
— Heated steering wheel switch* (P.119)
13. Wireless charger* (P.121)
14. Power outlet (P.120)
15. Glove box (P.122)
*: where fitted
*1: See the separate NissanConnect Owner’s
MNIC4213
1. Side vent (P.188) 5. Audio system* (P.197)

2. Meters and gauges (P.65) — NissanConnect* *1
3. Head Up Display (HUD)* (P.107) — Without NissanConnect* (P.200)
4. Centre vent (P.188) 6. Front passenger’s supplemental front-im-
pact air bag (P.51)

RIGHT HAND DRIVE 9. Tilt and telescopic steering lock lever (P.164)
GUID-802BF1FD-C484-41A5-ABAE-3BFF482245C9 10. Driver supplemental front-impact air bag
(P.51)
11. Heater and air conditioner (P.189)
— Defogger switch (P.112)
— Heated seat switches* (P.119)
— Heated steering wheel switch* (P.119)
13. Wireless charger* (P.121)
14. Power outlet (P.120)
15. Glove box (P.122)
*: where fitted
*1: See the separate NissanConnect Owner’s
MNIC4225
1. Side vent (P.188) — without NissanConnect* (P.200)

2. Meters and gauges (P.65) 6. Front passenger’s supplemental front-im-
3. Head Up Display (HUD)* (P.107) pact air bag (P.51)
4. Centre vent (P.188) 7. Bonnet release handle (P.154)
5. Audio system* (P.197) 8. Fuse box cover (inside glove box) (P.483)
— NissanConnect* *1

METERS AND GAUGES
GUID-0A108458-4C18-40BB-AF66-A4881D12D607
MWAA0046X
7 inch display
1. Tachometer (P.68)
2. Warning and indicator lights (P.71)
3. Vehicle information display (P.499)
4. Speedometer (P.67)
5. Engine coolant temperature gauge (P.68)
6. Fuel gauge (P.69)

MWAA0417X
Full-screen display
1. Tachometer (P.68) Classic View to Enhanced View to expand the

2. Vehicle information display (P.499) vehicle information display area. (P.67)
3. Warning and indicator lights (P.71)
4. Speedometer (P.67)
5. Engine coolant temperature gauge (P.68)
6. Fuel gauge (P.69)
The view of the display can be changed from

ENGINE COMPARTMENT
GUID-ECFDE564-9DFC-4851-87D8-E1C82DB9F114
7. Battery (P.476)
HR13DDT ENGINE
GUID-258E514F-4230-4CB5-B0D3-36F864866E13 8. Air cleaner (P.481)
9. Fuses/fusible link box (P.483)
MNIC4029
1. Engine coolant reservoir (P.471) 4. Engine oil filler cap (P.472)

2. Window washer/headlight cleaner (where 5. Engine oil dipstick (P.472)
fitted) fluid reservoir (P.476) 6. Brake/clutch fluid reservoir (MT (LHD) mod-
3. Brake/clutch fluid reservoir (MT (RHD) models), Brake fluid reservoir (Xtronic transmis-
els), Brake fluid reservoir (Xtronic transmission (LHD) models) (P.475)
sion (RHD) models) (P.475)

DRIVING AIDS (where fitted)
GUID-4A20D1D4-A393-424F-9131-3BE2CB8531B8
Abbrevia-
System name Icon Description Page
tion
Lane Departure 284

LDW The LDW system warns the driver when the vehicle is beginning to leave the driving lane.
Warning*
Intelligent Lane In- The ILI system warns the driver when the vehicle leaves the travelling lane and assists the driver 288
ILI
tervention* in returning to the travelling lane.
Emergency Lane The ELA system warns the driver when the vehicle approaches the road edge or solid white line 293
ELA
Assist* and assists the driver to return the vehicle to the carriageway.
The Steering Assist system assists the driver in keeping the vehicle in the centre of the travelling 320
Steering Assist* —
lane. Steering Assist also incorporates ILI. 391
Cruise Control* — The Cruise Control system allows the driver to set and keep a constant vehicle speed. 300
Intelligent Cruise 320

The ICC system allows the driver to set and keep either a constant distance to the vehicle ahead
Control (with ICC
or set vehicle speed.
Steering Assist)*
Intelligent Cruise 305

The ICC system allows the driver to set and keep either a constant distance to the vehicle ahead
Control (without ICC
or set vehicle speed.
Steering Assist)*
ProPILOT Assist* The ProPILOT Assist or Drive Assist systems combine the Intelligent Cruise Control, Steering 358
—
or Drive Assist* Assist, Intelligent Lane Intervention and Blind Spot Intervention.

Abbrevia-
tion
Speed limiter* — The speed limiter allows you to set the desired vehicle speed limit. 302
Blind Spot Warn- While driving, the BSW system helps alert the driver to the presence of other vehicles in adjacent 262
BSW
ing* lanes.
The Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention system helps alert the driver to the presence of other 262
Intelligent Blind
— vehicles in adjacent lanes when changing lanes and helps assist the driver to return the vehicle
Spot Intervention*
to the centre of the travelling lane.
Traffic Sign recog- The TSR system provides the driver with information about the most recently detected speed 259
TSR
nition* limit.
Intelligent Emer- The IEB system can assist the driver when there is a risk of a forward collision with the vehicle 402
IEB
gency Braking* ahead in the travelling lane or with a pedestrian or cyclist.
Rear Cross Traffic When the vehicle is in reverse, the RCTA system is designed to detect other vehicles approaching 274
RCTA
Alert* from the right or left of the vehicle.
Rear Automatic When the vehicle is in reverse, The RAB system can assist the driver when there is a risk of a 279
RAB
Braking* collision with an obstacle behind the vehicle.
Anti-lock Braking The ABS controls the brakes so the wheels do not lock during hard braking or when braking on
ABS 434
System slippery surfaces.

Abbrevia-
tion
Electronic Stability The ESP system adjusts wheel brake pressure and engine torque to assist in improving vehicle
ESP 435
Programme stability.
The Hill Start Assist system automatically keeps the brakes applied to help prevent the vehicle
Hill Start Assist* HSA 437
from rolling backwards when stopped on a hill.

1 Safety — seats, seat belts and
supplemental restraint system
Seats .....................................................................................................................
.... 20 Pre-tensioner seat belt system .... ....................................................... 34
Front seats ............................................................................................
.... 21 ....
Child safety ...................................................................................................... 35
Driving Position Memory System (where fitted) ......
.... 23 ....
Infants and small children ........................................................ 35
Seat heater (where fitted) .........................................................
.... 23 ....
Larger children ................................................................................... 35
Massage seats (where fitted) .................................................
.... 23 Legal requirements ...........................................................................
.... 36
Rear seats ..............................................................................................
.... 23 Child restraints ...............................................................................................
.... 36
Armrests (where fitted) ...............................................................
.... 24 Precautions on child restraints ............................................... .... 36
Head restraints .............................................................................................
.... 25 Child restraint and ISOFIX information ............................. 37
Adjustable head restraint components .........................
.... 25 .... restraint system .................................................... 42
ISOFIX child
Non-adjustable head restraint components .............
.... 25 ....
Child restraint anchorage ........................................................... 43
Remove ....................................................................................................
.... 26 Child restraint installation using ISOFIX .......................... 44
Install ..........................................................................................................
.... 26 Child restraint .... installation using three-point type
Adjust .........................................................................................................
.... 26 ....
seat belt ..................................................................................................... 46
Seat belts ..........................................................................................................
.... 27 Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) ......................................... .... 51
Precautions on seat belt usage ...........................................
.... 27 Precautions on Supplemental Restraint
System (SRS) .......................................................................................... 51
Child safety ...........................................................................................
.... 29
Front passenger air bag status light ................................. 56
Pregnant women .............................................................................
.... 29
Repair and replacement procedure .................................... 61
Injured persons ..................................................................................
.... 29
Seat belt reminders ........................................................................
.... 29
Three-point type seat belt ........................................................
.... 31
Seat belt maintenance ................................................................
.... 33
....
....
....
....
SEATS
GUID-62DA8FDC-BE1A-4536-B0F0-ECA33F3A0AFA
under the lap belt and being injured is
increased.
* When returning the seatbacks to the up-
right position, be certain that they are
completely secured in the latched position.
If they are not completely secured, pas-
sengers may be injured in an accident or
sudden stop. When operating the seatback
release always rock the seatback after-
wards to check that it is locked.
MNIC4103 * When the vehicle is being used to carry
Sit upright and well back cargo, properly secure all cargo to help
prevent it from sliding or shifting. Do not
WARNING * Do not leave children unattended inside place cargo higher than the seatbacks. In a
the vehicle. They could unknowingly acti- sudden stop or collision, unsecured cargo
* Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the
vate switches or controls, or make the could cause personal injury.
seatback is reclined. This can be danger-
ous. The shoulder belt will not be against vehicle move. Unattended children could * Never allow anyone to ride in the luggage
your body. In an accident, you could be become involved in serious accidents. area or on the rear seat when it is in the
thrown into it and receive neck or other * To help avoid risk of injury or death folded-down position. Use of these areas
serious injuries. You could also slide under through unintended operation of the ve- by passengers without proper restraints
the lap belt and receive serious internal hicle and/or its systems, do not leave could result in serious injury or death in an
injuries. children, people who require the assis- accident or sudden stop.
* For the most effective protection when the tance of others, or pets unattended in your * Depending on vehicle specification, the
vehicle is in motion, the seat should be vehicle. Additionally, the temperature in- front passenger seat may be equipped
upright. Always sit well back and upright in side a closed vehicle on a warm day can with occupant classification sensors that
the seat with both feet on the floor and quickly become high enough to cause a turn the front passenger air bag OFF under
adjust the seat properly. See “Precautions significant risk of injury or death to people some conditions. These sensors are only
on seat belt usage” (P.27). and pets. used in this seat. Failure to be properly
* The seatback should not be reclined any seated and wearing the seat belt can
* Do not adjust the driver’s seat while driv-
more than needed for comfort. Seat belts increase the risk or severity of injury in an
ing. The seat may move suddenly and
are most effective when the passenger sits accident. See “Supplemental Restraint Sys-
could cause loss of control of the vehicle.
well back and upright in the seat. If the tem (SRS)” (P.51).
* After adjustment, gently rock in the seat to seatback is reclined, the risk of sliding
make sure it is securely locked. Vehicles not fitted with occupant classifi-
cation sensors have an Occupant Detec-
20 Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

tion System on this seat which cannot turn FRONT SEATS
the front airbag off automatically. For GUID-02969E35-D9CE-4E84-B1B6-874FD84AAAC4
manual airbag control details see “Supple-
mental Restraint System (SRS)” (P.51).
CAUTION
* When adjusting the seat positions, be sure
not to contact any moving parts to avoid
possible injuries and/or damage
* To avoid damage to the seats, seat heating
(where fitted) and occupant detection,
observe the following information:
MNPA1252
— Any liquid spilled on the seat should be
removed immediately with a dry cloth.
Keep the lever fully lifted whilst adjusting the
— If the seat covers are damp or wet, do Manual seatGUID-9A6BEB63-EE01-42BF-A7E8-61AED74C8040
adjustment seatback. Release the lever when the seatback is
not switch on the seat heating (where
Forward and backward: stationery and in the desired recline position.
fitted) The seat heating must not be
used to dry the seats. Pull the lever up and hold it while sliding the seat The reclining feature allows adjustment of the
forward or backward to the preferred position. seatback for occupants of different sizes for added
— Clean the seat covers as recom-
Release the lever to lock the seat in position. comfort and to help obtain proper seat belt fit, see
mended, see “Cleaning interior”
Reclining: “Precautions on seat belt usage” (P.27). Also, the
(P.462).
seatback can be reclined to allow occupants to
— Do not transport heavy loads on the CAUTION rest when the vehicle is stopped and the vehicle is
seats. Do not place sharp objects on When moving the seats forward or backward, in the P (Park) position or N (Neutral) position with
the seat cushions, for example knives, or returning a rear-reclined seatback to its the parking brake applied.
nails or tools. upright position, make sure you hold onto the Seat lifter (where fitted):
seatback while operating. If the seatback is not
Repeatedly pull up or push down the adjusting
held, the seat or seatback will move suddenly
lever , to adjust the seat height to the desired
and could cause injury.
position.
To recline the seatback pull and hold the lever Head restraints:
up, keeping the lever fully lifted, and lean back. To Push and hold the lock knob to remove, install,
bring the seatback forward pull and hold the lever or (where possible) adjust the head restraints. For
up, keeping the lever fully lifted, and lean forward. proper adjustment see “Head restraints” (P.25).
Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 21

Lumbar support (where fitted): Power seat adjustment (where fitted)
The lumbar support feature provides lower back GUID-FA426BCF-CD3A-43D0-B294-69D5295F1183
support to the driver.

Manual adjustment (where fitted): Move the
adjusting lever forward or backward to adjust
the seat lumbar area until the desired position is
achieved.
MNIC4038
WARNING Forward and backward:

Move the adjusting switch forward or backward
To help avoid risk of injury or death through
to the desired position.
MNPA1609
unintended operation of the vehicle and/or its
systems, do not leave children, people who Reclining:
require the assistance of others or pets un- Move the adjusting switch forward or backward
Power adjustment (where fitted): Push each side attended in your vehicle. Additionally, the to the desired position.
of the adjusting switch to adjust the seat lumbar temperature inside a closed vehicle on a warm
The reclining feature allows the adjustment of the
area until the desired position is achieved day can quickly become high enough to cause
seatback for occupants of different sizes to help
a significant risk of injury or death to people
To harden the seatback contour obtain the proper seat belt fit. (See “Precautions on
and pets.
seat belt usage” (P.27).)
To soften the seatback contour
The seatback may be reclined to allow occupants
Operating tips:
to rest when the vehicle is parked.
* The power seat motor has an auto-reset
overload protection circuit. If the motor stops Seat lifter/tilter (where fitted):
during the seat adjustment, wait 30 seconds, Move the adjusting switch as shown to adjust
then reactivate the switch. the angle of the front portion or height of the seat.
* To avoid discharge of the battery, do not Pull the front or rear of the adjusting switch up
operate the power seats for a long period of or push down to adjust the seat height and angle
time when the engine is not running. until the desired position is achieved.

Lumbar support (where fitted): To lower the seatback contour NOTE:
To harden the seatback contour Before the massage seat can be operated, the
door must be closed and the engine must be
DRIVING POSITION MEMORY SYSTEM running.
(where fitted)
GUID-717BE93C-7698-4AE2-AE32-EF3CEDC08557 For details of how to control and adjust the
Two positions for the driver’s seat can be stored in massage seat functions, see your NissanConnect
the Driving Position Memory System. For more Owner’s Manual.
information on the Driving Position Memory Sys-
tem, see “Driving Position Memory System (where REAR SEATS GUID-163AF219-71C6-4711-AB5D-19248DE4DBD3
fitted)” (P.162).
MNIC4039 SEAT HEATER (where fitted)

GUID-781A1C91-FD69-42C8-8852-5842AE779008
Type A (with height adjustment) The front seats can be warmed by built-in heaters.
The switches are located on the instrument panel
and can be operated independently of each other.
For more information on the seat heater, see “Seat
heating (where fitted)” (P.119).
MASSAGE SEATS (where fitted)

GUID-F97D885C-DDB4-4474-97EB-E573D653E05E
MNIC3964
Folding GUID-20524908-78F5-4B64-9B9F-F95A75A883A6
MNIC4040 The luggage compartment loading capacity can
be increased by folding the rear seats forward as
Type B (without height adjustment)
shown.
The lumbar support feature provides lower back To fold the seat:
support to the driver. 1. Ensure head restraints are properly stowed,
MNIC4041
Push each side of the adjusting switch to adjust see “Head restraints” (P.25).
the seat lumbar area until the desired position is Massage seat switch
achieved.
To raise the seatback contour Use the massage seat switch on the side of the
seat to turn the massage seat feature on or off.
To soften the seatback contour

To return the seat to an upright position: 1. Front armrest
1. Make sure the seat belts are clear of the seat The console box lid can be used as an armrest.
latch mechanism.
2. Rear armrest
2. Lift the seatback up and push firmly to lock.
On the rear seat, pull the top of the armrest
CAUTION and lay it horizontally.
* If the seatback is not firmly locked, the
seatback will spring forward.
— Make sure that the seat path is clear
before moving the seat.
MWAB0084XZ
— Be careful not to allow hands or feet to
get caught or pinched in the seat.
2. When folding the rear seat forward, the outer
seat belts can be stored out of the way using 3. Ensure lock button has returned to the closed
the seat belt hooks as shown in the illustra- position and pull seatback firmly to check it is
tion. securely latched.
CAUTION CAUTION
* Take care when releasing the seatback Always ensure that the seat belt is not trapped
lock, the seatback has a folding assist in the release lever or any other vehicle part.
spring and the seat will spring forward.
* Do not fold down the rear seats when ARMRESTS (where fitted)
GUID-32F614A2-65D1-4A03-B8F4-7BCB0D4A0B84
occupants are in the rear seat area or any
luggage is on the rear seats.
— Make sure that the seat path is clear
before moving the seat.
— Be careful not to allow hands or feet to
get caught or pinched in the seat.
3. Release the seatback lock by lifting the latch.

4. Fold the seat forward as shown.
MNIC4042

HEAD RESTRAINTS
GUID-FFFC85E9-2D83-4655-8AD2-26132FA338E7
WARNING — If your ear position is still higher than the NON-ADJUSTABLE HEAD RESTRAINT
recommended alignment, place the head
Head restraints supplement the other vehicle COMPONENTS
restraint at the highest position. GUID-DD20D521-2B5D-499C-A4AA-46DB680707A1
safety systems. They may provide additional
protection against injury in certain rear end — For the non-adjustable type, raise into
collisions. Adjust the head restraints properly, locking position before use. The seat should
as specified in this section. Check the adjust- not be occupied with the head restraint in
ment after someone else uses the seat. Do not the lower storage position.
attach anything to the head restraint stalks or * If the head restraint has been removed, ensure
remove the head restraint. Do not use the seat that it is reinstalled and locked in place before
if the head restraint has been removed. If the riding in that designated seating position.
head restraint was removed, reinstall and
properly adjust the head restraint before an ADJUSTABLE HEAD RESTRAINT COM-
occupant uses the seating position. Failure to PONENTS GUID-F7C9B668-28CE-4A6C-B2F5-F855B8275FE8
follow these instructions can reduce the effec-
tiveness of the head restraints. This may
increase the risk of serious injury or death in
a collision.
* Your vehicle is equipped with head restraints.

On the front seats they are adjustable. On the
rear seats they are non-adjustable but have a
lower storage position.
* Adjustable head restraints have multiple
notches along the stalk to lock them in a
MNPA1314
desired adjustment position.
* The non-adjustable head restraints have a
MNPA1606
single locking notch to secure them to the 1. Removable head restraint
seat frame.
2. Multiple notches
* Proper Adjustment: 1. Removable head restraint
3. Lock knob
— For the adjustable type, align the head 2. Single notch
restraint so the centre of your ear is 4. Stalks
approximately level with the centre of the 3. Lock knob
head restraint. 4. Stalks

REMOVE GUID-27E2E107-B025-4997-8211-159D3CCACFBF
INSTALL GUID-B5941BE3-4AE6-4985-9040-8665C0413736
ADJUST GUID-9D20969C-6CCD-491A-8CE9-438C7B914C01
MNPA1316 MNPA1607 MSSS0997Z
Use the following procedure to remove the head 1. Align the head restraint stalks with the holes in For adjustable front head restraint
restraint. the seat. Make sure that the head restraint is Adjust the head restraint so the centre is level with
1. Pull the head restraint up to the highest facing the correct direction. The stalk with the the centre of your ears. If your ear position is still
position. adjustment notch must be installed in the hole higher than the recommended alignment, place
with the lock knob. the head restraint at the highest position.
2. Push and hold the lock knob.
2. Push and hold the lock knob and push the For non-adjustable head restraint
3. Remove the head restraint from the seat. head restraint down.
4. Store the head restraint properly in a secure Make sure the head restraint is positioned so the
3. Properly adjust the head restraint before an lock knob is engaged in the notch before riding in
place so it is not loose in the vehicle. occupant uses the seating position. that designated seating position.
5. Reinstall and properly adjust the head re-
straint before an occupant uses the seating
position.

SEAT BELTS
GUID-8059A152-25BB-462C-8A98-7EC234412A00
Raise GUID-83718BCD-CE6E-4EFE-9AEC-A6214D1C3F73 PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT USAGE
GUID-95879C14-FA52-4692-9F3F-D14C9E6FD415
If you are wearing your seat belt properly adjusted,
and you are sitting upright and well back in your
seat, your chances of being injured or killed in an
accident and/or the severity of injury may be
greatly reduced. NISSAN strongly encourages you
and all of your passengers to buckle up every time
you drive, regardless of whether or not your
seating position includes a supplemental air bag.
MSSS0134Z
MNPA1608 Sit upright and well back
WARNING
To raise the head restraint, pull it up as shown.
Be sure to observe the following warnings
when using seat belts. Failure to do so could
Lower GUID-5E3E6BB9-3BDF-4A29-A535-AE8D961BBC32 increase the chance and/or severity of injury in
an accident.
* Every person who drives or rides in this
MSSS0136Z vehicle should use a seat belt at all times.
Sit upright and well back Children should be in the rear seats and in
an appropriate restraint.
* The seat belt should be properly adjusted
to a snug fit. Failure to do so may reduce
the effectiveness of the entire restraint
system and increase the chance or severity
MNPA1319 of injury in an accident. Serious injury or
death can occur if the seat belt is not worn
properly.
To lower, push and hold the lock knob and push * Always route the shoulder belt over your
the head restraint down as shown. shoulder and across your chest. Never put
the belt behind your back, under your arm
or across your neck. The belt should be

away from your face and neck, but not one occupant; it is dangerous to put a belt erly. Seat belt assemblies not in use during
falling off your shoulder. around a child being carried on the occu- a collision should also be inspected and
* Seat belts are designed to bear upon the pant’s lap. replaced if either damage or improper
bony structure of the body, and should be * If the seat belt warning light illuminates operation is noted.
worn low across the front of the pelvis or continuously while the ignition is ON, with * All child restraints and attaching hardware
the pelvis, chest and shoulders, as applic- all doors closed, and all seat belts fas- should be inspected after any collision.
able; wearing the lap section of the belt tened, it may indicate a malfunction in the Always follow the restraint manufacturer’s
across the abdominal area must be system. Have the system checked by a inspection instructions and replacement
avoided. Position the lap belt as low and NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop. recommendations. The child restraints
snug as possible around THE HIPS, NOT * No changes should be made to the seat should be replaced if they are damaged.
THE WAIST. A lap belt worn too high could belt system. For example, do not modify * It is essential to replace the entire assem-
increase the risk of internal injuries in an the seat belt, add material, or install bly after it has been worn in a severe
accident. devices that may change the seat belt impact even if damage to the assembly is
* No modifications or additions should be routing or tension. Doing so may affect not obvious.
made by the user which will either prevent the operation of the seat belt system. * Care should be taken to avoid contamina-
the seat belt adjusting devices from oper- Modifying or tampering with the seat belt tion of the webbing with polishes, oils and
ating to remove slack, or prevent the seat system may result in serious personal chemicals, and particularly battery acid. It
belt assembly from being adjusted to injury. is possible to safely clean the seat belts,
remove slack. * Once a seat belt pre-tensioner has been see “Seat belt maintenance” (P.33). The
* Seat belts should be adjusted as firmly as activated, it cannot be reused and must be belt should be replaced if webbing be-
possible, consistent with comfort, to pro- replaced together with the retractor. See a comes frayed, contaminated or damaged.
vide the protection for which they have NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop.
been designed. A slack belt will greatly * Removal and installation of the pre-ten-
reduce the protection afforded to the sioner seat belt system components
wearer. should be done by a NISSAN dealer or
* Be sure the seat belt tongue is securely qualified workshop.
fastened to the proper buckle. * All seat belt assemblies, including retrac-
* Do not wear the seat belt inside out or tors and attaching hardware, should be
twisted. Doing so may reduce its effective- inspected by a NISSAN dealer or qualified
ness. workshop after any collision. NISSAN re-
* Never carry more people in the vehicle commends that all seat belt assemblies in
than there are seat belts. use during a collision be replaced unless
the collision was minor and the belts show
* Each belt assembly must only be used by no damage and continue to operate prop-

CHILD SAFETY shoulder and the lap belt is low on the hips. The * For vehicles with Rear Occupant Detection,
GUID-C6C7D032-724E-40DC-830B-A5F5112DA51D
booster seat should fit the vehicle’s seat. Once the alert the driver if any occupant in the vehicle
child has grown so the shoulder belt is no longer does not have their seat belt securely fastened
on or near the face and neck, use the shoulder belt If your vehicle is NOT fitted with Rear Occupant
without the booster seat. Detection, the Rear Passenger Seat Belt Display will
show when the ignition is switched ON while any
WARNING
rear seat belt is unfastened. See “Rear passenger
Never let a child stand or kneel on any seat and seat belt display (where fitted)” (P.30).
do not allow a child in the cargo areas while
the vehicle is moving. WARNING
NISSAN strongly encourages you and all of
PREGNANT WOMEN your passengers to buckle up every time you
MSSS0099Z GUID-56C44A1C-2D0E-4673-8015-D419613A77F1 drive. Failure to do so may reduce the effec-
NISSAN recommends that pregnant women use tiveness of the entire restraint system and
seat belts. The seat belt should be worn snug, and greatly increase the chance or severity of
always position the lap belt as low as possible being injured in an accident. Serious injury or
Infants or small children
GUID-B19B08CD-55C9-4E32-ACD7-7D0DBC260847 around the hips, not the waist. Place the shoulder death can occur if the seat belt is not worn.
NISSAN recommends that infants or small children belt over your shoulder and across your chest.
should be seated in a child restraint on the rear Never put the lap/shoulder belt over your abdom- Some infants and children may not require use of
seats. According to accident statistics, children are inal area. Contact your doctor for specific recom- the vehicle’s seat belt when using an appropriate
safer when properly restrained in the rear seat mendations. ISOFIX Child Restraint System with integrated
than in the front seat. See “Child restraints” (P.36).
restraints. See “Child restraints” (P.36).
You should choose a child restraint system which INJURED PERSONS
GUID-22EFB41B-657E-4B8C-910C-BEFE8546BC50
fits your vehicle and always follow the manufac- NISSAN recommends that injured persons use seat Seat belt GUID-FCDFEFA7-A5BE-44BF-B5BA-C1A3B3258C90
warning light
turer’s instructions for installation and use. belts, depending on the injury. Check with your The Seat Belt Warning Light located in the instru-
doctor for specific recommendations. ment panel will immediately illuminate whenever
Children GUID-A26FAC27-7731-42B3-863F-F1C132BA356D
the ignition is switched ON and any front row
Children who are too large for child restraints SEAT BELT GUID-C93B42CC-9F22-4940-9285-DE249C0A8880
REMINDERS occupant’s seat belt is not fastened. It will also
should be seated and restrained by the seat belts Dependent on the vehicle specification, the Seat illuminate if any rear seat belt changes from
that are provided. Belt Reminder will either: fastened to unfastened, or in the case of vehicles
The use of a booster seat (commercially available) * Alert the driver if a front row occupant in the fitted with Rear Occupant Detection if any rear
may help to avoid the shoulder belt coming across vehicle does not have their seat belt securely occupant in the vehicle does not have their seat
a child’s face or neck area. The booster seat should fastened or if any rear seatbelt changes from belt securely fastened. See “Warning lights, indica-
raise the child so that the shoulder belt is properly fastened to unfastened. tor lights and audible reminders” (P.71) for further
positioned across the top, middle portion of the details.

If the vehicle speed exceeds 15 km/h (approxi- Rear passenger seat belt display (where fitted) It will also display if any rear seat belt changes
GUID-F1C952FC-CA10-4009-897C-92BF75A20D96
mately 10 MPH) the light will flash and a chime will from fastened to unfastened. The display will
sound for at least 95 seconds or until all occupants remain until the number of rear fastened seat
are deemed to have their seat belts securely belts matches the maximum number seen during
fastened. the journey or until acknowledged by the driver
All occupants are deemed fastened when all front pushing the <OK> steering wheel switch.
row occupants have their seat belts securely The journey will reset when either rear door is
fastened and the number of rear fastened seat opened while the vehicle is stationary.
belts matches the maximum number seen during If the vehicle speed exceeds 15 km/h (approxi-
the journey, or in the case of vehicles fitted with mately 10 MPH) while the number of rear fastened
Rear Occupant Detection when all occupants have seat belts remains less than the maximum number
their seat belts securely fastened. seen during the journey the Rear Passenger Seat
The journey is considered finished and the system Belt Display will reappear.
will reset when either rear door is opened while the It is not possible to acknowledge the display while
vehicle is stationary. the Seat Belt Reminder Chime is audible.
Red Seat with exclamation symbol: The

MNS- corresponding seat is unfastened.
Y1022
Green Seat with tick symbol: The cor-

MNS- responding seat belt is fastened.
Y1023
MNIC4129
In vehicles not fitted with Rear Occupant Detec-

tion, the Rear Passenger Seat Belt Display will be
shown in the Vehicle Information Display (See
“Vehicle information display” (P.82)) for approxi-
mately 65 seconds when the ignition is switched
ON while any rear seat belt is unfastened. The
driver can acknowledge the display by pushing the
<OK> steering wheel switch.

Occupant status display (where fitted)
GUID-B85A0D38-D039-4E2C-B96C-6D338482DD69 edged by the driver pushing the <OK> steering an accident when subsequently worn by
wheel switch. people.
If an occupant unfastens a seat belt or the vehicle * When an electrical devices like a smart-
speed exceeds 15 km/h (approximately 10 MPH) phone or laptop is placed on front passen-
while a seat belt is not fastened, the Occupant ger seat, the Seat Belt Reminder may be
Status Display will reappear. It is not possible to triggered.
acknowledge the display while the Seat Belt * If the Seat Belt Warning Light illuminates
Reminder Chime is audible. continuously while the ignition is ON, with
The driver seat is always considered occupied. all doors closed, and all seat belts fas-
tened, it may indicate a malfunction in the
Red Seat with exclamation symbol: The
system. Have the system checked by a
MNS- corresponding seat is occupied and seat
Y1022 belt is not fastened. NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop.
* No changes should be made to the Seat
Green Seat with tick symbol: The cor- Belt Reminder system.
MNS- responding seat belt is fastened.
Y1023
THREE-POINT TYPE SEAT BELT
GUID-3B344D4E-F758-4C22-9D73-AB9069AD5F0D
Grey Seat: The corresponding seat is
WARNING
MNS- unoccupied.
Y1000 * Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the
seatback is reclined. This can be danger-
ous. The shoulder belt will not be against
WARNING your body. In an accident, you could be
thrown into it and receive neck or other
* Lighter passengers, including children,
MNIC4064 serious injuries. You could also slide under
may not be detected by the Seat Belt
the lap belt and receive serious internal
Reminder system.
injuries.
In vehicles fitted with Rear Occupant Detection, in * When heavy cargo is placed on the seat,
* For the most effective protection when the
addition to the Seat Belt Warning Light, the the Seat Belt Reminder may be triggered.
vehicle is in motion, the seat should be
Occupant Status Display will be shown in the Such cargo should be secured in the boot.
upright. Always sit well back and upright in
Vehicle Information Display (See “Vehicle informa- Only use the seat belts to restrain people
the seat with both feet on the floor and
tion display” (P.82).) when any vehicle occupant’s or universal Child Restraint Systems (See
adjust the seat belt properly.
seat belt is not fastened. “Child restraints” (P.36).). Never use them
to secure cargo, as this may cause da-
The display will remain until occupants have their
mage, reducing their effectiveness during
seat belts securely fastened, or until acknowl-

Fastening the seat belts
GUID-4CF33AD0-AB9B-42CD-A42A-886117520AC6
Checking seat belt operation
GUID-FFA4E1B2-CDA5-4F5E-8192-08C66D164968
1. Adjust the seat. (See “Seats” (P.20).) Seat belt retractors are designed to lock seat belt
2. Slowly pull the seat belt out of the retractor movement by two separate methods:
and insert the tongue into the buckle until you * When the belt is pulled quickly from the
hear and feel the latch engage. retractor.
* When the vehicle slows down rapidly.
To increase your confidence in the seat belts,
check the operation as follows:
* Grasp the shoulder belt and pull forward
MSSS0290Z
quickly. The retractor should lock and restrict
further belt movement.
If the retractor does not lock during this check or if
4. Pull the shoulder belt portion toward the
you have any questions about seat belt operation,
retractor to take up extra slack. Be sure the
see a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop.
shoulder belt is routed over your shoulder and
across your chest.
MSSS0292Z Shoulder beltGUID-B127187E-A8B4-4473-946F-1CC8A75AD7C8
height adjustment
Unfastening GUID-4BD32048-9909-4096-B121-34BF19B783CC
the seat belts
. The retractor is designed to lock during a
sudden stop or on impact. A slow pulling
motion permits the belt to move and
allows you some freedom of movement
in the seat.
3. Position the lap belt portion low and snug on
the hips as shown.
MNIC4035
MSSS0326Z
The shoulder belt anchor height should be ad-

justed to the position that is best for you. (See
To unfasten the seat belt, push the button on the
“Precautions on seat belt usage” (P.27).)
buckle. Then guide the seat belt as it automatically
retracts. To adjust the shoulder belt anchor height upward,

push up on the seat belt anchor, you will hear a Centre of rear seat Rear seat belt storage
GUID-97F95EE9-E318-4563-B5A0-E0D2417B895E GUID-0C892BF9-2FDE-41FC-BCBE-5589699F61A3
click after it passes each available position. Once in
the proper position, gently pull on the seat belt
webbing to ensure the shoulder belt anchor is
locked into position.
To adjust downward press down on the release
button and move the shoulder belt anchor
down, then release the button and gently pull on
the seat belt webbing to ensure the shoulder belt
anchor is locked into position.
Always adjust the shoulder belt anchor to ensure
that the seat belt passes over the centre of the MNIC3953 MNIC4166
shoulder so it is away from your face but not falling
off of your shoulder.
When folding the rear seat forward, the outer seat
WARNING
belts can be stored out of the way using the seat
* After adjustment, release the adjustment belt hooks as shown in the illustration.
button and then try to move the shoulder
belt anchor up and down to make sure that SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE
GUID-95969947-4D3C-475B-BE90-1246EC115B71
it is securely fixed in position. * To clean the seat belt webbing, apply a mild
* The shoulder belt anchor height should be soap solution or any solution recommended
adjusted to the position that is best for for cleaning upholstery or carpets. Then wipe
you. Failure to do so may reduce the with a cloth and allow the seat belts to dry in
effectiveness of the entire restraint system the shade. Do not allow the seat belts to
and increase the chance or severity of MNIC4031 retract until they are completely dry.
injury in an accident. * If dirt builds up in the shoulder belt guide of
the seat belt anchors, the seat belts may
Selecting the correct seat buckle: retract slowly. Wipe the shoulder belt guide
The centre seat belt tongue has a different with a clean, dry cloth.
shape to the outer seat belt tongues, and can only * Periodically check to see that the seat belt
be fastened into the centre seat belt buckle. The and the metal components, such as buckles,
outer seat belt tongues can only be fastened tongues, retractors, flexible wires and anchors,
into the outer buckles. work properly. If loose parts, deterioration,
cuts or other damage on the webbing is

PRE-TENSIONER SEAT BELT SYSTEM
GUID-EC9FCD99-879D-4843-A574-657C7F9A12B7
found, the entire seat belt assembly should be WARNING The pre-tensioner seat belt system is activated in
replaced. conjunction with the front air bag system. It helps
* The pre-tensioner seat belt cannot be
tighten the seat belt when the vehicle is involved in
reused after activation. It must be replaced
certain types of collisions by restraining the seat
together with the retractor as a unit.
occupants via the seat belt retractor.
* If the vehicle is involved in a frontal
The pre-tensioner is encased with the seat belt’s
collision but the pre-tensioner is not acti-
retractor. These seat belts are used in the same
vated, be sure to have the pre-tensioner
way as conventional seat belts.
system checked and, if necessary, replaced
by a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop. When the pre-tensioner seat belt system activates,
smoke is released and a loud noise may be heard.
* No unauthorised changes should be made
The smoke is harmless, but care should be taken
to any components or wiring of the pre-
not to inhale it.
tensioner seat belt system. This is to
prevent accidental activation of the pre- After pre-tensioner activation, load limiters allow
tensioner seat belt or damage to the pre- the seat belt to release webbing (if necessary) to
tensioner seat belt operation. Tampering reduce forces against the chest. Load limiters are
with the pre-tensioner seat belt system fitted to all seat belt retractors except the rear
may result in serious personal injury. centre retractor.
* Work on and around the pre-tensioner When the ignition is switched ON, the Supplemen-
system should be done by an authorised tal Restraint System (SRS) air bag warning light will
NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop. In- illuminate. The SRS air bag warning light will turn
stallation of electrical equipment should off after approximately 7 seconds if the system is
also be done by a NISSAN dealer or operational. If any of the following conditions
qualified workshop. Unauthorised electri- occur, the air bag and/or pre-tensioner seat belt
cal test equipment and probing devices need servicing and your vehicle must be taken to
should not be used on the pre-tensioner the nearest NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop.
seat belt system. * The air bag warning light remains on after
* If you need to dispose of the pre-tensioner approximately 7 seconds.
or scrap the vehicle, contact a NISSAN * The air bag warning light flashes intermit-
dealer or qualified workshop. Correct pre- tently.
tensioner disposal procedures are set * The air bag warning light does not come on at
forth in the appropriate NISSAN Service all.
Manual. Incorrect disposal procedures Unless checked and repaired, the Supplemental
could cause personal injury. Restraint System (SRS) and/or pre-tensioner seat

CHILD SAFETY
GUID-F9DFB181-750F-478F-A4CF-F18762322ED4
belt may not function properly. It must be checked Children need adults to help protect them. This is especially important because your vehicle
and repaired. They need to be properly restrained. has a supplemental restraint system (air bag
When selling your vehicle, we request that you In addition to the general information in this system) for the front passenger. (See “Supple-
inform the buyer about the pre-tensioner seat belt manual, child safety information is available from mental Restraint System (SRS)” (P.51).)
system and guide the buyer to the appropriate many other sources, including doctors, teachers,
sections in this Owner’s Manual.
INFANTS AND SMALL CHILDREN
government traffic safety offices, and community GUID-AAD47FEE-8AB3-481A-9F62-FAB652BCFF39
organisations. Every child is different, so be sure to NISSAN recommends that infants and small chil-
learn the best way to transport your child. dren be seated in a child restraint system. You
should choose a child restraint system that fits
There are two basic types of child restraint system:
your vehicle and the child, and always follow the
* Rear-facing child restraints manufacturer’s instructions for installation and
* Front-facing child restraints use.
Please refer to “Child restraint category, size and
position” (P.41) to check the recommended child LARGER CHILDREN
GUID-318F66D9-842E-4A08-BAC4-328AFAE4609C
restraint for your child. Children who are too large for a child restraint
system should be seated and restrained by the
WARNING seat belts that are provided. If the child’s seating
Infants and children need special protection. position has a shoulder belt that fits close to the
The vehicle’s seat belts may not fit them face or neck, the use of a booster seat (commer-
properly. The shoulder belt may come too cially available) may help overcome this. The
close to the face or neck. The lap belt may booster seat should raise the child so that the
not fit over their small hip bones. In an shoulder belt is properly positioned across the top,
accident, an improperly fitting seat belt could middle portion of the shoulder and the lap belt is
cause serious or fatal injury. Always use low on the hips. The booster seat should also fit
appropriate child restraints. the vehicle seat. Once the child has grown so that
the shoulder belt is no longer on or near the face
A child restraint may be secured in the vehicle by or neck of the child, use the shoulder belt without
using either the ISOFIX child restraint system or the booster seat. In addition, there are many types
with the vehicle seat belt, see “Child restraints” of child restraint system available for larger
(P.36) for more information. children that should be used for maximum protec-
NISSAN recommends that all pre-teens and tion.
children be restrained in the rear seat. According
to accident statistics, children are safer when
properly restrained in the rear seat than in the
front seat.

CHILD RESTRAINTS
GUID-C93F25BA-A262-4CE1-B85A-F531030FECD1
LEGAL REQUIREMENTS PRECAUTIONS ON CHILD RESTRAINTS bones. In an accident, an improperly fitting

GUID-E7FD7902-A744-4445-A828-11CA11A3764F GUID-B8ECC734-1516-412B-A862-D4E07517868A
seat belt could cause serious or fatal injury.
Check any legal requirements applicable in your
location. For example, the U.K. has legal require- * NISSAN recommends that the child re-
ments to use child restraints based on height and straint system be installed in the rear seat.
age, see “Child restraints” (P.36) for more informa- According to accident statistics, children
tion. are safer when properly restrained in the
rear seat rather than in the front seat.
* Child restraint systems specially designed
for infants and small children are available
from several manufacturers. When select-
ing any child restraint systems, place your
MSSS0099Z child in the child restraint system and
check the various adjustments to be sure
that the child restraint system is compa-
WARNING tible with your child. Always follow the
manufacturer’s instructions for installation
* Infants and small children should always and use.
be placed in an appropriate child restraint
* Follow all of the child restraint manufac-
system while riding in the vehicle. Failure
turer’s instructions for installation and use.
to use a child restraint system can result in
When purchasing a child restraint, be sure
serious injury or death.
to select one which will fit your child and
* Infants and small children should never be vehicle. It may not be possible to properly
carried on your lap. It is not possible for install some types of child restraint in your
even the strongest adult to resist the vehicle.
forces of a severe accident. The child could
* Check the child restraint system in your
be crushed between the adult and parts of
vehicle to be sure that it is compatible with
the vehicle. Also, do not put the same seat
the vehicle’s seat belt system.
belt around a child and yourself.
* For a front-facing child restraint system,
* Infants and children need special protec-
check to make sure the shoulder belt does
tion. The vehicle’s seat belts may not fit
not fit close to the child’s face or neck.
them properly. The shoulder belt may
come too close to the face or neck. The * Never install a rear-facing child restraint
lap belt may not fit over their small hip system on the front passenger seat with-
out ensuring that the front passenger air
bag is deactivated. The vehicle may be

equipped with a manual or an automatic * If a child restraint system is not anchored CHILD RESTRAINT AND ISOFIX INFOR-
front-passenger front air bag deactivation properly, the risk of a child being injured in
MATION
system. Where a manual front-passenger a collision or a sudden stop greatly in- GUID-A50052B0-4395-4678-ADA8-BACDE860D7C1
air bag deactivation system is equipped, creases. When selecting any child restraint, keep the
the air bag switch must be used to following points in mind:
* Improper use of a child restraint system
deactivate the passenger air bag. (For can increase the risk or severity of injury * Choose a child restraint that complies with the
details see “Automatic front-passenger for both the child and other occupants in latest European safety standard, ECE Regula-
air bag deactivation system (where fitted)” the vehicle. tion 44.04.
(P.57) and “Manual front-passenger air bag * Place your child in the child restraint and
deactivation system (where fitted)” (P.60).). * When the child restraint system is not in
use, keep it secured with the ISOFIX child check the various adjustments to be sure the
The <PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF> indicator child restraint is compatible with your child.
must be lit. In a frontal collision, restraint system or a seat belt to prevent it
from being thrown around in case of a Always follow all of the recommended proce-
supplemental front-impact air bags inflate dures.
with great force. An inflating supplemental sudden stop or accident.
* Check the child restraint in your vehicle to be
front-impact air bag could seriously injure
NISSAN recommends that infants and small chil- sure it is compatible with the vehicle’s seat belt
or kill your child.
dren be seated in a child restraint system. You system.
* Adjustable seatbacks should be positioned should choose a child restraint system that fits * Refer to the tables later in this section for a list
to fit the child restraint system, but as your vehicle and always follow the manufacturer’s of the recommended fitment positions and
upright as possible. instructions for installation and use. In addition, the approved child restraints for your vehicle.
* If the seat belt in the position where a child there are many types of child restraint systems
available for larger children that should be used for NOTE:
restraint system is installed requires a
locking device and if it is not used, injuries maximum protection. Child restraints approved to UN Regulation No.
could result from a child restraint system 44 (UN R44) or UN Regulation No.129 (UN R129)
CAUTION
tipping over during normal vehicle braking are clearly marked with the categories such as
or cornering. Remember that a child restraint left in a closed Universal, Semi-universal or ISOFIX.
vehicle can become very hot. Check the seat-
* After attaching a child restraint system, ing surface and buckles before placing your Mass group GUID-547FD192-4C10-4EF4-A93F-E4823E70368C
of child restraint
test it before you place the child in it. Push child in a child restraint.
it from side to side and tug it forward to
make sure that it is held securely in place.
The child restraint system should not
move more than 25 mm (1 in). If the
restraint is not secure, tighten the belt as
necessary, or install the restraint in an-
other seat and test it again.

Mass group Child’s weight Selecting the child restraint system for
Group 0 up to 10 kg each seating position
GUID-959DB0C1-89FE-4DFE-BFD4-3749B66B399D
Group 0+ up to 13 kg Right hand drive vehicles:
Group I 9 to 18 kg
Group II 15 to 25 kg
Group III 22 to 36 kg
Examples of child restraint types:

MJVR0372XZ
Child safety seat categories 0+ and I
MJVR0371XZ
Child safety seat categories 0 and 0+

MJVR0373XZ
Child safety seat categories II and III
MNIC4124
<PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF> indicator illuminated

Left hand drive vehicles:
Suitable for a universal child restraint
that is fastened with vehicle seat belt
Suitable for i-Size and ISOFIX child

restraint system
Prohibit installation of rearward fa-

cing child restraint system
Top tether anchorage equipment

seats
a: Adjust the seat backrest to the upright

position.
b: Adjust the seat lifter to the uppermost
position.
c: Adjust the seat slide to the rear most
position.
d: Do not install child restraints with a support
MNIC4125 leg.
e: Move the head restraint to the uppermost MNIC4126
<PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF> indicator illuminated position or remove it (and store securely) if
there is any interference with the child <PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF> indicator illuminated
Front passenger seat restraint. Do not remove head restraint when
using a booster cushion only.
Row 2: left hand outboard seat
Row 2: centre seat
Row 2: right hand outboard seat

Suitable for a universal child restraint
that is fastened with vehicle seat belt
Suitable for i-Size and ISOFIX child

restraint system
Prohibit installation of rearward fa-

cing child restraint system
Top tether anchorage equipment

seats
a: Adjust the seat backrest to the upright

position.
b: Adjust the seat lifter to the uppermost
position.
c: Adjust the seat slide to the rear most
position.
d: Do not install child restraints with a support
MNIC4127 leg.
e: Move the head restraint to the uppermost
<PASSENGER AIR BAG ON> indicator illuminated position or remove it (and store securely) if
there is any interference with the child
Front passenger seat restraint. Do not remove head restraint when
using a booster cushion only.
Row 2: left hand outboard seat
Row 2: centre seat
Row 2: right hand outboard seat

Child restraint category, size and position:
CRS suitable seat position
Age Weight Height CRS Mass Recommended ** ** ** **
(approx.) (approx.) (approx.) Category CRS Air bag Air bag
Activation (ON) Deactivation (OFF)
0 - 12 Britax Romer Ba-

Up to 10kg <75cm 0 No No Yes No Yes
months bysafe Plus + ISO-
FIX Base
0 - 18 Maxi Cosi Cabriofix
Up to 13kg <85cm 0+ No No Yes No Yes
months + Isofix Base
9 months Britax Romer Duo

70 - No Yes (belt only) Yes Yes (belt only) Yes
- 4 years 9 - 18 kg I Plus
100cm
old Britax Trifix 2 i-Size No No Yes No Yes
4 - 6 years 100 - 125

15 - 25 kg II Romer KidFix2 R * No Yes (belt only) Yes Yes (belt only)No Yes
old cm
6- 10 years
22 - 36 kg >125 cm III Romer KidFix2 R * No Yes (belt only) Yes Yes (belt only) Yes
old
* It is recommended to use the backrest and lap belt Secure Guard. In the event that the back rest is removed the lap belt Secure Guard should not be used.
** Move the head restraint to the uppermost position or remove it (and store securely) if there is any interference with the child restraint. Do not remove head
restraint when using a booster cushion only.

Detailed information for child restraint system manufacturers:
Front 2nd row

Seat position
Air bag Activation Air bag Deactiva- Left ** Centre ** *** Right **
tion **
Seat position suitable for universal belted (yes/no) No Yes Yes Yes Yes
i-Size seating position (yes/no) No No Yes No Yes
Seating position suitable for lateral fixture (L1/L2) — — — — —
Largest suitable rearward facing fixture (R1/R2X/R2/R3) — — R3 — R3
Largest suitable forward facing fixture (F2X/F2/F3) — — F3 — F3
Largest suitable booster fixture (B2/B3) — — B3 — B3
** Move the head restraint to the uppermost position or remove it (and store securely) if there is any interference with the child restraint. Do not remove head
restraint when using a booster cushion only.
*** Not suitable for child restraint systems with a support leg
WARNING tor must be lit. In a frontal collision, ISOFIX CHILDGUID-63E17082-BA0E-452C-81E5-08C58399B303
RESTRAINT SYSTEM
* Never install a rear-facing child restraint supplemental front-impact air bags inflate Your vehicle is equipped with special anchor points
system on the front passenger seat with- with great force. An inflating supplemental that are used with ISOFIX child restraint systems.
out ensuring that the front passenger air front-impact air bag could seriously injure
bag is deactivated. Depending on vehicle or kill your child. ISOFIX lowerGUID-58FE4215-60C2-4820-ADA3-6CB53EB97E2E
anchor point locations
specification, the vehicle may be equipped Refer to the child restraint system tables The ISOFIX anchor points are provided to install
with an automatic front-passenger front earlier in this section. child restraints in the rear outer seating positions
air bag deactivation system or a manual only. Do not attempt to install a child restraint in
front-passenger front air bag deactivation the centre position using the ISOFIX anchors.
NOTE:
system. (For details see “Automatic front-
passenger air bag deactivation system Child restraints approved to ECE Regulation NO.
(where fitted)” (P.57) and “Manual front- 44.04 or UN regulation No. 44 are clearly marked
passenger air bag deactivation system with the categories such as Universal, Semi-
(where fitted)” (P.60). If this system is universal or ISOFIX.
fitted, the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indica-

ISOFIX child restraint anchor attachments
GUID-32DBA21C-637E-449E-9BD9-7EC5346C50B2
CHILD RESTRAINT ANCHORAGE
GUID-C99B2E25-3EFC-4771-8B7C-DBFB766B3818
Your vehicle is designed to accommodate a child
restraint system on the rear seat. When installing a
child restraint system, carefully read and follow the
instructions in this manual and those supplied
with the child restraint system.
WARNING
* Child restraint anchorages are designed to
withstand only those loads imposed by
MNIC3955
correctly fitted child restraints. Under no
Rear ISOFIX anchor point locations MSSS0644Z circumstances are they to be used for
adult seat belts, harnesses or for attaching
Anchor attachment other items or equipment to the vehicle.
Doing so could damage the child restraint
ISOFIX child restraints include two rigid attach-
anchorages. The child restraint will not be
ments that can be connected to two anchors
properly installed using the damaged an-
located in the seat. Check your child restraint for a
chorage, and a child could be seriously
label stating that it is compatible with the ISOFIX
injured or killed in a collision.
child restraints. This information may also be in the
instructions provided by the child restraint manu- * The child restraint top tether strap may be
facturer. damaged by contact with the parcel shelf
or items in the luggage area. Remove the
ISOFIX child restraints generally require the use of
parcel shelf from the vehicle or secure it in
MNPA1597 a top tether strap or other anti-rotation devices
the luggage area. See “Parcel shelf” (P.125).
such as support legs. When installing ISOFIX child
ISOFIX cover removal (rear seats) Also secure any items in the luggage area.
restraints, carefully read and follow the instruc-
Your child could be seriously injured or
tions in this manual and those supplied with the
The ISOFIX anchor points are located, under covers killed in a collision if the top tether strap is
child restraints. See “ISOFIX child restraint system”
labelled ISOFIX, at the bottom of the rear seat damaged.
(P.42).
cushions as shown. To access an ISOFIX anchor
point insert your finger into the cover and pull the
cover off as shown.

Anchorage location rear seating position using the ISOFIX
GUID-2ABEF1EA-64BA-448B-9A16-F7BF89396955
lower anchors. The child restraint will not
Rear passenger seat anchors: be secured properly.
* Inspect the lower anchors by inserting
your fingers into the lower anchor area
and feeling to make sure there are no
obstructions over the ISOFIX anchors, such
as seat belt webbing or seat cushion
material. The child restraint will not be
secured properly if the ISOFIX anchors are
obstructed. MNPA1604
* Child restraint anchorages are designed to Steps 1 and 2

withstand only those loads imposed by
MNIC3983 1. Position the child restraint on the seat
correctly fitted child restraints. Under no
circumstance are they to be used for adult 2. Secure the child restraint anchor attachments
Anchor points are located on the seatback behind seat belts, harnesses or for attaching other to the ISOFIX lower anchors
the rear outer seating positions and should only be items or equipment to the vehicle. 3. The back of the child restraint should be
used for child restraints in the rear outer positions. secured against the vehicle seat back. If
Installation on rear outer seats
GUID-97357616-B1EC-408B-9452-04607A55B94A
necessary, adjust or remove the head restraint
CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING to obtain the correct child restraint fit. (See
Front-facing:
ISOFIX “Head restraints” (P.25).) If the head restraint is
GUID-C2F11BC6-8D72-4BC2-85CB-C56474DB9F0A Be sure to follow the manufacturer’s instructions removed, store it in a secure place. Be sure to
WARNING for the proper use of your child restraint. Follow install the head restraint when the child
these steps to install a front-facing child restraint restraint is removed. If the seating position
* Attach ISOFIX child restraints only at the
on rear outer seats using ISOFIX: does not have an adjustable head restraint
specified locations. For the ISOFIX lower
anchor locations, see “ISOFIX lower anchor and it is interfering with the proper child
point locations” (P.42). If a child restraint is restraint fit, try another seating position or a
not secured properly, your child could be different child restraint.
seriously injured or killed in an accident.
* Do not install child restraints that require
the use of a top tether strap to seating
positions that do not have a top tether
anchor.
* Do not secure a child restraint in the centre

MSSS0754AZ MSSS0755AZ MNPA1605
Step 4 Step 7 Steps 1 and 2
4. Shorten the rigid attachment to have the child 7. Test the child restraint before you place the 1. Position the child restraint on the seat .
restraint firmly tightened; press downward child in it . Push the child restraint from side 2. Secure the child restraint anchor attachments
and rearward firmly in the centre of the to side and tug it forward to make sure that it to the ISOFIX lower anchors
child restraint with your knee to compress the is held securely in place.
vehicle seat cushion and seatback. 8. Check to make sure that the child restraint is
5. If the child restraint is equipped with a top properly secured prior to each use. If the child
tether strap, route the top tether strap and restraint is loose, repeat steps 3 through 7.
secure the tether strap to the tether anchor
Rear-facing:
point. (See “Child restraint anchorage” (P.43).)
Be sure to follow the manufacturer’s instructions
6. If the child restraint is equipped with other for the proper use of your child restraint. Follow
anti-rotation devices such as support legs, use these steps to install a rear-facing child restraint
them instead of the top tether strap following on the rear outer seats using ISOFIX:
the child restraint manufacturer’s instructions.
MSSS0756AZ
Step 3
3. Shorten the rigid attachment to have the child

restraint firmly tightened; press downward
and rearward firmly in the centre of the
child restraint with your hand to compress the
vehicle seat cushion and seatback. If any

contact occurs between the child restraint CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING
and the front seat, slide the front seat forward
until contact no longer occurs.
THREE-POINT TYPE SEAT BELT
GUID-F32DB902-57BC-47E1-AA6C-B029B643EB91
4. If the child restraint is equipped with a top Installation on rear seats

GUID-1063B4A8-6BA3-481B-81DD-3EE5B98D591F
tether strap, route the top tether strap and
Front-facing:
5. If the child restraint is equipped with other
anti-rotation devices such as support legs, use
them instead of the top tether strap following
MSSS0493AZ
the child restraint manufacturer’s instructions.
Step 2
2. Route the seat belt tongue through the child

restraint and insert it into the buckle until
you hear and feel the latch engage.
MSSS0758AZ
3. To prevent slack in the seat belt webbing, it is
Step 1 necessary to secure the seat belt in place with
locking devices attached to the child restraint.
for the proper use of your child restraint. Follow
these steps to install a front-facing child restraint
MSSS0757AZ
on the rear seats using 3-point type seat belt:
Step 6 1. Position the child restraint on the seat . If
any contact occurs between the child restraint
6. Test the child restraint before you place the
and the front seat, slide the front seat forward
child in it . Push the child restraint from side
until contact no longer occurs.
to side and tug it forward to make sure that it
is held securely in place.
7. Check to make sure that the child restraint is
MSSS0647AZ
properly secured prior to each use. If the child
restraint is loose, repeat steps 3 through 6. Step 4

4. Remove any additional slack from the seat Rear-facing: 2. Route the seat belt tongue through the child
belt; press downward and rearward restraint and insert it into the buckle until
firmly in the centre of the child restraint with you hear and feel the latch engage.
your knee to compress the vehicle seat 3. To prevent slack in the seat belt webbing, it is
cushion and seatback while pulling up on the necessary to secure the seat belt in place with
seat belt. locking devices attached to the child restraint.
If the child restraint is equipped with a top
tether strap, route the top tether strap and
MSSS0759AZ
Step 1

these steps to install a rear-facing child restraint MSSS0639AZ
on the rear seats using 3-point type seat belt:
Step 4
1. Position the child restraint on the seat .
4. Remove any additional slack from the seat
MSSS0638AZ belt; press downward and rearward
Step 5 firmly in the centre of the child restraint with
your hand to compress the vehicle seat
5. Test the child restraint before you place the cushion and seatback while pulling up on the
child in it . Push the child restraint from side seat belt.
to side and tug it forward to make sure that it
is held securely in place.
6. Check to make sure that the child restraint is
properly secured prior to each use. If the child
restraint is loose, repeat steps 3 through 5. MSSS0654AZ
Step 2

Installation on front passenger’s seat
GUID-F3C3BA9F-6C09-4769-B2A5-F53D0CE1628B
MSSS0658AZ
Step 5
MSSS0300AZ
5. Test the child restraint before you place the

child in it . Push the child restraint from side
to side and tug it forward to make sure that it WARNING front-impact air bag could seriously injure
is held securely in place. or kill your child.
* Never install a rear-facing child restraint
6. Check to make sure that the child restraint is system on the front passenger seat with- * NISSAN recommends that a child restraint
properly secured prior to each use. If the child out ensuring that the front passenger air be installed on the rear seat. However, if
restraint is loose, repeat steps 3 through 5. bag is deactivated. Depending on vehicle you must install a child restraint on the
specification, the vehicle may be equipped front passenger’s seat, move the passen-
with an automatic front-passenger front ger’s seat to the rearmost position.
air bag deactivation system or a manual * Child restraints for infants must be used in
front-passenger front air bag deactivation the rear-facing direction and therefore
system. (For details see “Automatic front- must not be used on the front passenger’s
passenger air bag deactivation system seat when the front passenger’s air bag
(where fitted)” (P.57) and “Manual front- has not been deactivated.
passenger air bag deactivation system
(where fitted)” (P.60). If this system is Front-facing:
fitted, the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF in-
dicator located on the roof console
must be lit. In a frontal collision, supple-
these steps to install a front-facing child restraint
mental front-impact air bags inflate with
on the front passenger’s seat using a 3-point type
great force. An inflating supplemental
seat belt:

5. To prevent slack in the seat belt webbing, it is
necessary to secure the seat belt in place with
locking devices attached to the child restraint
MNIC4034 MNPA1602
Step 2
NOTE: 2. Move the seat to the rearmost position . MSSS0647BZ
Depending on vehicle specification, the vehicle 3. Position the child restraint in the seat. Step 6
may be equipped with an automatic front- Always follow the child restraint system
passenger front air bag deactivation system or manufacturer’s instructions for installation 6. Remove any additional slack from the seat
a manual front-passenger front air bag deacti- and use. belt; press downward and rearward
vation system. (For details see “Automatic front- firmly in the centre of the child restraint with
passenger air bag deactivation system (where your knee to compress the vehicle seat
fitted)” (P.57) and “Manual front-passenger air cushion and seatback while pulling up on the
bag deactivation system (where fitted)” (P.60). seat belt.
1. If the child restraint is installed on the front
passenger seat, switch the ignition ON. The
<PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF> light, located
on the roof console, should illuminate. If the
<PASSENGER AIR BAG ON> light is illumi-
nated, see “Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS)” (P.51). Move the child restraint to another
MSSS0360CZ
seating position. Have the system checked by
a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop. Steps 4 and 5
4. Route the seat belt tongue through the child

restraint and insert it into the buckle until
you hear and feel the latch engage.

passenger air bag deactivation system (where
fitted)” (P.57) and “Manual front-passenger air
bag deactivation system (where fitted)” (P.60).)
If you must install a child restraint system in the
front seat, follow these steps:
MNPA1603 MNPA1602
Steps 7 and 8 Steps 2 and 3
7. Test the child restraint before you place the 2. Move the seat to the rearmost position
child in it. Push the child restraint from side to 3. Position the child restraint system in the front
side and tug it forward to make sure that it is passenger seat.
MNIC4034
held securely in place.
Always follow the child restraint system
8. Check to make sure that the child restraint is manufacturer’s instructions for installation
properly secured prior to each use. If the child 1. If the child restraint is installed on the front and use.
restraint is loose, repeat steps 5 through 8. passenger seat, switch the ignition ON. The
If the child restraint is still loose, do not use <PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF> light, located
it. Please check the child restraint system on the roof console, should illuminate. If the
manufacturer’s instructions for installation <PASSENGER AIR BAG ON> light is illumi-
and use. Seek advice from a NISSAN dealer nated, see “Supplemental Restraint System
or qualified workshop for correct child re- (SRS)” (P.51). Move the child restraint to another
straint installation. seating position. Have the system checked by
a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop.
Rear facing:
NOTE:
Depending on vehicle specification, the vehicle MSSS0513Z
may be equipped with an automatic front-
passenger front air bag deactivation system or
a manual front-passenger front air bag deacti- 4. Route the seat belt tongue through the child
vation system. (For details see “Automatic front-

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
GUID-65E3AA92-3F45-44F1-8681-925C07584D4B
restraint system and insert it into the buckle PRECAUTIONS ON SUPPLEMENTAL RE- Supplemental side-impact air bag system (where fitted)
GUID-7EAE3628-B84A-41DB-9FBC-F59520579857
until you hear and feel the latch engage.
STRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
GUID-4A444A41-B99B-401B-99F2-848508F13A08
To prevent slack in the lap belt, secure the
This Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) section
shoulder belt in place with a locking clip . Use
contains important information concerning the
a locking clip attached to the child restraint
driver’s and passenger’s supplemental front im-
system, or one which is equivalent in dimen-
pact air bags, front seat-mounted side-impact
sions and strength.
supplemental air bags, roof-mounted curtain
Be sure to follow the child restraint system side-impact air bags, and pre-tensioner seat belts.
manufacturer’s instructions for belt routing.
5. Slide the seat forwards so that the seat belt SupplementalGUID-491CFEEB-AEC1-476A-A978-EA96209ACE33
front-impact air bag system
fully tightens the child restraint system and The supplemental front-impact air bag consists of
the child restraint reaches the vehicle dash- a Driver Air Bag located at the centre of the MNPA1601
board. steering wheel and a Front Passenger Air Bag

6. Test the child restraint system before you located in the instrument panel above the glove
box. The Supplemental side-impact air bag system
place the child in it. Check that it does not tilt
consist of two Front Side Air Bags located in the
too far from side to side. Try to tug it forwards The supplemental front-impact air bag system can
outside of the seatback of the front seats, two
and check if it is held securely in place. help cushion the impact to the head and chest
Curtain Air Bags located in the roof side trim and
If the child restraint is still not securely held area or the driver and/or front passenger in
dependent on vehicle specification one Front
in place, do not use it. Please check the child certain higher severity frontal collisions, although
Centre Air Bag (where fitted) located in the inside
restraint system manufacturer’s instruc- it may inflate if the forces in another type of
of the seatback of the driver seat.
tions for installation and use. Seek advice collision are similar to those of a higher severity
frontal impact. It may not inflate in certain frontal The Curtain Airbags system can help cushion the
from a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop
collisions. Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is not head of the driver, front passenger and rear outer
for correct child restraint installation.
always an indication of proper supplemental front passengers. The Supplemental side-impact air bag
impact air bag system operation. system can help cushion the pelvis of the driver
and front passenger in certain higher severity side
collisions, although it may inflate if the forces in
another type of collision are similar to those of a
higher severity side impact. It may not inflate in
certain side collisions. Vehicle damage (or lack of it)
is not always an indication of proper supplemental
side-impact air bag system operation.

Supplemental air bag systems The air bag will operate only when the ignition is as far away as practical from the steering
GUID-A773DFC3-C07C-46C7-9FA0-8DED49C1E954
ON. wheel. Always use the seat belts.
The SRS is designed to supplement the crash
protection provided by the seat belts and is not * The front seat-mounted side-impact sup-
designed to substitute them. Seat belts should plemental air bags and roof-mounted
always be correctly worn and the driver and front curtain side-impact supplemental air bags
passenger seated a suitable distance away from ordinarily will not inflate in the event of a
the steering wheel, instrument panel and front front impact, rear impact, rollover, or lower
door finishers. All occupants should always be severity side collision. Always wear the
seated a suitable distance away from the roof side seat belts to help reduce the risk or
trim. For additional information, see “Seat belts” severity of injury in accidents.
(P.27). * The seat belts, the front seat-mounted
When the air bags inflate, a fairly loud noise may be side-impact supplemental air bags and
heard, followed by the release of smoke. This MNPA926Z roof-mounted curtain side-impact supple-
smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire. Correct (rear) seating positions
mental air bags are most effective when
However, care should be taken not to inhale it, as it you are sitting well back and upright in the
may cause irritation and choking. Occupants with seat. The front seat-mounted side-impact
WARNING
a history of breathing difficulties, such as asthma, supplemental air bags and roof-mounted
should get fresh air promptly. * The supplemental front-impact air bags curtain side-impact supplemental air bags
ordinarily will not inflate in the event of a inflate with great force. If you and your
Supplemental air bags, along with the use of seat side impact, rear impact, rollover, or lower passengers are unrestrained, leaning for-
belts, help to cushion the impact force on occu- severity frontal collision. Always wear the ward, sitting sideways, or out of position in
pants. They can help save lives and reduce serious seat belts to help reduce the risk or any way, you and your passengers are at
injuries. However, an inflating air bag may cause severity of injury in accidents. greater risk of injury or death in an
abrasions or other injuries. The supplemental air
* The seat belts and the supplemental front- accident.
bags do not provide restraint to the lower body.
impact air bags are most effective when * Do not allow anyone to place their hands,
After switching the ignition ON, the air bag you are sitting well back and upright in the legs, or face near the front seat-mounted
warning light will illuminate. The air bag warning seat. The front-impact air bags inflate with side-impact supplemental air bags and
light will turn off after approximately 7 seconds great force. If you are unrestrained, lean- roof-mounted curtain side-impact supple-
if the system is operational. For further details, ing forward, sitting sideways, or out of mental air bags on the sides of the seat-
see “Warning lights, indicator lights and audible position in any way, you are at greater risk back of the front seats or near the side
reminders” (P.71). of injury or death in an accident. You may roof rails. Do not allow anyone sitting in
also receive serious or fatal injuries from the front seats or rear outer seats to
the supplemental front-impact air bag if extend their hands out of the windows or
you are up against it when it inflates. lean against the doors.
Always sit back against the seatback and

* When sitting in the rear seats, do not hold window. Do not attempt to hold them in
onto the seatback of the front seats. If the your lap or arms.
front seat-mounted side impact supple-
mental air bags and roof-mounted curtain
side-impact supplemental air bags inflate,
you may be seriously injured. Be especially
careful with children, who should always
be properly restrained.
* Do not use seat covers on the front seat-
backs. They may interfere with the front
seat-mounted side-impact supplemental
air bag inflations.
MSSS0100Z
WARNING
MNIC4167
* Children may be severely injured or killed
when the air bags inflate if they are not
1. Supplemental front-impact air bag modules 4. Occupant classification sensor (where fitted)
properly restrained see “Child restraints”
2. Occupant classification system control unit (front passenger seat)
(P.36).
(where fitted) 5. Front seat-mounted side-impact supplemen-
* Never let children ride unrestrained or
3. Air bag Control Unit (ACU) tal air bag modules
extend their hands or face out of the

6. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact supplemental air bags or damage to the supple- (where fitted)” (P.57) and “Manual front-
mental air bag inflators mental air bag systems. passenger air bag deactivation system
7. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact supple- * Do not make unauthorised changes to (where fitted)” (P.60). If this system is
mental air bag modules your vehicle’s electrical system, suspen- fitted, the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indica-
sion system or front end structure. This tor must be lit. In a frontal collision,
8. Crash zone sensor
could affect proper operation of the sup- supplemental front-impact air bags inflate
9. Front door pressure sensors (where fitted) with great force. An inflating supplemental
plemental air bag systems.
10. Lap outer pre-tensioners (front seats) front-impact air bag could seriously injure
* Tampering with the supplemental air bag or kill your child.
11. Seat belt with pre-tensioners systems may result in serious personal
12. Front central seat-mounted side-impact sup- injury. Tampering includes changes to the
plemental air bag (where fitted) steering wheel by placing materials over Pre-tensioner seat belt system
GUID-8621F6E8-78F6-40D8-8552-2593E4938370
the steering wheel pad and above, and by The pre-tensioner seat belt system may activate
13. Rear seat Occupant Detection sensors (where
installing additional trim materials around with the supplemental air bag system in certain
fitted)
the supplemental air bag systems. types of collisions.
14. Satellite sensors (driver’s side shown; front
* Work around and on the supplemental air Working with the seat belt retractor and anchor, it
passenger side similar) (where fitted)
bag systems should be done by a NISSAN helps tighten the seat belt the instant the vehicle
15. Seat belt with pre-tensioners (rear outboard dealer or qualified workshop. The SRS becomes involved in certain types of collisions,
seats) wiring should not be modified or discon- helping to restrain seat occupants. See “Pre-
WARNING nected. Unauthorised electrical test equip- tensioner seat belt system” (P.34).
ment and probing devices should not be
* Do not place any objects on the steering used on the supplemental air bag systems. Air bag warning labels
GUID-CB48B70B-1FC1-472D-BBD7-4DE73EE4B2D5
wheel pad. Do not place any objects
* The SRS wiring harness connectors are
between the driver and steering wheel
yellow and/or orange for easy identifica-
pad. Such objects may become dangerous
tion.
projectiles and cause injury if a supple-
mental air bag inflates. * Never install a rear-facing child restraint
system on the front passenger seat with-
* Immediately after inflation, several supple-
out ensuring that the front passenger air
mental air bag system components will be
bag is deactivated. Depending on vehicle
hot. Do not touch them: you may severely
specification, the vehicle may be equipped
burn yourself.
with an automatic front-passenger front
* No unauthorised changes should be made air bag deactivation system or a manual
to any components or wiring of the sup- front-passenger front air bag deactivation MNPA1598
plemental air bag systems. This is to system. (For details see “Automatic front-
prevent accidental inflation of the supple- passenger air bag deactivation system

SRS air bag warning label: The warning When installing a child restraint system in your * Supplemental air bag diagnosis sensor unit
label is located on the surface of the front vehicle, always follow the child restraint system * Occupant classification sensor (where fitted)
passenger sun visor. manufacturer’s instructions for installation. For * Passenger air bag status indicator
SRS side air bag warning label: The warning information, see “Child restraints” (P.36).
Including all related wiring.
label is located on the side of the passenger
side centre pillar, and on the base of the SRS air bag GUID-C1349A8C-E5D6-48A4-AD53-B194CEA3A879
warning light After switching the ignition ON, the supplemen-
front seats. tal air bag warning light illuminates. The air bag
When a front centre air bag is fitted there is also a warning light will turn off after approximately 7
label on the inside back of the driver’s seat. seconds if the system is operational.
Have the air bag systems and/or pre-tensioner
SRS front-impact passenger air bag:
seat belt systems serviced at the nearest NISSAN
The warning label is located on the sun visor.
dealer or qualified workshop if any of the following
“NEVER use a rearward facing child restraint on a conditions occur:
seat protected by an ACTIVE AIRBAG in front of it,
* The SRS air bag warning light remains on after
DEATH or SERIOUS INJURY to the CHILD can
approximately 7 seconds.
occur.”
* The SRS air bag warning light flashes inter-
The BACK SEAT is the SAFEST place for children MSPA1097Z mittently.
aged 12 and under according to accident statis-
* The SRS air bag warning light does not
tics. Always use an appropriate Child Restraint
illuminate at all.
System for your child, see “Child restraints” The SRS air bag warning light, displaying in the
Under these conditions, the air bag systems and/
(P.36). Some infants and children may not require instrument panel, monitors the circuits of the
or pre-tensioner seat belt systems may not
use of the vehicle’s seat belt when using an supplemental restraint system. The circuits mon-
operate properly. They must be checked and
appropriate ISOFIX Child Restraint System with itored are:
repaired. Contact a NISSAN dealer or qualified
integrated restraints, for all other children and * Crash zone sensor workshop immediately.
adults ensure you always use the vehicle’s seat
* Driver and Front Passenger Air Bags
belts. Do not sit or lean unnecessarily close to the
* Front Side Air Bags
air bag. Do not place any objects over the air bag
or between the air bag and yourself. If the air bag * Front Centre Air Bag (where fitted)
warning light stays on or is flashing when the * Curtain Air Bags
ignition is ON, go to a NISSAN dealer or qualified * Pre-tensioner seat belt retractors
workshop. Air bags can only be removed or * Front Satellite Sensor (where fitted)
disposed of by a NISSAN dealer or qualified work- * Rear Satellite Sensor
shop.
* Front Door Pressure Sensor (where fitted)
Be sure to read the “AIRBAG LABEL” description at
the end of this manual.

FRONT PASSENGER AIR BAG STATUS Depending on vehicle specification, the front
passenger seat may be equipped with an occu-
LIGHT GUID-B660A0BF-FF95-4DA1-A426-7E7112058693 pant classification sensor that turns the front
passenger air bag on or off depending on the type
of occupant or object detected on the front
passenger seat. The status of the front passenger
air bag (ON or OFF) is indicated by the front
passenger air bag status lights <PASSENGER AIR
BAG OFF> and <PASSENGER AIR BAG ON>
which are located on the roof console.
After the ignition is switched ON, the <PASSENGER
AIR BAG OFF> and <PASSENGER AIR BAG ON>
indicator lights must light up simultaneously
MNIC4168 for approximately 7 seconds.
The indicator lights display the status of the front-
passenger front air bag:
WARNING
* <PASSENGER AIR BAG ON> lights up: the front-
Never install a rear-facing child restraint sys- passenger front air bag is enabled. If, in the
tem on the front passenger seat without event of an accident, all deployment criteria
ensuring that the front passenger air bag is are met, the front-passenger front air bag is
deactivated. The vehicle may be equipped with deployed.
a manual or an automatic front-passenger
* <PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF> lights up: the
front air bag deactivation system. Where a
front-passenger front air bag is disabled. It will
manual front-passenger air bag deactivation
then not be deployed in the event of an
system is equipped, the air bag switch must be
accident.
used to deactivate the passenger air bag. (For
details see “Automatic front-passenger air bag
deactivation system (where fitted)” (P.57) and
“Manual front-passenger air bag deactivation
system (where fitted)” (P.60).) The <PASSENGER
AIR BAG OFF> indicator must be lit. In a
frontal collision, supplemental front-impact air
bags inflate with great force. An inflating
supplemental front-impact air bag could ser-
iously injure or kill your child.

PASSENGER AIR BAG Front passenger seat adult occupants who are
FRONT PASSENGER AIR
CONDITION DESCRIPTION INDICATOR LIGHT( ) or properly seated and using the seat belt as outlined
BAG STATUS
in this manual should automatically cause the
passenger air bag to be turned ON. However, if the
Empty front passenger
Empty illuminated INHIBITED occupant is not sitting correctly on the seat
seat
cushion (for example, by not sitting upright, by
NISSAN recommended Bag or Child Restraint in sitting on an edge of the seat, or by otherwise
illuminated INHIBITED
child restraint with child front passenger seat* being out of position), this could cause the sensors
to turn the air bag OFF. Always be sure to be
Adult in the front passen-
Adult illuminated ACTIVATED seated and wearing the seat belt properly for the
ger seat
most effective protection by the seat belt and
* If an approved child restraint system is not being supplemental air bag.
used, the passenger air bag may be active effective protection. Failure to follow all in- NISSAN recommends that pre-teens and children
( illuminated). structions in this manual concerning the use of be properly restrained in a rear seat. NISSAN also
seats, seat belts and child restraints can recommends that appropriate child restraints and
In addition to the above, certain objects placed on
increase the risk or severity of injury in an booster seats be properly installed in a rear seat. If
the front passenger seat may also cause the light
accident. this is not possible, the occupant classification
to operate as described above.
sensors are designed to operate as described
For additional information related to the normal In order to recognise a child restraint system on above to turn the front passenger air bag OFF for
operation and troubleshooting of this occupant the front-passenger seat, the automatic front- NISSAN recommended child restraints. Failing to
classification sensor system (where fitted), please passenger front air bag deactivation system properly secure child restraints may allow the
refer to “Troubleshooting” (P.59). categorises the person in the front passenger seat restraint to tip or move in an accident or sudden
using an occupant classification sensor. Depend- stop. This can also result in the passenger air bag
Automatic front-passenger air bag de- ing on that result, the front-passenger front air inflating in a crash instead of being OFF. (See “Child
activation system (where fitted)
GUID-A5D136A0-E050-465B-A7D2-9720532FA727
bag is either enabled or disabled. If a NISSAN restraints” (P.36) for proper use and installation.)
recommended child restraint system is fitted to
WARNING If the front passenger seat is not occupied, the
the front passenger seat, the <PASSENGER AIR BAG
Depending on vehicle specification, the vehicle passenger air bag are designed not to inflate in a
OFF> indicator light must light up after the
may be equipped with an automatic front- crash. However, heavy objects placed on the seat
system self-test and remain lit. The front passen-
passenger front air bag deactivation system. could result in air bag inflation, because of the way
ger front air bag is disabled.
the object is detected by the occupant classifica-
The front passenger air bag is designed to The occupant classification sensor in this vehicle is tion sensors. Other conditions could also result in
automatically turn OFF under some conditions. designed to detect the type of occupant or objects air bag inflation, such as if a child is standing on
Read this section carefully to learn how it on the seat. For example, if an approved child the seat, or if two or more children are on the seat,
operates. Proper use of the seat, seat belt restraint on the seat, it can be detected together if the seat is wet, or if an electrical device is on the
and child restraints is necessary for most with the child and cause the air bag to turn OFF. seat, contrary to the instructions in this manual.

Always be sure that you and all vehicle occupants dealer that your air bag is working properly, * Make sure that there is no object placed under
are seated and restrained properly. reposition the occupant or child restraint in a rear the front passenger seat.
Using the front passenger air bag status light, you seat. * Make sure that the front passenger seat head
can monitor when the front passenger air bag is The air bag system and front passenger air bag restraint does not contact the roof when
automatically turned OFF. status lights will take a few seconds to register a adjusting the front passenger seat.
If an adult occupant is in the seat but the change in the passenger seat status. This is * Make sure the seat is dry.
<PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF> light is illuminated normal system operation and does not indicate a * Make sure no electrical devices are placed on
(indicating that the front passenger air bag is OFF), malfunction. the seat.
it could be that the person is not sitting on the seat If a malfunction occurs in the front passenger air * Make sure additional non-genuine seat covers
properly. If a seat cover or additional cushion is bag system, the supplemental air bag warning or cushions are not used on the front passen-
used, this may also prevent the occupant classifi- light , located in the meters and gauges area, ger seat.
cation sensor from detecting an adult correctly. will illuminate (blinking or steadily lit). Also, if the * Make sure the occupant of the seat is not
If a child restraint must be used in the front seat, seat is wet and the system cannot work correctly, wearing heavily padded clothing items.
the <PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF> indicator light the system will deactivate the passenger air bag * Make sure there are no sharp objects on the
may or may not be illuminated, depending on the temporarily and illuminate the supplemental air seat that could cut the cover and damage the
size of the child and the type of child restraint bag warning light until seat is dry. Have the system sensor.
being used. If the <PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF> checked. It is recommended you visit a NISSAN
dealer or qualified workshop for this service. Steps:
light is not illuminated (indicating that the air bag
might inflate in a crash), it could be that the child 1. Adjust the seat as outlined. (See “Seats” (P.20).)
Normal operation:
restraint or seat belt is not being used properly. Sit upright, leaning against the seatback, and
In order for the occupant classification sensor centred on the seat cushion with your feet
Make sure that the child restraint is installed system to classify the front passenger, please
properly, the seat belt is used properly and the comfortably extended to the floor.
follow the precautions and steps outlined below:
occupant is positioned properly. If the <PASSEN- 2. Make sure there are no objects on your lap.
GER AIR BAG OFF> light is not illuminated, Precautions:
3. Fasten the seat belt as outlined. (See “Seat
reposition the occupant or child restraint in a rear * Make sure that a child restraint or other object belts” (P.27).) Front passenger seat belt buckle
seat. is not pressing against the rear of the seat- status is monitored by the occupant classifi-
If the <PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF> light will not back. cation system, and is used as an input to
illuminate even though you believe that the child * Make sure that a rear passenger is not determine occupancy status. So, it is highly
restraint, the seat belts and the occupant are pushing or pulling on the back of the front recommended that the front passenger fas-
properly positioned, it is recommended that you passenger seat. tens their seat belt.
take your vehicle to a NISSAN dealer or qualified * Make sure that the front passenger seat or 4. Remain in this position for several seconds
workshop. A NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop seatback is not forced back against an object allowing the system to classify the front
can check the system status by using a special on the seat or floor behind it. passenger before the vehicle is put into
tool. However, until you have confirmed with your motion.

5. Ensure proper classification by checking the * The person is seated correctly. * The occupant of the seat is wearing heavily
front passenger air bag status light. If you secure a child on the front passenger padded clothing items.
seat in a rearward-facing child restraint sys- * A rear passenger pushing or pulling on the
NOTE:
tem and the <PASSENGER AIR BAG ON> back of the front passenger seat.
This vehicle’s occupant classification sensor * Forcing the front seat or seatback against an
indicator lights up, the passenger’s air bag
system generally keeps the classification locked object on the seat or floor behind it.
could be deployed in the event of an accident.
during driving, so it is important that you
The child could be struck by the air bag. There * An object placed under the front passenger
confirm that the front passenger is properly
is an increased risk of injury, possibly even seat.
classified prior to driving. However, the occupant
fatal. In this case, always ensure that the * An object placed between the seat cushion
classification sensor system may recalculate the
passenger’s air bag is disabled. The <PASSEN- and centre console or between the seat
classification of the occupant under some con-
GER AIR BAG OFF> indicator must light up. cushion and the door.
ditions (both while driving and when stopped),
so the front passenger seat occupant should If the vehicle is moving, please come to a stop
Troubleshooting: when it is safe to do so. Check and correct any of
continue to remain seated as outlined above.
If you think the front passenger air bag status light the above conditions. Restart the vehicle.
WARNING
is incorrect:
If the <PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF> indicator NOTE:
1. If the <PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF> light is
light is lit, the front-passenger front air bag is lit with an adult occupying the front passen- A system check will be performed during which
disabled. It will not be deployed in the event of ger seat: the front passenger air bag status lights will
an accident and cannot perform its intended remain lit for about 7 seconds initially.
This may be due to the following conditions that
protective function. A person in the front
may be interfering with the occupant classification If the <PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF> light is still lit
passenger seat could then, for example, come
sensors: after this, the person should be advised not to ride
into contact with the vehicle’s interior, espe-
* Occupant is not sitting upright, leaning in the front passenger seat and the vehicle should
cially if the person is sitting too close to the
against the seatback, and centred on the seat be checked as soon as possible. It is recommended
dashboard. This poses an increased risk of
cushion with his/her feet comfortably ex- you visit a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop for
injury or even fatal injury.
tended to the floor. this service.
When the front-passenger seat is occupied, 2. If the <PASSENGER AIR BAG ON> light is
* A child restraint or other object pressing
always make sure that: lit with a child restraint occupying the front
against the rear of the seatback.
* The classification of the person in the front passenger seat.
* The seat is wet or damp.
passenger seat is correct and that the This may be due to the following conditions that
* An electrical device like a smartphone or tablet
front passenger front air bag is enabled may be interfering with the occupant classification
PC is placed on the seat.
or disabled in accordance with the person sensors:
* Non-genuine seat covers or cushions are used
in the front passenger seat. * The child restraint is not properly installed, as
on the front passenger seat.
* The front-passenger seat has been moved outlined. (See “Child restraints” (P.36).)
back as far back as possible.

* A child restraint or other object pressing Manual front-passenger air bag deac-
against the rear of the seatback.
tivation system (where fitted)
* A rear passenger pushing or pulling on the GUID-C251D041-F8DC-4FA4-9BCC-25ED2532D616
back of the front passenger seat. If the vehicle is not equipped with an automatic
front-passenger air bag deactivation system, the
* The seat is wet or damp.
vehicle may be equipped with a front passenger
* An electrical device like a smartphone or tablet
airbag switch which can be used to deactivate the
PC is placed on the seat
front passenger airbag manually. (See “Automatic
* Forcing the front seat or seatback against an front-passenger air bag deactivation system
object on the seat or floor behind it. (where fitted)” (P.57) for details of the automatic
* An object placed under the front passenger system.) MNIC4282
seat.
The front passenger air bag can be turned off with
* An object placed between the seat cushion Right hand drive models
the front passenger air bag switch located
and centre console. inside the glove box on right hand drive vehicles, or Air bag switch (where fitted)
* The front passenger seat head restraint con- on the trim panel at the side of the dashboard on
To turn off the front passenger air bag:
tacting the roof. left hand drive vehicles.
If the vehicle is moving, please come to a stop 1. Place the ignition switch in the OFF position.
when it is safe to do so. Check and correct any of 2. Open the glove box (Right Hand Drive models)
the above conditions. Restart the vehicle. or open the front passenger door (Left Hand
Drive models)
NOTE:
3. Push and turn the front passenger air bag
A system check will be performed during which switch to the OFF position.
the front passenger air bag status light will
remain lit for about 7 seconds initially. 4. Place the ignition switch in the ON position.
The <PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF> light will
If the <PASSENGER AIR BAG ON> light is still lit illuminate and remain lit.
after this, the child restraint should be reposi-
tioned in the rear seat and it is recommended that MNIC4283
the vehicle should be checked by a NISSAN dealer
or qualified workshop as soon as possible. Left hand drive models
3. If the <PASSENGER AIR BAG ON> light is

lit with no front passenger and no objects on
the front passenger seat, the vehicle should
be checked as soon as possible. It is recom-
mended you visit a NISSAN dealer or qualified
workshop for this service.

* The air bag systems should be inspected
by a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop if
there is any damage to the front end
portion of the vehicle.
* When selling your vehicle, we request that
you inform the buyer about the air bag
system and guide the buyer to the appro-
priate sections in this Owner’s Manual.
* If you need to dispose of the SRS or scrap
the vehicle, contact a NISSAN dealer or
MNIC4168
qualified workshop. Correct disposal pro-
cedures are set forth in the appropriate
NISSAN Service Manual. Incorrect disposal
To turn on the front passenger air bag:
procedures could cause personal injury.
1. Place the ignition switch in the OFF position.
2. Open the glove box (Right Hand Drive models) The air bags and pre-tensioner seat belts are
or open the front passenger door (Left Hand designed to activate on a one-time-only basis. As a
Drive models) reminder, unless the SRS air bag warning light is
damaged, the SRS air bag warning light remains
3. Push and turn the front passenger air bag
illuminated after inflation has occurred. The repair
switch to the ON position.
and replacement of the SRS should be done only
4. Place the ignition switch in the ON position. by a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop.
The <PASSENGER AIR BAG ON> light will
When maintenance work is required on the vehicle,
illuminate and after about 60 seconds turn off.
information about the air bags, pre-tensioner seat
REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT PROCE- belts and related parts should be pointed out to
the person performing the maintenance. The
DURE GUID-6F462576-7C8B-4E08-B64C-65675941214D ignition should always be switched OFF when
WARNING working under the bonnet or inside the vehicle.
* Once the air bags have been inflated, the

air bag modules will not function and must
be replaced. The air bag modules must be
replaced by a NISSAN dealer or qualified
workshop. The inflated air bag modules
cannot be repaired.

MEMO

2 Instruments and controls
Meters and gauges ...................................................................................

.... 65 [Head-up display] (where fitted) ....................................................
.... 107
Models with analogue meter and colour display .....
.... 65 How to use the HUD .....................................................................
.... 108
Models with full-screen display ............................................
.... 66 Driving Aids/Navigation/Traffic
Speedometer and odometer ..................................................
.... 67 Sign/Audio/Telephone linking ..............................................
.... 109
Tachometer ..........................................................................................
.... 68 Wiper and washer switch ...................................................................
.... 110
Engine coolant temperature gauge .................................
.... 68 Windscreen ...........................................................................................
.... 110
Fuel gauge .............................................................................................
.... 69 Rear window .......................................................................................
.... 111
Instrument brightness control ..............................................
.... 69 ThermaClear Heated Windscreen (where fitted) ..............
.... 112
Xtronic transmission position indicator .........................
.... 70 Defogger switch .........................................................................................
.... 112
[ECO Drive Report] ...........................................................................
.... 70 Headlight and turn signal switch .................................................
.... 113
Warning lights, indicator lights and Headlight switch ..............................................................................
.... 113
audible reminders ......................................................................................
.... 71 Turn signal switch ..........................................................................
.... 117
Checking lights ..................................................................................
.... 73 Fog light switch ..........................................................................................
.... 117
Warning lights .....................................................................................
.... 73 Front fog light (where fitted) .................................................
.... 117
Indicator lights ...................................................................................
.... 78 Rear fog light (where fitted) ...................................................
.... 117
Audible reminders ............................................................................
.... 81 Headlight aiming control ....................................................................
.... 118
Vehicle information display ................................................................
.... 82 Headlight aiming control switch (where fitted) ......
.... 118
Changing the meter screen view (models with Horn ......................................................................................................................
.... 119
full-screen display) ..........................................................................
.... 83 Heated steering wheel (where fitted) .......................................
.... 119
How to use the vehicle information display ..............
.... 83 Seat heating (where fitted) ................................................................
.... 119
Vehicle information display ......................................................
.... 83 Power outlets ...............................................................................................
.... 120
[Settings] .................................................................................................
.... 87 USB (Universal Serial Bus) rear power ports
General information and warnings ................................... .... 95 (where fitted) ......................................................................................
.... 121
Vehicle information display driving aids warnings and Wireless charger (where fitted) ............................................
.... 121
guidance messages ....................................................................
.... 102 Storage ..............................................................................................................
.... 122
Clock and outside air temperature ................................
.... 107
Storage trays ....................................................................................
.... 122 Windows ......................................................................................................... 128
Glove box .............................................................................................
.... 122 Power windows .............................................................................. 128
Sunglasses holder (where fitted) ......................................
.... 123 Fixed glass roof (where fitted) ...................................................... 130
Console box .......................................................................................
.... 123 Sunshade operation ................................................................... 130
Cup holders .......................................................................................
.... 123 Interior lights ............................................................................................... 132
Bottle holder .....................................................................................
.... 124 Interior light switch ..................................................................... 132
Coat hooks (where fitted) ......................................................
.... 124 Map lights ............................................................................................ 132
Map pocket (where fitted) ......................................................
.... 124 Room lights (where fitted) ..................................................... 132
Seat pocket (where fitted) .....................................................
.... 124 Rear personal lights (where fitted) ................................. 132
Roof rail (where fitted) ..............................................................
.... 125 Vanity mirror light ........................................................................ 133
Parcel shelf .........................................................................................
.... 125 Luggage compartment light ................................................ 133
Luggage compartment/boot floor
(where fitted) ....................................................................................
.... 127
Luggage hooks (where fitted) .............................................
.... 128
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
METERS AND GAUGES
GUID-D508CDB3-2C60-4A76-B845-D2178916DEAA
CAUTION
MODELS WITH ANALOGUE METER AND COLOUR DISPLAY
GUID-C0840417-2F17-4453-95D4-0E23B0E57C62 * For cleaning, use a soft cloth, dampened
with water. Never use a rough cloth,
alcohol, benzine, thinner or any kind of
solvent or paper towel with a chemical
cleaning agent. They will scratch or cause
discolouration to the lens.
* Do not spray any liquid such as water on
the meter lens. Spraying liquid may cause
the system to malfunction.
MWAA0046X
1. Tachometer 5. Engine coolant temperature gauge

2. Warning and indicator lights 6. Fuel gauge
3. Vehicle information display
4. Speedometer

MODELS WITH FULL-SCREEN DISPLAY CAUTION
GUID-A264AD48-7B4E-4032-A808-5DC81423FCA5 * For cleaning, use a soft cloth, dampened
with water. Never use a rough cloth,
alcohol, benzine, thinner or any kind of
cleaning agent. They will scratch or cause
discolouration to the lens.
* Do not spray any liquid such as water on
the meter lens. Spraying liquid may cause
the system to malfunction.
MNIC4362
1. Tachometer 5. Engine coolant temperature gauge

2. Vehicle information display 6. Personal display
3. Warning and indicator lights 7. Fuel gauge
4. Speedometer

Changing the meter screen view (models with full-screen display) SPEEDOMETER AND ODOMETER
GUID-8612A7A1-3552-4011-A1D7-CD898ED996D8
GUID-4407237A-E7AC-448B-9D48-61CA3F13855E
Speedometer
GUID-80DB24C4-B3E2-4D45-8BCC-5A910806AF4E
MNIC2171
Example
The speedometer indicates the vehicle speed.

Scale resolution on the meter varies with models.
Distance to GUID-392EECFD-6C81-4CAD-AB27-56486C524E8C
empty (dte)/ODOMETER
MNIC4113
For models with full-screen display, the meter 1. Push the control switch on the left side of
screen view can be changed from Classic View the steering wheel.
to Enhanced View to expand the vehicle [Shortcut Menu] appears on the vehicle in- MWAC0429XZ
information display area. formation display area.
To change the meter screen view: Example
2. Select [Change Meter View] by rotating the
scroll dial and push it to change the view.

Distance to empty (dte): TACHOMETERGUID-1722545B-F461-4536-B172-684E4B415744 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE
The distance to empty (dte) provides an
GAUGE
estimation of the distance that can be driven GUID-311312DF-72C9-46C1-8CE2-AE53AD0AC9EC
before refuelling. The dte is constantly being

calculated, based on the amount of fuel in the fuel
tank and the actual fuel consumption.
The display is updated every 30 seconds.
The dte mode includes a low range warning
feature. If the fuel level is low, the warning is
displayed on the screen and the dte display will
turn yellow.
When the fuel level drops even lower, the dte MNIC3975
display will change to “———”. Example MNIC3973
* If the amount of fuel added is small, the display Full-screen model

just before the ignition is switched OFF may The tachometer indicates engine speed in revolu-
continue to be displayed. tions per minute (RPM). Do not rev the engine into
the red zone .
* When driving uphill or rounding curves, the
fuel in the tank shifts, which may momentarily CAUTION
change the display. When engine speed approaches the red zone,
Odometer: shift to a higher gear or reduce engine speed.
The odometer is displayed in the vehicle Operating the engine in the red zone may
information display to display the total distance cause serious engine damage.
the vehicle has been driven.
MNIC3974
Analogue model
The engine coolant temperature gauge indicates

the engine coolant temperature.
The engine coolant temperature is normal when
the gauge needle points within the zone shown
in the illustration.

The engine coolant temperature will vary with the CAUTION
outside air temperature and driving conditions. Refill the fuel tank before the range displays
CAUTION [0], or [---], and the gauge registers empty.
* If the gauge indicates the engine coolant

temperature is near the hot (H) end of the INSTRUMENTGUID-ADB1F481-F2AC-4919-90FF-018CA6C8D049
BRIGHTNESS CONTROL
normal range, reduce vehicle speed to
decrease the temperature.
* If the gauge is over the normal range, stop
the vehicle as soon as safely possible and
let the engine idle. MJVI0640XZ
* If the engine is overheated, continued Analogue model

operation of the vehicle may seriously
damage the engine. (See “If your vehicle The fuel gauge is active when the ignition is ON.
overheats” (P.455) for immediate action The gauge may move slightly during braking,
required.) turning, acceleration, or when going uphill or
MWAC0566XZ
downhill.
FUEL GAUGE GUID-42E1B25F-0DBC-4283-A1E3-1661A2CB5F87 The symbol indicates that the fuel filler lid is
located on the right side of the vehicle.
NOTE:
A low fuel warning comes on in the vehicle
information display when the fuel level is getting
low. Refuel as soon as it is convenient. There
should be a small reserve of fuel in the tank
when the fuel gauge needle reaches the empty
level.
The available range or distance to empty is
MWAC0431XZ permanently shown at the bottom of the vehicle MWAC0489XZ
information display, see “Distance to empty
Full-screen model
(dte)/Odometer” (P.67).
The instrument brightness control switch can be
operated when the ignition is ON. When the switch

is operated, the vehicle information display When the ignition is switched from ON to OFF and
switches to the brightness adjustment mode. the current journey distance is greater than 5 km
Push the + side of the switch to brighten the (3 miles), the [ECO Drive Report] is displayed.
instrument panel lights. The bar moves to the ECO evaluation
right side. The more economically you drive, the
Push the - side of the switch to dim the lights. more appear.
The bar moves to the left side. Previous 5 times (History)
The vehicle information display returns to the The average fuel economy for the previous 5
normal display when the instrument brightness
times will be displayed.
control switch is not operated for more than 5
seconds. Current average fuel economy
The current average fuel economy since
XTRONIC TRANSMISSION POSITION IN- journey start will be displayed.
DICATOR GUID-915AF84A-F87A-4D86-B2FE-14A9051461A6 Best fuel economy
The Xtronic transmission position indicator indi- The best fuel economy of the past history
cates the transmission position when the ignition will be displayed.
is ON (See “Driving with Xtronic Transmission”
(P.242).) When the [Tyre Pressures] message appears in the
[ECO Drive Report], the display can be switched to
[ECO DRIVE GUID-8F8D7226-A2DA-4F2E-9FA1-E68CBB720E89
REPORT] the [Tyre Pressures] display by pushing the scroll
dial on the steering wheel to show an additional
message.
MNIC4143
Example

WARNING LIGHTS,
WARNING LIGHTS,INDICATOR LIGHTS AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS
INDICATOR
LIGHTS AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS
GUID-E6736968-1416-4424-88D4-49A6BA2A0A0A
Intelligent Emergency Braking (IEB) system*

Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning light Vehicle detected ahead warning light*
warning light*
Lane Departure Warning (LDW)*/Intelligent

Blind spot warning (BSW)*/Intelligent Blind
Lane Intervention (ILI)*/Emergency Lane Automatic brake hold indicator light (white)
Spot Intervention* warning light
Assist (ELA)* warning light
Brake warning light Low fuel warning light Automatic brake hold indicator light (green)
Charge warning light Low tyre pressure warning light* Dipped beam indicator light*
Electric Parking brake warning light Malfunction warning light (orange) Door lock indicator light**
Electric Power Steering warning light Master warning light Electric Parking brake indicator light
Electronic Stability Programme (ESP) OFF

Electric shift control system warning light Rear Automatic Braking (RAB)* warning light
indicator light
Emergency Lane Assist (ELA)* OFF warning Rear Automatic Braking (RAB)* OFF warning
Front fog light indicator light*
light light

Engine oil pressure light Seat belt warning light
Front passenger air bag status lights*, **

Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) air bag
Hands OFF warning light*
warning light
High beam assist indicator light*

Stop/Start System indicator light* (green)
Adaptive driving beam indicator light*
High beam indicator light Turn signal/hazard indicator lights
*: where fitted
Hill Start Assist (HSA) indicator light*
**: located on the roof console
ProPILOT Assist*/Drive Assist* indicator

light Blue/white
Rear fog light indicator light*
Side light indicator light
Slip indicator light*

CHECKING LIGHTS WARNING LIGHTS
GUID-FF3C808C-819A-4AF0-AB7B-2773DE88D0E2 GUID-80BCE874-86ED-4A12-BD13-11A38F9F6096 Brake warning light (red)
With all doors closed, apply the parking brake, Also see “Vehicle information display” (P.82). GUID-56B2003F-08BC-47B6-9AFD-675EBA3C85DF
fasten the seat belts and switch the ignitionON WARNING
without starting the engine. The following lights
Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) WARNING LIGHT * Your brake system may not be working
(where fitted) will illuminate: GUID-375E63E2-72D8-4F90-9E4D-BA0D3152DCEF
properly if the warning light is on. Driving
, , , , , . When the ignition is switched ON, the Anti-lock
could be dangerous. Even if you judge the
Braking System (ABS) warning light illuminates and
The following lights (where fitted) come on briefly brake system to be safe, drive carefully to
then turns off. This indicates the ABS is opera-
and then go off: the nearest service station for repairs.
tional.
, , , , , , , . Otherwise, have your vehicle towed be-
If the ABS warning light illuminates while the cause driving it could be dangerous.
If any light fails to come on, it may indicate a engine is running, or while driving, it may indicate
burned-out bulb or an open circuit in the electrical * Pressing the brake pedal when the engine
the ABS is not functioning properly. Have the
system. Have the system checked, and repaired is not running and/or when the brake fluid
system checked by a NISSAN dealer or qualified
promptly by a NISSAN dealer or qualified work- level is low may increase the stopping
workshop.
shop. distance, and braking will require greater
If an ABS malfunction occurs, the anti-lock func- pedal effort as well as pedal travel.
Some indicators and warnings are also displayed tion is turned off. The brake system then operates
in the vehicle information display between the * If the brake fluid level is below the mini-
normally, but without anti-lock assistance (see
speedometer and tachometer see “Vehicle infor- mum or <MIN> mark on the brake fluid
“Brake system” (P.433)).
mation display” (P.82). reservoir, do not drive until the brake
system has been checked at a NISSAN
NOTE: Blind spot warning (BSW) (where dealer or qualified workshop.
The or light (where fitted), comes on fitted)/INTELLIGENT BLIND SPOT INTER-
When the ignition is switched ON, the light remains
and stays on depending on the status of the VENTION (where fitted) WARNING LIGHT illuminated for a few seconds. If the light illumi-
front passenger air bag. The front passenger air GUID-0F3C6143-84B0-4AE2-B294-EA0A103B4539
For details of the Blind spot warning (BSW) and nates at any other time, it may indicate that the
bag status light ( ) will illuminate when the
Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention systems, see brake system is not functioning properly. If the
front passenger air bag is turned OFF. When the
“Blind Spot Warning (BSW) system/Intelligent Blind Brake warning light illuminates, stop the vehicle
front passenger air bag is turned on, the front
Spot Intervention system (where fitted)” (P.262). immediately and contact a NISSAN dealer or
passenger air bag status light ON ( ) will
qualified workshop.
illuminate.
Low brake fluid warning light:
When the ignition is ON, the light warns of a low
brake fluid level. If the light illuminates while the
ignition is ON with the parking brake not applied,
stop the vehicle and perform the following steps:

1. Check the brake fluid level. If brake fluid level is CAUTION vehicle but the steering will be harder to
low, add fluid and have the system checked by Do not continue driving if the alternator belt is operate. Have the Electric Power Steering
a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop. See loose, broken or missing. system checked by a NISSAN dealer or
“Brake and clutch fluid” (P.475). qualified workshop.
2. If the brake fluid level is correct, and the Brake
When the ignition is ON, the Electric Power Steer-
warning light is still illuminated it may indicate Electric Parking brake warning ing warning light illuminates. After starting the
that the brake system is not functioning
light (where fitted) engine, the Electric Power Steering warning light
properly. Have the brake system and the GUID-DACF5034-D9BD-4A8D-B778-8E0150045BB5
turns off. This indicates that the electric power
warning system checked by a NISSAN dealer When the ignition is switched ON, the electric
steering system is operational.
or qualified workshop. parking brake system warning light illuminates
and then turns off. If the Electric Power Steering warning light illumi-
nates while the engine is running, it may indicate
Charge warning light The electric parking brake system warning light
the Electric Power Steering system is not function-
GUID-1B22978F-FBF4-4DCA-B548-1CEFE6A71BE1 functions for the electric parking brake system. If
When the ignition is ON, the charge warning light ing properly and may need servicing. Have the
the warning light illuminates, it may indicate that
illuminates. After starting the engine, the charge Electric Power Steering system checked by a
the electric parking brake system is not function-
warning light turns off. This indicates that the NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop. See “Power
ing properly. Have the brake system checked, and,
charging system is operational. steering” (P.432).
if necessary, repaired. It is recommended that you
If the charge warning light illuminates while the visit a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop for this
engine is running, or while driving, it may indicate service. Electric shift control system warning light
GUID-417F963C-3189-4912-B87A-CC1B8F7A6146
that the charging system is not functioning For further parking brake operation information When the ignition switch is in the ON position, the
properly and may need servicing. see “Electric Parking Brake” (P.157). electric shift control system warning light illumi-
When the charge warning light illuminates while nates, and then turns off. This indicates the electric
driving, stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible.
Electric Power Steering warning light shift control system is operational.
Stop the engine and check the alternator belt. If GUID-24817CC0-54BD-4FCA-B317-00125291444C
The electric shift control system warning light
the alternator belt is loose, broken or missing, the WARNING illuminates when a malfunction occurs in the
charging system needs repair (see “Drive belts”
* If the engine is not running or is turned off electric shift control system. When the master
(P.480)).
while driving, the power assist for the warning light illuminates, the chime sounds and
If the alternator belt appears to be functioning steering will not work. Steering will be the following message is displayed in the vehicle
correctly but the charge warning light remains harder to operate. information display: [When parked apply parking
illuminated, have the charging system checked by brake].
a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop promptly. * When the Electric Power Steering warning
light illuminates with the engine running, When the ignition is switched OFF, the chime
there will be no power assist for the sounds continuously. Ensure the parking brake is
steering. You will still have control of the applied.

Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer or If the light illuminates when the IEB system is ON, it
qualified workshop. Hands OFF warning light (where fitted) may indicate that the system is unavailable. See
GUID-B23EB02D-3DF3-4F08-A1C8-9F02E639A892
“Intelligent Emergency Braking (IEB) system (where
When the Steering Assist is activated, it monitors
fitted)” (P.402) for more details.
Emergency Lane Assist (ELA) the driver’s steering wheel operation.
Disabling the ESP system with the vehicle informa-
(where fitted) OFF WARNING LIGHT Vehicles fitted with ProPILOT Assist: If the steer-
GUID-67E28961-32BD-4892-82F6-CF048A0A18A1 tion display causes the IEB system to become
ing wheel is not operated or the driver takes his/
For details about the Emergency Lane Assist (ELA) unavailable. This is not a malfunction.
her hands off the steering wheel for a period of
system see “Emergency Lane Assist (ELA) system
time, the warning light illuminates. If the driver
(where fitted)” (P.293).
does not operate the steering wheel after the Lane Departure Warning (LDW) (where
warning light has been illuminated, an audible alert fitted)/INTELLIGENT LANE INTERVENTION
Engine oil pressure warning light sounds and the warning flashes in the vehicle
GUID-E1358A31-757D-4FF2-93E9-C66E670B3E5F (ILI) (where fitted)/EMERGENCY LANE AS-
information display, followed by a quick brake
When the ignition is switched ON, the engine oil SIST (ELA) (where fitted) WARNING LIGHT
application to request the driver to take control
pressure warning light illuminates. After starting GUID-1785A30D-5402-4AE1-8571-280FDFAFC969
of the vehicle again. If the driver remains unre-
the engine, the engine oil pressure warning light For details about the Lane Departure Warning
sponsive, the vehicle will automatically turn on the
turns off. This indicates that the oil pressure (LDW) and Intelligent Lane Intervention (ILI) sys-
hazard lights and slow to a complete stop. (See
sensors in the engine are operational. tems see “Lane Departure Warning (LDW) system
“Hands on detection” (P.380).)
(where fitted)” (P.284) and “Intelligent Lane Inter-
If the engine oil pressure warning light illuminates Vehicles fitted with ICC and Steering Assist (MT): vention (ILI) system (where fitted)” (P.288).
or blinks while the engine is running, it may
If the steering wheel is not operated or the driver
indicate that the engine oil pressure is low. For details about the Emergency Lane Assist (ELA)
takes his/her hands off the steering wheel for a
system see “Emergency Lane Assist (ELA) system
Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible. Stop period of time, the warning light illuminates. :If the
the engine immediately and call a NISSAN dealer or driver does not operate the steering wheel after
qualified workshop. the warning light has been illuminated, an audible
alert sounds and the warning flashes in the vehicle Low fuel warning light
CAUTION GUID-7910F200-5241-489E-940B-AED003065950
information display. If the driver remains unre-
* Running the engine with the engine oil If the yellow reserve fuel warning light is on while
sponsive, the Steering Assist system is switched
pressure warning light illuminated could the engine is running, the fuel level has dropped
off. (See “Hands on detection” (P.341).)
cause serious damage to the engine. into the reserve range.
* The engine oil pressure warning light is not Refuel at the nearest filling station.
Intelligent Emergency Braking (IEB)
designed to indicate a low oil level. The oil
level should be checked using the dipstick. SYSTEM WARNING LIGHT (where fitted)
GUID-630D046D-9C5B-45AD-9142-F999BBD00C95 Low tyre pressure warning light (where fitted)
(See “Engine oil” (P.472).) This light illuminates when the Intelligent Emer- GUID-7FD955D8-C8FE-4682-8DA6-0A7C3E87A604
Your vehicle is equipped with a Tyre Pressure
gency Braking (IEB) system is set to OFF in the
Monitoring System (TPMS) (where fitted) that
vehicle information display.

monitors the tyre pressure of all tyres except the TPMS resetting must also be performed after a WARNING
spare. tyre or a wheel is replaced, or the tyres are rotated. * Radio waves could adversely affect electric
The low tyre pressure warning light warns of low For additional information, see “Tyre Pressure medical equipment. Those who use a
tyre pressure or indicates that the TPMS is not Monitoring System (TPMS) (where fitted)” (P.231) pacemaker should contact the electric
functioning properly. and “Vehicle information display” (P.82). medical equipment manufacturer for the
After the ignition is switched ON, this light illumi- Depending on a change in the outside tempera- possible influences before use.
nates for about 1 second and turns off. ture, the low tyre pressure warning light may * If the light does not illuminate with the
illuminate even if the tyre pressure has been ignition switched ON, have the vehicle
Low tyre pressure warning:
adjusted properly. Adjust the tyre pressure to the checked by a NISSAN dealer or qualified
If the vehicle is being driven with low tyre pressure, recommended COLD tyre pressure again when the workshop as soon as possible.
the warning light will illuminate. A low tyre tyres are cold, and reset the TPMS.
pressure warning (e.g., [Low tyre pressure]) also * If the low tyre pressure warning light
appears in the vehicle information display. If the low tyre pressure warning light still continues illuminates while driving, avoid sudden
to illuminate after the resetting operation, it may steering manoeuvres or abrupt braking,
When the low tyre pressure warning light illumi- indicate that the TPMS is not functioning properly. reduce vehicle speed, pull off the road to a
nates, you should stop and adjust the tyre Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer or safe location and stop the vehicle as soon
pressure of all 4 tyres to the recommended COLD qualified workshop. as possible. Driving with under-inflated
tyre pressure shown on the tyre placard located
For additional information, see “Tyre Pressure tyres may permanently damage the tyres
on the driver side centre pillar see “Tyre placard”
Monitoring System (TPMS) (where fitted)” (P.231) and increase the likelihood of tyre failure.
(P.500). The low tyre pressure warning light does
and “Vehicle information display” (P.82). Serious vehicle damage could occur and
not automatically turn off when the tyre pressure
may lead to an accident and could result in
is adjusted. After the tyre is inflated to the TPMS malfunction: serious personal injury. Check the tyre
recommended pressure, the vehicle must be If the TPMS is not functioning properly, the low tyre pressure for all four tyres. Adjust the tyre
driven at speeds above 25 km/h (16 MPH) to pressure warning light will flash for approximately pressure to the recommended COLD tyre
activate the TPMS and turn off the low tyre 1 minute when the ignition is switched ON. The pressure shown on the tyre placard, lo-
pressure warning light. Use a tyre pressure gauge light will remain on after 1 minute. Have the system cated on the driver side centre pillar, to
to check the tyre pressure. checked by a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop. turn the low tyre pressure warning light
The low tyre pressure (e.g., [Low tyre pressure]) The low tyre pressure warning does not appear if off. If the light still illuminates while driving
warning appears each time the ignition is switched the low tyre pressure warning light illuminates to after adjusting the tyre pressure, a tyre
ON as long as the low tyre pressure warning light indicate a TPMS malfunction. may be flat. If you have a flat tyre, repair it
remains illuminated. For additional information, see “Tyre Pressure with the emergency tyre puncture repair
For additional information, see “Vehicle informa- Monitoring System (TPMS) (where fitted)” (P.231). kit (where fitted) or replace it with a spare
tion display” (P.82) and “Tyre Pressure Monitoring tyre (where fitted) as soon as possible.
System (TPMS) (where fitted)” (P.231). * After adjusting the tyre pressure, be sure
to reset the TPMS. Unless the resetting is

performed, the TPMS will not warn of the On steady and message [Engine malfunction
low tyre pressure correctly. Power reduced Service now]: Master warning light
GUID-3D8073B6-27F7-4DCF-A820-C43A95322401
* When a spare tyre is mounted or a wheel is An engine malfunction has been detected. STOP
When the ignition is ON, the master warning light
replaced, the TPMS will not function and the engine. Have the vehicle inspected by a
illuminates if any of the following are displayed in
the low tyre pressure warning light will NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop. You need
the vehicle information display (see “Vehicle in-
flash for approximately 1 minute. The light to have your vehicle towed to the dealer.
formation display” (P.82)):
will remain on after 1 minute. Contact a On steady and message [Engine malfunction * Door/Boot Open Warning
NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop as Service Now]:
soon as possible for tyre replacement and/ * Parking Brake release warning
An engine malfunction has been detected which
or system resetting. * Low tyre pressure warning (where fitted)
may damage the engine control system.
* Replacing tyres with those not originally * System Fault Display
To reduce or avoid engine control system
specified by NISSAN could affect the prop- * No key warning (where fitted)
damage:
er operation of the TPMS. * Key ID incorrect warning (where fitted)
* Do not drive at speeds above 70 km/h (43
* Intelligent Key system warning (where fitted)
MPH).
CAUTION * Chassis Control System fault warning (where
* Avoid hard acceleration or deceleration.
* The TPMS is not a substitute for regular fitted)
* Avoid steep uphill grades.
tyre pressure checking. Be sure to check If the Driving Aids system warnings (where fitted)
the tyre pressure regularly. * If possible, reduce the load being carried or
appear in the vehicle information display, the
towed. master warning light also illuminates. See “Lane
* If the vehicle is being driven at speeds of
Have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer or Departure Warning (LDW) system (where fitted)”
less than 25 km/h (16 MPH), the TPMS may
qualified workshop. You do not need to have your (P.284), and/or “Intelligent Emergency Braking (IEB)
not operate correctly.
vehicle towed to the dealer. system (where fitted)” (P.402).
* Be sure to install the specified size of tyres
to all four wheels correctly. CAUTION
Continued vehicle operation without having Rear Automatic Braking (RAB)
the engine control system checked and re- (where fitted) WARNING LIGHT
Malfunction warning light (MIL) (orange) paired as necessary could lead to poor drive- GUID-C595A8B7-7EDF-4A23-8651-CDC23B8B7E23
GUID-F206FA0C-56DF-48BD-823E-91039D033D59
ability, reduced fuel economy and possible For details about the Rear Automatic Braking
When the ignition is switched ON, the orange system see “Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) (where
damage to the engine control system, which
Malfunction Indicator light illuminates. This means fitted)” (P.279).
may affect your warranty coverage.
that the system is operational.
If the orange Malfunction Indicator light comes on
while the engine is running, it may indicate an
engine control system malfunction or misfire.

* The supplemental air bag warning light re- For additional details see “Automatic brake hold”
Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) OFF mains on after approximately 7 seconds. (P.159).
(where fitted) WARNING LIGHT * The supplemental air bag warning light flashes
GUID-4E64AC49-161F-4305-83A8-36FBF8BF92CD intermittently.
For details about the Rear Automatic Braking Dipped beam indicator light (where fitted)
* The supplemental air bag warning light does GUID-85F1D843-2858-410B-ADDD-CC489A89D7DC
system see “Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) (where This light comes on when the switch is turned to
not come on at all.
fitted)” (P.279). the position: The headlights will come on and
Unless checked and repaired, the SRS air bag
front side, tail, number plate and instrument lights
system and/or the pre-tensioner seat belt system
Seat belt warning light remain on. The light also comes on when the
may not function properly.
GUID-821F8B7B-1C75-4F14-BC8E-F09D451E5111 headlight switch is turned to AUTO and it is dark
The seat belt warning light reminds you to fasten For additional details see “SRS air bag warning outside.
your seat belts. See “Seat belts” (P.27). light” (P.55).
Door lock indicator light (where fitted)

Supplemental Restraint System Vehicle Ahead Detected warning GUID-D5B886B4-E66D-4C57-BDBC-6E5E4ECE2C06
light (where fitted) The door lock indicator light located on the roof
(SRS) AIR BAG WARNING LIGHT
GUID-7FE1F4B2-9B4B-4D49-97FF-E38B05D888B1 GUID-19124473-60C5-403C-9AB3-9CAAE221B231 console illuminates when all the doors are locked
WARNING For details about the Vehicle Ahead detected while the ignition is ON.
warning light, see “Intelligent Emergency Braking * When the doors are locked with the power
If the supplemental air bag warning light is on, (IEB) system (where fitted)” (P.402). door lock switch, the door lock indicator light
it could mean that the front air bag, side air
will illuminate for 30 minutes.
bag (where fitted), curtain air bag (where INDICATOR LIGHTS
GUID-B6ABAFFA-8F05-45E3-B760-5B2577C3D4D7
fitted) and/or pre-tensioner systems will not * When the doors are locked by pushing the
operate in an accident. To help avoid injury to LOCK button on the Intelligent Key or any
yourself or others, have your vehicle checked
Automatic brake hold indicator light (white) request switch (where fitted), the door lock
GUID-F9FB36B9-B527-4FF5-B85F-662E9429ABEC
by a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop as indicator light will illuminate for 1 minute.
The Automatic brake hold indicator light (white)
soon as possible. illuminates when the Automatic brake hold system * The door lock indicator light turns off when
is on standby. any door is unlocked.
When the ignition is switched ON, the Supplemen- For locking or unlocking doors, see “Doors” (P.146).
For additional details see “Automatic brake hold”
tal Restraint System (SRS) air bag warning light
(P.159).
illuminates for approximately 7 seconds and then
Electric Parking brake indicator light
turns off this indicates the system is operational. GUID-E3EB0171-79CA-4983-9150-26937A25FFBA
If any of the following conditions occur, the air bag Automatic brake hold indicator light (green) The electric parking brake indicator light indicates
GUID-BCF37991-854E-48C7-BD78-DA38B3AE45AC
systems and pre-tensioner systems need servicing that the electric parking brake system is operating.
The Automatic brake hold indicator light (green)
and the vehicle must be taken to a NISSAN dealer illuminates while the Automatic brake hold system When the ignition is switched ON, the electric
or qualified workshop: is operating. parking brake indicator light illuminates. When the

engine is started and the parking brake is released,
the warning light turns off.
If the parking brake is not fully released, the
electric parking brake indicator light remains on.
Be sure that the electric parking brake indicator
light has turned off before driving.
If the electric parking brake indicator light illumi-
nates or flashes while the electric parking brake
system warning light (yellow) illuminates, it may
indicate that the electric parking brake system is
not functioning properly. Have the brake system
checked, and if necessary repaired, by a NISSAN
dealer or qualified workshop promptly.
For further parking brake operation information
see “Electric Parking Brake” (P.157).
Meter Switch
Master warn-
Indicator Warning light Display text Buzzer LED
ing light
Parking brake
— — — — LED
applied
Dynamic park- Release park-

— Beep LED
ing brake ing brake
Depends on Warning light Depends on

System failure — —
status ON status

Parking brake
switch
Press brake
High beam assist indicator light
pressed with- — — — LED
out brake
pedal (where fitted) /ADAPTIVE DRIVING
pedal pressed BEAM INDICATOR LIGHT (where fitted)
GUID-D25BC7F0-CB93-4491-BB52-22AEDAB3F64E
Parking brake The indicator light illuminates when the headlights
cannot be re- Release park- come on while the headlight switch is in the AUTO
— — — LED
leased auto- ing brake position with the High Beam Assist/Adaptive
matically Driving Beam button pushed. This indicates that
the high beam assist system and/or adaptive
LED
driving beam is operational. (See “Headlight and
Parking brake Warning light
— — — turn signal switch” (P.113))
malfunction Flashing ON Flashing
High beam indicator light

GUID-A0C70472-5899-4CDE-93A2-3E8F64DE6D68
This light comes on when the headlight high beam
Electronic Stability Programme Front fog light indicator light (where fitted) is on, or ADB system is active (where fitted), and
GUID-498ABAC9-8ABE-4617-8090-6C6631D3CAFA
(ESP) OFF INDICATOR LIGHT (where fitted) The light comes on when the front fog lights are
goes out when the low beam is selected.
GUID-C6A22A2C-A9EF-4188-81AF-7A185222A568
The light comes on when the Electronic Stability switched on (see “Fog light switch” (P.117)).
Programme (ESP) is switched OFF in the vehicle Hill Start Assist (HSA) ON INDICA-
information display. This indicates that the ESP / Front passenger air bag status TOR LIGHT (where fitted)
system is not operating. GUID-BD573B39-F5CB-4878-B120-CD98979FA069
light (where fitted) The light illuminates when the conditions of the Hill
Disabling the ESP system causes the Intelligent GUID-603E6252-18FF-49A7-B204-368440FF8245
Start Assist (HSA) system are satisfied when the
Emergency Braking (IEB) system to become un- The front passenger air bag status light OFF ( )
vehicle is stopped on a hill.
available. See “Intelligent Emergency Braking (IEB) will illuminate when the front passenger air bag is
system (where fitted)” (P.402) for more details. turned OFF. When the front passenger air bag is Then, the light blinks when the brake pedal is
turned on, the front passenger air bag status light released, which indicates that the Hill Start Assist
This light also comes on briefly when the ignition is (HSA) system is activated.
ON ( ) will illuminate.
switched ON. The light will turn off after approxi-
mately 2 seconds if the ESP system is operational. For more details, see “SRS air bag warning light” For additional information, see “Hill Start Assist
(P.55). (HSA) (where fitted)” (P.437).
For additional information, see “Electronic Stability
Programme (ESP) system” (P.435).

When the SLIP indicator light comes on with the
ProPILOT Assist/Drive Assist in- ESP system turned on, it alerts the driver to the Turn signal/hazard indicator lights
GUID-4FD51EA7-58E5-47F7-9497-2D182CCBAE53
dicator light (where fitted) fact that the system’s fail-safe mode is operating.
The direction indicator lights will flash when the
GUID-DDFB4E5C-8BC6-43A6-BB0D-08979B7772C8 This means the system may not be functioning
For details of the ProPILOT Assist system and turn signal switch or hazard warning flasher
properly. Have the system checked by your NISSAN
Intelligent Cruise control and Steering Assist switch is turned on. See “Headlight and turn signal
dealer or qualified workshop. If an abnormality
systems (Drive Assist) see “Intelligent Cruise Con- switch” (P.113) and see “Hazard warning flasher
occurs in the system, the ESP system function will
trol (ICC) and Steering Assist (where fitted) (on switch” (P.442) for further details.
be cancelled, but the vehicle is still drivable.
Manual Transmission vehicles)” (P.320) and “ProPI-
LOT Assist (where fitted)” (P.358).
For additional information, see “Electronic Stability AUDIBLE REMINDERS
GUID-16850118-BF70-4615-952B-1EA591E131E4
Programme (ESP) system” (P.435). In addition to the audible reminders described in
this section, a number of other vehicle systems
Rear fog light indicator light (where fitted) Stop/Start System indicator light (where fitted) also provide audible warnings or reminders. These
GUID-57FD6E39-FA9E-4B47-AB2B-8F23347515FC
GUID-D7FD4D75-DE33-41E6-AE54-21C66EC28A3B include:
The light comes on when the rear fog light is
The light comes on when the engine is stopped
switched on (see “Rear fog light (where fitted)” * Moving Object Detection (MOD) (where fitted)
under Stop/Start System control, or blinks to
(P.117)). * Blind Spot Warning (BSW) (where fitted)
indicate a malfunction.
* Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention (where
Side light indicator light NOTE: fitted)
GUID-5C9FB488-F539-430A-94C4-4B1F7B968BB6 * The Stop/Start System will deactivate and
* Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) (where fitted)
This light comes on when the side light position is the Stop/Start System buzzer will sound if
selected, see “Headlight and turn signal switch” * Lane Departure Warning (LDW) (where fitted)
the vehicle engine bonnet is opened while
(P.113) for further details. the Stop/Start System is activated. Use the * Intelligent Lane Intervention (ILI) (where fitted)
ignition switch to turn the engine off. * Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) (where fitted)
SLIP indicator light (where fitted) * The Stop/Start System indicator light blinks * Steering Assist (where fitted)
GUID-B978B50A-8DE0-4B5B-BC7B-F7221FEE9651 slowly (approximately once per second) * Intelligent Emergency Braking (IEB) (where
The SLIP indicator blinks when the Electronic when the Stop/Start System is malfunction- fitted)
Stability Programme (ESP) system is operating, ing. Have the system checked and if neces- * Intelligent Forward Collision Warning (I-FCW)
thus alerting the driver to the fact that the road sary repaired, by a NISSAN dealer or (where fitted)
surface is slippery and the vehicle is nearing its qualified workshop. * Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) (where fitted)
traction limits.
For details, sees “Stop/Start System (where fitted)”
You may feel or hear the system working, this is
(P.247).
Door open reminder chime
GUID-E391A767-FD9B-4164-8109-CA5CA33CB287
normal. The chime will sound if any door other than the
The light will continue to blink for a few seconds driver’s door is left open and the power door lock
after the ESP system stops its engine or brake switch is held down.
interventions.

VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY
GUID-19927C32-DF29-4F10-887B-7556C3647553
Intelligent Key models: The external buzzer will Park reminder chime (where fitted)
GUID-A72F2F13-4F5C-4FCB-A567-E1A69924F31C
sound if the vehicle is being locked remotely or
A chime will sound if the ignition is switched OFF
using an outside door lock switch and any door is
and the transmission not in the P (Park) position.
open.
Parking brake reminder buzzer Stop/Start System reminder buzzer (where fitted)
GUID-268BA202-8297-4B58-B4A2-C4601F648954
GUID-1BDB3468-5783-461F-83C5-48055B92CC67
The Stop/Start System will deactivate and the
A buzzer will sound when driving away if the
Stop/Start System buzzer will sound if the vehicle
parking brake has not been released. Stop the
engine bonnet is opened while the Stop/Start
vehicle and release the parking brake.
System is activated. Use the ignition switch to turn
Light reminder chime the engine off. MJVI1272XZ
GUID-3FC5F46B-6FF7-44C4-8CD8-68B93409DE53
A chime will sound for 10 seconds if the driver’s Example
door is opened while the external lights are turned
on and the ignition is OFF. The vehicle information display is located as
See “Headlight and turn signal switch” (P.113) for shown above, and it displays warnings and in-
further details on the headlight operation. formation. The following items are also displayed if
the vehicle is equipped with them:
Fog light reminder chime
GUID-B8BC2E37-5E9E-4E5E-BC24-EA8EE590543B
* Drive computer
A chime will sound if the ignition is switched OFF * Vehicle settings
and the headlight switch is in the <AUTO> position * Trip computer information
(where fitted) and the fog lights are left on. * Driver Assistance
See “Fog light switch” (P.117) for further details. * Cruise control system information
* ProPILOT Assist
Seat belt reminder chime
GUID-142A930C-FA17-470B-B80A-68245D0FA76D * Intelligent Key operation information
The seat belt reminder chime reminds you to
* Audio information
fasten your seat belts. See “Seat belts” (P.27).
* Navigation - turn by turn
Key reminder buzzer (Intelligent Key models)
GUID-0FFD6688-5B61-4D6B-B119-12C901284268
* Guidance and warnings
The external buzzer will beep 3 times if: * Tyre pressure information
* Other information
* The Intelligent Key is removed from the vehicle
while the ignition is not switched to LOCK.
* The vehicle is being locked remotely or using
an outside door lock switch and the Intelligent
Key has been left inside the vehicle.

CHANGING THE METER SCREEN VIEW VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY
GUID-32612276-BF60-46DF-B002-A2EE17D89B71
(models with full-screen display)
GUID-8269169C-0B5D-4627-9B2F-DAC70374892B
For the model with full-screen display, the meter
screen view can be changed to expand the vehicle
information display area. See “Changing the meter
screen view (models with full-screen display)” (P.67)
for how to change the view.
HOW TO USE THE VEHICLE INFORMA-

TION DISPLAY
GUID-FA9B2C0B-16E7-44C1-AA9F-166C9CBF4989
MWAC0313XZ
The vehicle information display can be changed

using the scroll dial , , and
located on the steering wheel.
Scroll dial - navigate through the items and
change or select an item in vehicle informa-
tion display. This scroll dial allows up/down
navigation and push to select
- go back to the previous menu
- change from one display screen to
the next (i.e. trip, Fuel economy)

MNIC4374
When the ignition is switched ON, the vehicle * 5. [Fuel Economy] * 12. [Navigation] (where fitted)
information display may display the following * 6. [ECO Pedal Guide] * 13. [Compass] (where fitted)
screens if the vehicle is equipped with them: * 7. [Tyre Pressures] * 14. [Audio]
* 1. [Home] * 8 .[Stop / Start] * 15. Telephone screen (displays when there is
* 2. [Blank] * 9. [Stop / Start] (where fitted) an incoming call)
* 3. [Speed] (where fitted) * 10. [4x4-i Torque Split] (where fitted) * 16. [Driving Aids] (where fitted)
* 4. [Drive Computer] — [Average Speed] (Dis- * 11. [Navigation] (where fitted) * 17. ProPILOT Assist /ICC/Steering Assist (MT)
tance & Time) (where fitted)

* 18. [Traffic sign] (where fitted) 1. Home the <OK> button for more than 2 secs or until reset
GUID-D0B456CD-8AF3-495F-B46B-3038F3C1CE5A
* Warnings. Warnings will only display if there page appears.
The Home mode shows the following information.
are any present. For more information on Average fuel consumption:
warnings and indicators, see “Warning lights, * Vehicle speed
The average fuel consumption shows the average
indicator lights and audible reminders” (P.71). * Navigation (where fitted)
fuel consumption since the last reset.
* 19. [Settings] * Audio
Average speed:
To control what items display in the vehicle
information display, see “[Personal Display] (where
2. Blank GUID-72DBCB28-6386-4E82-A271-041C9C308E6C The average speed shows the average vehicle
fitted)” (P.89). Blank display. speed since the last reset.
Trip odometer:
3. Speed (where fitted)
GUID-7123BE36-DA28-4228-98A5-B3EA63DC040E The trip odometer shows the total distance the
The Speed mode shows the following information. vehicle has been driven since the last reset.
* Vehicle speed
Elapsed time:
* Average Speed
The elapsed time shows the time since the last
4. Drive Computer reset.
GUID-5D30E36A-A608-4349-B4A2-E16659C3FBF2
The Drive computer shows the average fuel 5. Fuel economy display
GUID-F975AB98-92E6-4D61-B41E-6A2E0C90EF84
economy, average vehicle speed, driving time and
driving distance. You can switch between [Since Current fuel consumption:
MWAC0313XZ Reset], [Since Start] and [Since Refuel] by pushing The Fuel economy display mode shows the
the <OK> button. current fuel consumption.
[Since Reset] can be reset manually by pressing Average fuel consumption:
Switches for the vehicle information display are
the <OK> button for more than 2 secs or until reset The Fuel economy display mode shows the
located on the left side of the steering wheel.
page appears. average fuel consumption since the last reset.
Scroll dial - navigate through the items and
[Since Start] will reset after 30 minutes from last There are three modes of operation. You can
change or select an item in vehicle informa-
ignition OFF. It can be also reset manually by switch between [Since Reset], [Since Start] and
tion display. This scroll dial allows up/down
navigation and push to select pressing the <OK> button for more than 2 secs or [Since Refuel] by pushing the scroll dial .
until reset page appears. [Since Reset] can be reset manually by using the
- go back to the previous menu
[Since Refuel] will be reset automatically each time scroll dial .
- change from one display screen to
the next (i.e. trip, Fuel economy) when refuelling and when vehicle speed is greater [Since Start] (where fitted) can be reset manually
than 10 km/h (6 MPH) or if vehicle travelled 500m by using the scroll dial , or will be reset
The displayed images may differ depending on the
or more. It can be also reset manually by pressing automatically each time the ignition is switched
model.
OFF.

[Since Refuel] will be reset automatically each time * The vehicle speed is less than approximately 2 13. CompassGUID-629E5890-D723-42A0-B77C-D0B50FA2C695
(where fitted)
when refuelling and either "Vehicle Speed >= 10 MPH (4 km/h).
This display indicates the heading direction of the
km/h" or "vehicle cruised 500m" is satisfied. * The transmission is in the P (Park), N (Neutral)
vehicle.
or R (Reverse) position.
6. [ECO PedalGUID-94752185-1AC7-43D1-965B-33ED2CED99F5
Guide] function
14. Audio
7. Tyre Pressures
GUID-6FFC0175-547A-49CE-969F-894D512E4E39
GUID-3FA54818-BF7E-4C4E-A6AF-BF7C5A05AAC7
The audio mode shows the status of the audio
The tyre pressure mode shows the pressure of all
system.
four tyres while the vehicle is driven.
With the [Tyre ECO advice] function ON, when the 15. Telephone
GUID-7F9FBED8-4A5A-4E08-A6FA-9D5CC39C2C9E
tyre pressure is getting low, [Check Tyre Pressures The telephone mode shows the status of tele-
for Best Energy Economy] ] appears. phone information.
When the [Low Tyre Pressure] warning appears,
the display can be switched to the tyre pressure 16. Driver Assistance
GUID-877C909E-118A-4A92-9990-1143BAAE63E6
mode by pushing the scroll dial to reveal additional The Driver Assistance mode shows the operating
details on the displayed warning. condition for the following systems.
MWAF0126XZ
* Forward:
8 and 9. Stop / Start
GUID-EBA2D939-D832-4B71-A956-C2ADE78BA351
— Intelligent Emergency Braking (IEB) (where
The [ECO Pedal Guide] display can be selected in See “Stop/Start System (where fitted)” (P.247).
fitted)
the vehicle information display in the ECO mode. — Intelligent Forward Collision Warning (I-
(See “Vehicle information display” (P.82).) Use the 10. Intelligent 4x4 torque distribution
FCW) (where fitted)
[ECO Pedal Guide] function for improving fuel display (where fitted)
GUID-5588716C-DBBC-4F88-A42B-FF3CAB710358 * Lane:
economy. When the [4x4-i Torque Split] display is selected,
— Lane Departure Warning (LDW) (where
When the [ECO Pedal Guide] bar is in the green you can view the distribution ratio of the transmis-
fitted)
range , it indicates that the vehicle is being sion torque to the front and rear wheels during
driving. — Intelligent Lane Intervention (ILI) (where
driven within range of the super economy drive.
fitted)
When the [ECO Pedal Guide] bar is in the light
11 and 12 . Navigation (where fitted) * Blind Spot:
green range , it indicates that the vehicle is being GUID-7111E4A6-ABFE-40CF-9314-F914E47CE8F6
When the route guidance is set in the navigation — Blind Spot Warning (BSW) (where fitted)
driven within range of the economy drive.
system, this item shows the navigation route — Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention (where
If the [ECO Pedal Guide] bar is out of the green fitted)
information.
range ( and ), it indicates that the accelerator
For more details, see “Intelligent Lane Intervention
pedal is depressed over the range of economy
(ILI) system (where fitted)” (P.288), and/or “Intelli-
drive.
gent Emergency Braking (IEB) system (where
The [ECO Pedal Guide] bar is not displayed when: fitted)” (P.402).

17. ProPILOT Assist (where fitted) * [I-key Link] (where fitted) the ESP system will be turned ON. If the ESP
GUID-1913DB65-70AE-41A6-91C0-19F063E97EF9
* [Factory Reset] system is turned off, the ESP OFF indicator
The ProPILOT Assist mode shows the operating
light will illuminate.
conditions for the following systems:
For more information, see “Electronic Stability
* Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) Programme (ESP) system” (P.435).
* Steering Assist
NOTE:
The display will also be shown when the ProPILOT
Assist is turned on. For additional information, see The vehicle should be driven with the Electronic
“ProPILOT Assist (where fitted)” (P.358). Stability Program (ESP) system ON for most
driving conditions.
18. Traffic SignGUID-89811EC9-F71F-4221-A157-E7300D69E481
Recognition (where fitted)
[Driver Assistance]
GUID-5DE71C34-FE6D-487C-807C-CE649B22C01D
The Traffic Sign Recognition (TSR) system provides
To change the status, warnings or turn on or off
the driver with information about the most re- MNIC4116
any of the systems/warnings displayed in the
cently detected speed limit. See “Traffic sign
[Driver Assistance] menu, use the scroll dial to
recognition (where fitted)” (P.259) for more details.
select and change a menu item:
[SETTINGS] [Shortcut Menu]
GUID-8E190AD7-E3C7-4049-97F9-9B41DE0C92D1 * [Steering Assist] (where fitted)
GUID-CB6B2175-AF17-4542-86B5-FFAA1797B70A
The setting mode allows user to change the A [Shortcut Menu] is available to quickly access * [Lane]
information displayed in the vehicle information certain items. The menu can be accessed by * [Blind Spot] (where fitted)
display and some settings: pressing the shortcut switch on the steering
* [Emergency Brake]
wheel and using the scroll dial to select the
* [ESP Setting] * [Traffic Sign] (where fitted)
required item. The following items are available:
* [Driver Assistance] * [CRUISE Navi Link] (where fitted)
* [Emergency Lane] (where fitted)
* [Personal Display] (where fitted) * [Speed Limit Link] (where fitted)
* [Change Display View]
* [Head-Up Display] (where fitted) * [Speed Link Offset] (where fitted)
* [Audio Source]
* [ECO Settings] * [Parking Aids]
* [Driver Assistance]
* [Tyre Pressures] * [Rear Cross Traffic Alert] (where fitted)
* [Personal Display]
* [Clock] * [Driver Attention Alert] (where fitted)
* [Vehicle Settings] [ESP Setting]
GUID-8DF2DDA3-04C8-405E-A46E-BC10695AA9C2
* [Timer Alert]
* [Maintenance] To change the setting, use the scroll dial to select * [Low Temp. Alert]
* [Display Settings] and push it. * [Steering Effort]
* [Unit / Language] * [System] [Steering Assist] (where fitted):
Allows user to turn the Electronic Stability
Program (ESP) system ON or OFF. By default

* Allows user to turn the [Steering Assist] ON/ * [Intervention] (where fitted) * [OFF]
OFF. Allows user to turn the Intelligent Blind Spot * [Prompt]
[Lane]: Intervention system ON/OFF. * [Auto]
* [Warning] See “Blind Spot Warning (BSW) system/Intelligent (See “Speed Limit Link - ProPILOT Assist (where
Blind Spot Intervention system (where fitted)” fitted)” (P.369).)
Allows user to turn the Lane Departure Warn-
(P.262).
ing (LDW) system ON/OFF. See “Lane Depar- [Speed Limit Link] (Without Navi-link) (where
ture Warning (LDW) system (where fitted)” [Emergency Brake]: fitted):
(P.284). * [Front] Allows user to customise the [Speed Limit Link]
* [Intervention] Allows user to turn the Intelligent Emergency (without Navi-link) options.
Allows user to turn the Intelligent Lane Inter- Braking (IEB) with pedestrian detection system * [ON] / [OFF]
vention (ILI) system ON/OFF. See “Lane Depar- (where fitted) ON/OFF. See “Intelligent Emer-
(See “Speed Limit Link - ProPILOT Assist (where
ture Warning (LDW) system (where fitted)” gency Braking (IEB) system (where fitted)”
fitted)” (P.369).)
(P.284). (P.402).
* [Vibration Level] (where fitted) * [Rear] [Speed Link Offset] (where fitted):
Allows user to adjust the level of steering Allows user to turn the Rear Automatic Brak- Allows user to set whether the speed limit used by
wheel vibration for the LDW system. It can be ing (RAB) system (where fitted) ON/OFF. See [Speed Limit Link] should be accepted exactly, or
set to [High], [Medium] or [Low]. See “Lane “Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) (where fitted)” with a tolerance of -10 km/h (–5 MPH) to +10 km/h
Departure Warning (LDW) system (where (P.279). (+5 MPH) adjust . (See “Speed Limit Link - ProPILOT
fitted)” (P.284). Assist (where fitted)” (P.369).)
[Traffic Sign] (where fitted):
* [Emergency Lane] (where fitted) [Parking Aids]:
Allows user to turn the Traffic Sign Recognition
Allows user to turn the Emergency Lane Assist (TSR) ON/OFF. To change the status or turn on or off any of the
(ELA) system ON/OFF. See “Emergency Lane systems displayed in the [Parking Aids] menu, use
Assist (ELA) system (where fitted)” (P.293). [CRUISE Navi Link] (where fitted): the scroll dial to select and change a menu item:
* [Lane Sensitivity] (where fitted) Allows user to turn the [CRUISE Navi Link] (ProPI-
* [Moving Object] (where fitted)
Allows user to adjust the sensitivity of the ELA LOT Assist with Navi-link) function ON/OFF. (See
Allows user to turn the Moving Object Detec-
system (where fitted). It can be set to [Normal], “Cruise Navi Link - ProPILOT Assist with Navi Link
tion (MOD) ON/OFF.
[Strong] or [Mild]. See “Emergency Lane Assist (where fitted)” (P.372).)
* [Display] (where fitted)
(ELA) system (where fitted)” (P.293). [Speed Limit Link] (ProPILOT Assist with Navi-
Allows user to turn the sonar system or the
link) (where fitted):
[Blind Spot] (where fitted): Rear Sonar System (RSS) display ON/OFF.
Allows user to customise the [Speed Limit Link]
* [Warning] * [Front ] (where fitted)
(ProPILOT Assist with Navi-link) options.
Allows user to turn the Blind Spot Warning Allows user to turn the front sonar sensors
(BSW) system ON/OFF. ON/OFF.

* [Rear] [Personal Display] (where fitted) — [Navigation] (where fitted)
GUID-08183E01-2F5D-4166-BF4A-275DE111986A
Allows user to turn the rear sonar sensors ON/ — [Driving Aids] (where fitted)
To change the display in the [Personal Display]
OFF. — [Traffic Sign] (where fitted)
menu, use the scroll dial to select and change a
* [Distance] (where fitted) menu item: — [Audio] (where fitted)
Allows user to select the sonar sensor’s — [Telephone] (where fitted)
* [Blank]
detection distance ([Far], [Medium] or [Near]). * [Reset]
* [Navigation]
* [Volume] (See “[Head-up display] (where fitted)” (P.107).)
* [Time to Destination]
Allows user to select the volume of the sonar
* [Fuel Economy]
tone ([High], [Medium] or [Low]). [ECO Settings]
GUID-C0F9A202-1DEB-4CA6-82CF-A79A18E85CB2
— [Since Reset]
[Rear Cross Traffic Alert]: This setting allows user to change the ECO mode
— [Since Start]
Allows user to turn the Rear Cross Traffic Alert system settings.
— [Since Refuel]
(RCTA) system ON/OFF. (See “Rear Cross Traffic To change the status or turn on or off any of the
* [Trip]
Alert (RCTA) system (where fitted)” (P.274).) systems displayed in the [ECO Settings] menu, use
— [Since Reset] the scroll dial to select and change a menu item:
[Driver Attention Alert]:
— [Since Start]
Allows user to turn the Intelligent Driver Alertness * [ECO Drive Mode]
— [Since Refuel]
on or off. (See “Intelligent Driver Alertness (where — [ECO Cruise Control]
* [Gear position]
fitted)” (P.411).) — [Stop / Start]
* [Average speed]
[Timer Alert]: — [ECO Climate Control]
— [Since Reset]
Allows user to adjust the [Timer Alert] or reset. * [ECO Info Settings]
— [Since Start]
— [ECO Indicator]
[Low Temp. Alert]: — [Since Refuel]
— [ECO Drive Report]
Allows user to turn the Low Temperature Alert
[Head-Up Display] (where fitted) * [View History]
function ON/OFF. GUID-E0ABAF42-4454-461B-B8A8-5575EBE5F5AF
To reset the [View History]:
[Steering Effort]: To change the status or turn on or off any of the
systems displayed in the [Head-Up Display] (HUD), 1) Select [View History] using the scroll dial.
Allows user to adjust the power steering to reduce 2) Push the scroll dial.
use the scroll dial to select and change a menu
or increase steering effort.
item: 3) Select [Yes] by pushing the scroll dial.
* [Drive Mode] * [Tyre ECO advice]
* [Brightness]
* [Standard] Push the scroll dial to turn the [Tyre ECO
* [Height]
* [Sport] advice] ON/OFF.
* [Rotation]
* [Contents selection]

[Tyre Pressures] * [kgf/cm²] changes in temperature in order to prevent false
GUID-81DF3AF0-D338-413A-A2F2-3A8679425964
Use the scroll dial to select and change the unit. TPMS warnings.
The settings in the [Tyre Pressures] menu are all
related to the Tyre Pressure Monitoring System Pressure units conversion table The [Calibrate] function resets the previously
TPMS (see “Tyre Pressure Monitoring System stored temperature value. It is recommended that
2
kPa psi bar kgf/cm this function is performed after the tyre pressures
(TPMS) (where fitted)” (P.231).).
200 29 2.0 2.0 are adjusted.
* [Target Front]
See “Tyre Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
* [Target Rear] 210 30 2.1 2.1
* [Tyre Pressure Unit] 220 32 2.2 2.2
Use the scroll dial to start or cancel the calibration
* [Calibrate]
230 33 2.3 2.3 process. While the calibration process is active, the
[Target Front]: message: [Calibrate] will be displayed.
240 35 2.4 2.4
The [Target Front] tyre pressure is the pressure
specified for the front tyres on the tyre placard 250 36 2.5 2.5 [Clock] GUID-831F3153-8EC3-4DF2-B034-6B545DCBE9D5
(see“Tyre placard” (P.500) and “Tyre Pressure Allows user to adjust the clock settings and time
250 36 2.5 2.5
Monitoring System (TPMS) (where fitted)” (P.231).). within the vehicle information display.
260 38 2.6 2.6
Use the scroll dial to select and change the value * [Display] (where fitted)
for the [Target Front] tyre pressure. 270 39 2.7 2.7 * [Clock Mode] (where fitted)
[Target Rear]: 280 41 2.8 2.8 * [Clock Format]
The [Target Rear] tyre pressure is the pressure * [Summer Time] (where fitted)
290 42 2.9 2.9
specified for the rear tyres on the tyre placard (see * [Time Zone] (where fitted)
“Tyre placard” (P.500) and “Tyre Pressure Monitor- 300 44 3.0 3.0 * Set Clock Manually
ing System (TPMS) (where fitted)” (P.231).).
310 45 3.1 3.1 The clock may also be set in the centre display. For
Use the scroll dial to select and change the value additional information, refer to the separate Nis-
320 46 3.2 3.2
for the [Target Rear] tyre pressure. sanConnect Owner’s Manual.
330 48 3.3 3.3
[Tyre Pressure Unit]:
[Vehicle Settings]
GUID-6E5D60B4-2E3E-4209-A37B-722AD508DD9A
The unit for tyre pressure that displays in the 340 49 3.4 3.4
The vehicle settings allows user to change settings
Vehicle Information Display can be changed to:
[Calibrate]: for the following menus.
* [psi]
The tyre pressure is affected by the temperature of * [Power Back Door] (where fitted)
* [bar]
the tyre; the tyre temperature increases when the * [Lighting]
* [kPa] vehicle is driven. The TPMS system uses tempera- * [Locking]
ture sensors in the tyres to compensate for

* [Wipers] on the door is activated. Use the scroll dial to [Wipers]:
* [Alarm System] (where fitted) activate or deactivate this function. The [Wipers] menu has the following options:
* [Driving Position] (where fitted) * [Selective Unlock] (where fitted) * [Speed Dependent]
* [Rear Door Alert] When this item is turned on, and the driver’s The [Speed Dependent] feature can be acti-
* [Mirror Fold] side door handle request switch is pushed, vated or deactivated. Use the scroll dial to turn
only the driver’s side door is unlocked. All the this feature ON or OFF.
The vehicle settings can be changed using the
doors can be unlocked if the door handle
scroll dial. * [Auto Wipe]
request switch is pushed again within 1
[Power Back Door] (where fitted): The [Auto Wipe] wiper feature can be set to be
minute. When this item is turned to off, all the
ON or OFF. Use the scroll dial to turn this
This allows user to turn the power tailgate ON or doors will be unlocked when the door handle
feature ON or OFF.
OFF. request switch is pushed once. Use the scroll
dial to activate or deactivate this function. * [Reverse Link] (where fitted)
When [Power Back Door] is turned off, the power
* [Auto Door Unlock] (where fitted) The Reverse Link wiper feature can be set to
tailgate can still be opened and closed by pressing
be ON or OFF. From the [Wipers] menu, select
the open button and moving the tailgate by hand. The [Auto Door Unlock] feature allows user to
[Reverse Link]. Use the scroll dial to turn this
Note that the effort required to open/close the customise the auto door unlock options. Use
feature ON or OFF. If set to ON, the rear wiper
power tailgate will be higher than for a non-power the scroll dial to change the mode.
will operate if the front wipers are switched on
tailgate model. — [Shift to Park]
and the transmission is in the R (Reverse)
[Lighting]: — [Ignition OFF] position.
The [Lighting] menu has the following options: — [OFF] * [Drip Wipe]
* [Horn Beeps on Lock] (where fitted) The [Drip Wipe] feature can be set to be ON or
* [Welcome Light]
When this item is turned on, the horn will beep OFF. From the [Wipers] menu, select [Drip
The welcome lighting causes the lights to be
and the hazard indicators will flash twice when Wipe]. Use the Scroll dial to turn this feature
turned on when the doors are unlocked using
locking the vehicle with the Intelligent Key. Use ON or OFF. If set to ON, the wiper will operate
the Intelligent Key. Use the scroll dial to turn
the scroll dial to activate or deactivate this once about 3 seconds after using the washer.
this feature ON or OFF.
function. This operation is to wipe washer fluid that has
* [Mood Lighting] (where fitted)
* [Auto Door Lock] (where fitted) dripped on the windscreen.
The brightness of the [Mood Lighting] can be
The [Auto Door Lock] feature allows user to [Alarm System] (where fitted):
adjusted. Use the scroll dial to select the
customise the auto door lock options. Use the
brightness. The [Alarm System] menu has the following
scroll dial to change the mode.
[Locking]: options:
* [Vehicle Speed] (where fitted)
The [Locking] menu has the following options: * [Always ON]
* [Shift out of Park] (where fitted)
* [Ask on Exit]
* [I-Key Door Lock] (where fitted) * [OFF]
When this option (where fitted) is selected, the
When this item is turned on, the request switch
alarm system will provide the choice to disable

the interior movement sensors (where fitted) disabled. Use the scroll dial to select this 1. [Service]
after the ignition is switched OFF. Use the function. 2. [Air Filter]
scroll dial to select the preferred function. * [Unfold at Ignition] (where fitted)
3. [Tyre]
* [Disable Once] When this item is turned on, the outside rear-
When this option (where fitted) is selected, the view mirrors automatically fold when the 4. [Other]
interior movement sensors (where fitted) will ignition is switched OFF, and unfold when the [Service]:
be disabled until the next time the alarm ignition is switched ON. Use the scroll dial to This indicator appears when the set distance
system is disarmed. select this function. comes for changing the engine oil and oil filter.
[Driving Position] (where fitted): * [Unfold at Unlock] (where fitted) For petrol engine models, you can set or reset the
* [Exit Seat Slide] When this item is turned on, the outside rear- distance for checking or replacing the engine oil.
view mirrors automatically fold when the For scheduled maintenance items and intervals,
This allows user to turn the entry/exit function
vehicle doors are locked, and unfold when see your NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide.
ON or OFF. Use the scroll dial to turn this
the vehicles doors are unlocked. Use the scroll
function ON or OFF. (See “Driving Position
dial to select this function. NOTE:
Memory System (where fitted)” (P.162).)
Some models use the Oil Condition Supervisor
[Rear Door Alert]: [Maintenance]
GUID-103B5CF1-1FDF-4B8B-ABB8-93475C56067F (OCS) function. Other models have the basic
The [Rear Door Alert] feature allows user to service reminder.
customise the Rear Door Alert options. Use the [Air Filter] (where fitted):
scroll dial to change the mode.
This indicator appears when the customer set
* [Horn & Alert] distance comes for changing the air filter. You can
When selected, the alert is displayed and the set or reset the distance for checking or replacing
horn sounds. these items.
* [Alert Only] For scheduled maintenance items and intervals,
When selected, only the alert is displayed. see your NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide.
* [OFF] [Tyre]:
When selected, no alert or horn will be active. MNIC4117 This indicator appears when the customer set
[Mirror Fold]: distance comes for replacing tyres. You can set or
There are three options (where fitted) in the [Mirror reset the distance for replacing tyres.
The maintenance mode allows user to set alerts
Fold] menu: WARNING
for the reminding of maintenance intervals. To
* [Auto Fold Off] (where fitted) change an item: The tyre replacement indicator is not a sub-
When this item is turned on, the auto fold Select [Maintenance] using the scroll dial and push stitute for regular tyre checks, including tyre
feature for the outside rear-view mirrors is the scroll dial. pressure checks. See “Wheels and tyres”

(P.489). Many factors including tyre inflation, [Route Guidance] (where fitted): * [Distance/Fuel]
alignment, driving habits and road conditions To change the setting, use the scroll dial to select * [Tyre Pressure]
affect tyre wear and when tyres should be and push it. * [Temperature]
replaced. Setting the tyre replacement indica-
* [Alert(s)] * [Language]
tor for a certain driving distance does not
The [Alert(s)] setting allows user to turn the Use the scroll dial to select and change the units of
mean your tyres will last that long. Use the tyre
Navigation Settings alerts on or off. the vehicle information display.
replacement indicator as a guide only and
always perform regular tyre checks. Failure to [AUTO Cruise Display] (where fitted): [Distance/Fuel]:
perform regular tyre checks, including tyre The [AUTO Cruise Display] item allows user to turn The unit for the fuel consumption that is shown in
pressure checks could result in tyre failure. the cruise screen transition on or off. the vehicle information display can be changed.
Serious vehicle damage could occur and may
[Welcome Effect]: * [miles, MPG]
lead to a collision, which could result in serious
personal injury or death. The [Welcome Effect] displays the available wel- * [km, km/l]
come effect settings. * [km, l/100km]
[Other]: * [Gauges] (where fitted) Use the scroll dial to select and change the unit.
This indicator appears when the customer set * [Animation] [Tyre Pressures]:
distance comes for checking or replacing main- [Operation guidance]: The unit for tyre pressures that is shown in the
tenance items other than the engine oil, oil filter vehicle information display can be changed to:
The [Operation guidance] displays the available
and tyres. Other maintenance items can include
operation guidance settings. * [psi]
such things as air filter or tyre rotation. You can set
or reset the distance for checking or replacing the * [Lights] * [bar]
items. * [Wiper] * [kPa]
— [Front] * [kgf/cm²]
[Display Settings]
GUID-A41020A5-44D4-4A1A-A091-B9E1C2B15C85 — [Rear] [Temperature]:
The display settings allows user to choose from * [High Beam Assist] (where fitted) The temperature that is shown in the vehicle
the various meter selections.
* [Adaptive Headlight] (where fitted) information display can be changed from:
The display settings can be changed using the * [Seat Memory] (where fitted) * [°C]
scroll dial.
* [Speed limiter] (where fitted) * [°F]
[Contents Selection]:
Use the scroll dial to toggle choices.
Displays available screens that can be shown in [Unit/Language]
GUID-1F58DC82-FEF6-4344-8157-594111F3344D
the vehicle information display. [Language]:
The units that are shown in the vehicle information
display can be changed: The language of the vehicle information display
can be changed.

Use the scroll dial to select and change the
language of the vehicle information display.
[I-Key Link] GUID-2C0070AE-051B-4420-AD50-FA07E7CCFD89

(where fitted)
The [I-Key Link] can be turned ON/OFF using the
scroll dial. It will display the key synchronised and
in use for this vehicle.
[Factory Reset]
GUID-087C1C97-4198-45D6-A105-7B89DDC0E78B
The settings in the vehicle information display can
be reset back to the factory default. To reset the
vehicle information display:
1. Select [Factory Reset] using the scroll dial and
push it.
2. Select [Yes] to return all settings back to
default by pushing the scroll dial.

GENERAL INFORMATION AND WARNINGS
GUID-7779869C-9006-429D-963D-FED53C8390CE
MNIC4141

MNIC4255

The displayed images may differ depending on the 5. [No Key] [Press GUID-6AB1FFD4-EF15-411C-AED1-43CB33B112E9
and Hold to Stop Engine] warning vehicle can be driven. However, it is recommended
model. that you visit a NISSAN dealer or qualified work-
This warning appears you try to turn off the engine
shop for repair as soon as possible.
1. Engine start operation guidance (for when the door is closed with the Intelligent Key left
outside the vehicle and the engine is running. 9–10 [Tyre Pressure] guidance messages
Manual Transmission (MT) models)
GUID-C98B25FF-62F1-4C53-B2D5-160C66E85C74 Press and hold the push button ignition switch to GUID-2C1287DC-AEB4-4C4F-AE34-B6826C173787
This message indicates that the engine will start The tyre pressure mode shows the pressure of all
turn off the engine.
by pushing the ignition switch with the clutch four tyres while the vehicle is driven.
See “Intelligent Key system (where fitted)” (P.141) for
pedal depressed. With the [Tyre ECO advice] function ON, when the
more details.
You can also start the engine by pushing the tyre pressure is getting low, [Check Tyre Pressures
ignition switch with the brake pedal depressed 6. [Key Battery Low] warning for Best Energy Economy] or appears.
GUID-235047E0-9267-4671-AB71-DA46E51CF5D1
when the shift lever is in the N (Neutral) position. This warning appears when the Intelligent Key 11. [Low TyreGUID-FF5A6ADA-7BD7-45F9-B69E-4187F570F1A0
Pressure] warning
battery is running out of power.
2. Engine start operation guidance This warning appears when the low tyre pressure
If this warning appears, replace the battery with a warning light in the meter illuminates and low tyre
(Xtronic transmission models)
GUID-6B5DDB8F-CABB-4913-9F13-2C404481641D new one. See “Intelligent Key battery replacement” pressure is detected. The warning appears each
This message appears when the transmission is in (P.479). time the ignition is switched ON as long as the low
the P (Park) position.
tyre pressure warning light remains illuminated. If
This message means that the engine will start by 7. Engine start operation for Intelligent this warning appears, stop the vehicle and adjust
pushing the ignition switch with the brake pedal Key system guidance
GUID-115EFC34-6CD0-40D8-AA20-0A165C512FD2
the pressure to the recommended COLD tyre
depressed. This message appears when the Intelligent Key pressure shown on the tyre placard. (See “Low
battery is running out of power and when the tyre pressure warning light (where fitted)” (P.75)
3. Engine start operation guidance
GUID-BF3C2E6C-82D4-403F-82CF-5A53926FDD72 Intelligent Key system and vehicle are not com- and “Tyre Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
This message indicates that the ignition switch is municating normally. (where fitted)” (P.231).)
unable to unlock the steering lock. Turn the
If this message appears, touch the ignition switch 12. OccupantGUID-93A24670-C6A2-4B25-9B4D-ECB307DCE5F6
Status Display (where fitted)
steering wheel slightly while pushing the ignition
with the Intelligent Key while depressing the brake
switch. In vehicles fitted with Rear Occupant Detection, in
pedal. (See “Push-button ignition switch (where
fitted)” (P.237).) addition to the Seat Belt Warning Light, the
4. [No Key Detected] warning
GUID-B0CCDA19-C0ED-4658-B11D-16D17188CC19 Occupant Status Display will be shown in the
This warning appears when the door is closed with 8. [Key System Fault See Owner’s Manual] warning Vehicle Information Display when any vehicle
GUID-E971A05A-97DF-42E7-80E2-5DBC3F03591B
the Intelligent Key left outside the vehicle and the occupant’s seat belt is not fastened. The display
This warning appears if there is a malfunction in
engine is running. Make sure that the Intelligent will remain until occupants have their seat belts
the Intelligent Key system.
Key is inside the vehicle. securely fastened, or until acknowledged by the
If this warning appears while the engine is driver.
See “Intelligent Key system (where fitted)” (P.141) for
stopped, the engine cannot be started. If this
more details.
warning appears while the engine is running, the

For precautions on seat belt usage, see “Seat belts” 17. [Headlight System Fault: See Own- the Rear Parking sensor System (where fitted). (See
(P.27). “Front and Rear Ultrasonic Parking Sensors (where
er’s Manual]GUID-9F326BBB-7FFC-45B0-905B-298AAEF6ED9B
warning fitted)” (P.421).)
13. Rear Passenger Seat Belt Display (Where Fitted)
GUID-981CD139-0E72-414D-A508-5683DEB0BFD5
This warning appears if the LED headlights are
Dependent on vehicle specification, this warning malfunctioning. Have the system checked. It is 23. [Driver Attention Alert] [Take a Break?] guidance
GUID-A2357D61-D407-4991-8530-AD5A47E4E7F7
will appear for 65 seconds after the ignition is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer or This message appears when the Intelligent Driver
switched ON. It will also display if the total number qualified workshop for this service. Alertness (IDA) system detect that the driver
of rear buckled seat belt is less than the maximum attention is decreasing. (See “Intelligent Driver
seem during the journey .
18. [Not Available Requires AUTO lights] warning
GUID-0265EB52-65BB-40BF-8C6F-AE77C710170D Alertness (where fitted)” (P.411).)
This warning is displayed of you try to turn on the
For precautions on seat belt usage, see “Seat belts”
(P.27).
dynamic high beam assistant and/or adaptive 24. [Driver Attention Alert] [System fault] (IDA) WARNING
GUID-2A91F4EB-E396-4109-B4B8-D6A836949D2A
driving beam but the Headlight switch is not in This warning appears when the Intelligent Driver
14. [Low fuelGUID-A3A045E0-58E6-4DAD-8E1F-EB3FC9351EB2
level] warning the AUTO position. (See “Autolight system (<AUTO> Alertness (IDA) system malfunctions. (See “Intelli-
— where fitted)” (P.114).) gent Driver Alertness (where fitted)” (P.411).)
This warning appears when the fuel level in the
tank is getting low. Refuel as soon as it is 19–20 [Front GUID-20022985-7380-4194-B51C-75107AB073AA
Wipers] guidance
convenient, preferably before the fuel gauge
25. Door/tailgate open warning
GUID-7013C270-F872-4E96-A7E8-028E99035341
This message is displayed when a change is made This warning appears if any of the doors and/or
reaches the empty (0) position.
to the position of the wiper switch. See “Wiper and the tailgate are open or not closed securely. The
There is a small reserve of fuel remaining in the washer switch” (P.110). vehicle icon indicates which door or the tailgate is
tank when the fuel gauge reaches the empty (0)
open on the display.
position. 21. [Parking Aids]GUID-18777728-4714-4AEF-86CC-79E50444F6B8
Parking Sensor System guidance
15. [Headlights] guidance This message appears to indicate the status of the 26. Xtronic Transmission position gui-
GUID-93D9D2C6-32F0-49D1-AC34-9CCA1DEBE6EB Parking Sensor system (where fitted) or the Rear dance (where fitted)
This message is displayed when a change is made Parking sensor System (where fitted). GUID-A21DABDC-BD2A-45CB-9BEE-13ABCAB8AF38
to the position of the headlight switch. See “Head- This indicator shows the Xtronic Transmission
Press OK on the steering wheel to disable parking (where fitted) shift position.
light and turn signal switch” (P.113).
sensors and associated systems, such as Rear
In the manual shift mode, when the transmission
16. [Reminder GUID-31C1FD07-9202-4FB4-B550-0819ACFDD5E8
Turn OFF Headlights] warning Automatic Braking (RAB).
does not shift to the selected gear due to a
This warning appears when the driver side door is See “Front and Rear Ultrasonic Parking Sensors transmission protection mode, the Xtronic Trans-
opened with the headlight switch is left ON and (where fitted)” (P.421). mission position indicator will blink and a chime
the ignition is switched OFF. Place the headlight will sound.
switch in OFF (where fitted) or AUTO position. For
22. [Parking sensor system fault See
See “Driving the vehicle” (P.241) for further details.
additional information, (See “Headlight and turn Owner’s Manual] warning
GUID-7F3D78D0-01EB-4753-B64D-1CD5A808110D
signal switch” (P.113).) This warning appears when there is a malfunction
with the Parking Sensor system (where fitted) or

27. Lane Departure Warning (LDW)/ INTELLIGENT LANE settings. (See “Driving Position Memory System 40. [Interior Movement Sensors Disabled] guidance
GUID-701EC884-986E-4E93-8579-BC4FE23BEC1C
(where fitted)” (P.162).)
INTERVENTION (ILI)/ BLIND SPOT WARNING (BSW)/ This message is displayed when the interior move-
INTELLIGENT BLIND SPOT INTERVENTION GUIDANCE 33. [Drive Mode Selector] indicator ment sensors for the system have been disabled in
GUID-107729EF-D888-4E82-9CD7-70440A8656D8 GUID-6F9727DA-B218-4C8F-A842-C17D9CA0C3C5
the Settings menu (see screen 40 above).
This message appears when the Lane Departure When a driving mode is selected using the [Drive
Warning (LDW) and/or Intelligent Lane Intervention Mode Selector], the selected mode is displayed. (See “[Alarm System] (where fitted)” (P.91).)
(ILI) systems are engaged. (See “Intelligent Lane * [OFF-ROAD] (4WD models)
Intervention (ILI) system (where fitted)” (P.288).)
41. [Check position of gear lever] warning
GUID-C8075D8E-9450-48C8-AA24-12BB270EC2C4
* [SNOW] (4WD models)
This warning appears if the system cannot detect
This message appears when the Blind Spot Warn- * [STANDARD] the transmission position. Have the system
ing (BSW) and/or Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention
* [ECO] checked. It is recommended you contact a NISSAN
(where fitted) systems are engaged. See “Blind
* [SPORT] dealer or qualified workshop for this service.
Spot Warning (BSW) system/Intelligent Blind Spot
Intervention system (where fitted)” (P.262). (See “[Drive Mode Selector]” (P.256).)
42. [Press Brake Pedal] warning (where fitted)
GUID-6DF58D55-8E8E-4FF3-ABB7-B6264B965056
28. [Power will turn off to save the battery] warning 34–37. [StopGUID-0EE8B230-69B8-410C-9A8F-7E2AF7A5EAFD
/ Start] System guidance The vehicle is stopped on a steep hill and there is a
GUID-8D4C5C07-BE31-4296-880D-C2D0A11B4851
These messages show the Stop/Start System possibility of moving backward, even if the electric
Under the specific conditions, this warning may
status. See “Stop/Start System (where fitted)” parking brake is applied. Depress the brake pedal
appear after the ignition switch is ON for a certain
(P.247). to stop the vehicle moving. (See “Electric Parking
period of time.
Brake” (P.157).)
29. [Power turned off to save the battery] warning 38. [Interior Movement Sensors] status
GUID-141B74D7-5BC8-41F1-8128-59D047C457AB
GUID-72B9EB2E-2ED8-49FC-99D9-814808E01AAA
This screen allows you to turn the [Interior Move-
43. [Press Brake Pedal] guidance (where fitted)
GUID-2D560002-091E-43DE-8C39-08BD25AD8D03
Under the specific conditions, this warning may
ment Sensors] on or off. Use the scroll dial to select This message appears if an attempt is made to
appear after the ignition is automatically turned
the required option. release the electric parking brake manually with-
OFF to save the battery.
out depressing the brake pedal. (See “Electric
(See “[Alarm System] (where fitted)” (P.91).)
30. [ReleaseGUID-E56B200D-B56A-4322-B394-F957ED806F98
Parking Brake] warning Parking Brake” (P.157).)
This warning appears when the accelerator pedal 39. [Interior Movement Sensors Enabled] guidance
GUID-C08386F2-A4F6-4E88-A330-13709A449660 44. [Press BrakeGUID-A69C37DA-0631-47F8-AEC6-7927E5C1AF5D
Pedal to prevent rolling] warning
is depressed when the electric parking brake This message is displayed when the interior move-
This warning appears and a chime sounds if the
automatic release function cannot be used. Re- ment sensors for the system have been enabled in
vehicle moves while the Automatic brake hold
lease the electric parking brake manually. the Settings menu (see screen 40 above).
function is activated. Apply the foot brake to stop
(See “[Alarm System] (where fitted)” (P.91).) the vehicle moving. (See “Automatic brake hold”
31.–32. [Driving Position] guidance (where fitted)
GUID-09B11677-0AB7-453D-A1D2-9225A231E1DF
(P.159).)
These messages are displayed when a change is
made to the Driving Position Memory System

45. [Autohold] GUID-28D074D2-3811-4C15-9AA1-898DD5BD0252
[Caution Steep slope] guidance displayed in the vehicle information display. For An inside warning chime will also sound. (See
additional details, see “Gasoline particulate filter “Push-button ignition switch (where fitted)” (P.237).)
This message appears and a chime sounds when
(GPF) (where fitted)” (P.236).
the Automatic brake hold function is activated 53. [Shipping Mode On Push Storage
while the vehicle is on a steep hill. Apply the foot 49. Neutral Hold Mode guidance (where fitted)
brake to stop the vehicle moving. (See “Automatic GUID-5E7CB2D6-F7F8-4D6C-B77E-BA1A1954D47A Fuse] warning (where fitted)
GUID-50CAF767-8BC2-464F-A668-B77D1732C46F
This message appears when the ignition is This warning may appear if the extended storage
brake hold” (P.159).)
switched OFF while the transmission is in the N switch is not pushed in. When this warning
46. [Autohold] [Steep Slope Apply foot brake] guidance (Neutral) position (Neutral hold mode (where fitted) appears, push in the extended storage switch to
GUID-F9D3F396-1CAC-40F2-A0FC-8DFACD92F089
is available). (See “Neutral hold mode function turn off the warning. (See “Fuses” (P.483).)
This message appears and a chime sounds if the
(where fitted) ” (P.245).)
[Caution Steep slope] guidance has appeared for
over about 3 minutes. Then, the parking brake will
54. Battery GUID-8EF394FD-2DFD-4C6C-A0DB-63B2D667D4A0
management fault warning
50. Neutral Hold Mode activated guidance (where fitted)
GUID-7A2FDB29-F16D-48BB-83F0-E0921FBB6A54
automatically be applied and the braking force of This warning appears if a fault is detected with the
This message appears when the Neutral hold battery management system. Have the system
Automatic brake hold will be released, and vehicle
mode (where fitted) is activated. To exit the Neutral checked. It is recommended you contact a NISSAN
may move or roll away unexpectedly. Apply the
hold mode, place the transmission in other than N dealer or qualified workshop for this service.
foot brake to stop the vehicle moving. (See
(Neutral) position. (See “Neutral hold mode func-
“Automatic brake hold” (P.159).)
tion (where fitted) ” (P.245).) 55–58. Engine warning (where fitted)
GUID-2E81733A-CFBF-4561-828F-36314F0375CC
47. [Autohold] [Press brake to operate switch] guidance Malfunctions or high engine temperature will
GUID-48C6B6A7-4F19-4092-8864-AF0EC35F0BDC 51. [Neutral Hold Mode was not acti-
This message appears if the Automatic brake hold result in one of these warning messages being
switch is pushed without depressing the brake
vated] guidance (where fitted)
GUID-B7DB8BCF-BA48-4E2F-A911-294EEBC7E004 displayed. For additional details, see “If your vehicle
pedal while the Automatic brake hold function is This message appears when the Neutral hold overheats” (P.455).
activated. Press the foot brake and push the mode (where fitted) is unavailable. To activate the
switch to deactivate Automatic brake hold. (See Neutral hold mode, wait for a while without shifting 59. [4WD System Fault See Owner’s
“Automatic brake hold” (P.159).) and then perform the operations again. (See Manual] warning (where fitted)
GUID-4DE970AF-0796-4081-8FEF-5F0711CC3876
“Neutral hold mode function (where fitted) ”
This warning appears when the 4-Wheel Drive
48. [Exhaust filter maintenance See (P.245).)
(4WD) system is not functioning properly while the
owner’s manual] warning (where fitted) engine is running. Reduce vehicle speed and have
GUID-D89E75D7-BDC0-40DB-8665-50B739178393 52. [Shift to Park] warning
GUID-DCAA43EC-1B19-41C4-ADB2-3864745CFF72
If your vehicle is fitted with a petrol engine, your your vehicle checked as soon as possible. It is
This warning appears when the driver’s door is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer or
vehicle may also be fitted with a Gasoline Particu-
opened while the transmission is in any position qualified workshop for this service. (See “Four-
late Filter (GPF). Under certain less-favourable
other than P (Park). wheel Drive (4WD) (where fitted)” (P.254).)
driving conditions, the GPF may become saturated
or clogged because these driving conditions pre- If this warning appears, push the park button to
vent automatic regeneration of the filter. In this engage the P (Park) position.
case, a warning message (where fitted) will be

60. [4WD High Temp. Stop vehicle] warning (where fitted) visit a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop for this 66. [Stop theGUID-1FE7149A-0FC4-423E-8BC9-DD5A457BB08B
vehicle safely] warning
GUID-E73E402E-86FA-4EDC-BB8A-AC3EF73262DC
service.
This warning appears when the oil temperature of This warning appears when the system detects
the powertrain parts increases due to the differ- 63. [Service Gearbox Power reduced] warning that the vehicle is moving backwards on an uphill
GUID-19EFB1B2-4F68-43E2-8180-088A9382C737
ence in rotation between the front and rear wheels road with the Xtronic transmission in D (Drive), or
This warning appears when there is a malfunction
is large (wheel slip), such as when driving on rough moving forward on a downhill road with the
with the Xtronic transmission system. Engine
roads, driving through sand or mud, or freeing a Xtronic transmission in R (Reverse). The engine
power and, under some conditions, vehicle speed
stuck vehicle. If this warning is displayed, stop the may stall, so stop vehicle movement by depressing
will be decreased automatically to reduce the
vehicle with the engine idling, as soon as it is safe the brake pedal.
chance of transmission damage. Vehicle speed
to do so. In these cases, the 4WD changes to 2WD
can be controlled with the accelerator pedal, but 67. [Apply parking brake] warning
to protect the powertrain parts. Then if the GUID-E7A896AB-ED44-4035-918F-67C4C2AA2E1A
the engine and vehicle speed may be reduced. If
warning turns off, you can continue 4WD driving. This warning appears if a malfunction occurs in
this warning appears, have the system checked. It
(See recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer the electric shift control system. Contact a NISSAN
is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer or
or qualified workshop for this service. (See “Four- dealer or qualified workshop as soon as possible.
qualified workshop for this service.
wheel Drive (4WD) (where fitted)” (P.254).) When parking the vehicle, make sure that the
64. [GearboxGUID-3FEB1AFF-1CF5-40A3-A5B6-9F2F050BAF4B
Fault Service now] warning parking brake is applied. If the parking brake is not
61. [Tyre Size Incorrect See Owner’s applied, the ignition switch may not be switched
This warning appears when there is a malfunction
Manual] (where fitted) off.
GUID-0D446369-ABDD-4BB9-ADA5-5CBF8CC6D2B7 with the Xtronic transmission system. If this
This warning may appear if there is a large warning appears, have the system checked. It is
difference between the diameters of front and
68. [Chassis Control System Fault See
recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer or
rear wheels and tyres. Pull off the road in a safe qualified workshop for this service.
Owner’s Manual] warning
GUID-E3ED6DE1-E460-40ED-93F7-AA81F45F0AA9
area, with the engine idling. Check that all the tyre This warning appears if the chassis control module
sizes, brand, construction and tread pattern are 65. [Gearbox Hot Power reduced] warning
GUID-D5791872-E094-4154-B9DD-0DD35189F7AB
detects a malfunction in the chassis control
the same, that the tyre pressures are correct and system. Have the system checked. It is recom-
The Xtronic transmission has a high fluid tempera-
that the tyres are not excessively worn. If you have mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer or qualified
ture protection mode. If the fluid temperature
any problems, change tyres or adjust tyre pres- workshop for this service. (See “Chassis control”
becomes too high (for example, climbing steep
sures correctly. Do not select the [SNOW] or [OFF- (P.436).)
grades in high temperatures with heavy loads,
ROAD] mode with the [Drive Mode Selector] and do
such as when towing a trailer), engine power and,
not drive fast. (See “Wheels and Tyres” (P.498).)
under some conditions, vehicle speed will be
decreased automatically to reduce the chance of
62. [Gearbox Fault Stop safely] warning
GUID-AAC8FAAA-CE2B-47FC-880A-79B72F9C8CEC transmission damage. Vehicle speed can be con-
This warning appears when there is a malfunction trolled with the accelerator pedal, but the engine
with the Xtronic transmission system. If this and vehicle speed may be reduced.
warning appears, stop the vehicle in a safe place.
Have the system checked. It is recommended you

VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY DRIVING AIDS WARNINGS AND GUIDANCE MESSAGES
GUID-59477512-6724-4409-88D0-35BD1063708B

MNIC4368

system checked. It is recommended that you visit
a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop for this
service.
6–7. [SystemGUID-3277ACFD-8061-43A4-A5A7-F6F7A94B18BE
fault] warning
This warning appears when the following systems
malfunction.
* Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) (where fitted)
* Intelligent Emergency Braking (IEB) (where
fitted)
If the warning continues to display, have the
system checked. It is recommended that you visit
service.
8–9. [System fault See Owner’s Manual]

warning (where fitted)
GUID-F8003EBC-1DFC-47D0-927A-7815CAF2D3A3
This warning appears when the following systems
malfunction.
* Traffic Sign Recognition (TSR) (where fitted)
* Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) (where fitted)
MNIC4147 system checked. It is recommended that you visit
service.
1–5. [Not Available] [System Fault] warning fitted)
GUID-E6DFC0BC-5AE0-423F-9659-CEDA3D6B2378 10–12. [Unavailable Camera Temperature High] warning
GUID-EC0027C0-99CF-4661-A43D-CAF9D7783512
This warning appears is one or more of the * ProPILOT Assist (where fitted)
following systems malfunction. This warning appears if the interior temperature of
* Intelligent Cruise Control and Steering Assist the vehicle has reached such a high temperature
* Lane Departure Warning (LDW) (where fitted) (where fitted) that the sensors for the following systems can no
* Intelligent Lane Intervention (ILI) (where fitted) * Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) (where fitted) longer function reliably.
* Blind Spot Warning (BSW) (where fitted) * Emergency Lane Assist (ELA) (where fitted) * Lane Departure Warning (LDW) (where fitted)

* Intelligent Lane Intervention (ILI) (where fitted) NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop for this * Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) (where fitted)
* Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention (where service. * Intelligent Cruise Control and Steering Assist
fitted) (where fitted)
* Steering Assist (where fitted)
17. [Steering Assist Not Available Cannot * ProPILOT Assist (where fitted)
Once the interior temperature has reached normal Detect Lane] GUID-81E0D788-7E8D-4247-BEE9-2347174218FA
guidance (where fitted)
levels, the warning should disappear. This message may appear when the Steering 26–28. [Not available Side Radar Ob-
If the warning continues to display, have the Assist system is engaged. The Steering Assist structed] warning (where fitted)
GUID-3ED4E4D1-8AF8-4762-837D-29119D2AF744
system checked. It is recommended that you visit system is automatically cancelled when the lane This warning appears when the following systems
a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop for this markers in the travelling lane cannot be correctly become unavailable because a radar blockage is
service. detected for a period of time due to such items as detected.
a snow rut, reflection of light on a rainy day or
several unclear lane markers are present. * Blind Spot Warning (BSW) (where fitted)
13–16. [Temporarily Disabled Front Ra-
dar Blocked]GUID-FC6D1609-645E-40E8-B14B-75B8D54F85D7
warning If you want to use the Steering Assist system
fitted)
again, cancel the ProPILOT Assist system and set it
If the front radar sensor area on the front of the * Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) (where fitted)
again when lane markers are clearly visible.
vehicle is covered with dirt or obstructed, making it * Emergency Lane Assist (ELA) (where fitted)
impossible to detect a vehicle ahead, the following 18–21. [Currently not available] warning
GUID-EC892D83-D33B-42E4-8D07-C3AC5E694C19
system is automatically turned off. 29–30. [Not Available Front Camera
This warning appears when the Intelligent Lane
* Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) (ProPILOT Assist Intervention (ILI), Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention Obstructed]GUID-E49CD42F-89A0-453C-9BAF-F954925FC408
system) (where fitted) (where fitted) or the Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) This message may appear when the Steering
* Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) and Steering system (where fitted) becomes unavailable in the Assist and/or Emergency Lane Assist (ELA) system
Assist (where fitted) following conditions: is activated.
* Intelligent Emergency Braking (IEB) (where * The Electronic Stability Programme (ESP) sys- Under the following conditions, the Steering Assist
fitted) tem is turned off and/or Emergency Lane Assist (ELA) system is
* Emergency Lane Assist (ELA) (where fitted) * The [SNOW] mode or the [OFF-ROAD] mode is automatically cancelled:
* Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) (where fitted) selected (4WD models). * The camera area of the windscreen is fogged
If the warning message appears, park the vehicle up or covered with dirt, water, drops, ice, snow,
in a safe location and turn the engine off. 22–25. [UnavailableGUID-6618A7E3-5B36-4B3E-B9E1-BA880FC94436
Slippery Road] warning (where fitted) etc.
Check to see if the sensor area is blocked. If the This warning appears when the following systems * Strong light, such as sunlight or high beams
sensor area is blocked, remove the blocking become unavailable because the road is slippery. from oncoming vehicles, enter the front cam-
material. Restart the engine. If the warning mes- * Intelligent Lane Intervention (ILI) (where fitted) era.
sage continues to appear, have the system * Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention (where
checked. It is recommended that you visit a fitted)

31. [Not Available Visibility is impaired] Under the following condition, the ICC system is off. For additional information, refer to “ProPILOT
automatically cancelled: Assist Steering Assist” (P.378).
GUID-1A36A3A1-82A7-4B1E-8AAB-14602427335C
* When the driver’s seat belt is not fastened.
This message may appear when the Steering 40. Intelligent Emergency Braking (IEB)
The ICC system cannot be used when the driver’s
Assist system is engaged. EMERGENCYGUID-E9E2A3C6-5E4E-49AF-B032-3ECA50A81679
WARNING (where fitted)
seat belt is not fastened.
Under the following conditions, the Steering Assist This warning appears along with an audible
system is automatically cancelled: 34. [Press Brake Pedal] guidance (where fitted)
GUID-32FD6862-2602-47AD-897C-6AFFAC412BE4
warning, when the Intelligent Emergency Braking
* When the wiper (HI) operates. This message may appear when the ProPILOT (IEB) system detects the possibility of a forward
* When lane markers in the travelling lane Assist Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system is collision.
cannot be correctly detected for a period of engaged and the following condition occurs: See “Intelligent Emergency Braking (IEB) system
time due to such items as a snow rut, * While the vehicle is stopped by ProPILOT (where fitted)” (P.402).
reflection of light on a rainy day or several Assist, the driver’s door is opened but the
unclear lane markers are present. Electric Parking Brake was not activated. 41. Intelligent Emergency Braking (IEB)
If you want to use the Steering Assist system Step on the brake pedal immediately. SYSTEM GUIDANCE (where fitted)
GUID-12973CEC-455E-4821-89C8-C611BEAC8AE9
again, cancel the ProPILOT Assist or ICC and This screen appears to indicate the status of the
Steering Assist system and set it again when lane 35. [System GUID-1344740B-B9B9-4F81-A5BE-904E00D3B739
OFF] warning Intelligent Emergency Braking (IEB) system.
markers are clearly visible.
This warning is displayed if the RCTA is switched See “Intelligent Emergency Braking (IEB) system
off. See “Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) system
32. [Not Available, Parking Brake On] (where fitted)” (P.402).
GUID-8CD87341-83F4-4FB8-8592-FBCA513B407D 42–43. SteeringGUID-ED0D1E4E-FE9D-47C2-9279-52D727469119
Assist guidance (where fitted)
This message may appear when the Intelligent 36. [Unavailable Select Driving Aids in Settings] warning
GUID-51816C54-879F-4213-8AC2-3AFC4AA0FAFB This message appears when the Steering Assist
Cruise Control (ICC) system is engaged. This warning is displayed if no Driver Assistance system is turned on or off.
Under the following condition, the ICC system is features are enabled.
See “Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) (where fitted)”
automatically cancelled:
37–39 Hands on detection warning (where fitted) (P.305) or “ProPILOT Assist (where fitted)” (P.358).
* The Electric Parking Brake is applied. GUID-F6C26FCB-F0EA-498E-9F96-D6A096596EBC
This warning may appear when the Steering Assist 44. [Only Available with Cruise Control
The above system cannot be used when the
system is engaged and the following condition(s)
Electric Parking Brake is activated.
occur:
ON] guidance (where fitted)
GUID-6032333A-14D9-435A-B365-C693A6F6BBC2
This message appears when the Steering Assist
33. [Not Available Seat Belt Not Fas- * When not holding the steering wheel
switch has been pressed while the Cruise Control
tened] guidance (where fitted)
GUID-B819B367-8651-401C-BD7D-7AD16FAD2F50
* When there is no steering wheel operation
is not switched on.
This message may appear when the Intelligent Hold on the steering wheel immediately. When the
See “Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) (where fitted)”
Cruise Control (ICC) system is engaged. steering operation is detected, the warning turns
(P.305) or “ProPILOT Assist (where fitted)” (P.358).

[HEAD-UP DISPLAY] (where fitted)
GUID-F9308B7E-A1E5-411F-8C76-17F19D965479
CLOCK AND OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERA- driving conditions. The display may differ from the
actual outside temperature or the temperature
TURE GUID-C95C77D1-07B1-4C86-8948-30C1A8419BAE displayed on various signs or billboards.
MNIC4006
MWAC0521XZ
The clock and outside air temperature are

displayed on the upper side of the vehicle informa-
tion display.
Clock GUID-0A25DB8F-B4F0-47F8-A2B2-A6C0AAD0872E
For clock adjustment, see “FMAM radio (with DAB)
(where fitted)” (P.200) or the separate NissanCon-
nect Owner’s Manual (where fitted). MNIC4005
Outside air temperature (°C or °F)

GUID-BB33EC27-4691-47B1-B882-D13A39C38807
The outside air temperature is displayed in °C or °F WARNING
in the range of −40 to 60°C (−40 to 140°F). * Failure to properly adjust the brightness
The outside air temperature mode includes a low and position of the displayed image may
temperature warning feature. If the outside air interfere with the driver’s ability to see
temperature is below 3°C (37°F), the indicator is through the windscreen, which could
displayed. cause an accident leading to severe injury
The outside temperature sensor is located in front or death.
of the radiator. The sensor may be affected by * Do not use the [Head-Up Display] (HUD) for
road or engine heat, wind directions and other

extended periods of time as that can cause * To prevent scratches to the projector glass, HOW TO USE THE HUD
GUID-9A2A5C07-FCC1-40FF-875B-26CE8899D8B5
you to not see other vehicles, pedestrians do not place any sharp objects on or near
or objects, which could cause an accident the projector opening.
leading to severe injury or death. * Do not place any objects on the instrument
panel which may obstruct the display of the
The [Head-Up Display] (HUD) can display one or HUD.
more of the following features (where fitted):
* If you wear polarised sunglasses, the display
* Vehicle speed may be difficult to see. Increase the bright-
* [Navigation] ness of the HUD in the vehicle information
* [Driving Aids] display or remove your sunglasses.
* [Traffic Sign] * Depending on weather conditions (rain,
* [Audio] snow, sunlight, etc.), the display may be MJVI1787XZ
difficult to see.
* [Telephone]
* For cleaning, use a soft clean dry cloth. If this
NOTE: is not sufficient, use a soft clean dry cloth To turn the HUD on, push the HUD switch. To turn
* Do not place any type of liquid on or near the dampened with water, after that use a soft the HUD off, push the switch again.
projector. Doing so may cause malfunction clean dry cloth. Never use a rough cloth,
If the HUD is turned off, it will remain off even if the
of the equipment. alcohol, benzine, thinner or any kind of
vehicle is restarted.
cleaning agent. They will scratch or cause The following settings can be changed in the
discolouration of the projector lens. Do not vehicle information display:
spray any liquid such as water on the * [Brightness]
projector lens. Spraying liquid may cause * [Height]
the system to malfunction. * [Rotation]
* If the displayed image appears distorted, it * [Contents selection]
is recommended you have the system
— [Navigation] (where fitted)
checked by a NISSAN dealer or qualified
workshop. — [Driving Aids]
* The HUD has a special windscreen to allow — [Traffic Sign]
MWAC0515XZ
the image to be displayed clearly. If your — [Audio]
windscreen needs replacing, this should be — [Telephone]
* Do not touch any internal parts of the completed by a NISSAN dealer. * Reset
projector. Doing so may cause malfunction For more information see “[Settings]” (P.87).
of the equipment.

NOTE: * Hands-on warning (for vehicles with ProPILOT
Emergency information may display even if the Assist/ICC and Steering Assist (MT)) (where
HUD is turned off. For more information see fitted)
“Driving Aids/Navigation/Traffic Sign/Audio/ * Emergency Lane Assist (ELA)
Telephone linking” (P.109). The Navigation System linking display will show
This product includes the following software. the following items:
(1) Panasonic Corporation or software developed * Junction names

for Panasonic Corporation * Arrows indicating turning direction
(2) Third-party software licensed to Panasonic * Distance to the next junction
Corporation MWAC0516XZ * Recommended lane indicator
(3) Open source software The Traffic Signs Recognition (TSR) system linking
display will show the following item:
Regarding (3) Open source software, it includes
NOTE: * Speed Limit Sign
open source software (OSS), including various
* The HUD has a built-in sensor that The Audio System linking display will show the
software to which license information applies.
controls the brightness of the displayed following items:
Refer to the license web site at: http://car.pana- image. If you block the sensor with an
sonic.jp/oss/i02lln39 object, the display will darken, making it * Songs
difficult to see. * Radio stations
Display brightness The Telephone linking display will show the
GUID-5A8BD884-D0E9-452B-B82E-EDDDCB2923BE * Do not apply strong light to the sensor of the
The brightness of the display may be controlled in HUD. Doing so may cause a malfunction. following item:
the vehicle information display. The brightness will * Caller’s name or phone number
also be adjusted automatically according to the DRIVING AIDS/NAVIGATION/TRAFFIC
exterior ambient lighting brightness. SIGN/AUDIO/TELEPHONE LINKING
GUID-09EA8F44-72A8-476B-822B-FF460DBBF6CD
The HUD will display Driving Aids and navigation
information.
The Driving Aids display will show warning situa-
tions for the following systems:
* Intelligent Emergency Braking (IEB)
* Intelligent Forward Collision Warning (I-FCW)
* Lane Departure Warning (LDW)
* Intelligent Lane Intervention (ILI)

WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH
GUID-E178F4B3-4886-4CD9-AC6C-AD3801F706A1
CAUTION * : — for a single sweep operation of the wiper.

* Do not open/release the bonnet when the Washer operation
front wiper arms are raised from their GUID-29676751-F983-417E-8F23-8706B469FFF7
original position. Pull the lever towards you to operate the

washer.
* Do not operate the washer continuously
for more than 15 seconds. Wiper drip wipe system (where fitted):
* Do not operate the washer if the reservoir The wiper will also operate once about 3 seconds
tank is empty or frozen. after using the washer. This operation is to wipe
washer fluid that has dripped on the windscreen.
MNIC3986 The windscreen wiper and washer can be oper-
ated when the ignition is ON. Rain sensorGUID-A8361CC3-78BA-48F4-B58D-DBF6C97BFE0F
(where fitted)
Type A (without <AUTO> mode)
Wiper operation
GUID-64FAB4A9-6E7B-451D-8B0F-981FA98CF3E4
Move the lever up or down to operate the wiper at
the following speeds:
* : Intermittent — Type A or <AUTO>
or <AUTO> — Type B (where fitted)
operates the rain-sensing auto wiper system.
(See “Rain sensor (where fitted)” (P.110).)
— The intermittent operation speed can be
adjusted by rotating the ring forward MNIC4018
(slower) or backward (faster).
MNIC3987
— The wiper operation speed will vary in
Type B (with <AUTO> mode) accordance with the vehicle speed in the The sensor of the rain-sensing auto wiper
<AUTO> position. For example, when the system located on the upper part of the wind-
WINDSCREEN vehicle speed is high, the intermittent screen, in front of the rear view mirror, can
GUID-45C9CD21-AA57-4E40-BD30-9E8DA77A334A
operation speed will be faster. automatically turn on the wipers and adjust the
WARNING * : Low – for continuous low speed wiper speed depending on the rainfall intensity
In freezing temperatures the washer fluid may operation. and the vehicle speed when the lever in the
freeze on the windscreen and obscure your * : High – for continuous high speed <AUTO> position.
vision. Warm the windscreen with the defogger operation. The sensitivity can be adjusted by rotating the ring
before you wash it. of the wiper switch forward — less sensitive, or
backward — more sensitive.

NOTE: WARNING The mode can be turned off. For details, see
* Be sure to turn off the rain-sensing auto In freezing temperatures the washer solution “Vehicle information display” (P.82).
wiper system when the car is in the car may freeze on the rear window and obscure
wash. Reverse synchronisation function (where fitted)
your vision. Warm the rear window with the GUID-166327C9-FB09-4F3B-9427-C3BFFD3681ED
* Leaving the lever in <AUTO> position will not rear window defogger before using the rear When the windscreen wiper switch is in either the
harm the rain sensor system, although wipers. intermittent or <AUTO> (where fitted), low or high
occasional unexpected activation of the speed position, shifting to the R (Reverse) position
wipers may occur. will operate the rear window wiper.
CAUTION
* If the switch is left in the <AUTO> position, The mode can be turned off. For details, see
* Do not operate the washer continuously
the wipers may operate unexpectedly when “Vehicle information display” (P.82).
for more than 15 seconds.
dirt, fingerprints, oil film or insects are
covering the windscreen of the rain sensor * Do not operate the washer if the reservoir NOTE:
location. The wipers may also operate when tank is empty or frozen. In the <AUTO> position (where fitted), the rear
exhaust gas or moisture affects the rain wiper will not begin to sweep when the vehicle is
sensor. The rear window wiper and washer operates when shifted to the R (Reverse) position. It waits until
the ignition is ON. the front wipers have made the first sweep.
* Do not touch or cover the windscreen where
the rain sensor is located. The wipers may
Wiper operation
operate unexpectedly when the wiper GUID-0F5F27CA-2DF6-4DD4-BFE0-FFC7DA2F8815
switch is in the <AUTO> position and the Turn the switch clockwise to the intermittent ( ,
ignition is ON. This can cause an injury or ) position or continuous ( , ) position for
may damage a wiper. wiper operation.
To stop the wiper operation, turn the switch back
REAR WINDOW
GUID-7561A185-2031-4BEA-B432-1E67C25DC5FE to the OFF position.
Washer operation:
To operate the washer, push the lever towards the
front of the vehicle until the desired amount of
washer fluid is spread on the rear window. The
wiper will automatically operate several times.
Wiper drip wipe system (where fitted):
The wiper will also operate once about 3 seconds
after using the washer. This operation is to wipe
washer fluid that has dripped on the windscreen.
MNIC4135

THERMACLEAR HEATED WIND- DEFOGGER SWITCH
SCREEN (where fitted)
GUID-E300C609-3004-4CA4-986D-1570DCB9D759 GUID-66403AEF-AB52-4B2A-9FD3-FEF86F86E245
* Electrical conductors embedded in the

windscreen provide the heating of the wind-
screen. If damage occurs to the windscreen
have the ThermaClear system checked by a
NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop.
* Reduced performance or deactivation of the
ThermaClear Heated Windscreen may be
noticed to preserve the battery. This is not
a malfunction.
* NISSAN recommends using the ThermaClear
MNAA2062 MNIC4061
system to support defogging of the wind-
Automatic air conditioning system screen. For more information, see “Heater Type A
and air conditioner” (P.189).
ThermaClear Heated Windscreen On/Off * During use of the ThermaClear system the
To defog/defrost the windscreen glass, start the Stop/Start System is unavailable.
engine and push the ThermaClear button . The
indicator light will come on. Push the button again
to turn the ThermaClear system off.
If the ambient temperature is lower than +5°C, the
ThermaClear system will turn off automatically
after approximately 8 minutes. If the ambient
temperature is higher than +5°C, it will turn off
after approximately 4 minutes. If the windscreen
MNIC4062
clears before this time, push the button again to
turn the ThermaClear system off. Type B
NOTE: The rear window defogger switch will only operate
* Switch position (where fitted) may vary when the engine is running.
slightly from the illustrations above depend-
The defogger is used to reduce the moisture, fog
ing on vehicle specification.
or frost on the rear window surface and outside
* The ThermaClear system can only be acti-
door mirror surface (where fitted) to improve the
vated while the engine is running.
rear view.
* Before activating the ThermaClear system
When the defogger switch is pushed, the indicator
make sure to remove excess snow/ice from
light illuminates and the defogger operates for
the windscreen

HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNAL SWITCH
GUID-BFBB55E9-5ACB-4B4E-8E1C-7818F6527079
approximately 20 minutes. After the preset time NISSAN recommends you to consult the local
regulations concerning the use of lights.
Lighting GUID-D80362D5-9946-4841-8A0B-37184AD2AA35
has passed, the defogger will turn off automati-
cally. Turn the switch to the position :
HEADLIGHT GUID-DA94178B-E55C-4A30-8337-758B5FA55BBB
SWITCH The front side, tail, number plate and instrument
To turn off the defogger manually, push the
lights will come on. The indicator light in the
defogger switch again.
instrument panel will come on. The daytime
CAUTION running lights will turn off.
When cleaning the inner side of the window, be Turn the switch to the position :
careful not to scratch or damage the electrical
The headlights will come on and all the other lights
conductors on the surface of the window.
remain on. The daytime running lights will turn off.
NOTE:
CAUTION
Never leave the light switch on for extended
During use of the rear window defogger, the
periods of time while the engine is not running.
Stop/Start system is unavailable. MNIC4136
Type A Daytime light system (where fitted)

GUID-EF9BBD9A-C4C9-4801-BC97-C477DDCA8055
The front daytime running lights will come on
when the engine is running.
When the light switch is turned to the or
position, the daytime running lights will turn off.
MNIC4137
Type B

Autolight system (<AUTO> — where fitted) * Turn off all the lights when it gets light. High beam GUID-D5B39B47-ACDC-4026-A862-2EB835D4D2BC
select
GUID-C5B72649-3836-42A1-9215-BDEF029DFA43
MWAC0522XZ
MNIC4138 MNIC4070
Type A
NOTE: To select the high beam when in the
Be sure not to put anything on top of the photo position, push the lever forward. The high
beam lights come on and the indicator
sensor located on the top of the instrument
light illuminates.
panel. The photo sensor controls the autolight
system; if it is covered, the photo sensor reacts Push the lever forwards again to select the
as if it is dark and the headlights will illuminate. low beam ( position).
To activate the autolight system: Pulling the lever towards you will flash the
headlight high beam.
1. Turn the headlight switch to the <AUTO>
position Dynamic highGUID-F7BB3E48-8FC8-4478-86BE-B435B47DA3FA
beam assistant (where fitted)
2. Switch the ignition ON. A camera-controlled high beam assistant which
MNIC4139
To disable the autolight system: changes from low beam to high beam automati-
Type B cally.
Turn the switch to the , or position.
The autolight system allows the headlights to be Precautions:
set so they turn on and off automatically. When WARNING
active, the autolight system will:
The dynamic high beam assistant cannot
* Turn on the headlights, front side, tail, number compensate for road and weather circum-
plate and instrument panel lights automati- stances while driving. The system saves the
cally when it gets dark. driver from having to operate the switch. The

driver always remains responsible for choos- * High beam comes on automatically in dark
ing the correct light setting. conditions:
Specific situations in which to operate the If the vehicle speed is over 40 km/h (25 MPH)
headlight switch manually: and no other road users are recognised.
The high beam light (blue) comes on
* In heavy rain, snowy conditions. (general additionally.
poor visibility and bad weather conditions).
* High beam turns off automatically:
* When the vehicle sensors are dirty, covered If the vehicle speed drops below 30 km/h (18
or broken. MPH) or other road users are detected.
* When oncoming or preceding vehicle lights The high beam light (blue) turns off. MNSD594
are obscured, for example by a solid
barrier. NOTE: Adaptive Driving Beam
If the dynamic high beam assistant cannot
Dynamic high beam assistant activation: function (for example: up to 15 seconds after Precautions:
start up, snow covering front camera or similar) WARNING
the headlights will operate at night in low beam
until the system can activate. At all times, the The Adaptive Driving Beam cannot compen-
status of the dynamic high beam assistant sate for road and weather circumstances while
status system is shown by the indicator lights driving. The system. The driver always remains
in the instrument panel. Full dynamic high beam responsible for choosing the correct light
assistant operation is shown by the indica- setting.
tor light. If the system cannot function, only the Specific situations in which to switch off the
dipped beam indicator light is illuminated. Adaptive Driving Beam:
To disable the dynamic high beam assistant:
* In heavy rain, snowy conditions. (general
MWAC0322XZ To turn the dynamic high beam assistant off, push
poor visibility and bad weather conditions).
the switch again, or turn the headlight switch to
the or position. * When the vehicle sensors are dirty, covered
To activate the high beam assist system, push the or broken.
switch as illustrated when it is in the AUTO Adaptive Driving Beam (where fitted)
GUID-13269221-D20C-4629-9D3D-DD5CE3C1E24F * When oncoming or preceding vehicle lights
position. The high beam assist indicator light A camera-controlled system which automatically are obscured, for example by a solid
in the instrument panel will illuminate maximises night time forward visibility, while pre- barrier.
The system operates as follows: venting bright light from shining directly at
oncoming traffic and blinding drivers of oncoming
vehicles.

Adaptive Driving Beam activation: NOTE: Battery saveGUID-42C58462-6B27-4A7A-AE4E-5CB4122E38C5
function
If the Adaptive Driving Beam is not active (for The battery save feature prevents your vehicle
example: up to 15 seconds after start up, camera from discharging the battery after you have left
view blocked, speed below activation threshold, the external lights, map lights or room lights on
or in an area well lit by street lighting) the when exiting the vehicle. This occurs when the
headlights will operate in low beam until the ignition is switched to OFF after the engine has
system can activate. The indicator light been running.
remains illuminated to show that the system is
switched on, but the light remains off until NOTE:
the activation criteria are met. The next time the engine is started the external
To disable the Adaptive Driving Beam: lights, map lights or room light will come on
MWAC0322XZ To turn the Adaptive Driving Beam off, push the again
switch again, or turn the headlight switch to the Battery save function for external lights:
, or position. If the ignition is switched OFF after driving but the
To switch on the Adaptive Driving Beam system,
external lights are accidentally left on, the external
push the switch as illustrated when it is in the “Friendly Lighting”
GUID-24543529-D7CA-48AE-82F9-21F50E88A7CF lights will automatically be switched off as soon as
AUTO position . The Adaptive Driving Beam in-
The “Friendly Lighting” function is a convenience the driver’s door is opened.
dicator light in the instrument panel will
facility. It allows you to provide lighting from the It is possible to leave the external lights on
illuminate.
vehicle after the ignition has been switched to OFF permanently by switching them back on using
The system will now detect oncoming traffic and and the headlight switch is in the <AUTO> (where
the headlight switch while the ignition is still
automatically adjust the beam of the headlights to fitted) position. Pulling the headlight switch toward
switched OFF. In this case, the light reminder
avoid blinding drivers of oncoming vehicles. At the you once when the ignition is OFF will activate the
chime will sound when the driver’s door is opened.
same time it will provide maximum illumination of headlight for approximately 30 seconds. After that
the road ahead. period of time, it will automatically switch off. Battery save function for interior light:
* Adaptive Driving Beam comes on automati- It is possible to pull the headlight switch up to four The interior light will automatically be switched off
cally in dark conditions if the vehicle speed is times to increase the lighting period up to 2 after a period of time if it has been accidentally left
over 40 km/h (25 MPH). minutes. on.
* Adaptive Driving Beam turns off automatically
If the vehicle speed drops below 30 km/h (18 NOTE:
MPH). The “Friendly Lighting” function can be cancelled
The light indicates that the Adaptive Driving by switching the ignition ON again.
Beam system is active.

FOG LIGHT SWITCH
GUID-3DD3FE34-DBDF-421D-9F83-9BD152564D81
TURN SIGNAL SWITCH
GUID-2DFB50C0-B287-421B-96A2-2AEB2D4A8FC5 FRONT FOG GUID-58F9796B-61DD-436F-9CC4-BE154F3AAB99
LIGHT (where fitted) REAR FOG LIGHT (where fitted)
GUID-15E97247-2882-4986-810D-8C5A0479DE2C
MWAC0323XZ MNIC3989
MNIC3990
Type A: Rear fog light only
Direction indicator The front fog lights should only be used when
GUID-4BB2C36E-C2D4-4547-A94C-E241725422F7
visibility is seriously reduced – generally, to less
Move the lever up or down to indicate right or
than 100 m (328 ft).
left. When the turn is completed, the turn signal is
automatically cancelled. The front fog lights can be operated in any
headlight switch position ( or or <AUTO>),
Lane change signal
GUID-A6B45505-9C5A-4FCA-9A64-408F67B08C12
but will not operate if the headlight switch is in the
Move the lever only part of the way up or down <AUTO> position and low beam is not activated.
to signal a lane change (right or left). The indicator To turn the front fog lights on, turn the fog light
lights will flash three times before cancelling switch to the position. The front fog lights and
automatically. indicator light will come on. The fog light switch
MNIC3990
will return to the neutral position (—). For addi-
tional information, see “Warning lights, indicator Type B: Front and rear fog lights
lights and audible reminders” (P.71).
The rear fog light should only be used when
To turn the front fog lights off, turn the fog light
visibility is seriously reduced – generally, to less
switch to the position again. The front fog lights
than 100 m (328 ft).
and indicator light will turn off. The fog light switch
will return to the neutral position. The rear fog lights can be operated in any head-
light switch position ( or or <AUTO>), but
will not operate if the headlight switch is in the
<AUTO> position and low beam is not activated.

HEADLIGHT AIMING CONTROL
GUID-C2A3F743-4FF9-416A-BA14-7704A96D1E5F
To turn the rear fog light on, turn the fog light HEADLIGHT AIMING CONTROL SWITCH The headlight aiming can be lowered using the
switch to the position. The front fog lights and switch located on the driver’s side of the instru-
indicator light will come on. The fog light switch
(where fitted)GUID-211BA0F1-62E4-4088-80B8-D31284636D75 ment panel, next to the steering wheel.
will return to the neutral position (—). For addi- The higher the number designated on the switch,
tional information, see “Warning lights, indicator the lower the headlight aiming.
lights and audible reminders” (P.71).
When travelling with no heavy load on a flat road,
To turn the rear fog light off, turn the fog light select position 0.
switch to the position again.
NISSAN recommends consulting local regulations
on the use of lights.
MNIC4060
Left hand drive models
MNIC4169
Right hand drive models
Depending on the number of occupants in the

vehicle and the load it is carrying, the headlight
aiming may be higher than desired. If the vehicle is
travelling on a hilly road, the headlights may
directly hit the rear-view mirror of the vehicle
ahead or the windscreen of an oncoming vehicle.

HORN HEATED STEERING WHEEL (where fitted) SEAT HEATING (where fitted)
GUID-BF44913F-7E86-4AFC-BAE2-5E6C826E552F GUID-5A187281-27AD-427C-9469-D3AC57F2D89B GUID-C9621519-70CA-4ECF-BAC1-54D5A97BD2A8
MWAC0565XZ MNAA2063 MWAC0524XZ
Front (where fitted) Front (where fitted)

To sound the horn, push the centre pad area of the Push the heated steering wheel switch to warm The front seats can be warmed by built-in heaters.
steering wheel. the steering wheel after the engine starts. The The switches are located on the heater and air
indicator light on the switch will illuminate. conditioning unit and can be operated indepen-
If the surface temperature of the steering wheel is dently of each other.
below 30°C (86°F), the system will heat the steering 1. Start the engine.
wheel and cycle off and on to maintain a tem- 2. Select heat range.
perature between 25 and 45°C (77 to 113°F)
. For high heat, push the button once (three
dependent on cabin temperature. The indicator
indicator lights will illuminate).
light will remain on as long as the system is on.
. For medium heat, push the switch twice
The heated steering wheel system is automatically
(two indicator lights will illuminate).
turned off after 30 minutes. Push the switch again
. For low heat, push the button again (one
to turn the heated steering wheel system off
manually. The indicator light will turn off. indicator light will illuminate).
3. To turn off the heater, push the button again.
Make sure the indicator lights turn off.
The heater is controlled by a thermostat, auto-
matically turning the heater on and off. The
indicator light will remain on as long as the switch
is on.

POWER OUTLETS
GUID-F6DFA05E-02E1-4437-8C0A-5FD73142443B
NOTE: CAUTION
Switching the engine off resets the seat heater * This power outlet is not designed for use
to the off position. with a cigarette lighter unit.
CAUTION * Do not use with accessories that exceed a
* The battery could run down if the seat 12 volt, 120 W (10 A) power draw. Do not use
heater is operated while the engine is not double adaptors or more than one elec-
running. trical accessory.
* Do not use the seat heater for extended * Use this power outlet with the engine
periods or when no one is using the seat. running (do not use for extended periods
MNIC4048 of time with the engine stopped or idling).
* Do not put anything on the seat which
insulates heat, such as a blanket, cushion, Instrument Panel * When not in use, be sure that the cap is
non-genuine seat cover, etc. Otherwise, closed. Do not allow water to come into
the seat may become overheated. contact with the outlet.
* Do not place anything hard or heavy on the * Before inserting or disconnecting a plug,
seat or pierce it with a pin or similar object. be sure to turn off the power switch of the
This may result in damage to the seat electrical accessory being used or switch
heater. the ignition OFF to turn the power of the
vehicle off.
* Any liquid spilled on the heated seat
should be removed immediately with a * Fully push the plug in sufficiently. If suffi-
dry cloth. cient contact is not made, the plug may
overheat or the internal temperature fuse
* When cleaning the seat, never use petrol,
may blow.
thinner, or any similar materials. MWAC0421XZ
* If any malfunctions are found or the Luggage area

heated seat does not operate, turn the
switch off and have the system checked by 12V power outlets are located in the lower part of
a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop. the instrument panel and in the luggage area.
WARNING
Take care as the power outlet and plug may be
hot during or immediately after use.

USB (Universal Serial Bus) REAR POWER NOTE: centre console. Lay the smartphone on the <Qi>
There are two USB data connection ports (where logo on the charging pad of the wireless
PORTS (where fitted)
GUID-A998980D-AD78-4FD7-A637-4118D4FC0D35 charger. Charging will start automatically. The
fitted) in the console box. See “USB (Universal
Serial Bus) connection ports” (P.197). smartphone will be charged continuously while
the ignition is ON.
CAUTION
* Do not force a USB device into the con- WARNING
nector. Inserting the USB device tilted or * Never put metallic materials between the
upside-down into the connector may da- wireless charger and a smartphone.
mage the connector. Make sure that the
* Those who use a pacemaker or other
USB device is connected correctly into the
medical equipment should contact the
connector.
electric medical equipment manufacturer
* Do not use a reversible USB cable. Using for the possible influences before use.
MNIC4253 the reversible USB cable may damage the
* Never put cloth over the smartphone dur-
connector.
ing charging process.
Two USB power ports (where fitted) are provided * Never charge a smartphone when it is wet.
WIRELESS CHARGER (where fitted)
on the rear of the console box/armrest unit. GUID-23494948-69D6-41C0-9F36-27BCD9B36F3F * Never put metallic materials or small
These ports are for power supply only. They do not goods such as a cigarette lighter, Intelli-
support data transfer. gent Key or memory drive on the charging
pad.
The maximum output current for each port is 2.4A.
Please note that actual output current will depend
on the device connected to the port(s). The
CAUTION
charger will provide the appropriate current value * Do not put an RFID/NFC/credit card be-
to the device connected based on the protocol tween the wireless charger and a smart-
used by the mobile device. phone. This could cause data corruption in
the card.
The external device will be charged continuously
while the ignition is ON. MNIC4134 * Do not use the wireless charger with dust
accumulated or dirt on the pad.
Some mobile devices cannot be charged depend-
ing on their specifications. * Do not hit the surface of the wireless
1 Charging pad charger.
2 Indicator * Do not spill liquid (water, drinks, etc.) on
< Qi > logo the charging pad.
The wireless charger is located on the front of the

STORAGE
GUID-34BAF5AC-6E82-42C9-AB0C-962735928BB9
* Do not use grease, oil or alcohol for NOTE:
cleaning charging pad. * Only a <Qi> certified smartphone can be
STORAGE TRAYS
GUID-87010167-F0C9-4DAE-91F4-14B2061EBB7C
* Do not remove rubber mat (including non used. WARNING

wireless charger mat). * The smartphone may become warm during
To help prevent injury in an accident or sudden
the charging process and the charging may
stop, do not place sharp objects in the trays.
be stopped by the protection function of the
Wireless charger Indicator
GUID-B3423B7D-9B8E-438F-B6B8-87E4308098D7 wireless charger. The indicator will blink in
The indicator will illuminate in orange when orange then turn off. This is not a malfunc- GLOVE BOX GUID-24EEB465-AFF9-474E-8577-F3DABB10DC06
the charging process is started. tion. If this occurs, remove the smartphone
When the charging has completed, the indicator from the wireless charging pad and let it
illuminates in green (not applicable to all wireless cool down before putting it back on the
charge devices). charging pad.
If a malfunction occurs or the charging process * The wireless charging process may be
has stopped, the indicator will blink in orange for 8 stopped by the status of the smartphone
seconds then turn off. (battery temperature, etc.).
* If a radio noise interference occurs during
Operation ofGUID-14597432-35B3-4A02-9624-A4666A888223
the wireless charger charging process, put the smartphone onto
To use the wireless charger, it is necessary to seat the centre (<Qi> logo) position of the wire-
the smartphone well within the charging pad. To less charger. MNIC2136
maximise charging performance, ensure the * The wireless charging process will stop
smartphone is fully seated on the centre of the during process of searching the Intelligent
charging pad over the <Qi> logo . Because the Key. WARNING
location of the power receiver may vary depending * The wireless charging process will not be Keep the glove box lid closed while driving to
on the smartphone, you will need to try and find started when a USB (Universal Serial Bus) help prevent injury in an accident or a sudden
the area that suits your smartphone. cable is connected to the smartphone. The stop.
Because some smartphone cases or accessories indicator may illuminate in orange or blink if
may adversely affect charging, remove them the smartphone is put on the wireless
To open the glove box, lift the latch and lower the
before wireless charging. charger with a USB cable connected. How-
lid.
ever, charging is not performed.
Turn off the vibration function of the smartphone
* Depending on the type of the smartphone,
before wireless charging.
the indicator may remain illuminated in
orange even when the charging process
has been completed.

SUNGLASSES HOLDER (where fitted) CONSOLE BOX To open the console box lid, pull the lever and
GUID-81EAEFFB-4805-4836-B43C-C86BE9DBC0B6 GUID-FCB41A0A-12CF-4A76-9A9F-6B559EEA2402
pull up the lid.
To close, push the lid down until the lock latches.
Type B:
To open the console box lid, lift the lever or
and pull up the lid.
When the upper lever is lifted, the upper case is
available for storing small items. When the lower
lever is lifted, the bottom case is available for
storing larger items.
MWAC0425XZ MNIC4071 To close, push the lid down until the lock latches.
Type A CUP HOLDERS

GUID-C458A39A-4BC6-45EE-9461-5125096262D2
WARNING
Keep the sunglasses holder closed while driv-
ing to avoid obstructing the driver’s view and
to help prevent an accident.
CAUTION
Do not use for anything other than sunglasses.
To open the sunglasses holder, push and release.

Only store one pair of sunglasses in the holder. MNIC4072
MNIC4043
Type B
WARNING
WARNING
Cup holders should not be used while driving
The centre console box should not be used so that full attention may be given to vehicle
while driving so that full attention may be operation.
given to vehicle operation.
To access the rear cup holders (where fitted), lower
Type A: the centre armrest.

CAUTION CAUTION
* Avoid abrupt starting and braking when Do not apply a load of more than 1 kg (2 lb) to
the cup holder is being used to prevent the hook.
spillage. If the liquid is hot, it can scald you
or your passenger. The coat hooks are fitted at the rear assist grips.
* Use only soft cups in the cup holder. Hard
objects can injure you in an accident.
MAP POCKETGUID-85519E12-94DE-4F96-9ADA-F78C79382CD2
(where fitted)
Map pockets are located in the doors.
BOTTLE HOLDER
GUID-6957508C-EFEA-488A-836E-266752E53B37 SEAT POCKET (where fitted)
GUID-857C0FDB-D33D-4C79-A2AF-7CA855B876E4
MNIC3957
Rear door
CAUTION
* Do not use the bottle holder for any other
objects that could be thrown about in the
vehicle and possibly injure people during
sudden braking or an accident.
* Do not use the bottle holder for open liquid
MNIC4050 containers.
MNIC1835
Front door Seat pocket (where fitted)

COAT HOOKS (where fitted)
GUID-4C357D9A-786D-48F7-BBA9-B7DD4F3E6EEC
A seat pocket (where fitted) is located on the back
of the driver and/or passenger seat.
MSIC3505Z

ROOF RAIL (where fitted) vehicle, driver, passengers, cargo, and load PARCEL SHELF
GUID-25149D09-B093-4B59-9CDE-DF7F6F7691BF GUID-06F6DD4A-B115-4B49-B79D-301EF996C630
on the towing coupling device (where
fitted). You can find the maximum gross
vehicle weight on the vehicle identification
label (see “Vehicle identification label”
(P.499)).
* Heavy loading of the cross bars/roof rack
has the potential to affect the vehicle
stability and handling during sudden or
unusual handling manoeuvres.
* Roof rack load should be evenly distribu-
MNIC1452 ted.
* Do not exceed maximum roof rack cross
bar load capacity.
Luggage can be carried on the roof by securing
* Properly secure all cargo with ropes or
crossbars to the roof rail. Follow all crossbar
straps to help prevent it from sliding or
manufacturers instructions for installing and use
shifting. In a sudden stop or collision,
of the crossbars. The roof rail is designed to carry
unsecured cargo could cause personal
loads (luggage plus crossbars) below 75 kg (165 lb).
injury.
Overloading may cause damage to the vehicle.
WARNING CAUTION
* Always install the cross bars onto the roof Use care when placing or removing items from
side rails before loading cargo of any kind. the roof rack. If you cannot comfortably lift the
Loading cargo directly onto the roof side items onto the roof rack from the ground, use MNIC3959
rails or the vehicle’s roof may cause vehicle a ladder or stool.
damage.
* Drive extra carefully when the vehicle is WARNING
loaded at or near the cargo carrying
* Never put anything on the parcel shelf, no
capacity, especially if the significant por-
matter how small. Any object on it could
tion of that load is carried on the cross
cause an injury in case of an accident or if
bars/roof rack.
the brakes are applied suddenly.
* Do not exceed the maximum gross vehicle
* Do not leave the parcel shelf in position
weight. This is the combined weight of the
when it is disengaged from the grooves.

* Properly secure all cargo to help prevent it
from sliding or shifting. Do not place cargo
higher than the seatbacks. In a sudden
stop or collision, unsecured cargo could
cause personal injury.
* Properly secure cargo and do not allow it
to contact the top tether strap when it is
attached to the top tether anchor. Cargo
that is not properly secured or cargo that
contacts the top tether strap may damage
the top tether strap during a collision. If MNIC3960
the cargo cover contacts the top tether

strap when it is attached to the top tether
anchor, remove the cargo cover from the CAUTION
vehicle or store it in its storage space. If the Make sure the parcel shelf is carefully stored
cargo cover is not removed, it may damage when not in use in order to prevent any
the top tether strap during a collision. Your damage.
child could be seriously injured or killed in
a collision if the child restraint top tether
NOTE:
strap is damaged.
The parcel shelf can be securely stored under
the luggage compartment floor boards (for
Removal GUID-F8F0267C-69A0-444D-A084-802BE0308D86 vehicles without a full size spare wheel).
1. Open the tailgate (see “Tailgate” (P.148)).
Installation GUID-13E5570E-BB5B-449B-8DAB-7D406C535049
2. Detach both of the ropes (left and right)
from the inside of the tailgate. 1. Open the tailgate.
3. Detach the parcel shelf by simply pulling it 2. Insert the parcel shelf by pushing it forwards
rearwards through the tailgate opening. as far as possible through the tailgate open-
ing.
3. Attach the corresponding ropes to each side
of the tailgate.
4. Close the tailgate (see “Tailgate” (P.148)).

LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT/BOOT FLOOR (where fitted) WARNING
* Properly secure all cargo with ropes or
GUID-E9FF9355-9358-4810-86E3-84F44495B53F
straps to help prevent it from sliding or
shifting. Do not place cargo higher than
the seatbacks. In a sudden stop or colli-
sion, unsecured cargo could cause perso-
nal injury.
* Do not put objects heavier than 50 kg (110
lb) on the load floor.
* Never allow anyone to ride in the luggage
area. It is extremely dangerous to ride in a
luggage area inside of a vehicle. In a
collision, people riding in these areas are
more likely to be seriously injured or killed.
* Only two anchorage points identified by
the top tether labels can be used for top
tether strap anchorage. Under no circum-
stances should the luggage hooks be used
for top tether strap anchorage.
The luggage (cargo) compartment or boot floor

has a dual surface (wet and dry), or dual position
system with loose floorboards that allow different
luggage compartment arrangements.
CAUTION
* The carpet finish should face up for all dry
use applications.
* The smooth surface should be used only
when loading wet objects.
* The load should be distributed evenly and
MNIC4130 should not exceed 50 kg (110 lb) on any of
the boards/panels.
* To avoid any damage, the panels/boards

WINDOWS
GUID-403FCA8F-095B-4ED3-B5AB-492066B57F6E
should be placed in the lower position LUGGAGE HOOKS (where fitted) POWER WINDOWS
GUID-8C30BA50-A459-46F3-830D-24EC8936A446 GUID-3035F654-13C5-460E-9F9A-D5A9FD668653
for heavy loads and securely held with
The power window switches are located on the
ropes or straps to prevent any load shift.
door panels.
Upper position WARNING

GUID-03F853C6-59BC-4963-85F2-60A7D6ABE80E
This position provides a flat load floor when the * Make sure that all passengers have their
rear seat backs are folded forward. It also serves as hands, etc. inside the vehicle before oper-
a concealed load area for objects placed below the ating the power windows. Use the window
boards. lock switch to prevent unexpected use of
the power windows.
NOTE:
* To help avoid risk of injury or death
The parcel shelf can be securely stored under MNIC3962 through unintended operation of the ve-
the luggage compartment floor boards. hicle and/or its systems, do not leave
Move the boards as illustrated by lifting and sliding children, people who require the assis-
each board into the upper position . The luggage hooks are for shopping bags, etc. tance of others or pets unattended in your
vehicle. Additionally, the temperature in-
1. Remove the larger floorboard as illustrated by WARNING
side a closed vehicle on a warm day can
lifting and sliding it into the upper position . * Do not apply a total load of more than 3 kg quickly become high enough to cause a
2. Repeat the operation with the smaller board. (7 lb) to the hook. significant risk of injury or death to people
and pets.
Lower position
GUID-A1D6B397-EBA2-4D00-A004-920900DA2117
* It is recommended to instruct all occu-
This position maximises the load space in the
pants in the safe operation of power
luggage compartment.
windows with particular emphasis given
Move both boards as illustrated by lifting and to the safety and supervision of children.
sliding each board into the lower position .
The power windows operate when the ignition is
Vertical positions
GUID-A6E67961-8FB4-4EE1-8CE9-5BA395FC4545
ON or for approximately 45 seconds after the
These positions provide further subdivisions of the ignition is switched OFF. If the drivers or front
luggage space by standing either one of the passenger’s door is opened during this period of
boards vertically in the midway slots provided in approximately 45 seconds, power to the windows
the side trim. is cancelled.
To open a window, push down the power window
switch.

To close a window, pull up the power window passenger windows lock, push the window lock The automatic function enables a window to fully
switch. button again. open or close without holding the switch down or
up.
Driver’s side GUID-D2B111EF-F37E-486D-B8B8-D4BBAAA01CDE
main window switch Passenger’sGUID-26C9A66A-B6BB-412E-8289-DDD22A1FBEB6
window switch To fully open the window, push the power window
switch down to the second detent and release the
switch. To fully close the window, pull the power
window switch up to the second detent and
release the switch. The switch does not have to
be held during window operation.
To stop the window open/close operation during
the automatic function, push down or pull up the
switch in opposite direction.
Window timer:
MWAC0426XZ MWAC0535XZ The window timer allows the window switch to be
operated for approximately 45 seconds even if the
ignition is switched OFF. The window timer will be
1. Window lock button The passenger’s switch can control its corre- cancelled when the driver’s or front passenger’s
2. Driver side window sponding window. When the window lock button door is opened or the preset time has expired.
on the driver’s switch is pushed, rear passenger’s Auto-reverse function:
3. Rear left passenger side window
switches cannot be operated, but the front pas-
4. Front passenger side window senger’s switch can still be operated. WARNING
5. Rear right passenger side window There is a small distance just before the closed
To open or close the window, push down or pull Automatic function
GUID-5F00FCF9-9312-4AC5-99BE-CE0F646CAEDF position which cannot be detected. Make sure
up the switch and hold it. The main switch that all passengers have their hands, etc.
(driver side switches) will open or close all the inside the vehicle before closing the windows.
windows.
Locking rear passenger windows: The auto-reverse function enables a window to
automatically reverse when something is caught
When the window lock button is pushed (the
in the window as it is closing. When the control unit
indicator illuminates), the rear passenger windows
detects an obstacle, the window will be lowered
cannot be operated with the rear passenger
immediately.
power window switches. The rear passenger
windows can only be operated with the main Depending on the environment or driving condi-
switch (driver side switches). To cancel the rear tions, the auto-reverse function may activate if an
MWAC0427XZ

FIXED GLASS ROOF (where fitted)
GUID-9BC622E6-56A7-483E-A17D-44087AC94720
impact or load similar to something being caught If the windows do not close automatically CAUTION
GUID-8E2D0A30-7899-4A1E-B5ED-CCC5BF17F13F
in the window occurs. * Do not place heavy objects on the glass
If the power window automatic function (closing
only) does not operate properly, perform the roof or surrounding area.
Operating windows with Intelligent Key
GUID-F7F8A696-1670-4E1E-8982-D07F64C5EC65
following procedure to initialise the power window * Do not hang from the sunshade or hang
The windows can be opened or closed (where
system. any objects from it. It may cause damage
fitted) by pushing the LOCK or UNLOCK button on
1. Switch the ignition ON. or deformation to the sunshade.
the key. This function will not operate while the
window timer is activated or when the windows 2. Close the door. * Close the sunshade when you leave the
need to be initialised. For details about the key vehicle for extended periods of time to
3. Open the window completely by operating the prevent the inside of the vehicle from
button usage, see “Remote keyless entry system power window switch.
(where fitted)” (P.139). reaching high temperatures.
4. Pull the power window switch and hold it to
Opening: close the window, and then hold the switch
To open the windows, push the UNLOCK
SUNSHADE OPERATION
more than 3 seconds after the window is GUID-1CD247DF-212A-43A9-B540-645B3A44C5D7
button on the key for about 3 seconds after the closed completely.
door is unlocked. 5. Release the power window switch. Push the
To stop opening, release the UNLOCK button. power window switch down and hold it until
If the window open operation is stopped on the the window is fully open.
way while pushing the UNLOCK button, 6. Operate the window by the automatic func-
release and push the button again until the tion to confirm the initialisation is complete.
windows open completely. 7. Perform steps 2 through 6 above for other
Closing: windows.
To close the windows, push the LOCK button If the power window automatic function does not
on the Intelligent Key for about 3 seconds after the MNIC4044
operate properly after performing the procedure
door is locked. above, have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN
To stop closing, release the LOCK button. dealer or qualified workshop.
Close sunshade
If the window close operation is stopped on the Open sunshade
way while pushing the LOCK button, release
The sunshade operates only when the ignition is
and push the button again until the windows close
ON.
completely.

WARNING Initialisation of the sunshade: Anti-pinch (auto-reverse) LEARNING OF THE
If the sunshade is not functional at all (no move- SUNSHADE:
Never allow hands or fingers, or any part of
your body within operating range of the ment is possible) implement the following initiali- After the initialisation or re-initialisation procedure,
sunshade. You could be injured. sation procedure: it is recommended to perform the anti-pinch
learning procedure.
1. Switch ignition ON.
Within 5 seconds of completing the initialisation or
Opening and closing
GUID-31FB00D2-C56C-4BDE-A261-8674C8C82504
2. Irrespective of sunshade position, press and
re-initialisation procedure described above:
hold the CLOSE side of the switch . After 5
Manual control: 1. Press and hold the CLOSE side of the switch .
seconds a step-by-step closing movement
To close the sunshade, press and hold the CLOSE starts until the front of the sunshade makes A complete continuous opening movement
side of the switch . To stop the sunshade from contact with the frame. followed by a complete continuous closing
closing fully, release the switch. movement will occur.
3. Release the button when the movement has
To open the sunshade press and hold the OPEN stopped. 2. Release the button when the movement has
side of the switch . To stop the sunshade from stopped.
At this point the sunshade should be fully func-
opening fully, release the switch.
tional.
Automatic operation:
Re-initialisation of the sunshade:
To fully open or close the sunshade automatically,
If the sunshade is partially closed, but movement is
press briefly on the open or close side of the switch
still possible, implement the following re-initialisa-
and then release. To stop the sunshade from
tion procedure:
opening or closing, press either side of the switch.
1. Switch ignition ON.
Auto-reverse function:
2. Press and hold the CLOSE side of the switch
When the control unit detects something caught in
and close the sunshade as far as possible.
the sunshade, the sunshade will open automati-
cally. 3. Release the button when the movement has
stopped.
NOTE:
4. Press and hold the CLOSE side of the switch
The auto-reverse function remains active again. After 5 seconds a step-by-step closing
whether the sunshade is being closed manually movement starts until the front of the sun-
or automatically. shade makes contact with the frame.
If the sunshade does not operate
GUID-7B449301-3EB6-448C-902B-08853382C36E
5. Release the button when the movement has
Due to electrical or mechanical issues, the sun- stopped.
shade could require initialisation to return it to At this point the sunshade should be fully func-
normal working order. tional

INTERIOR LIGHTS
GUID-2879AA28-A04B-4ACE-9142-E7312B48EF1D
CAUTION MAP LIGHTS GUID-75595C0E-6D1D-4C83-9C99-E10116BF05E5 Push the button to turn the room lights on. To turn
* To prevent the battery from being dis- them off, push the button again.
charged, do not leave the light switch on The lights will also turn off after a period of time
when the engine is not running for ex- when the lights remain illuminated to prevent
tended periods of time. the battery from becoming discharged.
* Turn off the lights when you leave the
vehicle.
REAR PERSONAL LIGHTS (where fitted)
GUID-6E59FCE5-BAD0-4616-89F6-916589EC5493
INTERIOR LIGHT SWITCH

GUID-F42C33A7-8F4C-485A-ADC1-D840AE713A42
MWAC0067XZ
Push the button to turn the map lights on. To turn

them off, push the button again.
The lights will also turn off after a period of time
MWAC0509XZ
when the lights remain illuminated to prevent
the battery from becoming discharged.
MWAC0066XZ
ROOM LIGHTS (where fitted) To turn the rear personal lights on, push the
GUID-FFF3C5DD-C52F-46B7-9F0D-8F60502EE061
button.
To turn them off, push the button again.
The interior light can be turned ON regard-
less of door position. The light will go off after The lights will also turn off after a period of time
a period of time unless the ignition is ON when the lights remain illuminated to prevent
when any door is opened. the battery from becoming discharged.
The interior lights can be set to operate
when the doors are opened. To turn off the
interior lights when a door is open, push the
switch, the interior lights will not illuminate,
regardless of door position. The lights will go
off when the ignition is switched ON, or the
MWAC0090XZ
driver’s door is closed and locked.

VANITY MIRROR LIGHT
GUID-D5481EEA-9568-44B9-9C08-3146E468C30E
MWAC0492XZ
The light over the vanity mirror will turn on when

the cover on the vanity mirror is opened.
When the cover is closed, the light will turn off.
LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT

GUID-EEFA45B8-7840-4ACD-A4F9-616D2C0FEEBA
The light comes on automatically when the
tailgate is opened. When the tailgate is closed,
the light goes off.

MEMO

3 Pre-driving checks and adjustments
Keys ....................................................................................................................
.... 137 Tailgate ..............................................................................................................
.... 148
NISSAN Anti-Theft System (NATS) key .........................
.... 137 Operating manual tailgate (where fitted) ....................
.... 149
Intelligent Key (where fitted) ................................................
.... 137 Operating power tailgate (where fitted) ......................
.... 149
Key number .......................................................................................
.... 138 Motion-activated tailgate (where fitted) .......................
.... 151
New keys ..............................................................................................
.... 138 Garage mode system (where fitted) ................................
.... 152
Emergency/mechanical key .................................................
.... 138 Auto closure (where fitted) ......................................................
.... 152
Remote opening or closing windows ...........................
.... 138 Tailgate release lever ...................................................................
.... 152
Remote keyless entry system (where fitted) ....................
.... 139 Security system ..........................................................................................
.... 153
Using the remote keyless entry system .....................
.... 140 Alarm system (where fitted) ...................................................
.... 153
Key operation failure ..................................................................
.... 140 NISSAN Anti-Theft System (NATS) (where fitted) .....
.... 154
Intelligent Key system (where fitted) .......................................
.... 141 Bonnet ................................................................................................................
.... 154
Intelligent Key operating range .........................................
.... 141 Fuel-filler lid ....................................................................................................
.... 155
Using Intelligent Key system ................................................
.... 142 Opening the fuel-filler lid ..........................................................
.... 155
Door locks/unlocks precaution .........................................
.... 142 How to refuel ......................................................................................
.... 156
Doors locking/unlocking .........................................................
.... 142 When refuelling from a portable fuel container .....
.... 157
Starting the vehicle with the Intelligent Key ...........
.... 143 Electric Parking Brake ............................................................................
.... 157
Intelligent Key sleep function (where fitted) ...........
.... 144 Driving away when towing a trailer .................................
.... 159
Troubleshooting guide .............................................................
.... 144 Automatic brake hold ............................................................................
.... 159
Doors .................................................................................................................
.... 146 How to activate/deactivate Automatic
Super Lock system (RHD models) ....................................
.... 146 brake hold .............................................................................................
.... 160
Locking/unlocking with the key (vehicle How to use the Automatic Brake Hold function .....
.... 160
battery discharged) .....................................................................
.... 146 Driving Position Memory System (where fitted) ............... .... 162
Inside door handle .......................................................................
.... 147 Memory Storage ..............................................................................
.... 162
Power door lock switch ...........................................................
.... 147 Entry/Exit function (Automatic Transmission
Child safety lock — rear doors ............................................
.... 148 Vehicle only) ........................................................................................
.... 163
Steering wheel ...........................................................................................
.... 164 Automatic anti-dazzling inside mirror
Tilt and telescopic operation ...............................................
.... 164 (where fitted) .................................................................................... 165
Sun visors ......................................................................................................
.... 164 Outside rear-view mirrors ...................................................... 165
Mirrors ..............................................................................................................
.... 165 Vanity mirror ..................................................................................... 166
Inside rear-view mirror .............................................................
.... 165
....
....
....
KEYS
GUID-D8F033C5-CD1A-4B0C-8557-6423D0AB759E
NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM (NATS)* Intelligent Key. If the Intelligent Key
gets wet, immediately wipe until it is
KEY GUID-C38797B0-AC49-48C0-BBA3-ADB841DF9B70 completely dry.
Your vehicle can only be driven with the keys
— Do not allow the Intelligent Key to
specific to your vehicle. Only NISSAN Anti-Theft
come into contact with water or salt
System (NATS)* keys can be used with your vehicle
water this could affect the system
(see “Security system” (P.153)).
function.
INTELLIGENTGUID-031B43B8-5AA0-4113-BC58-A393F9258EDB
KEY (where fitted) — Do not bend, drop or strike it against
Your vehicle can only be driven with the Intelligent another object.
MNPA1625
Keys, which are registered to your vehicle’s In- — Do not place the Intelligent Key for an
telligent Key system components and NISSAN Anti- extended period in a place where
Type A Theft System (NATS*) components. As many as 4 temperatures exceed 60°C (140°F).
Intelligent Keys can be registered and used with — Do not change or modify the Intelli-
one vehicle. The new keys must be registered by a gent Key.
NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop prior to use
— Do not use a magnetic key holder.
with the Intelligent Key system and NATS of your
vehicle. Since the registration process requires — Do not place the Intelligent Key near
erasing all memory in the Intelligent Key compo- equipment that produces a magnetic
nents when registering new keys, be sure to take field such as a TV, audio equipment
all Intelligent Keys that you have to the NISSAN and personal computers.
dealer or qualified workshop. * If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen, NISSAN
*: Immobiliser recommends erasing the ID code of that
Intelligent Key. This will prevent the Intel-
MNPA1626 CAUTION ligent Key from unauthorised use to unlock
Type B * Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with the vehicle. For information regarding the
you. Do not leave the vehicle with the erasing procedure, please contact a
1. Intelligent Key Intelligent Key inside. NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop.
2. Emergency/Mechanical key (inside the Intel- * Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with
ligent Key), see “Emergency/mechanical key”
you when driving. The Intelligent Key is a
(P.138)
precision device with a built-in transmitter.
3. Key number plate To avoid damaging it, please note the
following.
— The Intelligent Key is water resistant;
however, wetting may damage the

KEY NUMBER
GUID-061EB8DC-7A5D-4637-B982-CAE9EADEA536
EMERGENCY/MECHANICAL KEY
GUID-1A2B7909-8F7B-4967-A3C8-BC8F3795EC0B
REMOTE OPENING OR CLOSING WIN-
A key number plate is supplied with your key DOWS GUID-EEC91B45-DC08-4FF6-B587-9A1B3933F928
Record the key number on the “Security Informa- The windows can be opened or closed with the
tion” page at the end of this manual and keep it in key. This function will not operate while the
a safe place, but not in the vehicle. The key can window timer is activated or the windows need
only be duplicated using an original key or the to be initialised. See “Windows” (P.128).
original key number. The key number is required
when you have lost all of the keys and do not have Opening GUID-AEBE2F4F-A029-404F-9002-5C0ECE0E09B2
the original key to duplicate from. If the key is lost, To open the windows, push and hold the UNLOCK
or you need extra keys, provide an original key or button on the key forabout 3 seconds after
the key number to a NISSAN dealer or qualified the door is unlocked.
workshop. MWBD0016XZ
To stop opening, release the UNLOCK button.
NISSAN does not record key numbers, so it is very
If the window open operation is stopped mid-
important that you keep a record of your key
Intelligent Key and emergency/mechanical key: operation while pushing the UNLOCK button,
number.
release and push the button again until all the
The emergency key can be used to unlock the
windows are opened completely.
NEW KEYS GUID-DA392E42-2B74-40E5-A2EE-DC80A33050B1
driver’s door in emergency situations (e.g. Intelli-
gent Key dead battery).
As many as four NATS keys can be registered to Closing GUID-11597925-C9F2-48D3-B0EB-5464694751EB
one vehicle at any one time. New keys must be * To remove the mechanical key, release the
To close the windows, push and hold the LOCK
registered to the NATS components of your vehicle lock knob at the back of the Intelligent Key.
button on the key forabout 3 seconds after
by a NISSAN dealer. * To install the mechanical key, firmly insert it the door is locked.
When registering a new key at a NISSAN dealer, you into the Intelligent Key until the lock knob
To stop closing, release the LOCK button.
are requested to bring all of your NATS keys with returns to the lock position.
you. This is necessary because the registration Use the mechanical key to lock or unlock the If the window closing operation is stopped mid-
process will erase and reprogram the memory of doors. (See “Doors” (P.146).) operation while pushing the LOCK button,
your vehicle’s NATS components. release and push the button again until all the
NOTE: windows are closed completely.
NOTE: For the driver’s side door, it is normal for the key CAUTION
A key number is only required if you have lost all not to go all the way into the key cylinder.
of your keys and do not have one to duplicate Always ensure that all windows are fully closed
from. If you still have a key, this key can be after remote operation.
duplicated by a NISSAN dealer.

REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYS-
TEM (where fitted)
GUID-0E35F343-BD16-406B-834A-E1C96652B404
conditions around the vehicle and the state of the For further details on the Super Lock system
key battery). see “Doors” (P.146).
As many as 4 remote controllers can be used with
one vehicle. For information about the purchase CAUTION
and use of additional remote controllers, contact a * When locking the doors using the Intelli-
NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop. gent Key, be sure not to leave the key in
The Intelligent Key will not function under the the vehicle.
following conditions: * Always remove the Intelligent Key, close all
* When the distance between the Intelligent Key windows before operating the Intelligent
MNPA1621 and the vehicle is more than approximately 5 Key door lock system.
m (15 ft). * Ensure that the driver’s door is securely
Type A
* When the Intelligent Key battery is discharged. closed before operating the Intelligent Key
All doors can be locked or unlocked from the door lock system for correct operation of
outside by pressing the (LOCK) or the system.
(UNLOCK) button on the Intelligent Key. * Do not allow the Intelligent Key, which
WARNING contains electrical components, to come
into contact with water or salt water. This
Super Lock system equipped models: could affect the system function.
Failure to follow the precautions below may * Do not drop the Intelligent Key.
lead to hazardous situations. Make sure the
* Do not strike the Intelligent Key sharply
Super Lock system activation is always con-
against another object.
ducted safely.
MNPA1622 * Do not place the Intelligent Key for an
* When the vehicle is occupied, never super extended period in an area where tem-
Type B lock the doors. Doing so will trap the peratures exceed 60°C (140°F).
occupants, since the Super Lock system
LOCK button
prevents the doors from being opened If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen, NISSAN
UNLOCK button from the inside of the vehicle. recommends erasing the ID code of that Intelligent
Power tailgate button (where fitted) * Only super lock by double-pressing the Key from the vehicle. This may prevent the
The remote keyless entry system can operate all Intelligent Key “LOCK” button when there is unauthorised use of the Intelligent Key to unlock
door locks (including the tailgate) using the a clear view of the vehicle. This is to the vehicle. For information regarding the erasing
Intelligent Key). The Intelligent Key can operate at prevent anybody from being trapped in- procedure, contact a NISSAN dealer or qualified
a distance of approximately 5 m (15 ft) from the side the vehicle through the Super Lock workshop.
vehicle (the effective distance depends upon the system activation. For information regarding the replacement of a

battery, see “Intelligent Key battery replacement” Selective door unlock mode: An anti lock-abuse system prevents the lock
(P.479). Selective door unlock mode allows the remote motors from overheating and disables the key
unlocking of only the driver’s door to prevent an locking operation for a short period of time if
USING THE REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY attacker from entering the vehicle via an unlocked the system is used continuously.
SYSTEM GUID-4B95C915-6B4C-43AF-BAFD-06FA66823CB4
passenger door. * The door handle is being pulled while the
1. Push the button. key is being operated.
Locking GUID-507B6438-D724-4CD7-9373-F585D79CAED4
the doors * The vehicle’s battery is discharged.
. The driver’s door unlocks.
1. Switch the ignition OFF and make sure you
. Hazard indicator lights flash twice quickly. NOTE:
have the Intelligent Key with you when exiting
the vehicle. 2. Push the button again (if necessary): See [No key Detected] warning, [Key battery low]
2. Close all doors (including the tailgate) and . All doors and the tailgate will be unlocked. indicator, [Key ID Incorrect] warning or Intelli-
windows. . Hazard indicator lights flash twice slowly. gent Key system warning in “Vehicle information
display” (P.82) for more information.
3. Push the button.
NOTE:
. All the doors and the tailgate will lock.
Pushing twice on the button all doors will be
. Hazard indicator lights flash once for con-
unlocked.
firmation. Switching between convenience and selective
4. Operate the door handles to confirm that the door lock mode:
doors have been securely locked. For details, see “Vehicle information display” (P.82).
If the button is pushed with all the doors Auto-relock (where fitted):
locked, the direction indicators will flash once to
An auto-relock function will operate a short period
remind you that the doors are already locked.
after a full or partial unlock, if no further user
Unlocking the doors action is taken. The auto-relock will be cancelled if
GUID-AC22D64C-7F6F-48CC-9380-7985408E8D15 any door is opened.
Convenience door unlock mode:
As default, the door unlock (convenience) mode is KEY OPERATION FAILURE
GUID-51A48130-9F11-411C-982A-204112925FB4
set to unlock all the doors and the tailgate with The Intelligent Key may not work properly if:
one push on the button.
* The Intelligent Key battery is low.
Push the button: See “Intelligent Key battery replacement”
* All doors and the tailgate will be unlocked. (P.479) for key battery replacement instruc-
* Hazard indicator lights flash twice. tions and the required battery type.
* The locking/unlocking system has been
used continuously.

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM (where fitted)
GUID-A7EAC845-E84E-453B-B43E-F7AAD7B40F09
WARNING varies depending on the operating conditions, the (14°F), the Intelligent Key may not function
battery’s life is approximately 2 years. If the battery properly.
* Radio waves could adversely affect electric
is discharged, replace it with a new one. Do not attach the Intelligent Key to a key
medical equipment. Those who use a *
pacemaker should contact the electric For information regarding replacement of a bat- holder that contains a magnet.
medical equipment manufacturer for the tery, see “Intelligent Key battery replacement” * Do not place the Intelligent Key near
possible influences before use. (P.479). equipment that produces a magnetic field,
* The Intelligent Key transmits radio waves When the Intelligent Key battery is almost dis- such as a TV, audio equipment, personal
when the buttons are pushed. The radio charged, firmly apply the footbrake and touch the computer or mobile phone.
waves may affect aircraft navigation and ignition switch with the Intelligent key. Then push * Make sure the Intelligent Key battery is in
communication systems. Do not operate the ignition switch while depressing the brake good condition. Note that battery life may
the Intelligent Key while on an aeroplane. pedal within 10 seconds after the chime sounds. vary depending on condition, amount of
Make sure the buttons are not operated For details, see “Intelligent Key battery discharge” use, ambient temperature, etc.
unintentionally when the unit is stored (P.239).
during a flight. Pay special attention that the vehicle battery is not
INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATING RANGE
completely discharged. GUID-DB80E39A-7A7E-49DD-B9AB-8BA3B7A74025
The Intelligent Key system can operate all the door
locks and the tailgate by using the Intelligent Key CAUTION
or pushing a request button on the vehicle without * Do not allow the Intelligent Key, which
taking the key out from a pocket or purse. The contains electrical components, to come
operating environment and/or conditions may into contact with water or salt water. This
affect the Intelligent Key system operation. could affect the functioning of the system.
Be sure to read the following items before using * Do not drop the Intelligent Key.
the Intelligent Key system.
* Do not strike the Intelligent Key sharply
CAUTION against another object.
* Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with * Do not change or modify the Intelligent MNPA1362
you when operating the vehicle. Key.
* Never leave the Intelligent Key in the * The Intelligent Key may be damaged if it
vehicle when you leave the vehicle. gets wet. If the Intelligent Key gets wet, The Intelligent Key functions can only be used
immediately wipe until it is completely dry. when the Intelligent Key is within the specified
In such cases, correct the operating conditions operating range from the request (lock/unlock)
* Do not place the Intelligent Key for an
before using the Intelligent Key function or use the button .
extended period in an area where tem-
mechanical key. When the Intelligent Key battery is discharged or
peratures exceed 60°C (140°F).
Although the life of the Intelligent Key battery strong radio waves are present near the operating
* If the outside temperature is below -10°C

location, the Intelligent Key system’s operating * When the Intelligent Key is not within the unlocked but will not open. Release the door
range becomes narrower, and the Intelligent Key operational range. handle once and pull it again to open the door.
may not function properly. * When any door is open or not closed securely.
The operating range is within 80 cm (31.50 in) from * When the Intelligent Key battery is discharged.
DOORS LOCKING/UNLOCKING
GUID-5BE193E8-6019-4ABF-9488-C9E2EE8CB3A7
each request button . Request button (where fitted)
If the Intelligent Key is too close to the door glass,
DOOR LOCKS/UNLOCKS PRECAUTION
GUID-EB09517F-8AC6-4FEA-B41C-9E4CB824F411
GUID-502E0F0A-0FBE-42AC-94B4-83CC3C5390F4
door handle or rear bumper, the request button

may not function.
When the Intelligent Key is within the operating
range, it is possible for anyone, even someone who
does not carry the Intelligent Key, to push the
request button to lock/unlock the doors including
the tailgate.
USING INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM

GUID-46E274F9-8BEB-4CCE-948C-5CF1AED1A88D
MNIC4287
MWBD0035XZ
* Do not push the door handle request button

with the Intelligent Key held in your hand as
illustrated. The close distance to the door
handle will cause the Intelligent Key system
to have difficulty recognising that the Intelli-
gent Key is outside the vehicle.
* After locking with the door handle request
MNIC4019
button, verify the doors are securely locked by
operating the door handles.
The request button will not function under the * To prevent the Intelligent Key from being left
MNIC4288
following conditions: inside the vehicle, make sure you carry the key
with you and then lock the doors.
* When the Intelligent Key is left inside the
* Do not pull the door handle before pushing the When the Intelligent Key is within the range of
vehicle. If another intelligent key is outside
door handle request button. The door will be operation, the door locks can be locked or
the vehicle, it can be locked/unlocked.
unlocked by pushing the door handle request

button on the driver’s or front passenger’s door or CAUTION . If the passenger door request button was
the tailgate request button (where fitted). Do not leave the duplicate Intelligent Key pressed, only the passenger door unlocks.
The request button will not function under the inside the vehicle as the locking procedure . If the tailgate request button was pressed,
following conditions: logic will not work. only the tailgate unlocks.
* When the Intelligent Key is left inside the . Hazard indicator lights flash twice quickly.
vehicle. If another intelligent key is outside NOTE: 2. Push the request button again within 5
the vehicle, it can be locked/unlocked. If the Intelligent Key is left in the vehicle and the seconds.
* When the Intelligent Key is not within the door/tailgate request button is pressed, a buz- . All the doors and the tailgate will be
operational range. zer will sound to indicate that the Intelligent Key unlocked.
* When the Intelligent Key battery is discharged. is still inside the vehicle. If another intelligent . Hazard indicator lights flash twice slowly.
* When the doors are open or not closed key is outside the vehicle, it can be locked/
securely. unlocked. NOTE:
Engine is running. * External interference may impair the Intelli-
* Unlocking the doors
GUID-B67DE583-F613-460C-BD46-D220B4A5FA5D gent Key’s operation. In this case, use the
Locking theGUID-5425D6F8-019E-409F-8BCD-78B76AE2CDF2
doors For details about the selective or convenience emergency key located in the Intelligent
door unlock mode settings, see “Vehicle informa- Key. See “Doors” (P.146).
1. Make sure you have the Intelligent Key when tion display” (P.82).
exiting the vehicle. * If the vehicle is unlocked and no doors are
Convenience door unlock mode: opened for a period of time, the doors will
2. Close all doors. automatically be locked.
As default, the door unlock (convenience) mode is
3. Press any of the request button (front doors or set to unlock all the doors and the tailgate with
tailgate). STARTING THE VEHICLE WITH THE IN-
one push on the door/tailgate request button.
. All doors and the tailgate will be locked. TELLIGENT GUID-BDDFDC06-44D5-42B4-9E30-494E62059AAF
KEY
* All doors and the tailgate will be unlocked.
. Hazard indicator lights flash once for con- See “Push-button ignition switch (where fitted)”
* Hazard indicator lights flash twice quickly.
firmation. (P.237).
. Super Lock system equipped models:
Selective door unlock mode:
Selective door unlock mode allows the remote
CAUTION
The Super Lock system will be activated if * Make sure you carry the Intelligent Key
unlocking of only the driver’s door to prevent an
the request button or the Intelligent Key with you when starting and driving the
attacker from entering the vehicle via an unlocked
lock button is double-pressed. Hazard in- vehicle.
passenger door.
dicator lights flash longer to indicate Super
1. Push the door/tailgate request button. * If the Intelligent Key is too far away from
Lock activation.
. If the driver’s door request button was the passenger compartment, the vehicle
4. Pull the door handles to confirm that the may not start. See “Intelligent Key operat-
pressed, only the driver’s door unlocks.
doors have been securely locked. ing range” (P.141).

INTELLIGENT KEY SLEEP FUNCTION TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE
GUID-223FE67B-C5E7-434A-9194-EF28EEC833A9
(where fitted)
GUID-2183BF4A-6654-4B0D-BFD0-4C69F0520AFA
The Intelligent Key has a sleep function where if
the key is physically not moved for 2 or more
minutes, it will stop transmitting.
If the Intelligent Key has not been physically moved
for 2 or more minutes, the message [No Key
Detected] may appear on the Vehicle Information
Display. Should this occur, physically move the
intelligent key to stop the sleep function.

Symptom Possible cause Action to take
The [Key battery low] warning appears in Replace the battery with a new one. See
The Intelligent Key battery charge is low.
the vehicle information display. “Battery” (P.476).
When pushing the ignition switch to start
the engine The [Hold key near start button] message
appears in the vehicle information dis- The Intelligent Key is not in the vehicle. Carry the Intelligent Key with you.
play.
The [Shift to Park] warning appears in the

The transmission is not in the P (Park) Press the P (Park) button to shift the
vehicle information display and the inside
position. transmission to the P (Park) position.
warning chime sounds continuously.
Carry the Intelligent Key with you. If you

When pushing the ignition switch to stop The [No Key Detected] warning appears
cannot carry the Intelligent Key, push the
the engine in the vehicle information display, the The engine is running and the Intelligent
ignition switch 3 consecutive times or
outside chime sounds 3 times and the Key is not in the vehicle.
push and hold the ignition switch for
inside warning chime sounds for a few more than 2 seconds.
seconds.
Intelligent Key sleep function activated. Physically move the intelligent key.
The [Shift to Park] warning appears in the

When closing the door after getting out The ignition is OFF and the transmission Press the P (Park) button to shift the
vehicle information display and the out-
of the vehicle is not in the P (Park) position. transmission to the P (Park) position.
side warning chime sounds continuously.
When closing the door with the inside

The outside chime sounds for a few The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle or
lock button (where fitted) in the LOCK Carry the Intelligent Key with you.
seconds and all the doors unlock. cargo area.
position
When pushing the request switch or the

The outside chime sounds for a few
button on the Intelligent Key to lock A door is not closed securely. Close the door securely.
seconds and all the doors unlock.
the door

DOORS
GUID-98AB3773-ACD9-4CCF-9067-D36D6CBAE455
Emergency situations system. See “Locking/unlocking with the key
SUPER LOCKGUID-AB131AF8-66F3-457A-8B83-623EA7D88428
SYSTEM (RHD models) GUID-4115B43F-7CE4-4DE9-9D96-F9AB7E994425
(vehicle battery discharged)” (P.146).
If the Super Lock system is activated while you are
WARNING inside the vehicle, for example by a traffic accident LOCKING/UNLOCKING WITH THE KEY
Super Lock system equipped models: or other unexpected circumstances, follow the
instructions below.
(vehicle battery discharged)
GUID-E62CF0B2-83A4-48E3-8B0F-D245C924F234
Failure to follow the precautions below may
lead to hazardous situations. Make sure the To release the Super Lock system:
Super Lock system activation is always con- * Switch the ignition ON.
ducted safely. All doors can now be unlocked and opened
* When the vehicle is occupied, never super from inside the vehicle.
lock the doors. Doing so will trap the * Unlock the doors using the Intelligent Key
occupants, since the Super Lock system “UNLOCK” button ( ).
prevents the doors from being opened All doors can now be opened from inside the
from the inside of the vehicle. vehicle.
* Only super lock by double-pressing the To unlock and open the driver’s door from inside
Intelligent Key “LOCK” button when there is the vehicle while the Super Lock system is active: MNIC3795
a clear view of the vehicle. This is to

1. Open or break the driver’s door window.
prevent anybody from being trapped in-
side the vehicle through the Super Lock 2. Insert the key into the outside door key WARNING
system activation. cylinder and turn it towards the rear of the
vehicle. * When leaving the vehicle, do not leave the
key inside the vehicle.
Double-pressing the “LOCK” button ( ) on the 3. The driver’s door will unlock and can now be
Intelligent Key, or locking the doors by double- opened from inside the vehicle. * To help avoid risk of injury or death
pressing one of the request buttons (Intelligent through unintended operation of the ve-
Key models) will activate the Super Lock system. Locking withoutGUID-6EA670C3-13B3-4974-AAA1-8F8B09D029A8
activating the Super Lock system hicle and/or its systems, do not leave
Hazard warning lights flash longer to indicate children, people who require the assis-
Super Lock activation.
WARNING tance of others or pets unattended in your
Do not leave the key inside the vehicle when vehicle. Additionally, the temperature in-
When the Super Lock system is active, none of the
leaving the vehicle. side a closed vehicle on a warm day can
doors can be opened from inside the vehicle. This
quickly become high enough to cause a
provides additional security in case of theft or
Locking the doors using the door key cylinder, or significant risk of injury or death to people
break-in.
by a single press of the “LOCK” button on the and pets.
The Super Lock system will be released when all
Intelligent Key. or by a single press of one of the
the doors are unlocked using the Intelligent Key or The driver’s door can be locked/unlocked from
request buttons will not activate the Super Lock
a request button.

outside using the key/emergency key if the INSIDE DOORGUID-21CC316F-6FCE-422D-B62F-27B5D5A18D2D
HANDLE POWER DOOR LOCK SWITCH
GUID-3777E109-D6CF-4F7B-9583-AF9F52343BEE
vehicle’s battery is discharged.
To lock the door, insert the key into the driver’s
door key cylinder and turn it towards the rear of
the vehicle .
To unlock the door, turn the key towards the front
of the vehicle .
See “Emergency/mechanical key” (P.138) for in-
structions on accessing the Intelligent Key system
Emergency key.
CAUTION MNIC3951 MNIC4046
The alarm system will be triggered when the
Power door lock light
door is opened using the key (NISSAN alarm
equipped models). To stop the alarm, turn the To unlock and open the door, pull the inside door
ignition ON or press the unlock button ( ) on handle as illustrated.
the Intelligent Key.
Models with Super Lock system (where fitted)
GUID-25BA3C69-4F99-4FC2-9118-97FB3A8EEA36
The door cannot be opened when the Super Lock
Initialising the system after vehicle
system is activated.
battery loading or replacement
GUID-C1B2F3CD-8236-496C-9C44-809CFACE9ACD
After recharging or replacing the battery, you
should release (initialise) the system by:
* Switch the ignition ON.
* Unlocking the vehicle using the Intelligent Key. MNIC4254
Press to lock
Press to unlock
LHD vehicles
RHD vehicles

TAILGATE
GUID-D732EC7A-0748-44C5-8C15-5FD72D97775E
WARNING CHILD SAFETY LOCK — REAR DOORS WARNING

GUID-9520060D-FC2E-45F4-AC85-7983E5E5C017
When leaving the vehicle, do not leave the key * Always be sure the tailgate has been
inside the vehicle. closed securely to prevent it from opening
while driving.
The power door lock switch, located on the door * Do not drive with the tailgate open. This
trimming, can be used to lock or unlock all could allow dangerous exhaust gases to
doors simultaneously from inside the vehicle. be drawn into the vehicle.
The door lock indicator light ( ) on the roof * To help avoid risk of injury or death
console comes on when the doors are locked. through unintended operation of the ve-
NOTE: hicle and or its systems, including entrap-
ment in windows or inadvertent door lock
Models without the Super Lock system: If a door MNPA1599 activation, do not leave children, people
is manually opened from inside after having who require the assistance of others or
pressed the Intelligent Key “LOCK” button ( ), pets unattended in your vehicle. Addition-
the door will unlock and the power door lock The child safety lock helps prevent doors from ally, the temperature inside a closed vehi-
indicator light ( ) goes out. being opened accidentally, especially when small cle on a warm day can quickly become
children are in the vehicle.
Super Lock equipped models (RHD models)
GUID-90CD0E7B-CB6C-490C-890C-56840E8B0ED4
high enough to cause a significant risk of
When the switch is in the LOCK position, the rear injury or death to people and pets.
If the doors are locked by double-pressing the
door can only be opened from the outside by the * Always be sure that hands and feet are
Intelligent Key lock button ( ) or by double-
outside door handle. clear of the door frame to avoid injury
pressing a request button (Intelligent Key models),
the Super Lock system will be activated. The ( ) Make sure the child safety lock is working while closing the tailgate.
indicator light on the roof console comes on to properly.
indicate that all doors are locked, but it will not be CAUTION
possible to use the ( ) button of the power door Do not use accessory carriers that attach to
lock switch to unlock the doors. the tailgate. Doing so will cause damage to the
Locking the doors with the power door lock switch vehicle.
will not activate the Super Lock system.

OPERATING MANUAL TAILGATE (where OPERATING POWER TAILGATE (where Power open GUID-B6302E5D-0B89-422B-9744-368E3B6514B1
(using switches)
fitted) GUID-046E1C08-D145-4E1A-82F5-AA283B08404D
fitted) GUID-4E61A378-39B4-47AA-89C1-05F79B8C31D0
To operate the power tailgate, the vehicle must be
in the P (Park) position.
The power tailgate will not operate if the battery
voltage is low.
The power tailgate operation can be activated or
deactivated in the vehicle information display. (See
“Vehicle information display” (P.82).)
NOTE:
MNIC4088
* For models with motion-activated tailgate:
MNIC4022 When washing, waxing or maintaining your Power tailgate switch — Instrument panel
vehicle, placing or replacing the body cover,
or splashing water to the area around the
To open the tailgate, unlock it. Pull up the tailgate kick motion sensor, turn off the power
to open. tailgate.
The tailgate can be unlocked by: * If the power open or close operation is
* Pushing the UNLOCK button on the In- performed consecutively, the safety mode
telligent Key. activates and the operation cannot be per-
formed for a certain period of time. In this
* Pushing the tailgate request switch (where
case, wait for a while and then perform the
fitted).
operation.
* Pushing the door handle request switch
(where fitted). MNIC4023
To close the tailgate, pull down until it securely
locks. Tailgate opener switch

The outside chime sounds when the tailgate starts Stop and reverse function (where fitted)
GUID-2D91FC9A-C342-4467-96B8-6B26DA75B5C9
opening.
The power tailgate will stop immediately if one of
NOTE: the following actions is performed during power
The tailgate can be opened by the power open or close.
tailgate switch or the power tailgate button * Pushing the power tailgate switch .
even if the tailgate is locked. The tailgate * Pushing the tailgate opener switch .
can be unlocked and opened independently of * Pushing the power tailgate close switch on
the other doors, even when they are locked. The the lower part of the tailgate.
tailgate must be unlocked (or the Intelligent Key
* Pushing the power tailgate button on the
MWBD0026XZ must be within range) to open with the tailgate
key.
opener switch .
Power tailgate button - Key (example) And then the power tailgate will move in the
Power close (using switches)
GUID-07E261DF-4376-4771-B941-5B2357966F6D
reverse direction if one of the above actions is
When the tailgate is fully opened, the tailgate will performed again.
fully close automatically by: The outside chime sounds when the tailgate starts
* Pushing the power tailgate switch on the to reverse.
instrument panel for more than 1 second.
Auto reverseGUID-EF9FD01E-3F21-4000-A0FF-E6F460FF4AA4
function
* Pushing the power tailgate button on the
key for more than 1 second. The auto-reverse function enables the tailgate to
automatically reverse when something is caught
* Pushing the power tailgate close switch on
in the tailgate as it is opening or closing. When the
the lower part of the tailgate for 1 second.
control unit detects an obstacle, the tailgate will
The outside chime sounds when the tailgate starts
reverse 5% and stop.
MNIC4047 closing.
When the switch is operated again the tailgate will
Power tailgate close and lock switches — Tailgate Power close GUID-E996BC1B-4EB7-4835-92C9-D69EE47F1476
and lock travel in the opposite direction.
When the tailgate is fully closed, the tailgate will When the tailgate is fully opened and the Intelli- A pinch sensor is mounted on each side of the
fully open automatically by: gent Key is carried with you near the tailgate, the tailgate. If an obstacle is detected by the pinch
tailgate will fully close and lock automatically by sensor during power close, the tailgate will reverse
* Pushing the power tailgate switch on the
pushing the power tailgate lock switch on the and return to the full open position immediately.
instrument panel for more than 1 second.
lower part of the tailgate.
* Pushing the tailgate opener switch . NOTE:
The outside chime sounds when the tailgate starts
* Pushing the power tailgate button on the If the pinch sensor is damaged or removed, the
closing.
key for more than 1 second. power close function will not operate.

WARNING MOTION-ACTIVATED TAILGATE (where Key with you, the tailgate will open or close
There is a small distance immediately before automatically.
fitted) GUID-06C82BD4-77A9-4D62-98F8-13E5257FFE25
the closed position that cannot be detected. Proper operation technique
Make sure that all passengers keep their * While at the rear of the vehicle, begin making a
hands, etc., clear from the tailgate opening quick forward kicking motion.
before closing the tailgate.
* Raise your foot straight under the centre of
the rear bumper then immediately return your
Manual mode
GUID-BF0706A9-844A-458B-B423-3A23EB4E3BF0
foot to the ground in a continuous motion.
If power operation is not available, the tailgate can * You do not need to hold your foot under the
be operated manually. Power operation may not bumper or move it side to side. Immediately
be available if multiple obstacles have been return your foot to the ground.
detected in a single power cycle or if the battery * The kicking motion should be straight, smooth
voltage is low. When the power tailgate is turned MNIC4024 and consistent.
off, the tailgate can be opened manually by * After your kick motion is complete, step back
pushing the tailgate opener switch. If the power and allow the tailgate to open/close.
tailgate opener switch is pushed during power * Three beeps will sound and the tailgate will
open or close, the power operation will be can- begin moving within 2 seconds after the kick.
celled and the tailgate can be operated manually.
This will allow normal power operation functions WARNING
to resume. Prevent unintentional tailgate opening/clos-
ing. There may be conditions when opening/
closing the tailgate is not desired. Keep the
Intelligent Key out of range of the tailgate, (2 m
(7 ft) or more) or inside the vehicle, when
washing or working around the back of the
MJVP0487XZ vehicle.
NOTE:
The tailgate can be operated using a quick kicking
* The kick motion sensor may not function
motion under the centre of the rear bumper.
under the following conditions:
The kick motion sensor is located on the back of — When operating near a location where
the rear bumper. when you move your foot under strong radio waves are transmitted, such
and then away from the operating range similar as a TV tower, power station or broad-
to a kicking motion, while carrying the Intelligent casting station.

— When the vehicle is parked near a parking reverse direction if a kick motion is performed
meter. again. The power tailgate can be reversed when
AUTO CLOSURE (where fitted)
GUID-DBC51F08-15E7-4F10-9195-A395BE60D003
* The power tailgate may not operate when you carry the Intelligent Key. When the tailgate reaches the secondary position,
your foot remains in the operating range . the closure motor engages and pulls the tailgate
Do not apply excessive force when manually
to its primary latch position.
CAUTION operating the power tailgate. Excessive force
applied may cause damage to the vehicle. Do not apply excessive force when the auto
* When the Intelligent Key is carried with you closure is operating. Excessive force applied
near the tailgate, even someone, who does GARAGE MODE SYSTEM (where fitted)
GUID-98E2324A-39C9-4B13-8243-FBAA11B01254
may cause the mechanism to malfunction.
not carry the Intelligent Key, may be able
The tailgate can be set to open to a specific height CAUTION
to open or close the tailgate with a kick
by performing the following:
motion. * The tailgate will automatically close from
1. Open the tailgate. the secondary position. To avoid pinching,
* Do not perform a kick motion near the
exhaust system components while they 2. Pull the tailgate down to the desired position keep hands and fingers away from tailgate
are hot. You may severely burn yourself. and hold the tailgate (the tailgate will have opening.
some resistance when being manually ad- * Do not let children operate the tailgate.
* Do not perform a kick motion on an
justed).
unstable place (for example, on a slope or
a muddy ground, etc.). 3. While holding the tailgate in position, press TAILGATE RELEASE LEVER
GUID-60096669-5E93-482E-85E8-333EEB3742A8
and hold the power tailgate close and lock
switch located on the tailgate for approxi-
Power openGUID-44219940-F3BF-40D2-AC24-C5C06CB80A18
or close function mately 3 seconds or until 2 beeps are heard.
The tailgate will fully open automatically using the
The tailgate will open to the selected position
kick motion sensor.
setting. To change the position of the tailgate,
1. Carry the Intelligent Key. repeat steps 1-3 for setting the position of the
2. Move your foot under and away from the rear tailgate.
bumper similarly to a kicking motion within Do not apply excessive force when the auto
the operation range of the kick motion sensor. closure is operating. Excessive force applied
3. The tailgate will automatically open or close. may cause the mechanism to malfunction.
MWAD0155XZ
CAUTION
Stop and reverse function
GUID-40304C54-C2DF-472C-98A5-B353C98C7D2A
Do not set the height of the tailgate below
The power tailgate will stop immediately if a kick
approximately 1/3 of the way to the floor using If the tailgate cannot be opened with the power
motion is performed during power open or close.
garage mode. Even if you set the height below door lock switch due to a discharged battery,
The tailgate can be stopped even if you do not
approximately 1/3 of the way to the floor, the follow these steps.
carry the Intelligent Key.
height will automatically be set to approxi-
And then the power tailgate will move in the mately 1/3 of the way to the floor.

SECURITY SYSTEM
GUID-A4068AA4-2DF4-4C3D-84FA-BCD52F48B8CE
1. Fold the rear seats down. (See “Rear seats” ALARM SYSTEM (where fitted) If the system does not operate as described
GUID-F618A02E-17BD-44F4-883D-ED1A16165C1F
(P.23).) above, have it checked by your NISSAN dealer or
The alarm system provides visual and audible
2. Insert a suitable tool in the access opening. qualified workshop.
alarm signals if parts of the vehicle are disturbed.
Move the release lever to the left. The tailgate
Interior Movement Sensors (where fitted)
will be unlatched. How to arm GUID-964E1ADE-B6CD-48D9-A419-14B1A9DC5F09
the alarm system GUID-6D8A59DF-3DD1-4A90-A949-B7AA6584B74E
The interior movement sensors (volumetric sen-
3. Push the tailgate up to open. 1. Close all doors, windows, tailgate and bonnet.
sing) detect movements in the passenger’s com-
Contact a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop as 2. Lock the vehicle using the Intelligent Key (lock partment. When the alarm system is set to the
soon as possible for repair. button), for additional information, see “Re- armed position, it will automatically switch on the
mote keyless entry system (where fitted)” interior movement sensors.
(P.139).
To disable the interior movement sensors:
3. The Alarm system will arm 20 seconds after
1. Press the or buttons on the steering
the vehicle has been locked.
wheel until the [Settings] menu is displayed in
the Vehicle Information Display and press the
Alarm system operation
GUID-4383C1F6-C0C4-45C7-9B4B-218F5479E585 <OK> button.
The system will give the following alarm:
2. Use the and buttons on the steering
* The siren sounds intermittently and all direc- wheel to highlight [Vehicle Settings] and press
tion indicators will flash. the <OK> button.
* The alarm automatically turns off after 28
3. Use the and buttons on the steering
seconds.
wheel to highlight [Alarm System] and press
The alarm is activated when: the <OK> button.
* The volumetric sensing system (interior move- 4. Three options are available:
ment sensors, where fitted) is triggered. . [Always ON]
* Any door / the tailgate is opened. . [Ask on Exit]
* The bonnet is opened.
When this option (where fitted) is selected,
* The ignition circuit is turned on without the
the alarm system will provide the choice to
owner’s key being used.
disable the interior movement sensors
The alarm system will stop when: (where fitted) after the ignition is switched
* The vehicle is unlocked using the intelligent OFF. Use the scroll dial to select the
key unlock button. preferred function.
* The ignition is switched ON with a registered . [Disable Once]
NATS key. When this option (where fitted) is selected,

BONNET
GUID-2EB638CC-385B-4072-BF3B-AF75335C2273
The interior movement sensors (where another NATS key, an automated toll road device
fitted) will be disabled until the next time or an automated payment device on the key ring.
the alarm system is disarmed. Restart the engine using the following procedure:
Use the and buttons on the steering 1. Leave the ignition ON for approximately 5
wheel to highlight the desired option and seconds.
press the <OK> button. 2. Switch the ignition OFF and wait approxi-
mately 5 seconds.
NOTE:
3. Repeat steps 1 and 2.
When the windows are opened by a long press
of the Intelligent Key unlock button and the 4. Restart the engine while holding the device
vehicle automatically re-locks, see “Auto-relock (which may have caused the interference)
(where fitted)” (P.140), the interior movement separated from the registered NATS key or
sensors are disabled to avoid any nuisance NATS Intelligent Key (where fitted).
alarm. If this procedure allows the engine to start,
WARNING NISSAN recommends placing the registered
NATS key or NATS Intelligent Key (where fitted)
To help avoid risk of injury or death through
on a separate key-ring to avoid interference
unintended operation of the vehicle and/or its
from other devices.
systems, do not leave children, people who
require the assistance of others or pets un-
attended in your vehicle. Additionally, the
temperature inside a closed vehicle on a warm
day can quickly become high enough to cause
a significant risk of injury or death to people MNIC4030
and pets.
LHD models
NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM (NATS)
RHD models
(where fitted)GUID-3B1096DD-611F-4067-8351-D890E2733106
The NISSAN Anti-Theft System (NATS)* will not
WARNING
allow the engine to start without the use of the * Make sure the bonnet is completely closed
registered NATS key. and latched before driving. Failure to do so
could cause the bonnet to fly open and
* Immobiliser
result in an accident.
If the engine fails to start using the registered
* Never open the bonnet if steam or smoke
NATS key, it may be due to interference from

FUEL-FILLER LID
GUID-507C81E4-5313-42EF-8B70-03875B53FB10
is coming from the engine compartment CAUTION OPENING THEGUID-41967EC6-3313-4BD1-98E1-268941BEAF58

FUEL-FILLER LID
to avoid injury. * Avoid applying direct water pressure, such
as high-pressure sprayer, on or around the
1. Pull the bonnet lock release handle located fuel-filler lid.
below the driver’s side instrument panel; the
bonnet springs up slightly. * Be sure to close the fuel-filler lid and lock it
by locking the vehicle doors before using
2. Push the lever underneath the front of the an automatic car wash or a high-pressure
bonnet sideways as illustrated with your car wash.
fingertips.
3. Raise the bonnet.
4. Remove the support rod and insert it into the
slot . MWAD0231XZ
Hold the coated parts when removing or

resetting the support rod. Avoid direct contact
To open the fuel-filler lid, push the middle left side
with the metal parts, as they may be hot
of the lid.
immediately after the engine has been stopped.
When closing the bonnet: MNIC3984 NOTE:
1. While supporting the bonnet, return the sup- If the fuel filler lid is locked, it should unlock
* Do not spray high-pressure water onto the
port rod to its original position. automatically together with the driver’s door
capless unit when fuel-filler door is
during normal use. If selective unlock is selected
2. Slowly lower the bonnet to about 8 to 12 in (20 open. Failure to observe this caution may
and only the driver’s door is unlocked, the unlock
to 30 cm) above the bonnet lock, then let it cause the capless unit to malfunction or
button on the key or the power door lock switch
drop. cause damage to fuel system or engine.
inside the vehicle must be pressed to unlock the
3. Make sure it is securely latched. fuel filler lid.

HOW TO REFUEL may damage the opening and the fuel
GUID-E5FD3702-EF97-46FA-8691-210165E19B1B
system.
* If fuel is spilled on the vehicle body, flush it
away with water to avoid paint damage.
WARNING
* Petrol is extremely flammable and highly
explosive under certain conditions. You
could be burned or seriously injured if it
MNIC4106
is misused or mishandled. Always stop the
engine and do not smoke or allow open
MNIC4105 flames or sparks near the vehicle when
Hold the fuel pump nozzle in position A (shown). refuelling.
Holding the fuel pump nozzle in position B may * Do not attempt to top off the fuel tank
The fuel tank is not equipped with a fuel-filler cap. cause fuel pump nozzle to shut off before the tank after the fuel pump nozzle shuts off auto-
After opening the fuel-filler lid, insert the fuel pump is full. matically. Continued refuelling may cause
nozzle directly into the fuel-filler opening and only
Never move the nozzle during refuelling. fuel overflow, resulting in fuel spray and
to the first notch on the bottom of the nozzle.
possibly a fire.
When the fuel pump nozzle is pulled out, the fuel- Pull out the nozzle approximately 5 seconds after
filler opening will be sealed. the fuel pump nozzle shuts off automatically (initial * Never pour fuel into the throttle body to
shut-off). attempt to start your vehicle.
To refuel:
Close the fuel-filler lid after refuelling. * Do not fill a portable fuel container in the
Be sure to insert the fuel pump nozzle slowly into
vehicle or trailer. Static electricity can
the fuel-filler opening and only to the first notch on If you need to refuel from a portable fuel container,
cause an explosion of flammable liquid,
the bottom of the nozzle, before fuelling. Inserting use the funnel supplied with your vehicle. (See
vapour or gas in any vehicle or trailer. To
further may cause the fuel pump to stop filling “When refuelling from a portable fuel container”
reduce the risk of serious injury or death
prematurely. (P.157).)
when filling portable fuel containers:
CAUTION — Always place the container on the
* Do not attempt to open the flaps on the ground when filling.
fuel-filler opening using any tool other — Do not use electronic devices when
than the fuel pump nozzle. filling.
* This fuel-filler opening is only conformable — Keep the pump nozzle in contact with
to normal fuel pump nozzles at gas sta- the container while you are filling it.
tions. Using a nozzle with a small diameter

ELECTRIC PARKING BRAKE
GUID-534351D3-5EE3-4662-93B4-A5C7DCF5412A
— Use only approved portable fuel con- Be sure to insert the funnel into the fuel-filler
tainers for flammable liquid. opening slowly and fully. Insert the nozzle of the
portable fuel container into the opening along the
funnel and fill the fuel tank.
WHEN REFUELLING FROM A PORTABLE
After refuelling, remove the funnel from the fuel-
FUEL CONTAINER
GUID-04C18AB8-D7ED-4531-BA29-CD5829184892 filler opening. Wipe the funnel clean and return it to
the tool storage area.
CAUTION
* Do not insert the nozzle of the portable
fuel container directly into the fuel-filler MNIC4095
opening. Doing so may damage the open- Xtronic transmission

ing and the fuel system.
* Use only the funnel provided with your
vehicle. Otherwise, the fuel-filler opening
and the fuel system may be damaged.
* Make sure you remove the funnel before
closing the fuel filler lid and driving the
vehicle. Do not drive with funnel still
inserted in fuel-filler opening.
MNIC4097
Manual transmission
The Electric Parking Brake can be applied or

released by operating the parking brake switch .
MNIC3985
To apply: Pull the switch up the indicator light
will illuminate.
To release: With the ignition ON, depress the brake
If you need to refuel from a portable fuel container, pedal and push the switch down . The
use the funnel stored in the tool storage area indicator light will turn off.
(located under the luggage board). Before driving, check that the brake indicator light

goes out. For additional information, see * The Electric Parking Brake is applied manually. NOTE:
“Warning lights, indicator lights and audible remin- * The driver’s seat belt is unfastened. * A buzzer will sound if the vehicle is driven
ders” (P.71). * The driver’s door is opened. without releasing the parking brake. See
The Electric Parking Brake also has an auto apply “Audible reminders” (P.81).
* The ignition is switched OFF.
and auto release function. * While the Electric Parking Brake is applied or
* A malfunction occurs in the Automatic brake
released, an operating sound is heard from
Manual transmission vehicles: hold function.
the lower side of the rear seat. This is normal
The parking brake will automatically release when To keep the Electric Parking Brake released after and does not indicate a malfunction.
you drive away. switching off the ignition: While the ignition is ON,
* When the Electric Parking Brake is fre-
press the brake pedal, deactivate Automatic brake
With the vehicle stationary, the Electric Parking quently applied and released in a short
hold if activated and push the parking brake
Brake is automatically applied when one of the period of time, the parking brake may not
switch before switching the ignition OFF.
following occurs: operate in order to prevent the parking
* The engine is turned off. WARNING brake system from overheating. If this oc-
curs, operate the Electric Parking Brake
* The driver’s seat belt is unfastened. * Be sure the Electric Parking Brake is
switch again after waiting approximately 1
* The driver’s door is opened. released before driving. Failure to do so
minute.
Xtronic transmission vehicles: could cause brake failure and lead to an
accident. * The Electric Parking Brake can only be
The parking brake will automatically release when released with the ignition ON.
you drive away using the accelerator with the * Do not release the parking brake from
* If the Electric Parking Brake must be applied
transmission in D (Drive) or R (Reverse). For safety outside the vehicle.
while driving in an emergency, pull up and
reasons, parking brake will not release automati- * To help avoid risk of injury or death hold the parking brake switch. When you
cally when the driver’s door is open. through unintended operation of the ve- release the parking brake switch, the park-
hicle and/or its systems, do not leave ing brake will be released.
NOTE: children, people who require the assis-
* While pulling up the Electric Parking Brake
When the Automatic brake hold function is tance of others or pets unattended in your
switch while driving, the parking brake is
active (Auto Hold indicator is green), under the vehicle. Additionally, the temperature in-
applied and a chime sounds. The parking
following conditions, the Electric Parking Brake side a closed vehicle on a warm day can
brake indicator light in the meter and in the
will automatically be applied and the braking quickly become high enough to cause a
parking brake switch illuminate. This does
force of Automatic brake hold will be released: significant risk of injury or death to people
not indicate a malfunction. The Electric
* The braking force is applied by the Automatic and pets.
Parking Brake indicator lights in the meter
brake hold function for 3 minutes or longer. * Before leaving the vehicle, confirm that the and in the parking brake switch turn off
* The transmission is in the P (Park) position vehicle is held by the parking brake or when the parking brake is released.
(Xtronic transmission models). transmission. * When pulling the Electric Parking Brake
switch up with the ignition OFF, the parking

AUTOMATIC BRAKE HOLD
GUID-2E8B8636-2A90-4EE5-8895-A1428816948F
brake switch indicator light will continue to The Automatic brake hold function maintains the apply the Electric Parking Brake (Manual
illuminate for a short period of time. braking force without the driver having to depress Transmission model) when parking your
the brake pedal when the vehicle is stopped at a vehicle, exiting the vehicle. or loading or
CAUTION traffic light or an intersection. unloading luggage. Failure to do so could
To park the vehicle in cold climates shift the As soon as the driver depresses the accelerator cause the vehicle to move or roll away
transmission to 1st (1) or Reverse (R) for pedal again, the Automatic brake hold function is unexpectedly and result in serious perso-
manual transmission vehicles, or press the deactivated and the braking force is released. The nal injury or property damage.
Park (P) button for Xtronic transmission vehi- operating status of Automatic brake hold can be * If any of the following conditions occur, the
cles, and place suitable chocks at both the displayed. Automatic brake hold function may not
front and back of a wheel with the Electric
WARNING function. Have the system checked
Parking Brake released. If the Electric Parking
promptly by a NISSAN dealer or qualified
Brake is applied in cold climates, the brake * The Automatic brake hold function is not workshop.
may become frozen and cannot be released. designed to hold the vehicle on a steep hill
or slippery road. Never use the Automatic — A warning message appears.
DRIVING AWAY WHEN TOWING A TRAI- brake hold function when the vehicle is — The indicator light on the Automatic
stopped on a steep hill or a slippery road. brake hold switch does not illuminate
LER GUID-090371B4-6B5C-4B47-9188-54362D85E020 Failure to do so may cause the vehicle to when the switch is pushed.
Please note the following points to prevent the move. Failure to operate the vehicle in accordance
vehicle from rolling back unintentionally on a * Warnings may appear to request that the with these conditions could cause the vehicle
gradient. driver retake control by depressing the to move or roll away unexpectedly and result
* Pull and hold the parking brake switch and brake pedal. in serious personal injury or property damage.
press the accelerator. The parking brake will * When the Automatic brake hold function is * When the vehicle stops on a slope, depress
remain engaged and prevent any tendency to activated, but fails to maintain the vehicle the brake pedal firmly until the Automatic
roll back down the slope. at a standstill, depress the brake pedal to brake hold indicator light (green) illumi-
* You can release the parking brake switch as stop the vehicle. If the vehicle unexpect- nates.
soon as the engine is delivering enough power edly moves due to the outside conditions,
to the wheels. * The Automatic brake hold function will not
the chime may sound and warnings may
be activated if the slip indicator light,
Depending on the weight of the vehicle and trailer appear.
Electric Parking Brake indicator light, Elec-
and the steepness of the slope, there may be a * Be sure to deactivate the Automatic brake tric Parking Brake warning light, or master
tendency to roll back downhill when driving away hold function when using a drive through warning light illuminates and the [Chassis
from a standstill. You can prevent this by pulling up car wash or towing your vehicle. Control System Fault See Owner’s Manual]
the parking brake switch as you press the accel-
* Make sure the transmission is in the P warning message appears.
erator (in the same way as with a conventional
handbrake). (Park) position and apply the Electric Park-
ing Brake (Xtronic Transmission models) or The Automatic brake hold function is operated by
applying sufficient braking force to hold the vehicle

in its place, so there are cases when this hold How to deactivate the Automatic brake hold function
GUID-ED86330E-229E-4A7E-BE37-87EB6DD1D867
function is maintained even if the accelerator
While the Automatic brake hold function is acti-
pedal is depressed to move the vehicle. In this
vated, push the Automatic brake hold switch to
situation, it is advised to depress the brake pedal
turn off the Automatic brake hold indicator light
first, then to turn off the Automatic brake hold
and deactivate the Automatic brake hold function.
switch. This will cancel the hold function.
To deactivate the Automatic brake hold function
NOTE: while the braking force has been maintained by
To maintain the braking force to keep the the Automatic brake hold function, depress the
vehicle to a standstill, a noise may be heard. brake pedal and push the Automatic brake hold
This is not a malfunction. switch.
MNIC4096
HOW TO ACTIVATE/DEACTIVATE CAUTION

Manual transmission
AUTOMATICGUID-44F214B6-20E3-4690-B5B9-E37EDC96CF88
BRAKE HOLD Make sure to firmly depress and hold the brake
1. With the ignition switched ON, press the pedal when turning off the Automatic brake
Activation of theGUID-8495E3BD-195D-43BA-B0F1-AF1149B36282
Automatic brake hold function Automatic brake hold switch indicator light hold function while the braking force is ap-
on the Automatic brake hold switch illumi- plied. When the Automatic brake hold function
nates. is deactivated, the braking force will be re-
2. When the Automatic brake hold function goes leased. This could cause the vehicle to move or
into standby, the Automatic brake hold indi- roll away unexpectedly.
cator light (white) illuminates. Failure to prevent the vehicle from rolling may
To use the Automatic brake hold function, the result in serious personal injury or property
following conditions need to be met: damage.
. The driver’s seat belt is fastened.
. The Electric Parking Brake is released. HOW TO USE THE AUTOMATIC BRAKE
MNIC4094
. The transmission is not in the P (Park) HOLD FUNCTION
GUID-2B0AA102-8F7F-4934-B56F-ED14190DA09F
position. (Xtronic transmission models). For additional information on using Automatic
Xtronic transmission . The vehicle is not parked on a steep hill. brake hold, refer to the instructions outlined in
this section.
NOTE:
The Automatic brake hold function retains the To maintain GUID-206F4E76-FE08-44A7-B529-23C15209CAD1
braking force automatically
last state until the driver changes the option With the Automatic brake hold function activated
even if the ignition is switched off. and the Automatic brake hold indicator light
(white) illuminated, depress the brake pedal to

stop the vehicle. The Automatic brake hold in- standby and the Automatic brake hold indicator — The Electric Parking Brake is applied
dicator light (green) illuminates. light (white) illuminates. manually.
The braking force is automatically applied without — The driver’s seat belt is unfastened.
your foot pressing on the brake pedal. While the
Parking GUID-739628F9-FA1C-40D9-B3C2-CFDCE4ADDA45 — The driver’s door is opened.
braking force is maintained, the Automatic brake For Xtronic Transmission models: — The ignition is switched OFF.
hold indicator light (green) illuminates. See “Warn- When the transmission is in the P (Park) position — A malfunction occurs in the Automatic
ing lights, indicator lights and audible reminders” with the braking force maintained by the Auto- brake hold function.
(P.71). matic brake hold function, the Electric Parking * When the vehicle stops, but the braking
Brake will automatically be applied and the braking force is not automatically applied, depress
NOTE:
force of Automatic brake hold will be released. The the brake pedal firmly until the Automatic
The Automatic brake hold indicator light (green) Automatic brake hold indicator light turns off. brake hold indicator light (green) illumi-
will not illuminate if the brake pedal is not When the Electric Parking Brake is applied with nates.
pressed with sufficient force to hold the vehicle the braking force maintained by the Automatic
or is released too quickly when the vehicle is brake hold function , the braking force of Auto-
stopped. matic brake hold will be released. The Automatic
CAUTION brake hold indicator light turns off.
Confirm the Automatic brake hold indicator For Manual Transmission models:
light (green) is illuminated before removing When the Electric Parking Brake is applied with the
your foot from the brake pedal. braking force maintained by the Automatic brake
hold function, the braking force of Automatic
To start theGUID-D9F8146A-A48F-49C2-AEE1-0E6AE8A45C07
vehicle from standstill brake hold will be released. The Automatic brake
hold indicator light turns off.
For Xtronic Transmission models:
With the transmission not in the P (Park) or N NOTE:
(Neutral) position, depress the accelerator pedal * Under the following conditions, the Electric
while the braking force is maintained. The braking Parking Brake will automatically be applied
force will automatically be released to restart the and the braking force of Automatic brake
vehicle. Automatic brake hold will return to stand- hold will be released and the Automatic
by and the Automatic brake hold indicator light brake hold indicator light turns off.
(white) illuminates. — The braking force is applied by the Auto-
matic brake hold function for 3 minutes
For Manual Transmission models:
or longer.
With the transmission in gear, releasing the clutch
— The transmission is in the P (Park) posi-
pedal to engage drive will also release Automatic
tion. (Xtronic transmission models).
brake hold. Automatic brake hold will return to

DRIVING POSITION MEMORY
SYSTEM (where fitted)
GUID-CDA1A078-CBC1-41EF-AF20-22F35BE3F6B3
The Driving Position Memory System features two If a new position is stored in the same memory * When no position is stored in the memory
functions: switch, the previous memory will be deleted. switch.
* Memory Storage * When the transmission is shifted from P (Park)
* Entry/exit function
Confirming memory storage
GUID-EC8D2119-3BAF-4951-9D0D-B26DF6AC84BE to any other position (Xtronic Transmission
Push the <SET> switch. If the main memory has model only).
MEMORY STORAGE
GUID-2971498A-A1F0-4DAA-84DA-5E5BFEC25A09
not been stored, the indicator light will come on for * When the parking brake is not applied with the
approximately 0.5 seconds. When the memory has ignition switched ON (Manual Transmission
a position stored, the indicator light will stay on for model only).
approximately 5 seconds.
Linking user profile to a stored memory
Selecting memorised position
GUID-6B64F467-9230-4DFA-B82B-E12294BE3D1E position (models with navigation system)
GUID-66AC1882-F989-4818-9B32-778700F6D5A9
1. Stop the vehicle in a safe location and apply
The user profile can be linked to a stored memory
the parking brake.
position with the following procedure.
2. Push the memory switch (1 or 2) fully for at
1. Switch the ignition ON while carrying the
least 1 second.
Intelligent Key that was registered to the
The driver’s seat will move to the memorised vehicle with a user profile function.
MNIC3980
position with the indicator light flashing, and
then the light will stay on for approximately 5 NOTE:
seconds. Make sure the other Intelligent Key is far
Two positions for the driver’s seat and outside apart. Otherwise, the vehicle may detect the
mirrors can be stored in the Driving Position System operation wrong Intelligent Key.
GUID-57BA1FFC-8BA6-45EF-8A6B-BA41262FAD79
Memory System memory. Follow these procedures
The Driving Position Memory System will not work 2. Adjust the position of the driver’s seat and
to use the memory system.
or will stop operating under the following condi- outside mirrors.
1. Adjust the driver’s seat and outside mirrors to tions: 3. Switch the ignition OFF.
the desired position by manually operating
* When the vehicle is moving. The next time you log in (selecting the user on the
each adjustment switch.
* When the adjusting switch for the driver’s seat display) after switching the ignition ON while
2. Push the <SET> switch and, within 5 seconds, is operated while the Driving Position Memory carrying the Intelligent Key, the system will auto-
push the desired memory switch (1 or 2). System is operating. matically adjust to the memorised driving position.
The indicator light for the pushed memory * When the memory switch 1 or 2 is pushed for (See the separate NissanConnect Owner’s Manual.)
switch will stay on for approximately 5 sec- less than 1 second.
onds after pushing the switch. * When the seat has already been moved to the
When the memory is stored in the memory, a memorised position.
buzzer will sound.

Linking an Intelligent Key to a stored memory ENTRY/EXIT FUNCTION (Automatic wheel to highlight [Driving Position] and press
the <OK> button.
position (models without navigation system)
GUID-F2BC476D-CFF5-4C84-9235-1219AC374C38
TransmissionGUID-2667F213-E875-4CCA-A2B5-F1FAA692B213
Vehicle only)
4. Use the or buttons on the steering
Each Intelligent Key can be linked to a stored This system is designed so that the driver’s seat
wheel to highlight [Exit Seat Slide] and press
memory position (memory switch 1 or 2) with the will automatically move. This allows the driver to
the <OK> button.
following procedure. get into and out of the driver’s seat more easily.
Use the scroll dial to turn the [Exit Seat Slide]
1. Follow steps 1-3 in “Memory Storage” (P.162) for
storing the memory position.
Operation GUID-D99400A8-A6D8-4645-97EC-58BECBE179F2
function ON or OFF.
The driver’s seat will slide backward:
2. The indicator light for the pushed memory
switch will come on. While the indicator light is * When the driver’s door is opened and the
on for 5 seconds, press the button and the ignition is OFF.
button on the Intelligent Key in succes- * When the ignition is switched OFF with the
sion. The hazard warning light will blink and driver’s door open.
the indicator light of the linked memory switch The driver’s seat will return to the previous
will blink twice. After the indicator light goes position:
off, the Intelligent Key is linked to that memory
* When the ignition is switched ON.
setting.
Once it is linked, when the ignition is OFF, pressing NOTE:
the button on the Intelligent Key will move the The driver’s seat will not return to the previous
driver’s seat and outside mirrors to the linked position if the seat switch is operated when the
memory switch position. seat is at the exit position.
NOTE: The entry/exit function can be adjusted or can-
* If a new memory position is stored in the celled through the [Vehicle settings] the vehicle
linked memory switch, then the Intelligent information display by performing the following:
Key will link the new position and overwrites 1. Press the or buttons on the steering
the previous position. wheel until the [Settings] menu is displayed in
* The linked memory feature can be turned the Vehicle Information Display and press the
ON of OFF using the [I-Key Link] setting in <OK> button.
the vehicle information display. See “[Set- 2. Use the or buttons on the steering
tings]” (P.87). wheel to highlight [Vehicle Settings] and press
the <OK> button.
3. Use the or buttons on the steering

STEERING WHEEL SUN VISORS
GUID-0952E6ED-2F2D-4FE8-A9C5-E7B17612E3A1 GUID-9D877A3D-C882-4B12-B2CC-39B027408E3B
WARNING desired position. Push the lock lever up securely

to lock the steering wheel in place.
* Do not adjust the steering wheel while
driving. You could lose control of your
vehicle and cause an accident.
* Do not adjust the steering wheel any closer
to you than is necessary for proper steer-
ing operation and comfort. The driver’s air
bag inflates with great force. If you are
unrestrained, leaning forward, sitting side-
ways or out of position in any way, you are MNIC3968
at greater risk of injury or death in a crash.
You may also receive serious or fatal
injuries from the air bag if you are up
CAUTION
against it when it inflates. Always sit back
against the seatback and as far away as Do not store the sun visor before returning it to
practical from the steering wheel. Always its original position.
use the seat belts.
1. To block out glare from the front, move the
main sun visor downwards.
TILT AND TELESCOPIC OPERATION
GUID-615007AD-BAE7-4039-ABE5-2EA54739DA97 2. To block glare from the side, remove the main
sun visor from the centre mount and move it
to the side.
MWAD0127XZ
Pull the lock lever down and adjust the steering

wheel up, down, forward or rearward to the

MIRRORS
GUID-8483101C-0D33-456C-9BDF-324312126B7F
INSIDE REAR-VIEW MIRROR

GUID-C3933CB6-1293-4EE1-B1E6-E75CCC81B4A0
AUTOMATIC ANTI-DAZZLING INSIDE OUTSIDE REAR-VIEW MIRRORS
GUID-1037F86F-6798-4064-A324-B13108120BCF
MIRROR (where fitted)
GUID-D1E81F28-22AF-45EE-A44F-8FA6A314283F WARNING
* Check the position of all mirrors before
driving. Altering their position while driving
could distract your attention from the
driving operation.
* Objects viewed in the outside mirrors are
closer than they appear.
* Never touch the outside rear-view mirrors
while they are in motion. Doing so may
MSPA2143Z pinch your fingers or damage the mirror.
MNPA1273 * Never drive the vehicle with the outside
rear-view mirrors folded. This reduces rear
Day position
view visibility and may lead to an accident.
Night position The inside mirror is designed so that it automati-
The night position will reduce glare from the cally adjusts the reflection according to the
intensity of the following vehicle’s headlights on
Adjusting — Remote control (where fitted)
GUID-081E93FD-9A13-423E-9EDF-E50D46124797
headlights of vehicles behind you at night.
the sensor .
WARNING
The automatic anti-dazzling inside mirror will
Only use the night position when necessary, operate when the ignition is ON. The light
as it reduces rear-view clarity. shows the system is activated.
The automatic anti-dazzling inside mirror can be
deactivated by pressing the power button . The
light will turn off to show system deactivation.
CAUTION
Do not cover the sensor, hang any object on
MNIC3995
the mirror or spray glass cleaner directly on
the mirror. Doing so will reduce the sensitivity
of the sensor, resulting in improper operation.
Select the left or right outside rear-view mirror
using the appropriate selection switch (the
indicator light on the selected mirror switch

illuminates), then adjust the mirror to the desired Folding — Auto Fold (where fitted) 4. The selected outside mirror surface tilts down-
GUID-5967870A-F2B1-44D7-B155-578240E6FAFB
position by pushing the control as illustrated . ward.
When one of the following conditions has oc-
Folding — Manual control
GUID-4B9E4EF7-12BF-480A-897D-AD8E8F6ACEFA curred, the outside mirror surface will return to its
Fold the outside rear-view mirror by pushing it original position.
towards the rear of the vehicle.
* The vehicle is shifted out of the R (Reverse)
Folding — Remote control (where fitted) position.
GUID-BE7E0D5F-11A5-4E50-847F-691DE2BA1D5B
* The vehicle speed exceeds 8 km/h (5 MPH).
The outside rear-view mirrors fold when the out-
side rear-view mirror folding button is pressed. * The selected outside mirror is deselected
To unfold, push the button again. using the outside mirror control switch.
* The ignition switch is switched OFF.
NOTE: MNIC4119
If the mirror becomes displaced from its ad- VANITY MIRROR

GUID-D88124C5-BDF3-4A23-BB73-A7C1F2458019
justed position, use the following procedure to
The outside rear-view mirrors automatically unfold
return it to the correct geared position:
when the ignition is switched on or when the
1. Fold the mirrors electronically using the out- vehicle doors are unlocked. Use the [Mirror Fold]
side rear-view mirror folding button. menu of the Vehicle Information Display to select
2. Wait until the mirror emits a strong noise, this the moment that the mirrors are to be automati-
confirms that the mirror has correctly en- cally folded and unfolded. The Auto Fold feature
gaged. can also be switched off. See “[Mirror Fold]” (P.92).
3. Fold out the mirrors electronically using the NOTE:
outside rear-view mirror folding button.
The outside rear view mirror folding button can
4. Adjust the mirror to the correct driving angle be used to override the Auto Fold feature. MNPA842Z
using the remote control, see “Adjusting —
Reverse tilt-down feature (where fitted) Left hand drive
Remote control (where fitted)” (P.165). GUID-DA1598E4-74D5-4A22-B995-A12D2FECBD2F
When reversing the vehicle, the right or left outside
mirror will turn downward automatically to pro-
vide better rear visibility.
1. Switch the ignition switch to the ON position.
2. Shift to the R (Reverse) position.
3. Choose the right or left outside mirror by
operating the outside mirror control switch.

MNPA910Z
Right hand drive
To use the front vanity mirror, pull down the sun

visor and lift up the cover.
The light over the vanity mirror will turn on when
the cover on the vanity mirror is opened.
When the cover is closed, the light will turn off.

MEMO

4 Display screen, heater and air conditioner,
and audio system
Safety precautions .................................................................................

.... 171 MOD system limitations .............................................................
.... 187
Rear-view Monitor (where fitted) ................................................
.... 171 System maintenance ...................................................................
.... 188
Rear-view Monitor system operation ...........................
.... 172 Vents ....................................................................................................................
.... 188
How to read the displayed lines .......................................
.... 172 Centre vents ........................................................................................
.... 188
Difference between predictive and Side vents ..............................................................................................
.... 188
actual distances .............................................................................
.... 172 Rear vents .............................................................................................
.... 189
How to park with predictive course lines .................
.... 174 Heater and air conditioner ................................................................
.... 189
Adjusting the display ..................................................................
.... 175 Operating tips (for automatic air conditioner) ........
.... 189
How to turn on and off predictive course lines ..... .... 175 Manual air conditioner ................................................................
.... 190
Rear-view Monitor system limitations .........................
.... 175 Automatic air conditioner ........................................................
.... 192
System maintenance .................................................................
.... 176 Servicing air conditioner ...........................................................
.... 196
Intelligent Around View Monitor (IAVM) ................................
.... 177 Audio system ................................................................................................
.... 197
Intelligent Around View Monitor Audio operation precautions .................................................
.... 197
system operation ..........................................................................
.... 178 Antenna ..................................................................................................
.... 200
Difference between predictive and FM / AM radio (with DAB) (where fitted) .................................
.... 200
actual distances .............................................................................
.... 180
Audio main operation ..................................................................
.... 201
How to park with predictive course lines .................
.... 182
Radio operation ................................................................................
.... 203
How to switch the display .....................................................
.... 183
USB (Universal Serial Bus) Connection Port ..............
.... 204
How to adjust the screen view ..........................................
.... 183
iPod® player operation (where fitted) .............................
.... 206
Intelligent Around View Monitor
Bluetooth® operation ...................................................................
.... 207
system limitations ........................................................................
.... 183
Apple CarPlay and Android Auto (where fitted) ............... .... 211
.... 185
NissanConnect (where fitted) ..........................................................
.... 211
Moving Object Detection (MOD) ................................................
.... 185
Safety information ..........................................................................
.... 212
MOD system operation .............................................................
.... 186
Navigation (where fitted) ..........................................................
.... 213
Turning MOD on and off .........................................................
.... 187
Audio operation precautions .................................................
.... 214
How to update map data (where fitted) ....................
.... 214 Mobile phone integration for FM AM radio
Updating system software (where fitted) .................
.... 214 (where fitted) ............................................................................................... 218
Regulatory information ............................................................
.... 214 Bluetooth® mobile phone feature .................................... 218
Trademarks ........................................................................................
.... 216 Hands-free telephone control ............................................ 220
Licences ................................................................................................
.... 217
Steering wheel switches for audio control
(where fitted) ...............................................................................................
.... 217
Control buttons ..............................................................................
.... 217
....
....
....
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS REAR-VIEW MONITOR (where fitted)
GUID-167B22FA-F152-4791-BBAF-73B84C0C0BE0 GUID-C29EBD4B-8AB2-4540-B7E0-6EF36C9C5927
WARNING
* Do not adjust the heater and air condi-
tioner controls or audio controls while
driving so that full attention may be given
to vehicle operation.
* If you notice any sparks, smoke, fumes, or
fire, immediately stop the vehicle and
contact your nearest NISSAN dealer or
qualified workshop. Ignoring such condi-
tions may lead to an accident, fire or
electric shock.
CAUTION
To prevent battery discharge, do not use the
system for extended periods of time when the
engine is not running.
MWAE0334X
1. <CAMERA> button sing. Always turn and look out the win-
WARNING dows, and check mirrors to be sure that it
is safe to move before operating the
Failure to follow the warnings and instructions vehicle. Always reverse slowly.
for proper use of the Rear-view Monitor could
result in serious injury or death. * The system is designed as an aid to the
driver in showing large stationary objects
* Rear view Monitor is a convenience feature directly behind the vehicle, to help avoid
and is not a substitute for proper rever- damaging the vehicle.
Display screen, heater and air conditioner, and audio system 171
* The distance guide line and the vehicle REAR-VIEW MONITOR SYSTEM OPERA- Predictive course lines :
width line should be used as a reference Indicate the predictive course when reversing. The
TION
only when the vehicle is on a level paved GUID-E84FE3F0-F5CD-476E-8E46-7BA9F6268FFA
predictive course lines will be displayed on the
surface. The distance viewed on the moni- When the ignition is switched ON, shift the
monitor when the vehicle is in the R (Reverse)
tor is for reference only and may be transmission to the R (Reverse) position to operate
position and if the steering wheel is turned. The
different than the actual distance between the Rear-view Monitor.
predictive course lines will move depending on
the vehicle and displayed objects. how much the steering wheel is turned and will
HOW TO READ THE DISPLAYED LINES
GUID-A7D8D115-12D1-4855-8D33-9CD24A2072CD not be displayed while the steering wheel is in the
CAUTION straight ahead position.
There is a transparent cover over the camera The vehicle width guide lines and the width of the
lens. Do not scratch the cover when cleaning predictive course lines are wider than the actual
dirt or snow from it. width and course.
The Rear-view Monitor system automatically DIFFERENCE BETWEEN PREDICTIVE AND

shows a view from the rear of the vehicle when ACTUAL DISTANCES
the vehicle is shifted into the R (Reverse) position. GUID-1FCA3369-80F8-4B9F-9489-83BC97B97B2E
The displayed guidelines and their locations on the
The radio can still be heard while the Rear- view ground are for approximate reference only. Ob-
Monitor is active. jects on uphill or downhill surfaces or projecting
MNAA1452
objects will be actually located at distances
different from those displayed in the monitor
Guiding lines which indicate the vehicle width and relative to the guidelines (refer to illustrations).
distances to objects with reference to the bumper When in doubt, turn around and view the objects
line are displayed on the monitor. as you are reversing, or park and exit the vehicle to
view the positioning of objects behind the vehicle.
Distance guide lines:
Indicate distances from the vehicle body.
approximately 0.5 m (1.5 ft) – red
approximately 1 m (3 ft) – yellow
MNIC4107
approximately 2 m (7 ft) – green
approximately 3 m (10 ft) – green
To display the rear view, the Rear-view Monitor Vehicle width guide lines :
system uses a camera located just above the
Indicate the vehicle width when reversing.
vehicle’s number plate.
172 Display screen, heater and air conditioner, and audio system
Reversing upGUID-713DABBE-49F2-4F8F-AEC1-9793E532250E
a steep hill Reversing down a steep hill
GUID-B473F6F6-6BBC-4D71-8D3E-2211C61E494E
Reversing near a projecting object
GUID-802CB364-BA35-4D0F-8358-6B4B6DC0D447
MNAA2076 MNAA2077 MNAA1349
When reversing a vehicle up a hill, the distance When reversing the vehicle down a hill, the The predictive course lines do not touch the
guide lines and the vehicle width guide lines are distance guide lines and the vehicle width guide object in the display. However, the vehicle may hit
shown closer than the actual distance. For exam- lines are shown further than the actual distance. the object if it projects over the actual moving
ple, the display shows 1 m (3 ft) to the place , but For example, the display shows 1 m (3 ft) to the course.
the actual 1 m (3 ft) distance on the hill is the place place , but the actual 1 m (3 ft) distance on the hill
. Note that any object on the hill is viewed in the is the place . Note that any object on the hill is
monitor further than it appears. viewed in the monitor closer than it appears.
Reversing closer to a projecting object
GUID-29446D98-4EC7-4CC8-8BF2-5D9326113DD8
HOW TO PARK WITH PREDICTIVE
COURSE LINES
GUID-E86078A7-F19F-4130-AAFF-5332524B3DBC
WARNING
* If the tyres are replaced with different
sized tyres, the predictive course lines
may be displayed incorrectly.
* On a snow-covered or slippery road, there
may be a difference between the predic-
tive course line and the actual course line.
* If the battery is disconnected or becomes
discharged, the predictive course lines
may be displayed incorrectly. If this occurs,
please perform the following procedures:
— Turn the steering wheel from lock to
lock while the engine is running.
— Drive the vehicle on a straight road for
MNAA2078
more than 5 minutes.
* When the steering wheel is turned with the
The position is shown further than the position ignition switched ON, the predictive course
in the display. However, the position is lines may be displayed incorrectly.
actually at the same distance as the position . MNIC4108
The vehicle may hit the object when moving

toward the position if the object projects over
the actual moving course. 1. Visually check that the parking space is safe
before parking your vehicle.
2. The rear view of the vehicle is displayed on the
screen when the vehicle is shifted to the R
(Reverse) position.
5. When the vehicle is parked in the space itoring range limitation. The system will
completely, push the P position switch and not show small objects below the bumper,
apply the parking brake. and may not show objects close to the
bumper or on the ground.
ADJUSTING THE DISPLAY
GUID-1965D33F-1617-42CC-A5F4-B689EED78CEC * Objects viewed in the Rear-view Monitor
To adjust the display brightness of the Rear-view differ from actual distance because a
Monitor, use the settings described in the sepa- wide-angle lens is used.
rately provided NissanConnect owner’s manual.
* Objects in the Rear-view Monitor will ap-
NOTE: pear visually opposite compared to when
viewed in the rear view and outside mir-
Do not adjust any of the display settings while
rors.
the vehicle is moving. Make sure the parking
brake is firmly applied. * Use the displayed lines as a reference. The
lines are highly affected by the number of
HOW TO TURN ON AND OFF PREDICTIVE occupants, fuel level, vehicle position, road
COURSE LINES
GUID-BE4F5F44-B857-4420-8160-804695825CCC
conditions and road grade.
Pushing the <CAMERA> button while the vehicle is * Make sure that the tailgate is securely
in the R (Reverse) position can turn on and off the closed when reversing.
predictive course lines.
* Do not put anything on the rear view
camera. The rear view camera is installed
REAR-VIEW MONITOR SYSTEM LIMITA-
above the number plate.
TIONS GUID-AFBC76AC-15AB-4EBC-86D5-543F91896407 * When washing the vehicle with high-pres-
MNIC4109
WARNING sure water, be sure not to spray it around
Listed below are the system limitations for the camera. Otherwise, water may enter
Rear-view Monitor. Failure to operate the the camera unit causing water condensa-
3. Slowly reverse the vehicle adjusting the steer- vehicle in accordance with these system lim- tion on the lens, a malfunction, fire or an
ing wheel so that the predictive course lines itations could result in serious injury or death. electric shock.
enter the parking space . * Do not strike the camera. It is a precision
* The system cannot completely eliminate
4. Manoeuvre the steering wheel to make the instrument. Otherwise, it may malfunction
blind spots and may not show every
vehicle width guide lines parallel to the or cause damage resulting in a fire or an
object.
parking space while referring to the pre- electric shock.
* Underneath the bumper and the corner
dictive course lines.
areas of the bumper cannot be viewed on The following are operating limitations and do not
the Rear-view Monitor because of its mon- represent a system malfunction:
* When the temperature is extremely high or SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
GUID-31C28F9B-4DD1-4570-B4F5-557867369EA4
low, the screen may not clearly display objects.
* When strong light directly shines on the
camera, objects may not be displayed clearly.
* Vertical lines may be seen in objects on the
screen. This is due to strong reflected light
from the bumper.
* The screen may flicker under fluorescent light.
* The colours of objects on the Rear view
Monitor may differ somewhat from the actual
colour of objects.
* Objects on the monitor may not be clear in a MNIC4107
dark environment.
* There may be a delay when switching be-
tween views. CAUTION
* If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on the * Do not use alcohol, benzine or thinner to
camera, the Rear view Monitor may not display clean the camera. This will cause disco-
objects clearly. Clean the camera. louration.
* Do not use wax on the camera lens. Wipe off * Do not damage the camera as the monitor
any wax with a clean cloth dampened with a screen may be adversely affected.
diluted mild cleaning agent, then wipe with a
dry cloth. If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on the camera ,
Rear-view Monitor may not display objects clearly.
Clean the camera by wiping it with a cloth
dampened with a diluted mild cleaning agent
and then wiping it with a dry cloth.
INTELLIGENT AROUND VIEW MONITOR (IAVM)
GUID-B882DC64-C550-4F0F-9DDC-64ED3A6D8D57
before operating the vehicle. Always oper-
ate the vehicle slowly.
* The driver is always responsible for safety
during parking and other manoeuvres.
CAUTION
Do not scratch the lens when cleaning dirt or
snow from the front of the camera.
The Intelligent Around View Monitor system is

designed as an aid to the driver in situations such
as slot parking or parallel parking.
The monitor displays various views of the position
of the vehicle in a split screen format. Not all views
are available at all times.
Available views:
* Front view
A view of the front of the vehicle
* Rear view
A view of the rear of the vehicle
* Bird’s-eye view
The surrounding view of the vehicle from
MNIC4260 above
* Front-side view
1. <CAMERA> button convenience feature and is not a substi- The view around and ahead of the front
tute for proper vehicle operation because passenger’s side wheel
WARNING
it has areas where objects cannot be * Front-wide view
* Failure to follow the warnings and instruc- viewed. The four corners of the vehicle in A wider area view of the front view
tions for the proper use of the Intelligent particular, are areas where objects do not * Rear-wide view
Around View Monitor system could result always appear in the bird’s-eye, front, or
in serious injury or death. A wider area view of the rear view
rear views. Always check your surround-
* The Intelligent Around View Monitor is a ings to be sure that it is safe to move
Available views may be a difference between the predic-
GUID-C48DB98F-54EC-436A-A171-1819A7A319EC
WARNING
* The vehicle width and predictive course
* The distance guide lines and the vehicle lines are wider than the actual width and
width guide lines should be used as a course.
reference only when the vehicle is on a
paved, level surface. The apparent dis- Front and rear view:
tance viewed on the monitor may be
different than the actual distance between
the vehicle and displayed objects.
MNAA2075
* Use the displayed lines and the bird’s-eye
view as a reference. The lines and the
bird’s-eye view are greatly affected by the
To display the multiple views, the Intelligent
number of occupants, fuel level, vehicle
Around View Monitor system uses cameras
position, road condition and road grade.
located on the front grille, on the vehicle’s outside
mirrors and one just above the vehicle’s rear * If the tyres are replaced with different
number plate. sized tyres, the predictive course lines
and the bird’s-eye view may be displayed MWAE0538XZ
INTELLIGENT AROUND VIEW MONITOR incorrectly.

Front view
SYSTEM OPERATION
GUID-0EBCD1B2-7FA0-4340-9877-A533DC1FACFE
* When driving the vehicle up a hill, objects
When the ignition switched ON, push the <CAM- viewed in the monitor are farther than they
ERA> button on the instrument panel or shift the appear. When driving the vehicle down a
transmission to the R (Reverse) position to operate hill, objects viewed in the monitor are
the Intelligent Around View Monitor. closer than they appear.
The screen displayed on the Intelligent Around * Objects in the rear view will appear visually
View Monitor will automatically return to the opposite compared to when viewed in the
previous screen 3 minutes after the <CAMERA> rearview and outside mirrors.
button has been pushed with the shift system in a * Use the mirrors or actually look to properly
position other than the R (Reverse) position. judge distances to other objects.
* The distance between objects viewed in MNAA1452
the rear view differs from actual distance
because a wide-angle lens is used. Rear view (example)
* On a snow-covered or slippery road, there Guiding lines that indicate the approximate vehicle
width and distances to objects with reference to Bird’s-eye view: WARNING
the vehicle body line , are displayed on the * Objects in the bird’s-eye view will appear
monitor. farther than the actual distance.
Distance guide lines: * Tall objects, such as a kerb or vehicle, may
Indicate distances from the vehicle body. be misaligned or not displayed at the seam
* Red line : approx. 0.5 m (1.5 ft) of the views.
* Yellow line : approx. 1 m (3 ft) * Objects that are above the camera cannot
* Green line : approx. 2 m (7 ft) be displayed.
* Green line : approx. 3 m (10 ft) * The view for the bird’s-eye view may be
Vehicle width guide lines : misaligned when the camera position al-
MWAE0530XZ ters.
Indicate the vehicle width.
* A line on the ground may be misaligned
Predictive course lines :
and is not seen as being straight at the
Indicate the predictive course when operating the The bird’s-eye view shows the overhead view of seam of the views. The misalignment will
vehicle. The predictive course lines will move the vehicle which helps confirm the vehicle posi- increase as the line proceeds away from
depending on how much the steering wheel is tion and the predictive course to a parking space. the vehicle.
turned. The predictive course lines in the rear view The vehicle icon shows the position of the
will not be displayed while the steering wheel is in vehicle. Note that the distance between objects Front-side view:
the straight ahead position. viewed in the bird’s-eye view differs from the
The front view will not be displayed when the actual distance.
vehicle speed is above 10 km/h (6 MPH). The areas between the camera views (where
fitted) are indicated in black.
NOTE:
* When the monitor displays the front view After the ignition is switched ON, the non-viewable
and the steering wheel turns about 90 area (where fitted) is highlighted in yellow for a
degrees or less from the straight ahead few seconds after the bird’s-eye view is displayed.
position, both the right and left predictive The amber markers are displayed when the
course lines are displayed. When the sonar is turned off or the sonar is not available at
steering wheel turns about 90 degrees or the corner.
MWAE0501XZ
more, the predictive course line is displayed
The predictive course lines indicate the pre-
only on the opposite side of the turn.
dicted course when operating the vehicle.
Guiding lines:
Guiding lines that indicate the approximate width
and the front end of the vehicle are displayed on The front-wide view will not be displayed when the
the monitor. vehicle speed is above 10 km/h (6 MPH).
The front-of-vehicle line shows the front part of NOTE:
the vehicle. * When the monitor displays the front-wide
The side-of-vehicle line shows the vehicle width view and the steering wheel turns about 90
including the outside mirrors. degrees or less from the straight ahead
The extensions of both the front and side position, both the right and left predictive
lines are shown with a green dotted line. course lines are displayed. When the
steering wheel turns about 90 degrees or
CAUTION more, the predictive course line is displayed
MNAA1452
The turn signal light may look like the side-of- only on the opposite side of the turn.
vehicle line. This is not a malfunction. Rear-wide view
DIFFERENCE BETWEEN PREDICTIVE AND
While the front view/rear view shows a normal ACTUAL DISTANCES
Front-wide/rear-wide view: GUID-19C312CB-3471-4B17-950B-A3DA84BDA768
view on the split screens, the front-wide view/rear-
wide view shows a wider area on the entire screen The displayed guide lines and their locations on
and allows checking of the blind corners on the the ground are for approximate reference only.
right and left sides. Objects on uphill or downhill surfaces or projecting
objects will be actually located at distances
Distance guide lines - : different from those displayed in the monitor
Indicate distances from the vehicle body. relative to the guide lines (refer to illustrations).
* Red line : approx. 0.5 m (1.5 ft) When in doubt, turn around and view the objects
as you are reversing, or park and exit the vehicle to
* Yellow line : approx. 1 m (3 ft)
view the positioning of objects behind the vehicle.
* Green line : approx. 2 m (7 ft)
* Green line : approx. 3 m (10 ft)
MWAE0540XZ
Vehicle width guide lines :
Front-wide view
Indicate the approximate vehicle width.
Predictive course lines :
Indicate the predictive course when operating the
vehicle. The predictive course lines will move
depending on how much the steering wheel is
turned. The predictive course lines in the rear-wide
view will not be displayed while the steering wheel
is in the straight ahead position.
Reversing upGUID-E181C44C-151D-40C2-80DB-DCE68F538363
a steep hill Reversing down a steep hill
GUID-43F52CCC-77AF-4023-A481-39E775FA4E60
Reversing near a projecting object
GUID-48A5448B-1F9F-4114-B587-8D1C22840DF6
MNAA2076 MNAA2077 MNAA1349
When reversing a vehicle up a hill, the distance When reversing the vehicle down a hill, the The predictive course lines do not touch the
guide lines and the vehicle width guide lines are distance guide lines and the vehicle width guide object in the display. However, the vehicle may hit
shown closer than the actual distance. For exam- lines are shown further than the actual distance. the object if it projects over the actual reversing
ple, the display shows 1 m (3 ft) to the place , but For example, the display shows 1 m (3 ft) to the course.
the actual 1 m (3 ft) distance on the hill is the place place , but the actual 1 m (3 ft) distance on the hill
. Note that any object on the hill is viewed in the is the place . Note that any object on the hill is
monitor further than it appears. viewed in the monitor closer than it appears.
Reversing closer to a projecting object
GUID-4A3DAB7F-5412-4850-BECF-113A1F0BD274
HOW TO PARK WITH PREDICTIVE
COURSE LINES
GUID-9C46525C-234B-4DFA-91A3-B2FCB51A7A5F
WARNING
* If the tyres are replaced with different
sized tyres, the predictive course lines
may be displayed incorrectly.
* On a snow-covered or slippery road, there
may be a difference between the predic-
* If the battery is disconnected or becomes
discharged, the predictive course lines
may be displayed incorrectly. If this occurs,
please perform the following procedures:
— Turn the steering wheel from lock to
lock while the engine is running.
— Drive the vehicle on a straight road for
more than 5 minutes.
* When the steering wheel is turned with the
ignition switched ON, the predictive course
lines may be displayed incorrectly.
MNIC4108
MNAA2078
1. Visually check that the parking space is safe

before parking your vehicle.
The position is shown farther than the position
in the display. However, the position is 2. The rear view of the vehicle is displayed on the
actually at the same distance as the position . screen when the vehicle is shifted to the R
The vehicle may hit the object when reversing to (Reverse) position.
the position if the object projects over the actual
moving course.
5. When the vehicle is parked in the space HOW TO ADJUST THE SCREEN VIEW
GUID-CE4EB144-C1D7-4647-97C3-CDEE1E8D909D
completely, push the P position switch and
To adjust the display brightness of the Around
apply the parking brake.
View Monitor, use the settings described in the
HOW TO SWITCH THE DISPLAY separately provided NissanConnect owner’s man-
GUID-88F87E10-C84B-40F4-BDB1-E2CC6A1DBAA4
ual.
With the ignition switched ON, push the <CAMERA>
button or shift the transmission to the R (Reverse) NOTE:
position to operate the Intelligent Around View Do not adjust any of the display settings of the
Monitor. IAVM while the vehicle is moving. Make sure the
The Intelligent Around View Monitor displays parking brake is firmly applied.
different split screen views depending on the
selected shift position. Push the <CAMERA> button
INTELLIGENT AROUND VIEW MONITOR
to switch between the available views. SYSTEM LIMITATIONS
GUID-9925ADF5-B637-44BA-A187-DCE836E3FD69
If the transmission is in the R (Reverse) position, WARNING
the available views are:
Listed below are the system limitations for
* Rear view/bird’s-eye view split screen Intelligent Around View Monitor. Failure to
* Rear view/front-side view split screen operate the vehicle in accordance with these
* Rear-wide view system limitations could result in serious injury
If the transmission is out of the R (Reverse) or death.
position, the available views are: * Do not use the Intelligent Around View
* Front view/bird’s-eye view split screen Monitor with the outside mirrors in the
* Front view/front-side view split screen stored position, and make sure that the
MNIC4109
tailgate is securely closed when operating
* Front-wide view
the vehicle using the Intelligent Around
The display will switch from the Intelligent Around
View Monitor.
3. Slowly reverse the vehicle adjusting the steer- View Monitor screen when:
ing wheel so that the predictive course lines * The apparent distance between objects
* The transmission is in a forward drive position
enter the parking space . viewed on the Intelligent Around View
and the vehicle speed increases above ap-
Monitor differs from the actual distance.
4. Manoeuvre the steering wheel to make the proximately 10 km/h (6 MPH).
vehicle width guide lines parallel to the * The cameras are installed on the front
* A different screen is selected.
parking space while referring to the pre- grille, the outside mirrors and above the
dictive course lines. rear number plate. Do not put anything on
the cameras.
* When washing the vehicle with high pres-
sure water, be sure not to spray it around There are some areas where the system will not System temporarily unavailable
GUID-578880BB-FA04-4810-B180-51181EC5CDFE
the cameras. Otherwise, water may enter show objects and the system does not warn of
the camera unit causing water condensa- moving objects.
tion on the lens, a malfunction, fire or an When in the front or the rear view display, an
electric shock. object below the bumper or on the ground may
* Do not strike the cameras. They are preci- not be viewed.
sion instruments. Doing so could cause a When in the bird’s-eye view, a tall object near the
malfunction or cause damage resulting in seam of the camera viewing areas will not
a fire or an electric shock. appear in the monitor.
The following are operating limitations and do not
represent a system malfunction:
MNIC4110
* There may be a delay when switching be-
tween views.
* When the temperature is extremely high or When the “ ” icon is displayed on the screen,
low, the screen may not display objects clearly. there will be abnormal conditions in the Intelligent
* When strong light directly shines on the Around View Monitor. This will not hinder normal
camera, objects may not be displayed clearly. driving operation but the system should be
* The screen may flicker under fluorescent light. inspected. It is recommended you visit a NISSAN
* The colours of objects on the Intelligent dealer or qualified workshop.
Around View Monitor may differ somewhat
from the actual colour of objects.
* Objects on the Intelligent Around View Monitor
may not be clear and the colour of the object
may differ in a dark environment.
* There may be differences in sharpness be-
tween each camera view of the bird’s-eye
view.
* Do not use wax on the camera lens. Wipe off
any wax with a clean cloth that has been
dampened with a diluted mild cleaning agent, MNIC4111
then wipe with a dry cloth.
MNAA2079
When the “ ” icon is displayed on the screen, the
MOVING OBJECT DETECTION (MOD)
GUID-DBE2F62A-4E03-4F1D-A3D3-0DFEA3ECB69F
camera image may be receiving temporary elec-
tronic disturbances from surrounding devices. This
will not hinder normal driving operation but the
system should be inspected. It is recommended
you visit a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop.
SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
GUID-17055F65-6185-4FBB-8C54-E4DE045C9729
MNAA2075
CAUTION
* Do not use alcohol, benzine or thinner to
clean the camera. This will cause disco-
louration.
MNIC4260
* Do not damage the camera as the monitor
screen may be adversely affected.
1. <CAMERA> button proper vehicle operation and is not de-
If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on any of the WARNING signed to prevent contact with objects
cameras , the Intelligent Around View Monitor surrounding the vehicle. When manoeuvr-
may not display objects clearly. Clean the camera * Failure to follow the warnings and instruc- ing, always use the outside mirror and
by wiping with a cloth dampened with a diluted tions for proper use of the Moving Object rearview mirror and turn and check the
mild cleaning agent and then wiping with a dry Detection system could result in serious surroundings to ensure it is safe to man-
cloth. injury or death. oeuvre.
* The MOD system is not a substitute for * The system is deactivated at speeds above
8 km/h (5 MPH). It is reactivated at lower operate if either door is opened. If outside
speeds. mirrors are folded, MOD may not operate
* The MOD system is not designed to detect properly.
the surrounding stationary objects. * When the transmission is in a forward drive
position , and the vehicle speed is below
The MOD system can inform the driver of moving approximately 8 km/h (5 MPH), the MOD
objects near the vehicle when driving out of system detects moving objects in the front
garages, manoeuvring in parking lots and in other view or front-wide view.
such instances. * When the transmission is in the R (Reverse)
The MOD system detects moving objects by using position and the vehicle speed is below
approximately 8 km/h (5 MPH), the MOD MJVH0872XZ
image processing technology on the image shown
in the display. system detects moving objects in the rear Front and bird’s-eye views
view or rear-wide view. The MOD system will
CAUTION not operate if the tailgate is open.
Do not scratch the lens when cleaning dirt or The MOD system does not detect moving objects
snow from the front of the camera. in the front-side view. The MOD icon is not
displayed on the screen when in this view.
MOD SYSTEMGUID-47A3651A-5822-4592-9912-BAED7697E6B3
OPERATION When the MOD system detects a moving object
near the vehicle, the yellow frame will be displayed
The MOD system will turn on automatically under
on the view where the object is detected and a
the following conditions:
chime will sound once. While the MOD system
* When the transmission is in the R (Reverse) continues to detect moving objects, the yellow
position. frame continues to be displayed.
* When the <CAMERA> button is pushed to MJVH0873XZ
activate the Intelligent Around View Monitor NOTE:
Rear and bird’s-eye views
system on the display. While the RCTA chime (where fitted) is beeping,
* When vehicle speed decreases below approxi- the MOD system does not chime.
mately 8 km/h (5 MPH).
The MOD system operates in the following condi-
tions when the camera view is displayed:
* When the transmission is in the P (Park) or N
(Neutral) position and the vehicle is stopped,
the MOD system detects the moving objects in
the bird’s-eye view. The MOD system will not
displayed in the view where the MOD system is not — When camera orientation is not in its
operative. usual position, such as when the out-
If the MOD system is turned off, the MOD icon is side mirror is folded.
not displayed. — When there is dirt, water drops or
snow on the camera lens.
TURNING MOD ON AND OFF
GUID-79E6A5BC-7229-487C-9583-C0D554579C58 — When the position of the moving
The MOD system can be turned on and off using objects in the display is not changed.
the vehicle information display. (See “Vehicle in-
* The MOD system might detect flowing
formation display” (P.82).)
water droplets on the camera lens, white
MWAE0549XZ MOD SYSTEM LIMITATIONS smoke from the muffler, moving shadows,
GUID-4019D83A-06F3-4B2A-A9A2-44D63C303F80
etc.
Rear and front-side views WARNING * The MOD system may not function prop-
Listed below are the system limitations for erly depending on the speed, direction,
MOD. Failure to operate the vehicle in accor- distance or shape of the moving objects.
dance with these system limitations could
* If your vehicle sustains damage to the
result in serious injury or death.
parts where the camera is installed, leav-
* Do not use the MOD system when towing a ing it misaligned or bent, the sensing zone
trailer. The system may not function prop- may be altered and the MOD system may
erly. not detect objects properly.
* Excessive noise (for example, audio system * When the temperature is extremely high or
volume or open vehicle window) will inter- low, the screen may not display objects
fere with the chime sound, and it may not clearly. This is not a malfunction.
MWAE0550XZ
be heard.
Front-wide view / rear-wide view * The MOD system performance will be NOTE:
limited according to environmental condi- The green MOD icon will change to orange if one
In the bird’s-eye view, the yellow frame is
tions and surrounding objects such as: of the following has occurred.
displayed on each camera image (front, rear, right,
— When there is low contrast between * When the system is malfunctioning.
left) depending on where moving objects are
detected. background and the moving objects. * When the component temperature reaches
a high level.
The yellow frame is displayed on the front view, — When there is blinking source of light.
* When the rear view camera has detected a
rear view, front-wide view and rear-wide view. — When strong light such as another
blockage.
A green MOD icon is displayed in the view where vehicle’s headlight or sunlight is pre-
the MOD system is operative. A grey MOD icon is sent. If the icon light continues to illuminate in
VENTS
GUID-2C658F3B-BF6B-4C9B-976F-45FFBC296504
orange, have the MOD system checked. It is SIDE VENTS GUID-C10E846E-0643-4C5E-A7CF-4DD1F7FDF6F6
recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer or
CENTRE VENTS
GUID-0F91814D-2F15-469E-84B5-527518EDEA5D
qualified workshop for this service.
SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
GUID-ACE8E27D-5FA8-44BE-8FFE-76851DBB78BA
MWAE0347XZ
MWAE0346XZ
Right side Right side
MNAA2075
Open/close the vents by moving the control to Open/close the vents by moving the control to
either direction. either direction.
Adjust the air flow direction of the vents by moving Adjust the air flow direction of the vents by moving
CAUTION the centre knob (up/down, left/right) until the the centre knob (up/down, left/right) until the
* Do not use alcohol, benzine or thinner to desired position is achieved. desired position is achieved.
clean the camera. This will cause disco-
louration.
* Do not damage the camera as the monitor
screen may be adversely affected.
If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on any of the

cameras , the MOD system may not operate
properly. Clean the camera by wiping with a cloth
dampened with a diluted mild cleaning agent and
then wiping with a dry cloth.
HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER
GUID-78CD6107-895D-4711-9C7F-05D9FD5AD84D
REAR VENTSGUID-D2B963A3-87E5-43AE-912F-688481AABF7B WARNING Odour can enter the passenger compart-

ment through the vents.
* The heater and air conditioner operate
only when the engine is running. * When parking, set the heater and air condi-
tioner controls to turn off air recirculation to
* Never leave children or adults who would
allow fresh air into the passenger compart-
normally require the support of others
ment. This should help reduce odours inside
alone in the vehicle. Pets should not be
the vehicle.
left alone either. They could unknowingly
activate switches or controls and inadver- For model with Stop/Start System (where fitted):
tently become involved in a serious acci-
The Stop/Start System will not stop the engine
dent and injure themselves. On hot, sunny
days, temperatures in a closed vehicle
could quickly become high enough to * The front defogger MAX mode is ON.
MJVH0940XZ
cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to * ThermaClear heated windscreen (where fitted)
people or animals. is ON.
Open/close the vents by moving the control to * Do not use the recirculation mode for long * Rear window defogger is ON.
either direction. periods as it may cause the interior air to * The air conditioner is ON and set to cool the
become stale and the windows to fog up. cabin.
This symbol indicates that the vents
are open. Moving the side control to * Do not adjust the heating and air condi- To minimise fuel consumption, performance of the
this direction will open the vents. tioning controls while driving so that full heater may be reduced and air conditioner opera-
attention may be given to vehicle operation suspended when the engine is stopped by the
This symbol indicates that the vents
tion. Stop/Start System. For the best heating and air
are closed. Moving the side control to
conditioning performance, restart the engine. (See
this direction will close the vents.
The heater and air conditioner operate when the “Stop/Start System (where fitted)” (P.247).)
Adjust the air flow direction of the vents by moving engine is running. The air blower will operate when
the ignition is ON even if the engine is not running. OPERATING TIPS (for automatic air
the centre knob (up/down, left/right) until the
desired position is achieved. conditioner)GUID-808501F5-4AD9-4032-8473-E5DE07A4DF08
NOTE:
* Condensation forms inside the air condition- The sensors, located on the instrument panel and
ing unit when the air conditioner is running, beneath the steering wheel, help maintain a
and is safely discharged underneath your constant temperature. Do not put anything on or
vehicle. Traces of water on the ground are around the sensors.
therefore normal.
* Odours from inside and outside the vehicle
can build up in the air conditioner unit.
MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER To turn off the heater and air conditioner, turn the
GUID-547BD9E1-A0C8-4DCD-88EF-2573331BED70 fan speed control dial to the OFF (0) position.
MNAA2052
1. Fan speed control dial 5. Rear window defogger switch (See “Defogger
2. Dial pointers switch” (P.112).)
3. <A/C> (Air Conditioner) button 6. Air recirculation button
4. Front defogger MAX button 7. Temperature control dial

8. Air flow control buttons
Controls Heater operation 1. Ensure that the air recirculation light is not
GUID-7249594D-924D-4457-AD6A-144BB90E30A6 GUID-FFA2AD55-7B47-4E3E-8BF8-4E0583A9E6A1
illuminated. Push the air recirculation
Combined outside air circulation/air circulation: Heating: button if the indicator light is on. (The indicator
Press the air recirculation button. The air flow This mode is used to direct heated air to the foot light should be off.)
is circulated inside the vehicle. (The indicator outlets.
2. Press the button. (The indicator light will
light will illuminate.) 1. Ensure that the air recirculation light is not turn on)
Press the air recirculation button again. The illuminated. Push the air recirculation
3. Turn the fan speed control dial to the
air flow is drawn from outside the vehicle. (The button if the indicator light is on. (The indicator
desired position.
indicator light will switch off.) light should be off.)
4. Turn the temperature control dial to the
Air flow control: 2. Press the button. (The indicator light will
desired position between the middle and the
Push air flow control button to select/change the turn on)
hot (right) position.
air flow outlet. More than one air flow control 3. Turn the fan speed control dial to the
5. Turn the side vents to the side windows to
button can be selected. desired position.
defrost or defog for a clear view to the side
Air flows from the centre and side vents. 4. Turn the temperature control dial to the mirrors.
* To remove frost from the outside surface of
Air flows mainly from the foot outlets. hot (right) position.
the windscreen quickly, turn the temperature
Air flows mainly from the defogger outlets. Ventilation: control dial to the maximum hot position and
This mode directs outside air to the side and the fan speed control dial to the max-
Fan speed control: imum position.
centre vents.
Turn the fan speed control dial clockwise to * If it is difficult to defog the windscreen, turn
1. Ensure that the air recirculation light is not
increase the fan speed. the <A/C> button on.
Turn the fan speed control dial anticlockwise button if the indicator light is on. (The indicator Heating and defogging:
to decrease the fan speed. light should be off.) This mode heats the interior and defogs the
Temperature control: 2. Press the button. (The indicator light will windows.
Turn the temperature control dial to set the turn on) 1. Ensure that the air recirculation light is not
desired temperature. Turn the dial between the 3. Turn the fan speed control dial to the illuminated. Push the air recirculation
middle and the right position to select the hot desired position. button if the indicator light is on. (The indicator
temperature. Turn the dial between the middle light should be off.)
and the left position to select the cool tempera-
desired position. 2. Press the button. buttons (The
ture.
indicator lights will turn on)
Defrosting or defogging:
This mode directs the air to the defogger outlets to 3. Turn the fan speed control dial to the
defrost/defog the windows. desired position.
4. Turn the temperature control dial to the cooled rapidly. This does not indicate a mal- 5. Turn the temperature control dial to the
maximum hot (right) position. function. desired position.
5. Turn the side vents to the side windows to Dehumidified heating: 6. Turn the side vents to the side windows to
defrost or defog for a clear view to the side This mode is used to heat and dehumidify the air. defrost or defog for a clear view to the side
mirrors. mirrors.
Air conditioner operation illuminated. Push the air recirculation AUTOMATICGUID-FDCA0295-1FC4-4448-BDCC-C49A71B3C2F3
AIR CONDITIONER
GUID-8203A6D2-3230-4AC1-BE14-C2616CEEC9B4
button if the indicator light is on. (The indicator
The air conditioner system should be operated for
light should be off.)
approximately 10 minutes at least once a month.
This helps prevent damage to the air conditioner 2. Press the button. (The indicator light will
system due to the lack of lubrication. turn on)
Cooling: 3. Turn the fan speed control dial to the

desired position.
This mode is used to cool and dehumidify the air.
4. Push the <A/C> button on. (The A/C indicator
light will illuminate.)
button if the indicator light is on. (The indicator 5. Turn the temperature control dial to the
light should be off.) desired position between the middle and the
hot (right) position.
2. Press the button. (The indicator light will
turn on) Dehumidified defogging:
3. Turn the fan speed control dial to the This mode is used to defog the windows and
desired position. dehumidify the air.
4. Push the <A/C> button on. (The A/C indicator 1. Ensure that the air recirculation light is not
light will illuminate.) illuminated. Push the air recirculation
button if the indicator light is on. (The indicator
light should be off.)
cool (left) position. 2. Press the button. (The indicator light will
turn on)
* For quick cooling when the outside tempera-
ture is high, press the air recirculation 3. Turn the fan speed control dial to the
button so that the indicator turns on. desired position.
* A visible mist may be seen coming from the 4. Push the <A/C> button on. (The A/C indicator
vents in hot, humid conditions as the air is light will illuminate.)
Type A 8. Air recirculation button
GUID-9E14D6F0-4951-4B43-A4E9-56525B3D91C2 9. Fan speed control ( ) buttons
11. <A/C> (Air Conditioner) button
MNAA2055
Type A
1. Temperature control dial (left side) 5. <ON OFF> button

2. <AUTO> button 6. Front defogger MAX button
3. SYNC (synchronise) button 7. Rear window defogger button (see
4. Temperature control dial (right side) “Defogger switch” (P.112))
Type B (with seat heater and steering wheel heater, without Thermaclear heated windscreen) 7. Temperature control dial (right side)
GUID-DEB2EB4C-4F75-462F-8A9B-AD4871525666 8. Front right seat heater button (see “Seat
heating (where fitted)” (P.119).)
9. <ON OFF> button
10. Front defogger MAX button
11. Rear window defogger button (see
“Defogger switch” (P.112))
12. Fan speed control ( ) buttons
MNAA2057
Type B (with seat heater and steering wheel heater, without Thermaclear heated windscreen)
1. Front left seat heater button (see “Seat 4. Steering wheel heater button (see “Heated
heating (where fitted)” (P.119)) steering wheel (where fitted)” (P.119))
2. Temperature control dial (left side) 5. Air recirculation button
3. <AUTO> button 6. SYNC (synchronise) button
Type C (with seat heater, steering wheel heater and Thermaclear heated windscreen) 6. SYNC (synchronise) button
GUID-158EAA82-8B5C-4531-B32F-51EC8AB9C16D 7. Temperature control dial (right side)
8. Front right seat heater button (see “Seat
heating (where fitted)” (P.119).)
9. <ON OFF> button
10. Front defogger MAX button
11. Rear window defogger button (see
“Defogger switch” (P.112))
12. Air recirculation button
13. Fan speed control ( ) buttons
Automatic operation (AUTO)

GUID-65A55934-3829-4B0B-B646-1558024DEA00
The AUTO mode may be used year-round as the
system automatically controls constant tempera-
ture, air flow distribution and fan speed after the
desired temperature is set manually.
Turning off the heater and air conditioner:
To turn off the heater and air conditioner, push the
<ON OFF> button.
Cooling and dehumidified heating:
1. Push the <AUTO> button.
MNAA2058
2. If the A/C indicator light does not illuminate,
Type C (with seat heater, steering wheel heater and Thermaclear heated windscreen) push the <AUTO> button. (The A/C indicator
light will illuminate.)
1. Front left seat heater button (see “Seat 4. Thermaclear heated windscreen heater but-
heating (where fitted)” (P.119)) ton (see “ThermaClear Heated Windscreen 3. Turn the temperature control dial to set the
2. Temperature control dial (left side) (where fitted)” (P.112)) desired temperature.
3. <AUTO> button 5. Steering wheel heater button (see “Heated 4. If the indicator light on the air recirculation
steering wheel (where fitted)” (P.119)) button is illuminated, push the button
with the light illuminated to switch the air . Air flows mainly from the defogger outlets. Air recirculation:
recirculation mode OFF. 3. Push the front defogger MAX button Push the air recirculation button to circulate
A visible mist may be seen coming from the vents again to return to the previous mode or the the air flow inside the vehicle. (The indicator
in hot, humid conditions as the air is cooled rapidly. AUTO button for auto climate control mode. light will illuminate.)
This does not indicate a malfunction. (The MAX indicator light will turn off.) Push the air recirculation button again to
Heating (A/C off): draw the air flow from outside the vehicle. (The
Manual operation
GUID-C2A12D3C-4716-470D-8402-05389002F07B indicator light goes off.)
1. Push the <AUTO> button.
The manual mode can be used to control the
Automatic air intake control (where fitted):
2. If the A/C indicator light illuminates, push the heater and air conditioner to your desired settings.
<A/C> button. (The A/C indicator light will turn If the indicator light on the air recirculation
To turn off the heater and air conditioner, push the
off.) button is illuminated, push and hold the button
<ON OFF> button.
with the light illuminated (the indicator light will
3. Turn the temperature control dial to set the
Fan speed control: blink twice). The automatic air intake control mode
desired temperature.
Turn the fan speed control dial. Turn the dial is set.
. Do not set the temperature lower than the
clockwise to increase the fan speed. Turn the dial
outside air temperature. Doing so may
counter clockwise to decrease the fan speed.
SERVICING AIR CONDITIONER
GUID-24927A7D-B31F-414C-A91F-B66F15BEF7B3
cause the temperature to not be controlled
properly. Push the <AUTO> button to change the fan speed WARNING
. If the windows fog up, use dehumidified to the automatic mode. The air conditioner system contains refriger-
heating instead of the A/C off heating. Air flow control: ant under high pressure. To avoid personal
injury, any air conditioner service should be
Dehumidified defrosting/defogging: Push air flow control button to select/change the
done only by an experienced technician with
air flow outlet. More than one air flow control
1. Push the front defogger MAX button. (The the proper equipment.
button can be selected.
MAX indicator light will illuminate.)
2. Turn the temperature control dial to set the Air flows from the centre and side vents. The air conditioner system in your vehicle is
desired temperature. charged with a refrigerant designed with the
Air flows mainly from the foot outlets.
. To remove frost from the outside surface of environment in mind.
the windscreen quickly, set the tempera- Air flows mainly from the defogger outlets. This refrigerant will not harm the earth’s ozone
ture to a high temperature. layer. However, it may contribute in a small part to
Temperature control:
. The system will set the fan speed to global warming.
Turn the temperature control dial to set the
maximum automatically. Special charging equipment and lubricant are
desired temperature. Turn the dial clockwise to
. The air recirculation mode will automati- required when servicing your vehicle’s air condi-
increase the temperature. Turn the dial counter
cally turned off and the air conditioner will tioner. Using improper refrigerants or lubricants
clockwise to decrease the temperature.
be activated automatically. will cause severe damage to the air conditioner
AUDIO SYSTEM
GUID-13B960D0-1111-4E3B-A97A-FAF538270570
system. (See “Recommended fluids/lubricants and WARNING USB (Universal GUID-D335FCC7-9146-4FBC-A17F-12FCA87C9380

Serial Bus) CONNECTION PORTS
capacities” (P.495).)
Do not adjust the audio system while driving.
A NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop will be able
to service your environmentally friendly air condi- The audio system operates when the ignition is
tioner system. ON. Do not use for an extended period of time
with the engine stopped.
Air conditioner filter
GUID-7379A1F8-461E-4B5B-BD5A-E5A7D218D644
The air conditioner system is equipped with an air AUDIO OPERATION PRECAUTIONS
GUID-1B5263B8-4C7D-44AE-B70B-2C088D2E4D1C
conditioner filter which collects pollen. To make
NOTE:
sure the air conditioner heats, defogs, and venti-
lates efficiently, replace the filter according the Models with navigation system, see the audio
specified maintenance intervals listed in a sepa- operation precautions in the separately pro-
MNIC4051
rate maintenance booklet. To replace the filter, vided navigation system owner’s manual.
contact a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop. Radio GUID-7261912E-9A32-4ABD-A3BC-2E4616AE6290
The filter should be replaced if the air flow * Radio reception is affected by station signal WARNING
decreases significantly or if windows fog up easily strength, distance from radio transmitter, Do not connect, disconnect or operate the USB
when operating the heater or air conditioner. buildings, bridges, mountains and other ex- device while driving. Doing so can be a dis-
ternal influences. Intermittent changes in re- traction. If distracted you could lose control of
ception quality are normally caused by these your vehicle and cause an accident or serious
external influences. injury.
* Using a mobile phone in or near the vehicle
may influence radio reception quality.
CAUTION
* Use the antenna for the best reception.
* Do not force the USB device into the USB
connection port. Inserting the USB device
tilted or up-side-down into the USB con-
nection port may damage the USB con-
nection port. Make sure that the USB
device is connected correctly into the USB
connection port (some USB devices come
with a mark as a guide, make sure that
the mark is facing the correct direction
before inserting the device).
* Do not grab the USB connection port cover
(where fitted) when pulling the USB device “Made for iPod”, “Made for iPhone”, and “Made for * Audiobooks may not play in the same order as
out of the USB connection port. This could iPad” mean that an electronic accessory has been they appear on an iPod.
damage the USB connection port and USB designed to connect specifically to iPod, iPhone, or * Large video files cause slow responses in an
connection port cover (where fitted). iPad, respectively, and has been certified by the iPod. The vehicle centre display may momen-
* Do not leave the USB cable in a place developer to meet Apple performance standards. tarily black out, but will soon recover.
where it can be pulled unintentionally. Apple is not responsible for the operation of this * If an iPod automatically selects large video files
Pulling the cable may damage the USB device or its compliance with safety and regulatory while in the shuffle mode, the vehicle centre
connection port. standards. display may momentarily black out, but will
Please note that the use of this accessory with soon recover.
The USB sockets are located in the centre
iPod, iPhone, or iPad may affect wireless perfor-
console underneath the armrest.
mance.
The vehicle is not equipped with a USB device. USB
iPad, iPhone, iPod, iPod classic, iPod nano, iPod
devices should be purchased separately as neces-
shuffle, and iPod touch are trademarks of Apple
sary.
Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries.
This system cannot be used to format USB devices. Lightning is a trademark of Apple Inc.
To format a USB device, use a personal computer.
* NISSAN audio system supports only acces-
In some areas, the USB device for the front seats sories that Apple has certified and that come
plays only sound without images for regulatory with the “Made for iPod/iPhone/iPad” logo.
reasons, even when the vehicle is parked. * Improperly plugging in the iPod may cause a
This system supports various USB connection port checkmark to be displayed on and off (flicker-
devices, USB hard drives and iPod players. Some ing). Always make sure that the iPod is
USB devices may not be supported by this system. connected properly.
* Partitioned USB devices may not play cor- * An iPod nano (1st Generation) may remain in
rectly. fast forward or rewind mode if it is connected
* Some characters used in other languages during a seek operation. In this case, please
(Chinese, Japanese, etc.) may not appear manually reset the iPod.
properly in the display. Using English language * An iPod nano (2nd Generation) will continue to
characters with a USB device is recommended. fast-forward or rewind if it is disconnected
General notes for USB use: during a seek operation.
* An incorrect song title may appear when the
Refer to your device manufacturer’s owner infor-
Play Mode is changed while using an iPod
mation regarding the proper use and care of the
nano (2nd Generation) MNAA984
device.
Notes for iPod use:
Root folder WARNING Please note that actual output current will depend
Folder Do not connect, disconnect or operate the USB on the device connected to the port(s). The
device while driving. Doing so can be a dis- charger will provide the appropriate current value
MP3/WMA (where fitted)
traction. If distracted you could lose control of to the device connected based on the protocol
Playback order: used by the mobile device.
your vehicle and cause an accident or serious
Music playback order of the USB device with MP3/ injury.
WMA (where fitted)is as illustrated above. Bluetooth® AUDIO PLAYER (where fitted)
GUID-782E3602-83AA-47A5-BBDF-1FB16841668E
* The names of folders not containing MP3/ * Some Bluetooth® audio devices may not be
CAUTION
WMA (where fitted) files are not shown in the used with this system. For detailed informa-
* Do not force the USB device into the USB tion about Bluetooth® audio devices that are
display.
connection port. Inserting the USB device available for use with this system, contact a
* If there is a file in the top level of the device,
tilted or up-side-down into the USB con- NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop.
FOLDER is displayed.
nection port may damage the USB con-
* The playback order is the order in which the * Before using a Bluetooth® audio system, the
nection port. Make sure that the USB
files were written by the writing software, so initial registration process for the audio device
device is connected correctly into the USB
the files might not be played in the desired is necessary.
connection port (some USB devices come
order. * Operation of the Bluetooth® audio system
with a mark as a guide, make sure that the
may vary depending on the audio device that
mark is facing the correct direction before
USB (Universal Serial Bus) REAR POWER inserting the device).
is connected. Confirm the operation proce-
PORTS (where fitted) dure before use.
GUID-8671E94D-B098-49A1-B6EB-F0C567E47E35 * Do not grab the USB connection port cover
* The playback of Bluetooth® audio will be
(where fitted) when pulling the USB device
paused under the following conditions. The
out of the USB connection port. This could
playback will be resumed after the following
damage the USB connection port and USB
conditions are completed.
connection port cover (where fitted).
— while using a hands-free phone
* Do not leave the USB cable in a place
— while checking a connection with a mobile
where it can be pulled unintentionally.
phone
Pulling the cable may damage the USB
* The in-vehicle antenna for Bluetooth® com-
connection port.
munication is built in the system. Do not place
Two USB power ports (where fitted) are provided the Bluetooth® audio device in an area sur-
MNIC4253 on the rear of the console box/armrest unit. rounded by metal, far away from the system or
in a narrow space where the device closely
Rear USB power ports (where fitted) These ports are for power supply only. They do not
contacts the body or the seat. Otherwise,
support data transfer.
sound degradation or connection interference
The maximum output current for each port is 2.4A. may occur.
FM / AM RADIO (with DAB) (where fitted)
GUID-3A2DAE93-87EF-4534-8EA1-0EE7266CAD5D
* While a Bluetooth® audio device is connected
through the Bluetooth® wireless connection,
the battery power of the device may discharge
quicker than usual.
* This system is compatible with the Bluetooth®
AV profile (A2DP and AVRCP).
ANTENNA GUID-7389AF7F-A871-4F97-A09C-0C7CD4733BBE
The shark fin antenna is located on the rear part of
the vehicle roof.
The radio performance may be affected if cargo
carried on the roof blocks the radio signal. If
possible, do not put cargo near the shark fin
antenna.
A buildup of ice on the antenna can affect radio
performance. Remove the ice to restore radio
reception.
CAUTION
* When washing the vehicle, do not apply
high pressure water directly to the seal of
the antenna. It may damage the seal of the
antenna.
* When removing snow from the roof, do not MNAA2002
apply excessive force to the shark fin
antenna. This may cause damage to the
shark fin antenna and the roof panel. 1. Power button / Volume control <VOL> dial 5. Radio mode: Preset button
2. <SETTINGS> button <MIX> button
3. Display 6. Radio mode: Preset button
4. Radio mode: Preset button 7. Radio mode: Preset button
iPod/USB/Bluetooth audio mode: Re- 8. Radio mode: Preset button
peat<RPT> button 9. Radio mode: Preset button
USB or Phone mode: Quick search button
10. Confirmation <OK> button / <MENU> dial AUDIO MAIN OPERATION the (Back) button repeatedly, or the <SET-
GUID-00BD598B-EDFD-4CD5-B8DF-E57BBCDF0D86
11. Display brightness (Day/Night mode) TINGS> button.
The audio unit operates when the ignition is ON.
button
Audio adjustments
Turn the <MENU> dial to set the display Power ON/OFF button
GUID-119D32F5-8E91-4C25-B6A8-371780A22EE4
GUID-13CAF876-6AB3-4897-BE0B-AD53CAFE2F28
brightness. 1. Press the <SETTINGS> button to enter the

Press the button to switch on the audio unit. If
settings menu screen, then select [Audio].
The illumination brightness level is linked to the audio unit was switched off using the ignition,
it can also be switched on with the ignition. The 2. Turn the <MENU> dial clockwise or anticlock-
the headlight switch. When the headlights
source that was playing immediately before the wise, the display will appear in the following
are switched ON the brightness is dimmed
unit was switched off will resume playing and the order:
automatically. Press the button to toggle
volume will be set to the previous volume level. [Sound] ? [Speed Vol.] ? [Bass Boost] ?
illumination brightness levels between day-
The audio unit can be switched off by pressing , [Audio Reset]
time setting and night time setting indepen-
or by switching the ignition OFF. [Sound] menu:
dent of headlight status.
Submenus in the sound menu:
12. Fast Forward (Cue) / Forward Track and
Rewind / Previous Track buttons Volume (VOL) LEVEL CONTROL [Bass] Use this control to enhance or at-
GUID-33C87C72-6A90-48FD-A646-1727B8824B14
tenuate bass response sound.
13. <RADIO> button Turn the <VOL> dial clockwise or anticlockwise to
adjust the volume level. Turn the <MENU> dial clockwise or
14. <MEDIA> button
anticlockwise to adjust the bass set-
Switch between the audio sources (USB, BT The audio unit is equipped with a speed control tings then press <OK> to confirm.
Audio) (if connected) volume function, this means that the audio system
automatically adjusts the volume level in relation [Treble] Use this control to enhance or at-
15. <DISP> button tenuate the treble.
to vehicle speed. For details, see “[Speed Vol.]
Provides on screen information when avail- menu” (P.202). Turn the <MENU> dial clockwise or
able (music tags, RDS, etc.) anticlockwise to adjust the treble
16. (Telephone) button

<SETTINGS> GUID-19CBA210-B663-4A14-AB0C-718D7A3BB126
button settings then press <OK> to confirm.
To configure [Audio], [Clock], [Radio], and [Lan- [Bal.] Use this control to adjust the balance
17. Back button
guage] settings, perform the following procedure: of the volume between the left and
right speakers.
1. Press the <SETTINGS> button.
Turn the <MENU> dial anticlockwise
2. Turn the <MENU> dial clockwise or anticlock- or clockwise to adjust the left/right
wise, the display will appear in the following balance then press <OK> to confirm.
order:
[Audio] ⇔ [Clock] ⇔ [Radio] ⇔ [Language]
After the desired levels have been set, press either
[Fade] Use this control to adjust the balance [Set Time]: [DAB. Interrupt] For models fitted with DAB function-
of the volume between the front and Select [Set Time] then adjust the clock as follows: (where fitted) ality only.
rear speakers. Switch on or off specific listed Digital
1. The hour display will start flashing. Turn the
Turn the <MENU> dial anticlockwise Interruptions. When selected the DAB
or clockwise to adjust the front/rear <MENU> dial to adjust the hour. radio stations will be interrupted if a
balance then press <OK> to confirm. 2. Press the <OK> button. The minute display will specific message is available.
start flashing. Turn the <MENU> dial clockwise or
[Speed Vol.] menu: anticlockwise to adjust then press
3. Turn the <MENU> dial to adjust the minute.
Set the audio system to automatically adjust the <OK> to select.
volume level in relation to vehicle speed. 4. Press <OK> to finish the clock adjustment.
[Ref. FM List] Manually update the FM station list
This mode controls the volume output from the [ON/OFF]:
Press <OK> to start the search of the
speakers automatically in relation to vehicle speed. Set the clock display between on or off when the stations. A confirmation message
When [Speed Vol.] is displayed, turn the <MENU> audio unit is turned off. appears. In a short period of time the
dial clockwise or anticlockwise to adjust the If set in the [ON] position, the clock will be stations are updated and the last
volume level. displayed when the audio unit is turned off either station (if possible) starts playing.
Adjusting the setting to 0 (zero) turns off the speed by pressing the button or when the ignition is [Ref. DAB List] Manually update the DAB station list
volume feature. Increasing the speed volume switched OFF. (where fitted) Press <OK> to start the search of the
setting results in the audio volume increasing [Format]: stations. A confirmation message
more rapidly with vehicle speed. Once chosen, appears. In a short period of time the
Set the clock display between 24-hour mode and
press <OK> to save the setting. stations are updated and the last
12-hour clock mode. station (if possible) starts playing.
[Bass Boost] menu:
Switch [Bass Boost] [ON] or [OFF]
[Radio] menu
GUID-96B2553E-ACAA-4813-BEDA-CCCC413A4252
[EPG] (where Electronic Program Guide (EPG) for
For activation or deactivation details, see “<SET-
[Audio Reset] menu: fitted) DAB is designed to offer similar fea-
TINGS> button” (P.201).
The audio unit has a saved preset settings as a tures for the user as television EPG,
[TA] Use this control to switch Traffic but for radio and associated data
factory default. Select [YES] to change all settings
Announcements on or off when the services, for example:
back to the factory preset settings. Select [NO] to
unit starts. - display of schedules with programs
exit the menu keeping the current settings.
Turn the <MENU> dial clockwise or and events
Setting the clock anticlockwise to select then press - searching through current and fu-
GUID-E757C0AF-7211-4BF8-94BA-830697CC054B
<OK> to confirm. ture programs lists
The clock menu screen set up screen will appear
when selecting the [Clock] item from the set up
menu.
[Intellitext] Intellitext messages are a special
Radio band GUID-D7006EB3-0B0D-45FB-A163-45BBFF4556D7
select button WARNING
(where fitted) format of DL (Dynamic Label) mes-
sages that provide data like sport or Press the <RADIO> button to change the audio The radio should not be tuned while driving in
news. transmission source as follows: order for full attention to be given to the
driving operation.
For models with DAB:
Language settings
GUID-F5451438-59A2-4087-825E-24B87BBEE0C8 FM1 ? FM2 ? DAB1 ? DAB2 ? AM ? FM1
Select the appropriate language and press the
<OK> button. Upon completion, the screen will
Pushing and holding the <RADIO> button will SEEK tuning buttons
update the station lists. GUID-F7CD9957-E4A5-46F8-A2D5-660538FC4CDD
automatically adapt the language setting. FM mode:
For models without DAB:
* [English (UK)] Pressing the or button starts the tuning
* [Français] FM1 ? FM2 ? AM ? FM1 mode. A short press of the button will increase or
* [Deutsch] When the <RADIO> button is pressed, the radio will decrease the frequency a single step. Pressing the
* [Italiano] come on at the last received radio station. If audio button longer will activate the seek mode. The
is already playing using one of the other input radio tuner seeks from low to high or high to low
* [Português]
sources (iPod, Bluetooth, USB) pressing the frequencies and stops at the next broadcasting
* [Nederlands]
<RADIO> button will switch off the playing source station. During seek mode, the audio output is
* [Español] mode and the last received radio station will be muted. If no broadcasting station can be found
* [Türkçe] selected. within the complete band cycle, it will return to the
* [русский] When the <RADIO> button is pressed for more initial frequency.
than 1.5 seconds while in FM/DAB modes the DAB mode:
RADIO OPERATION
GUID-66BCAA96-D239-4207-AF61-A00B2A1DC347 current stations list will automatically be updated. Press or to select the next or previous
When the (power ON/OFF) button is pressed,
station. A long press triggers seek by ensemble.
the audio unit will switch on with the last received
radio station, if the audio unit was previously
Manual tuning
GUID-9FEE92DD-258E-44DF-89AF-A1E9A120C758 Preset station buttons
GUID-E864D55D-DE8E-478C-820B-A1739C797BB7
switched off in radio mode. When adjusting the broadcasting station fre- Pressing a preset button for less than 2 seconds
The radio is able to receive multiple kinds of audio quency manually access the FM list and turn the will select the stored radio station.
transmissions: <MENU> dial to select the desired station and
press <OK> to select it. Pressing a preset button for more than 2 seconds
* FM while in the FM list or radio main screen will cause
* DAB (Digital Audio Broadcasting) (where fitted) The frequency increases or decreases in steps of the station currently being received to be stored
100 kHz on the FM band, and 9 kHz on the AM against that preset button.
* AM
band.
* Twelve stations (if available) can be stored in
the FM bands. (Six each for FM1 and FM2)
* Twelve stations (if available) can be stored in NOTE: * Pressing the <TA> button selects the TA mode.
the DAB bands. (Six each for DAB1 and DAB2) * When in DAB mode, operation is similar to The TA indicator is displayed while TA mode is
(where fitted) FM mode but may slightly differ. on.
* Six stations (if available) can be set for the AM * In some countries or regions, some of these * When <TA> or <BACK> is pressed again. The
band. services may not be available. mode will be switched off and the TA indicator
If the battery is disconnected, or if the fuse blows, will disappear from the display.
Alternative Frequency (AF) MODE:
the radio memory will be erased. In that case, reset Traffic announcement interrupt function:
The AF mode operates in the FM (radio) mode.
the desired stations after battery connection or
* The AF mode operates in the FM (radio), and When a traffic announcement is received, the
fuse replacement.
will continue to operate in the background if announcement is tuned in and the display shows
DAB and Radio Data System (RDS) any media source is selected. a notification message with the radio station
name.
OPERATIONGUID-C45E906D-BF1C-490B-A530-3DF16C074A2C
(where fitted) * The AF function compares signal strengths
and selects the station with the optimum Once the traffic announcement has finished, the
The RDS is a system through which encoded unit returns to the source that was active before
reception conditions for the currently tuned-
digital information is transmitted by FM radio the traffic announcement started.
in station.
stations in addition to the normal FM radio broad-
casting. The RDS provides information services If the <BACK> button is pressed during a traffic
DAB and RDS functions
GUID-5FB40633-BFBC-48A9-B1AA-EA2138BEA4AF announcement, the traffic announcement inter-
such as station name, traffic information, or news.
Programme Service (PS) FUNCTION (station rupt mode is cancelled. The TA mode returns to
DAB (Digital Audio Broadcast): name display function): the standby mode and the audio unit returns to
DAB (Digital Audio Broadcasting) is a standard for * FM: the previous source.
digital radio broadcast.
When an RDS station is tuned in with seek or
Various information selected by the driver (Travel,
USB (Universal Serial Bus) CONNECTION
manual tuning, the RDS data is received and
Warning, News, Weather, Sport, etc.) can be re- the PS name is displayed. PORT GUID-71D1D0DC-9190-4ADC-95FB-4CD2FE2D97E7
ceived and will be provided to the driver. * DAB: WARNING
Occasionally, in areas of poor DAB signal strength, When a station is tuned in with seek or manual Do not connect, disconnect or operate the USB
the full station name in the DAB List and DAB main tuning, the data is received and the PS name is device while driving. Doing so can be a dis-
screen might be distorted. In this situation it may displayed. traction. If distracted you could lose control of
still be possible to listen to the particular radio
your vehicle and cause an accident or serious
station, at a reduced level of sound quality, but this TA Traffic announcement
GUID-031FB434-E376-4137-BB2F-3268735DFDED injury.
is not always possible. This function operates in FM/DAB (Radio) mode.
This function will still operate in the background if
any media source is selected.
CAUTION MEDIA button
GUID-D4716225-1A88-41E3-B5C9-23CCDF147D0A Track up/down buttons:
* Do not force the USB device into the USB To operate the USB device press <MEDIA> once or
port. Inserting the USB device tilted or up- Pressing the or button once, the track will
repeatedly until USB is available.
side-down into the port may damage the be skipped forward to the next track or backward
port. Make sure that the USB device is Audio main operation to the beginning of the current played track. Press
GUID-91C994B6-D83F-4A5F-B73D-1E58EE84AF91 the or button more than once to skip
connected correctly into the USB port.
* List view through the tracks.
* Do not grab the USB port cover (where * Quick search
fitted) when pulling the USB device out of Folder browsing:
* ,
the port. This could damage the port and If the recorded media contains folders with music
the cover. * MIX (Random play)
files, pressing the or button will play in
* RPT (Repeat track) sequence the tracks of each folder.
* Do not leave the USB cable in a place
where it can be pulled unintentionally. * Folder browsing
To select a preferred folder:
Pulling the cable may damage the port.
1. Press the <ENTER> button or turn the <MENU>
dial and a list of tracks in the current folder is
Connecting GUID-B08771E6-8ACA-4D6E-B393-3E7807AFBF53
a device to the USB MNAA1396 displayed.
Refer to your device manufacturer’s owner infor- 2. Press the button to enter the Folder
mation regarding the proper use and care of the List view: screen.
device. While the track is being played, either press the
3. Press <ENTER> to access the folder. Press
The USB connection port is located on the lower <ENTER> button or turn the <MENU> dial to
<ENTER> again to start playing the first track
part of the instrument panel. Connect a USB display the available tracks in a listed view mode.
or turn the <MENU> dial, and press <ENTER>
memory device into the USB connection port. To select a track from the list, or a track to start
to select another track.
The USB memory device will be activated auto- listening from, turn the <MENU> dial then press
<ENTER>. If the current selected folder contains sub folders,
matically. The display will show the notification press <ENTER>, a new screen with a list of sub
message [USB Detected Please Wait...] for a few Press the button to enter the Folder screen.
folders will be displayed. Turn the <MENU> dial for
seconds, while it is reading the data. the sub folder then press <ENTER> to select. Select
If the audio system has been turned off while the Fast Forward (Cue), FAST REVERSE the Root folder item when songs are recorded
USB memory was playing, pressing will start the (Review) BUTTONS: additionally in the root folder.
USB device operation. When the (Cue) or (Review) button is To return to the previous folder screen, press .
pressed continuously, the track will be played at
<RPT> Repeat button :
high speed. When the button is released, the track
will be played at normal playing speed. Push the <RPT> button and the current track will
be played continuously.
<MIX> button: item will be shown. Select, and press <OK> to play be charged during the connection to the vehicle.
Push the <MIX> button and all the tracks in the the preferred track. The display will show the notification message
current folder (MP3 /USB) or playlist (iPod) will be [iPod <Name> Detected...] for a few seconds, while
played in a random order. iPod® PLAYER OPERATION (where it is reading the data.
When the entire folder/playlist has been played the fitted) GUID-B7AA4E93-4F2A-44F6-B5F9-40E400C374BA If the audio system has been turned off while the
system will start playing the next folder/playlist. iPod® was playing, pressing will start the iPod®
Connecting GUID-97A7B8F3-935C-4F49-8657-5BC9323AD256
iPod® operation. During the connection, the iPod® can
<DISP> button:
WARNING only be operated with the audio controls.
While a USB device with recorded music informa-
Do not connect, disconnect or operate the USB Notes for iPod use:
tion tags (ID3–text tags) is being played, the title of
the played track is displayed. If the title information device while driving. Doing so can be a dis- “Made for iPod”, “Made for iPhone”, and “Made for
is not provided then [Songs] is displayed. traction. If distracted you could lose control of iPad” mean that an electronic accessory has been
your vehicle and cause an accident or serious designed to connect specifically to iPod, iPhone, or
When the <DISP> button is pressed repeatedly,
injury. iPad, respectively, and has been certified by the
further information about the track can be dis-
developer to meet Apple performance standards.
played along with the track title as follows:
CAUTION Apple is not responsible for the operation of this
Track time ? Artist name? Album title ? Track
* Do not force the USB device into the USB device or its compliance with safety and regulatory
time
port. Inserting the USB device tilted or up- standards.
The track name is always displayed.
side-down into the port may damage the Please note that the use of this accessory with
Track details: port. Make sure that the USB device is iPod, iPhone, or iPad may affect wireless perfor-
A long press on the <DISP> button will turn the connected correctly into the USB port. mance.
display into a detailed overview. Press the * Do not grab the USB port cover (where iPad, iPhone, iPod, iPod classic, iPod nano, iPod
button briefly to return to the main display. fitted) when pulling the USB device out of shuffle, and iPod touch are trademarks of Apple
Quick search: the port. This could damage the port and Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries.
the cover. Lightning is a trademark of Apple Inc.
When a USB device with recorded music informa-
tion tags (ID3–text tags) is being played from list * Do not leave the USB cable in a place NISSAN audio system supports only accessories
view mode, a quick search can be performed to where it can be pulled unintentionally. that Apple has certified and that come with the
find a track from the list. Pulling the cable may damage the port. “Made for iPod/iPhone/iPad” logo.
Push the <A-Z> button then turn the <MENU> dial Refer to your device manufacturer’s owner infor- Compatibility:
for the first alphabetic/numerical letter of the mation regarding the proper use and care of the The system unit shall be compatible with all
track title then press <OK>. When found, a list of device. devices (past and future) supporting Apple Acces-
the available tracks will be displayed. When there is sory Protocol on USB link.
no match (the display shows [No match] the next Open the console lid and connect the iPod® cable
to the USB connector. The battery of the iPod® will It includes (and not limited to):
* iPod touch 5th (iOS 9.3.5) * [Composers] Bluetooth® OPERATION
GUID-F77E4E2B-620F-4A7F-861B-9480A47CDCAA
* iPhone 7 Plus (iOS 10.1.1, 11.0.3, 11.1.2) * [Genre]
* iPhone 8 (iOS 11.2) * [Podcasts]
* iPhone 8 Plus (iOS 11.2.5) * [Audiobooks]
* iPhone X (iOS 11.2, 12.0.1) For further information about each item, see the
iPod® owner’s manual.
NOTE:
The following operations are identical to the audio
This audio system does not support iPad char- main operation of the USB device operation. For
ging details, see “USB (Universal Serial Bus) Connection
MEDIA button
GUID-525D0151-1FA0-4450-891D-F9ECC2926C4E
Port” (P.204).
To operate the iPod press <MEDIA> once or * List view
MNIC3996
repeatedly until [iPod <Name>] is shown. * ,
* MIX (Random play) *: a device with Bluetooth capabilities
Audio main GUID-B5B2ABBF-5972-48D9-A6A8-24DD126E8023
operation * RPT (Repeat track)
* Folder browsing Bluetooth® SETTINGS
GUID-89BEEBBA-A910-4E65-9132-F5AD57E09DFF
To pair a device, make sure the Bluetooth is
<DISP> button
GUID-CBA05383-75A7-42DE-AF03-61297E15D3E8 switched on and use the [Scan devices] key or
MNAA1394
While a track with recorded music information tags the [Pair device] key. For details, see “[Scan
Interface: (ID3–tags) is being played, the title of the played devices]” (P.208).
The interface for iPod® operation shown on the track is displayed. If the tags are not provided then When an Apple device is connected via the USB
audio system display is similar to the iPod® inter- a notification message is displayed. connection port and Bluetooth, the device will be
face. Use the <MENU> dial and the <OK> button to When the <DISP> button is pressed repeatedly, recognised as a USB device. The battery of the
play a track on the iPod® . further information about the track can be dis- Apple device is charged while the cable is con-
The following items can be chosen from the menu played along with the track title as follows: nected to the USB connection port.
list screen. Track time ? Artist name ? Album title ? Track Up to 5 different Bluetooth devices can be
* [Playlists] time connected. However, only one device can be used
at a time. If 5 different Bluetooth registered devices
* [Artists] Track details:
are registered, a new device can only replace one
* [Albums] A long press on the <DISP> button , the screen
of the 5 existing paired devices. Use [Del. device]
* [Songs] displays the song title, artist name, and album title.
key to delete one of the existing paired devices. For
* [More...] (Which provides access to the follow- Press the button briefly to return to the main
details, see “[Del. device]” (P.209).
ing) display.
When successfully paired a notification message
will be displayed, then the audio system display will Paired Bluetooth devices are listed and can be Confirm the PIN code on the device and the
return to the current audio source display. During selected for connection. audio unit.
connection the following status icons will be * [Del. device] The Bluetooth connection will be made.
displayed (top left of the display): Signal strength A registered Bluetooth device can be deleted.
( ), Battery status* ( ) and Bluetooth ON ( ). If the countdown timer reaches 0, the
* [Bluetooth]
*: If the low battery message comes on, the attempt to pair the device will be cancelled.
If this setting is turned off, the connection
Bluetooth® device must be recharged soon. . Type B:
between the Bluetooth devices and the in-
The pairing procedure and operation may vary vehicle Bluetooth module will be cancelled. The message [Pairing request] [Confirm
according to device type and compatibility. See the password] together with a 6 digit code will
[Scan devices]:
Bluetooth® owner’s manual for further details. be displayed. The unique and identical code
1. Press the button. Select [Scan devices].
should be displayed on the device. If the
NOTE: The audio unit searches Bluetooth devices and code is identical confirm on the device and
* For device details, see your audio/mobile shows all visible devices. Pressing the <BACK> on the audio unit.
phone Owner’s Manual. button cancels the search.
* For assistance with the Bluetooth® audio/ The Bluetooth connection will be made.
Make sure your Bluetooth device is visible at
mobile phone integration, please visit your Pair device:
this time. The audio unit will wait for a
local NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop.
connection request from the Bluetooth device. Turn on the Bluetooth® on the audio unit. See
To set up the Bluetooth system with a device the 2. Select the device to be paired. “[Bluetooth]” (P.209).
following items are available: * Use the Bluetooth® audio device/mobile
Use the <MENU> dial and press <OK> to select.
phone to pair:
3. The pairing procedure may depend on the
1) Switch on the search mode for Bluetooth®
device to be connected:
devices. If the search mode finds the audio
a. Device without PIN code: unit, it will be shown on the device display.
MNAA1389
The Bluetooth connection will be automati- 2) Select the unit device shown as [My Car].
* [Scan devices] cally connected without any further input. 3) Two different ways of pairing are possible
Shows all available visible BT devices and b. Device with PIN code: depending on the device. For the correct
initialises BT connection. Two different ways of pairing are possible procedure details, see “[Scan devices]”
* [Pair device] depending on the device: (P.208).
Bluetooth devices can be paired with the . Type A: When an Apple device is connected via the USB
system. A maximum of 5 Bluetooth devices connection port and Bluetooth®, the device will be
The message [To pair] [Enter Pin] 0000 will recognised as a USB device. The battery of the
can be registered.
be displayed. Apple device is charged while the cable is con-
* [Sel. device]
nected to the USB connection port.
[Sel. device]: * Press <MEDIA> repeatedly until [BT Audio] is Bluetooth® MOBILE PHONE FEATURE
GUID-087793A8-DB47-4D76-957F-797B7629FE61
The paired device list shows which Bluetooth® shown.
This system offers a hands-free facility for your
audio or mobile phone devices have been paired or The type of display shown on the audio system
mobile telephone with Bluetooth® to enhance
registered with the Bluetooth® audio system. If the can vary depending on the Bluetooth® version of
driving safety, and comfort.
list contains devices then select the appropriate the device.
device to connect to the Bluetooth® audio system. For details, see “Mobile phone integration for FM
AM radio (where fitted)” (P.218).
The following symbols (where fitted) indicate the Fast Forward (Cue), FAST REVERSE
capability of the registered device: (Review) BUTTONS:
* : Mobile phone integration When the (Cue) or (Review) button is
* : Audio streaming (A2DP – Advanced Audio pressed continuously, the track will be played at
Distribution Profile) high speed. When the button is released, the track
will be played at normal playing speed.
[Del. device]:
A registered device can be removed from the
Track up/down buttons:
Bluetooth audio system. Select a registered device
then press <OK> to confirm to deletion. Pressing the or button once, the track will
be skipped forward to the next track or backward
[Bluetooth]:
to the beginning of the current played track. Press
If Bluetooth® has been switched off a notification the or button more than once to skip
message [ON/OFF] appears when you select through the tracks.
[Bluetooth] from the phone menu (press ). To
switch the Bluetooth® signal on, press <OK> and a <DISP> button
GUID-AD203B9F-0886-45C8-9D5D-3E8EBCAB645D
follow up screen will appear. Then select [ON] and
If the song contains music information tags (ID3–
press <OK> to display the Bluetooth® settings
tags), the title of the played song will be displayed.
menu screen.
If tags are not provided then the display will not
Bluetooth® AUDIO STREAMING MAIN OPERATION
GUID-5B235A34-AA91-466B-8B86-20AFC2809AAF
show any messages.
Switch the ignition ON. If the audio system was When the <DISP> button is pressed repeatedly
turned off while the Bluetooth® audio was playing, further information about the song can be dis-
pressing the < > button will start the Bluetooth® played along with the song title.
audio streaming. A long press on <DISP> will turn the display into a
detailed overview. Press the button briefly to
<MEDIA> button:
return to the main display.
To operate the Bluetooth® audio streaming use
the following method:
SpecificationGUID-B9433A21-5199-4BEA-AA8A-83C8216DD24F
chart
Supported media USB 2.0
Supported file systems ISO9660 LEVEL1, ISO9660 LEVEL2, Romeo, Joliet

* ISO9660 Level 3 (packet writing) is not supported.
* Files saved using the Live File System Component (on a Windows Vista-based
computer) are not supported.
Supported versions *1 MP3 Version MPEG1, MPEG2
Sampling frequency 8 kHz - 48 kHz
Bit rate 32 kbps - 448 kbps, VBR*4
WMA *3 Version WMA7, WMA8, WMA9, WMA9 Pro (except WMA9 Lossless, WMA9 Voice)
AAC Version MPEG-4, AAC
Tag information (Song title and Artist and Album MP3 ID3 tag ver. 1.0, 1.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4 (MP3 only)
name)
WMA (where fitted) WMA tag (WMA only)
Folder levels Folder levels: 8, Folders: 2500 (including root folder), Files: 32000
Displayable character codes *2 01: ASCII, 02: ISO-8859-1, 03: UNICODE (UTF-16 BOM Big Endian), 04: UNICODE (UTF-
16 Non-BOM Big Endian), 05: UNICODE (UTF-8), 06: UNICODE (Non-UTF-16 BOM Little
Endian)
*1 Files created with a combination of 48 kHz sampling frequency and 64 Kbps bit rate cannot be played.
*2 Available codes depend on what kind of media, versions and information are going to be displayed.
*3 Where fitted. Protected WMA files (DRM) cannot be played.
*4 When VBR files are played, the playback time may not be displayed correctly. WMA7 and WMA8 are not applied to VBR.
Apple CarPlay AND Android NISSANCONNECT (where fitted)
Auto (where fitted)
GUID-9AD76137-872B-46CD-B9C8-5F4F566FE206
GUID-C88CD198-4226-4982-9C79-A3BAE0C0E23A
WARNING With Android Auto, your in-vehicle system can be

used as a display and a controller for some of your
* Stop your vehicle in a safe location and Android phone functions. Android Auto supports
apply the parking brake before connecting Talk to Google which enables operations via voice
your mobile device to the vehicle or oper- controls. Refer to the NissanConnect Owner’s
ating your connected mobile device for Manual and visit the Android Auto website for
setup. information about the functions that are available
* Laws in some jurisdictions may restrict the and other details.
use of some of the applications and
features, such as social networking and
texting. Check local regulations for any MNAA2093
requirements.
Type A
* If you are unable to devote full attention to
vehicle operation while using your mobile
device, pull off the road to a safe location
and stop your vehicle.
Apple CarPlay:
With Apple CarPlay, your in-vehicle system can be
used as a display and a controller for some of the
iPhone functions. Apple CarPlay features Siri which
enables operations via voice controls. Wireless
Apple CarPlay (where fitted) is also available for
certain iPhone models. Refer to the NissanConnect MNAA2011
Owner’s Manual and visit the Apple website for
Type B
information about the functions that are available
and other details. For details, see the separately provided Nissan-
Connect Owner’s Manual.
NOTE:
* Online:
To ensure efficient wireless charging (where
fitted) , do not use wireless Apple CarPlay and — Type A
wireless charging simultaneously for long peri- Go to: https://uqr.to/16959
ods. Use a USB connection in these circum- Or scan the QR code
stances.
Android Auto:
safety information. Always use the system as CAUTION
outlined in this manual. * Some jurisdictions may have laws limiting
WARNING the use of video screens while driving. Use
this system only where it is legal to do so.
* To operate the system, first park the
vehicle in a safe location and set the * Extreme temperature conditions (below
parking brake. Operating the system while −20°C (−4°F) and above 70°C (158°F) ) could
driving can distract the driver and may affect the performance of the system.
MQRCODE result in a serious accident. * The display screen may break if it is hit
* Exercise extreme caution at all times so full with a hard or sharp object. If the display
— Type B attention may be given to vehicle opera- screen breaks, do not touch it. Doing so
Go to: https://uqr.to/1695g tion. If the system does not respond could result in an injury.
Or scan the QR code immediately, please be patient and keep
your eyes on the road. Inattentive driving NOTE:
may lead to a crash resulting in serious Do not keep the system running with the engine
injuries or death. stopped. Doing so may discharge the vehicle
* Do not rely on route guidance (where battery. When you use the system, always keep
fitted) alone. Always be sure that all driving the engine running.
manoeuvres are legal and safe in order to Models with NissanConnect Services:
avoid accidents.
NissanConnect Services may not be available in
* Do not disassemble or modify this system. some regions. Completing the NissanConnect
MQRCODE
If you do, it may result in accidents, fire or Services registration is necessary to use Nissan-
* Printed version: Please contact your NISSAN electrical shock. Connect Services related functions.
dealer or qualified workshop. * If you notice any foreign objects in the
system hardware, spill liquid on the sys- Hands-free GUID-45BB4D53-BFC8-4475-92C8-03E9BCE41098
telephone control
SAFETY INFORMATION
GUID-FAC99F98-6F16-4658-8F1E-FA036B18E8D9 tem or notice smoke or a smell coming WARNING
This system is primarily designed to help you from it, stop using the system immediately
* Use a phone after stopping your vehicle in
support pleasant driving as outlined in this man- and it is recommended you contact a
a safe location. If you have to use a phone
ual. However, you, the driver, must use the system NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop.
while driving, exercise extreme caution at
safely and properly. Information and the availabil- Ignoring such conditions may lead to
all times so full attention may be given to
ity of services may not always be up to date. The accidents, fire or electrical shock.
vehicle operation.
system is not a substitute for safe, proper and legal
driving. * If you find yourself unable to devote full
attention to vehicle operation while talking
Before using the system, please read the following
on the phone, pull off the road to a safe CAUTION car fragrance, on the display. Contact with
location and stop your vehicle before This feature is disabled if the connected device liquid will cause the system to malfunction.
doing so. does not support it. See the phone’s Owner’s
Manual for details and instructions. NAVIGATIONGUID-873D7572-EC5D-4A79-8C46-896D66C9A0AB
(where fitted)
CAUTION
The navigation system is primarily designed to
To avoid draining the vehicle battery, use a Liquid crystal display help you reach your destination. However, you, the
phone only after starting the engine. GUID-5EE6F78D-36AE-410C-B326-7CAAAE725DF2
The display on this unit is a liquid crystal display driver, must use the system safely and properly.
and should be handled with care. Information concerning road conditions, traffic
Hands-free text messaging assistant signs and the availability of services may not
GUID-3030AAED-8007-43DB-9964-E127A144930A
WARNING always be up to date. The system is not a
WARNING substitute for safe, proper, and legal driving.
Never disassemble the display. Some parts
* Use the text messaging feature after utilise extremely high voltage. Touching them WARNING
parking your vehicle in a safe location. If may result in serious personal injury.
you have to use the feature while driving, * Do not rely on route guidance alone. Al-
exercise extreme caution at all times so full ways be sure that all driving manoeuvres
Maintenance of display:
attention may be given to vehicle opera- are legal and safe in order to avoid
To clean the display screen, use a dry, soft cloth. If accidents.
tion.
additional cleaning is necessary, use a small
* Laws in some jurisdictions may restrict the amount of neutral detergent with a soft cloth. * Always stop the vehicle in a safe location
use of “Text-to-Speech.” Check local reg- Never spray the screen with water or detergent. before modifying the route conditions.
ulations before using this feature. Dampen the cloth first, then wipe the screen. Modifying the route conditions while driv-
ing may cause an accident.
* Laws in some jurisdictions may restrict the CAUTION
use of some of the applications and * The navigation system’s visual and voice
features, such as social networking and * Clean the display with the ignition switch guidance is for reference purposes only.
texting. Check local regulations for any in the OFF position. If the display is cleaned The contents of the guidance may be
requirements. while the ignition switch is placed in the inappropriate depending on the situation.
ON position, unintentional operation may
* If you are unable to devote full attention to * Follow all traffic regulations when driving
occur.
vehicle operation while using the text along the suggested route (e.g. one-way
messaging feature, pull off the road to a * To clean the display, never use a rough traffic).
safe location and stop your vehicle. cloth, alcohol, benzine, thinner or any kind
of solvent or paper towel with a chemical
cleaning agent. They will scratch or dete-
riorate the panel.
* Do not splash any liquid, such as water or
AUDIO OPERATION PRECAUTIONS UPDATING SYSTEM SOFTWARE (where The full text of the EU declaration of conformity is
GUID-D4515ED6-5C27-4F53-8D63-11B8BDF06844
available at the following internet address:
CAUTION fitted) GUID-798F9DE1-A203-4332-9BD0-466ED3DE1DF4
https://eu-doc.bosch.com
* Operate the audio system only when the WARNING
vehicle engine is running. Operating the
TO AVOID RISK OF DEATH OR SERIOUS PERSO-
audio system for extended periods of time MPBA0034X
NAL INJURY WHEN UPDATING THE SYSTEM
with the engine turned off can discharge
SOFTWARE:
the vehicle battery. Hereby, Robert Bosch GmbH declares that the
If you choose to park the vehicle within range radio equipment type AIVI2SBXM is in compliance
* Do not allow the system to get wet.
of a Wi-Fi connection (where fitted), park the with of Radio Equipment Regulations 2017.
Excessive moisture such as spilled liquids
vehicle in a secure, safe, well-ventilated loca-
may cause the system to malfunction.
tion that is open to the air. During the update
process, if you choose to park your vehicle, it
HOW TO UPDATE MAP DATA (where should be kept in a well ventilated area to
fitted) GUID-29634A68-18D9-4811-941E-AEDD687ED3A1
avoid exposure to carbon monoxide. Do not
breathe exhaust gases; they contain colourless
WARNING and odourless carbon monoxide. Carbon mon-
TO AVOID RISK OF DEATH OR SERIOUS PERSO- oxide is dangerous. It can cause unconscious-
NAL INJURY WHEN UPDATING THE MAP SOFT- ness or death.
WARE:
MNTI495S
If you choose to park the vehicle within range How to update from the system menu
GUID-A0298D51-C04D-4F1A-B566-4946FC3980D6
of a Wi-Fi connection (where fitted) or a TCU Frequency Band
(Telematics Control Unit) (where fitted), park
WARNING
2400 MHz - 2480 MHz
the vehicle in a secure, safe, well-ventilated To operate the system for software update,
5490 MHz - 5600 MHz
location that is open to the air. During the first park the vehicle in a safe location.
update process, if you choose to park your 5650 MHz - 5710 MHz ≤ 100 mW
vehicle, it should be kept in a well ventilated 5735 MHz - 5835 MHz ≤ 25 mW
REGULATORY INFORMATION
area to avoid exposure to carbon monoxide. GUID-7BAA3DEC-C839-4685-A468-D0A4949CAE89
Radiated Power [EIRP]
Do not breathe exhaust gases; they contain Radio approval number and information
colourless and odourless carbon monoxide. GUID-BC485A65-C220-4079-B460-DDB5ED4DE5BA Bluetooth < 10 mW
Carbon monoxide is dangerous. It can cause For Europe: WLAN < 100 mW
unconsciousness or death. Type A:
Hints/Restrictions
Hereby, Robert Bosch GmbH declares that the
Internal Antenna
radio equipment type AIVI2SBXM is in compliance
with Directive 2014/53/EU. Internal antenna not accessible by user. Any
change by the user will violate the legal approval of Internal Antenna
this product. Internal antenna not accessible by user. Any
Type B: change by the user will violate the legal approval
Hereby, Robert Bosch GmbH declares that the of this product.
radio equipment type AIVIP33A0 is in compliance For Ukraine:
with Directive 2014/53/EU. Type A:
The full text of the EU declaration of conformity is
https://eu-doc.bosch.com
MNAVI0008
MPBA0034X
Type B:
radio equipment type AIVIP33A0 is in compliance
with of Radio Equipment Regulations 2017.
MPHB0263XZ
MNAVI0007
MNTI495S
Frequency Band
2400 MHz - 2480 MHz
MPBH0015X
Radiated Power [EIRP]
Bluetooth < 10 mW
WLAN < 100 mW
Hints/Restrictions
M5GD0030X
Apple, iPhone, iPod, and iPod touch are trademarks

of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other
countries. Apple CarPlay is a trademark of Apple
Inc. Use of the Apple CarPlay logo means that a
vehicle user interface meets Apple performance
MPBH0015X standards. Apple is not responsible for the opera-
tion of this vehicle or its compliance with safety
and regulatory standards. Please note that the use
of this product with iPhone or iPod may affect
wireless performance. M5GA0247XZ
Music recognition technology and related data are

provided by Gracenote®. Gracenote is the industry
M5GA0023X standard in music recognition technology and
related content delivery. For more information,
Bluetooth® is a trademark owned by Bluetooth SIG, visit www.gracenote.com. Music related data from
Inc. and licensed to Robert Bosch GmbH. Gracenote, Inc., copyright © 2000 to present
Gracenote. Gracenote Software, copyright ©
MNAVI0008 2000 to present Gracenote.
One or more patents owned by Gracenote apply to
this product and service. See the Gracenote
TRADEMARKS website for a nonexhaustive list of applicable
GUID-98834F4B-26C1-4994-8C1E-EAFDB336F91F
Gracenote patents. Gracenote, the Gracenote logo
and logotype are either a registered trademark or
a trademark of Gracenote, Inc. in the United States
and/or other countries.
MPBA0032X App Store
Apple and the Apple logo are trademarks of Apple
STEERING WHEEL SWITCHES FOR
AUDIO CONTROL (where fitted)
GUID-08C44DC0-F9F1-443B-8AC6-ABD8CA741259
Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries. App CONTROL BUTTONS * Pushing Left/Right longer
GUID-6FE57D66-452A-41BF-BEF8-F375D962BB09
Store is a service mark of Apple Inc. Forward or rewind.
Siri
Volume control switches
GUID-1A092DE2-F4D0-498B-B70B-FD148217913A
Siri is a trademark of Apple Inc., registered in the
U.S. and other countries. Push the volume control switch to increase or
decrease the volume.
Google/Android/Google Play/Android Auto
Google, Android, Google Play, Android Auto, and
other marks are trademarks of Google LLC.
LICENCES GUID-5BF26155-89E9-4E7D-971F-90259B0B2747
Software Licences
GUID-0F0A4D51-9748-417A-8E3F-1F9D7D18FD75
MNAA2067
Open Source Software Licences
Telematics Control unit (TCU) (where fitted) Volume buttons

GUID-F25787D9-52A8-4DBF-A210-689C6E5C1B5F
Tuning switch
http://opensourceautomotive.com/IC/
tZ7T3eE6AiV4 Play ControlGUID-0079D701-CD46-4A02-9F48-FB76ACE8F369
(Tuning switch)
or Push the tuning switch left or right to select a
https://www.oss-valeo.com/nissan/default. html channel, track, CD or folder when they are listed on
the display.
RADIO:
* Pushing Left/Right longer Next or previous
preset channel
* Pushing Left/Right shorter Next or previous
station/channel
iPod (where fitted), USB DEVICE (where fitted) OR
Bluetooth® AUDIO (where fitted):
* Pushing Left/Right shorter
Next track or the beginning of the current
track (the previous track if the button is
pushed immediately after the current track
starts playing)
MOBILE PHONE INTEGRATION
FOR FM AM RADIO (where fitted)
GUID-7B35BC32-D96A-4146-AE46-74315F169D7B
Not for models with NissanConnect system, see A notification message appears on the audio
the separately provided Owner’s Manual.
Control buttons and microphone
GUID-86E77B15-CC4D-48E9-A780-FE3BC51A0E64
display when the phone is connected, when an
incoming call is being received, as well as when a Instrument panel:
Bluetooth® GUID-0E654CA2-B648-4073-B640-690083AC2A08
MOBILE PHONE FEATURE call is initiated.
WARNING When a call is active, the audio system, microphone
While driving, using the mobile phone is (located in the ceiling in front of the rear view
extremely dangerous because it significantly mirror), and steering wheel switches enable
impairs your concentration and diminishes hands-free communication.
your reaction capabilities to sudden changes If the audio system is in use at the time, the radio,
on the road, and it may lead to a fatal accident. CD, iPod, USB audio, Bluetooth® audio or AUX
This applies to all phone call situations such as source mode will be muted and will stay muted
when receiving an incoming call, during a until the active call has ended.
phone conversation, when calling through the
The Bluetooth® system may not be able to connect MNAA2003
phone book search, etc.
with your mobile phone for the following reasons:
* The mobile phone is too far away from the
CAUTION vehicle. Phone book quick search button A-Z
Certain country jurisdictions prohibit the use of * The Bluetooth® mode on your mobile phone <MENU> or <OK> button (rotate and push to
the mobile phone in the car without hands- has not been activated. select)
free support. (Back) button
* Your mobile phone has not been paired with
the Bluetooth® system of the audio unit. Phone button
This chapter provides information about the
NISSAN hands-free phone system using a * The mobile phone does not support Steering wheel mounted control:
Bluetooth® connection. Bluetooth® technology (BT Core v2.0).
Bluetooth® is a wireless radio communication NOTE:

standard. This system offers a hands-free facility * For models with NissanConnect (Audio with
for your mobile telephone to enhance driving Navigation system) see the separately pro-
comfort. vided Owner’s Manual.
In order to use your mobile phone with the * For details, see your mobile phone’s Owner’s
Bluetooth® of the audio system, the mobile phone Manual.
must first be setup. For details, see “Bluetooth® * For assistance with your mobile phone
settings” (P.219). Once it has been setup, the hands- integration, please visit your local NISSAN
free mode is automatically activated on the dealer or qualified workshop.
registered mobile phone (via Bluetooth®) when it MNAA2068
comes into range.
Volume up/down buttons *: If the low battery message comes on, the * [Bluetooth]
Phone send/answer button Bluetooth® device must be recharged soon. If this setting is turned off, the connection
Phone call end button The pairing procedure and operation may vary between the Bluetooth® devices and the in-
according to device type and compatibility. See the vehicle Bluetooth® module will be cancelled.
The hands-free mode can be operated using the
steering wheel switches. Bluetooth® owner’s manual for further details. [Scan devices]:
Microphone: NOTE: 1. Press the button. Select [Scan devices]
The microphone is located near the map light. * For device details, see your audio/mobile The audio unit searches Bluetooth® devices
phone Owner’s Manual. and shows all visible devices.
Bluetooth® SETTINGS
GUID-1FC288F1-19E6-489A-A093-23CFA8100752
* For assistance with the Bluetooth® audio/ Pressing the button cancels the search.
Enter the phone setup menu via the (phone) mobile phone integration, please visit your
local NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop. 2. Select the device to be paired.
button, select the [Bluetooth] key, and then check
* A maximum of 5 Bluetooth® devices can be Use the <MENU> dial and press to select.
if the Bluetooth® is set to on (default setting is on,
push the <OK> button if not). paired with the system. 3. The pairing procedure depends on the device
to be connected:
To setup the Bluetooth® system to pair (connect or To set up the Bluetooth® system with a device
register) your preferred mobile phone, follow the the following items are available: a. Device without PIN code:
following procedure. The Bluetooth® connection will be automati-
To pair a device, use the [Scan devices] key or the cally connected without any further input.
[Pair device] key. b. Device with PIN code:
Up to 5 different Bluetooth® devices can be MNAA1389 Two different ways of pairing are possible
connected. However, only one device can be used depending on the device:
at a time. If 5 different Bluetooth® registered * [Scan devices] . Type A:
devices are registered, a new device can only Shows all available visible Bluetooth® devices
The message [To pair] [Enter Pin] 0000 and
replace one of the 5 existing paired devices. Use and initialises Bluetooth® connection from the
[Del. device] key to delete one of the existing paired a countdown timer will be displayed.
audio unit.
devices. For details, see “[Del. device]” (P.220). * [Pair device] Confirm the PIN code on the device.
When successfully paired a notification message Initialises Bluetooth® connection from the The Bluetooth® connection will be made.
will be displayed, then the audio system display will mobile device.
return to the current audio source display. During If the countdown timer reaches 0 the
* [Sel. device]
connection the following status icons will be attempt to pair the devices will be can-
Paired Bluetooth® devices are listed and can
displayed (top left of the display): Signal strength celled.
be selected for connection.
( ), Battery status* ( ) and Bluetooth® “ON” . Type B:
( ). * [Del. device]
®
A registered Bluetooth device can be deleted. The message [Pairing request] [Confirm
password] together with a 6 digit code will connection port and Bluetooth®, the device will be HANDS-FREE TELEPHONE CONTROL
GUID-224BBAE7-CCD5-4320-BCD5-C12FEEA59A9A
be displayed. The unique and identical code recognised as a USB device. The battery of the
The hands-free mode can be operated using the
should be displayed on the device. If the Apple device is charged while the cable is con-
telephone button on the audio system, or the
code is identical confirm on the device. nected to the USB connection port.
button (where fitted) on the steering wheel.
The Bluetooth® connection will be made. Refer to the relevant Bluetooth® device Owner’s
Manual for further details.
[Pair device]:
[Sel. device]:
Turn on the Bluetooth® on the audio unit. See
“[Bluetooth]” (P.220). The paired device list shows which Bluetooth®
audio or mobile phone devices have been paired or
* Use the audio unit to pair: registered with the Bluetooth® audio system. If the
Push the button on the instrument panel. MNAA1400
list contains devices then select the appropriate
Select the [Pair Device] key. device to connect to the Bluetooth® audio system.
The pairing procedure depends on the The following symbols (where fitted) indicate the
Receiving a GUID-D5B9BD2D-0DB5-4E2F-889A-31C8487A616F
call
Bluetooth® device to be connected: capability of the registered device: When receiving an incoming call, the display will
1) Device without PIN code: show the caller’s phone number (or a notification
* : Mobile phone integration
The Bluetooth® connection will be automati- message that the caller’s phone number cannot be
* : Audio streaming (A2DP – Advanced Audio
cally connected without any further input. shown) and three operation icons.
Distribution Profile)
2) Device with PIN code: 1. Answering and during a call:
Two different ways of pairing are possible [Del. device]:
Answer the call by pressing <OK> (the is
depending on the device. For the correct A registered device can be removed from the
highlighted).
procedure details, see “[Scan devices]” (P.219). Bluetooth® audio system. Select a registered
device then press <OK> to confirm the deletion. By pressing <OK>, you can select the following
* Use the Bluetooth® audio/cellular phone de-
options:
vice to pair: [Bluetooth]:
* Ending the call by selecting and press
1) Switch on the search mode for Bluetooth® If Bluetooth® has been switched on a notification
<OK>.
devices. If the search mode finds the audio message [ON/OFF] appears when you select
unit, it will be shown on the device display. * Put the call on hold by selecting and press
[Bluetooth] from the phone menu (press ). To
<OK>.
2) Select the unit device shown as [My Car]. switch the Bluetooth® signal on, press <OK> and a
follow up screen will appear. Then select [ON] and * [ ]
3) Enter the number code shown on the
relevant Bluetooth® device with the depress to display the Bluetooth® settings menu Use this item (the transfer handset command)
vice’s own keypad, and push the confirma- screen. to transfer the call from the audio system to
tion key on the device and the <MENU> / your mobile phone.
<OK> dial on the audio unit. To transfer the call back to hands-free via the
When an Apple device is connected via the USB audio system select [ ].
2. Put a call on hold: NOTE: 4. A following screen will show the number to be
Rotate the <MENU> dial until is highlighted, Phone book data will be erased when: dialled. If correct, press <OK> again to dial the
press <OK>. The call is on hold. Pressing <OK> * Switching to another registered mobile number.
accepts the call, rotate the <MENU> dial clockwise phone. Manually dialling a phone number:
and press <OK> to reject. * Mobile phone is disconnected.
3. Rejecting a call: * The registered mobile phone is deleted from
Rotate the <MENU> dial until is highlighted, the audio system.
press <OK>. The call is rejected. MNAA2032
1. Press < >.
Initiating a call
GUID-98F5317F-80C2-49F4-AE36-9635B20ABEA3
2. Turn the <MENU> dial and scroll down to
[Phonebook] then press <OK>.
3. Scroll down through the list, select the appro- MNAA1415
priate contact name (highlighted), and press
MNAA1409 <OK>. WARNING
A call can be initiated using one of the following 4. A following screen will show the number to be Park the vehicle in a safe location, and apply
methods: dialled. If correct, press <OK> again to dial the the parking brake before making a call.
number.
* Making a call from the phone book
To dial a phone number manually use the audio
* Manually dialling a phone number
system display (virtual keyboard pad) as follows:
* Redialling
1. Press , and turn the <MENU> dial to
* Using call history (Call List menu) MNAA1396 highlight [Dial Number].
— Outgoing
Alternatively, the quick search mode can be used 2. Press <OK> to select [Dial Number].
— Incoming
as follows: 3. Turn the <MENU> dial to scroll along, and
— Missed
1. While in the phonebook screen press <A-Z / select each number of the phone number.
Making a call from the phone book: >. Once highlighted, press <OK> after each
Once the Bluetooth® connection has been made, 2. Turn the <MENU> dial for the first alphabetic
number selection.
between the registered mobile phone and the or numerical letter of the contact name. Once To delete the last number entered scroll to the
audio system, phone book data will be transferred highlighted, press <OK> to select the letter. [/] (Backspace) symbol, and once highlighted
automatically to the audio system. The transfer press <OK>. The last number will be deleted.
may take a while before completion. 3. The display will show the corresponding con-
Pressing <OK> repeatedly will delete each
tact name(s). Where necessary, use the
subsequent number.
<MENU> dial again to scroll further for the
appropriate contact name to call.
4. After entering the last number, scroll to the Second incoming call Menu items:
GUID-C6BD92A8-A9A3-4079-AD3C-B97B104DBCD9
symbol, and press <OK> to dial the num- * [Volume]
ber.
— [Ring]
Redial: Set the phone ringing volume
To redial or call the last number dialled, press — [Call]
for more than 2 seconds. Set the volume of the conversation during a
MNAA1411 call.
Using call history (Call List menu):
* [Ring]
Whenever there is a second incoming call is shown
in the display. By selecting the icon the call is — [Vehicle]
Choose the in car ringtone.
accepted and the current call is put on hold.
MNAA2030 — [Phone]
Selecting by rotating <MENU> and pressing
Choose the phone ringtone.
A number from the dialled, received, or missed call <OK> rejects the second incoming call. When this is
done during the conversation it ends the call. * [PB download]
lists can also be used to make a call.
Selecting the key using the <MENU> dial and Download the phonebook of the mobile device
* [Outgoing]
pressing <OK> switches between the phone con- to the audio unit manually.
Use the dialled call mode to make a call which
versations.
is based on the list of outgoing (dialled) calls. Standby mode operation
GUID-1DA39F7C-AC39-40F1-B73A-E74F4D054C46
* [Incoming] (For the other selections, see Making a call from
The audio system is in standby mode when the
the phone book earlier)
Use the received call mode to make a call audio system is inactive but the clock is displayed
which is based on the list of received calls. on the screen.
General settings
GUID-9FC4C6B7-5F3E-4C4D-BCAF-BFB21280A080
* [Missed] When a mobile device is connected to the in-
Use the missed call mode to make a call which vehicle audio system via Bluetooth with the audio
is based on the list of missed calls. system in the standby mode, the audio system will
1. Press , and select [Call History]. MNAA2031 turn on automatically under the following in-
stances:
2. Turn the <MENU> dial to scroll to an item, and
From the phone menu select [Settings]
press <OK> to select it. * The connected mobile device receives an
Volume settings and manually downloading the incoming call.
3. Scroll to the preferred phone number then
phonebook can be done using this menu. * An outgoing call is made with the connected
press <OK>, or press to dial the number.
Menu operation: phone.
Press <OK> to select, rotate the <MENU> dial to The Bluetooth Hands-Free Phone System opera-
increase or decrease the volume. tion will become possible on the audio system
once it is turned on. The audio system will
Press <OK> to confirm.
automatically return to standby mode after the
call is disconnected.
MEMO
5 Starting and driving
Running-in schedule .............................................................................

.... 229 Push-button ignition switch (where fitted) ..........................
.... 237
Before starting the engine ..............................................................
.... 229 Precautions on push-button ignition
Precautions when starting and driving .................................
.... 230 switch operation ..............................................................................
.... 237
Exhaust gas (Carbon Monoxide) .......................................
.... 230 Intelligent Key system .................................................................
.... 237
Tyre Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) Ignition switch positions ...........................................................
.... 238
(where fitted) ...............................................................................................
.... 231 Emergency engine shut off .....................................................
.... 239
Meter information .........................................................................
.... 233 Steering lock .......................................................................................
.... 239
Activation .............................................................................................
.... 233 Intelligent Key battery discharge .......................................
.... 239
New and repositioned TPMS sensors (including Starting the engine ..................................................................................
.... 240
fitment of alternative wheels) .............................................
.... 233 Driving the vehicle ....................................................................................
.... 241
Adjusting TPMS target pressure Driving with manual transmission ....................................
.... 241
(where possible) .............................................................................
.... 234 Driving with Xtronic Transmission ....................................
.... 242
Tyre pressure units ......................................................................
.... 234 Stop/Start System (where fitted) .................................................
.... 247
[Check Cold Tyre] message ..................................................
.... 234 Normal operation ............................................................................
.... 247
TPMS temperature calibration Stop/Start System display .......................................................
.... 250
(where possible) .............................................................................
.... 234
Stop/Start System OFF switch ............................................
.... 253
On-road and off-road driving precautions .........................
.... 235
Mild Hybrid system technology (where fitted) ...................
.... 253
Three-way catalyst ................................................................................
.... 235
Four-wheel Drive (4WD) (where fitted) .....................................
.... 254
To help prevent damage ........................................................
.... 235
[OFF-ROAD] mode ...........................................................................
.... 254
Gasoline particulate filter (GPF) (where fitted) .................
.... 236
[SNOW] mode ......................................................................................
.... 255
Turbocharger system ..........................................................................
.... 236
[STANDARD] mode ..........................................................................
.... 255
Care when driving ..................................................................................
.... 237
[ECO] mode ..........................................................................................
.... 255
Engine cold start period ..........................................................
.... 237
[SPORT] mode ....................................................................................
.... 255
Loading luggage ............................................................................
.... 237
4WD shift tips .....................................................................................
.... 255
Driving on wet roads ..................................................................
.... 237
Driving four-wheel drive (4WD) safely ............................
.... 255
Driving under winter conditions .......................................
.... 237
[Drive Mode Selector] ...........................................................................
.... 256 Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) (where fitted) .....................
.... 279
[OFF-ROAD] mode (4WD models) .....................................
.... 257 RAB system operation ................................................................
.... 280
[SNOW] mode (4WD models) ................................................
.... 257 Turning the RAB system ON/OFF ......................................
.... 281
[STANDARD] mode ........................................................................
.... 258 RAB system limitations ...............................................................
.... 282
[ECO] mode ........................................................................................
.... 258 System malfunction ......................................................................
.... 283
[SPORT] mode ..................................................................................
.... 283
Traffic sign recognition (where fitted) ....................................
.... 259 Lane Departure Warning (LDW) system
System Operation .........................................................................
.... 259 (where fitted) .................................................................................................
.... 284
Turning the TSR system on and off ..............................
.... 261 LDW system operation ................................................................
.... 285
System temporarily unavailable ........................................
.... 262 LDW temporary disabled status ........................................
.... 287
System Malfunction .....................................................................
.... 262 LDW malfunction ............................................................................
.... 287
Maintenance ......................................................................................
.... 262 Multi-sensing camera unit maintenance .....................
.... 288
Blind Spot Warning (BSW) system/Intelligent Blind Spot Intelligent Lane Intervention (ILI) system
Intervention system (where fitted) ............................................
.... 262 (where fitted) .................................................................................................
.... 288
The BSW and Intelligent Blind Spot Intelligent Lane Intervention System Operation .....
.... 289
Intervention systems ..................................................................
.... 263 Intelligent Lane
BSW system operation ..............................................................
.... 264 Intervention Activation/Deactivation ..............................
.... 290
Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention Intelligent Lane Intervention Limitations .....................
.... 291
system operation ..........................................................................
.... 266 Intelligent Lane Intervention
BSW/Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention temporarily unavailable .............................................................
.... 292
system precautions .....................................................................
.... 293
BSW/Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention Multi-sensing camera unit maintenance .....................
.... 293
driving situations ...........................................................................
.... 270 Emergency Lane Assist (ELA) system (where fitted) .....
.... 293
.... 273 ELA System Operation ................................................................
.... 294
Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) system ELA Activation/Deactivation ...................................................
.... 295
(where fitted) ...............................................................................................
.... 274 ELA Limitations .................................................................................
.... 296
RCTA system operation ...........................................................
.... 275 System temporarily unavailable ..........................................
.... 298
How to enable/disable the RCTA system ................. .... 276 System malfunction ......................................................................
.... 299
RCTA system limitations .........................................................
.... 299
.... 278 Cruise control (where fitted) ............................................................
.... 300
System malfunction ....................................................................
.... 278 Precautions on cruise control ..............................................
.... 300
.... 278
Cruise control system operations ...................................
.... 301 ProPILOT Assist System Display and Indicators .....
.... 361
Speed limiter (where fitted) .............................................................
.... 302 Turning the ProPILOT Assist Conventional (fixed speed)
Speed limiter operations .........................................................
.... 303 Cruise Control mode on ............................................................
.... 362
Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) (where fitted) ...................
.... 305 Operating the ProPILOT Assist system .........................
.... 362
Cruise control operations ......................................................
.... 306 ProPILOT Assist Intelligent Cruise Control
How to select Cruise Control modes ............................
.... 306 (ICC) system .........................................................................................
.... 365
Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode ................
.... 306 ProPILOT Assist Steering Assist ...........................................
.... 378
Conventional (fixed speed) cruise ProPILOT Assist Conventional (fixed speed) Cruise
control mode ....................................................................................
.... 318 Control Mode ....................................................................................
.... 383
Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) and Steering Assist (where ProPILOT Assist Speed limiter (where fitted) ............
.... 385
fitted) (on Manual Transmission vehicles) ...........................
.... 320 ProPILOT Assist Lane Departure Warning
Overview of ICC and Steering Assist (manual (LDW) system ......................................................................................
.... 387
transmission vehicles) ...............................................................
.... 321 ProPILOT Assist Intelligent Lane
ICC and Steering Assist system Controls(manual Intervention system ......................................................................
.... 391
.... 322 Intelligent Forward Collision Warning (I-FCW) system
ICC and Steering Assist system Display and Indicators (where fitted) .................................................................................................
.... 396
(manual transmission vehicles) .........................................
.... 323 I-FCW system operation ............................................................
.... 397
Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) (manual Turning the I-FCW system ON/OFF ..................................
.... 399
.... 324 I-FCW system limitations ...........................................................
.... 399
Steering Assist (where fitted) (manual System temporarily unavailable ..........................................
.... 401
.... 401
Conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode System maintenance ...................................................................
.... 402
.... 344 Intelligent Emergency Braking (IEB) system
Speed limiter (where fitted) ..................................................
.... 346 (where fitted) .................................................................................................
.... 402
Lane Departure Warning (LDW) system (where fitted) IEB system operation ...................................................................
.... 403
(ICC/manual transmission vehicles) ...............................
.... 410
Intelligent Lane Intervention system (where fitted) Intelligent Driver Alertness (where fitted) ..............................
.... 411
.... 353
System operation ............................................................................
.... 411
ProPILOT Assist (where fitted) ......................................................
.... 358
Parking ...............................................................................................................
.... 413
ProPILOT Assist system operation ..................................
.... 358
Intelligent Parking Assist (IPA) (where fitted) ......................
.... 415
ProPILOT Assist switches ........................................................
.... 360
Deactivation of the IPA system ............................................
.... 416
Parking procedure using the IPA system ....................
.... 416
Operating tips ..................................................................................
.... 420 Vehicle security ......................................................................................... 432
Front and Rear Ultrasonic Parking Sensors ....
Power steering .......................................................................................... 432
(where fitted) ...............................................................................................
.... 421 ....
Brake system .............................................................................................. 433
System operation ..........................................................................
.... 422 ....
Brake precautions ........................................................................ 433
How to enable/disable the parking sensor ....
Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) ................................................... 434
(sonar) system .................................................................................
.... 423 ....
Using system .................................................................................... 434
Parking sensor (Sonar) system limitations ...............
.... 424 ....
Self-test feature .............................................................................. 434
.... 425 ....
Normal operation .......................................................................... 434
.... 425 ....
Electronic Stability Programme (ESP) system .................. 435
Rear Ultrasonic Parking Sensors (where fitted) ..............
.... 426 .... Programme
Electronic Stability
System operation ..........................................................................
.... 426 ....
(ESP) Deactivation ........................................................................... 436
How to enable/disable the parking sensor ....
Chassis control ............................................................................................ 436
(sonar) system .................................................................................
.... 427
Intelligent Trace Control ............................................................ 436
Parking sensor (sonar) system limitations ...............
.... 428
Intelligent Ride Control ............................................................... 437
.... 429
Hill Start Assist (HSA) (where fitted) ............................................ 437
.... 429
Cold weather driving .............................................................................. 438
Trailer towing .............................................................................................
.... 430
Battery ..................................................................................................... 438
Operating precautions ..............................................................
.... 430
Engine coolant .................................................................................. 438
Tyre pressure ....................................................................................
.... 430
Tyre equipment ................................................................................ 438
Safety chains ....................................................................................
.... 430
Special winter equipment ........................................................ 438
Trailer brakes ....................................................................................
.... 431
Corrosion protection .................................................................... 439
Installation of coupling device ...........................................
.... 431
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
RUNNING-IN SCHEDULE BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE
GUID-4FD7D25D-7408-406B-B1F7-7BC35A7C7715
GUID-ABFF0C55-0E5C-474F-A929-0E70AF9F71F1
During the first 1,600 km (1,000 miles), follow these WARNING * Do not place hard or heavy objects on the
recommendations for the future reliability and dashboard or rear parcel shelf in order to
The driving characteristics of your vehicle can
economy of your new vehicle. Failure to follow prevent injury in the event of a sudden stop.
be changed remarkably by any additional load
the recommendations may result in shortened and its distribution as well as by adding
engine life and reduced engine performance. optional equipment (trailer couplings, roof
* Avoid driving for long periods at a constant racks, etc.). Your driving style and speed have
speed, either fast or slow. to be adjusted accordingly. Especially when
* Do not accelerate at full throttle in any gear. carrying heavy loads, your speed must be
* Avoid quick starts. reduced adequately.
* Avoid hard braking as much as possible.
* Make sure the area around the vehicle is free
* Do not tow a trailer during the first 800 km of obstacles.
(500 miles).
* Check fluid levels such as engine oil, coolant,
brake and clutch fluid, and window washer
fluid as frequently as possible, at least when-
ever you refuel.
* Visually inspect tyres for their appearance and
condition. Also check the tyre pressure for
proper inflation.
* Maintenance items in the “8. Maintenance and
do-it-yourself” section should be checked
periodically.
* Check that all windows and light lenses are
clean.
* Check that all doors are closed.
* Position the seat and adjust the head re-
straints.
* Adjust the inside and outside mirrors.
* Fasten your seat belt and ask all passengers to
do likewise.
* Check the operation of the warning/indicator
lights when the ignition is switched ON.

PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTING AND DRIVING
GUID-D9AA44E7-7612-4116-993D-0E282A622F8C
WARNING open the windows to allow sufficient fresh air recommendations to prevent carbon mon-
into the passenger compartment. oxide entry into the vehicle.
* Do not leave children or adults who would
normally require the support of others EXHAUST GAS (Carbon Monoxide)
GUID-126B84D9-9A6F-4EBA-99F2-7543BA6512FA
* If a special body or other equipment is
alone in your vehicle. Pets should also not added for recreational or other usage,
be left alone. They could accidentally injure WARNING follow the manufacturer’s recommenda-
themselves or others through inadvertent * Do not breathe exhaust gases; they con- tion to prevent carbon monoxide entry
operation of the vehicle. Also, on hot, tain colourless and odourless carbon mon- into the vehicle. (Some recreational vehicle
sunny days, temperatures in a closed oxide. Carbon monoxide is a dangerous appliances such as stoves, refrigerators,
vehicle could quickly become high enough gas and can cause unconsciousness or heaters, etc. may also generate carbon
to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to death. monoxide.)
people or animals. * If you suspect that exhaust fumes are * The exhaust system and body should be
* To prevent luggage or packages from entering the vehicle, drive with all windows inspected by a NISSAN dealer or qualified
sliding forward during braking, do not fully open and have the vehicle inspected workshop whenever:
stack anything in the cargo area higher immediately. — The vehicle is raised for service.
than the seatbacks. * Do not run the engine in closed spaces, — You suspect that exhaust fumes are
* Secure all cargo with ropes or straps to such as a garage, for any longer than is entering into the passenger compart-
prevent it from sliding or shifting. absolutely necessary. ment.
* Failure to follow proper seating instruc- * Do not park the vehicle with the engine — You notice a change in the sound of
tions see “Seats” (P.20), could result in running for any extended length of time. the exhaust system.
serious personal injury in an accident or * Keep the tailgate closed while driving, — You have had an accident involving
sudden stop. otherwise exhaust gases could be drawn damage to the exhaust system, under-
into the passenger compartment. If you body, or rear of the vehicle.
NOTE: must drive in this way for some reason,
During the first few months after purchasing a take the following steps:
new vehicle, if you smell strong odours of 1) Open all the windows.
Volatile Organic Compounds (VOCs) inside the
2) Set the air recirculation mode ( ) to
vehicle, ventilate the passenger compartment
the “OFF” position.
thoroughly. Open all the windows before enter-
ing or while in the vehicle. In addition, when the 3) Set the fan speed control to the max-
temperature in the passenger compartment imum position to circulate the air.
rises, or when the vehicle is parked in direct * If electrical wiring or other cable connec-
sunlight for a period of time, turn off the air tions must pass to a trailer through the
recirculation mode of the air conditioner and/or seal of the body, follow the manufacturer’s

TYRE PRESSURE MONITORING
SYSTEM (TPMS) (where fitted)
GUID-361D9B72-1110-4C2A-9080-E134BDEA4E47
and sends pressure and temperature data via and then turns on continuously if the system is not
radio to a receiver inside the vehicle. operating properly. This sequence will continue
Each tyre, including the spare (where fitted), should upon subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the
be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the malfunction exists (missing or faulty TPMS sensor
inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle or TPMS system malfunction). When the malfunc-
manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tyre tion warning light is illuminated, the system may
inflation pressure label. (If your vehicle has tyres not be able to detect or signal low tyre pressure as
of a different size than the size indicated on the intended. TPMS malfunctions may occur for a
vehicle placard or tyre inflation pressure label, you variety of reasons including the installation of
should determine the proper tyre inflation pres- replacement or alternate tyres or wheels on the
MNIC4118
sure for those tyres.) vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning
properly. Always check the TPMS indicator light
The Tyre Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) after replacing one or more tyres or wheels on
TPMS indicator light controls the TPMS indicator light , which will your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or
illuminate when one or more tyres are significantly alternate tyres and wheels allow the TPMS to
TPMS tyre location indicator
under-inflated. A warning and tyre location indi- continue to function properly.
cator will also appear in the vehicle information
display to identify the tyre or tyres with low * The TPMS does not monitor the tyre pressure
pressure. of the spare tyre.
* The TPMS will activate only when the vehicle is
Accordingly, when the TPMS indicator light illumi-
driven at speeds above 25 km/h (16 MPH). Also,
nates, safely stop the vehicle to check the tyres as
this system may not detect a sudden drop in
soon as possible and inflate the tyres to the proper
tyre pressure (for example a flat tyre while
pressure. Driving on a significantly under-inflated
driving).
tyre causes the tyre to overheat and can lead to
tyre failure. Under-inflation also reduces fuel effi- * The TPMS indicator light may not automati-
ciency and tyre tread life which may affect the cally turn off when the tyre pressure is
MNDI1751
vehicle’s handling and stopping ability. adjusted. After the tyre is inflated to the
recommended COLD tyre pressure, drive the
NOTE: vehicle at speeds above 25 km/h (16 MPH) to
Tyre valve with sensor activate the TPMS. See “New and repositioned
The TPMS is not a substitute for proper tyre
The tyre pressure monitoring system monitors the maintenance. It is the driver’s responsibility to TPMS sensors (including fitment of alternative
tyre pressure of the four wheels while the vehicle is maintain correct tyre pressure, even if under- wheels)” (P.233).
in motion. Following a loss in pressure, the system inflation has not reached the level to trigger the * Following a change in the outside tempera-
will warn the driver using a visual warning. Each illumination of the TPMS indicator light . ture, the TPMS indicator light may illuminate
TPMS sensor has a registered wheel location even if the tyre pressure has been adjusted
The TPMS indicator light flashes for a short period
properly. Adjust the tyre pressure to the

recommended COLD tyre pressure again * Replacing tyres with those not originally milar radio frequencies are near the
when the tyres are cold, and reset the TPMS. specified by NISSAN could affect the prop- vehicle.
For additional information, see “[Check Cold er operation of the TPMS. — If a transmitter set to similar frequen-
Tyre] message” (P.234). * The Genuine NISSAN Emergency Tyre Re- cies is being used in or near the
WARNING pair Sealant or equivalent can be used for vehicle.
temporarily repairing a tyre. Do not inject — If a computer (or similar equipment) or
* If the TPMS indicator light illuminates while any other tyre liquid or aerosol tyre sealant a DC/AC converter is being used in or
driving: into the tyres, as this may cause a mal- near the vehicle.
— avoid sudden steering manoeuvres function of the tyre pressure sensors.
— If devices which transmit electrical
— avoid abrupt braking * NISSAN recommends using only Genuine noise are connected to the vehicle’s
— reduce vehicle speed NISSAN Emergency Tyre Sealant provided 12V power supply.
with your vehicle. Other tyre sealants may
— pull off the road to a safe location damage the valve stem seal which can * When inflating the tyres and checking the
— stop the vehicle as soon as possible cause the tyre to lose air pressure. Visit a tyre pressure, never bend the valves.
* Driving with under-inflated tyres may per- NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop as * Use Genuine NISSAN valve caps that com-
manently damage the tyres and increase soon as possible after using tyre repair ply with the factory-fitted valve cap speci-
the likelihood of tyre failure. Serious vehi- sealant (for models equipped with the fications.
cle damage could occur which may lead to emergency tyre puncture repair kit). * Do not use metal valve caps.
an accident and could result in serious * Fit the valve caps properly. Without the
personal injury. CAUTION
valve caps the valve and tyre pressure
* Check the tyre pressure for all four tyres. * The TPMS may not function properly when monitor sensors could be damaged.
Adjust the tyre pressure to the recom- the wheels are equipped with tyre chains
* Do not damage the valves and sensors
mended COLD tyre pressure shown on the or the wheels are buried in snow.
when storing the wheels or fitting different
tyre placard to turn the TPMS indicator * Do not place metallised film or any metal tyres.
light “OFF”. In case of a flat tyre, replace it parts (antenna, etc.) on the windows. This
* Replace the TPMS sensor valve stem (in-
with a spare tyre as soon as possible. (See may cause poor reception of the signals
cluding valve core and cap) and screw
“Flat tyre” (P.446) for changing a flat tyre.) from the tyre pressure sensors, and the
(where fitted) when the tyres are replaced
* When a spare tyre is mounted or a wheel is TPMS will not function properly.
due to wear or age. The screw (where
replaced, the TPMS will not function and fitted) must be fitted correctly with a
Some devices and transmitters may tem-
the TPMS indicator light will flash for torque setting of 1.4 ± 0.1 N.m. The TPMS
porarily interfere with the operation of the
approximately 1 minute. The light will sensors can be used again.
TPMS and cause the TPMS indicator light
remain on after 1 minute. Be sure to follow
to illuminate. Some examples are: * Use caution when using tyre inflation
all instructions for wheel replacement and
— Facilities or electric devices using si- equipment with a rigid air supply tube, as
mount the TPMS system correctly.

leverage applied by the long nozzle can TPMS sensor ID and position will automatically
damage the valve stem. be detected.
NOTE:
METER INFORMATION
GUID-64E74BCF-0AFA-4FD8-AC04-1C6F6FE98F64 The TPMS might not synchronise if one or more
of the following conditions apply:
TPMS indicator light(s) Possible cause Recommended action
* Bad road conditions
* The TPMS unit does not receive correct data
from tyre pressure sensors
Low tyre pressure Inflate tyre(s) to the correct pressure * Driving below 25 km/h (16 MPH)
* Driving above 100 km/h (64 MPH)
* High acceleration
Check if the TPMS sensors are present. * High deceleration
Genuine NISSAN TPMS sensor is not
If no sensor is present add a genuine * In stop and go traffic or traffic waves
detected at one or more wheels
NISSAN TPMS sensor
TPMS radio communication interference

between TPMS wheel sensor and TPMS Drive away from the area of interference
receiver due to external sources.
If the problem persists contact a NISSAN

TPMS parts malfunction
dealer or qualified workshop
ACTIVATIONGUID-3FF28E6D-05B5-4587-8B9A-69CED5C77650 It is also possible to register the sensor yourself

At ignition ON. Once the vehicle starts moving the following the procedure below:
tyre pressure is monitored. Procedure: MNIC3711
NEW AND REPOSITIONED TPMS SEN- 1. Change tyre position or have a new TPMS
7 inch display
sensor fitted.
SORS (including fitment of alternative
2. Confirm pressure of COLD tyre and perform
wheels) GUID-4DC22995-2B17-41B8-8667-F4F9A7616A70 Temperature Calibration. See “TPMS tempera-
It is recommended that a NISSAN dealer performs ture calibration (where possible)” (P.234).
the registration of a new TPMS sensor or sensor
3. Drive the vehicle for several minutes between
location.
25 km/h (16 MPH) and 100 km/h (64 MPH). The

centre of the front and rear axle on the TPMS On rare occasions it may be necessary to recali-
screen of the vehicle information display. brate the TPMS system reference temperature
using the vehicle information display. See “Vehicle
TYRE PRESSURE UNITS
GUID-22FB5A3B-4B93-4033-80A6-D35A41D8A8FC information display” (P.83). This operation should
The units displayed by the TPMS system can be only be performed when the actual tyre pressure
selected using the vehicle information display. has been adjusted, whilst the current ambient
Select the [Settings] menu, followed by [Tyre temperature is significantly different to the current
Pressures]. Select [Tyre pressure unit] and choose calibration temperature.
the desired unit. To initiate TPMS temperature calibration use the
steering wheel switches to select the [Settings]
MNIC4059 [CHECK COLD TYRE] MESSAGE
GUID-65DD901C-7F7F-4F18-A7B2-BD6E9FD3D173 menu, followed by [Tyre Pressures]. Select [Cali-
Full screen display
If the tyre pressure becomes higher than the brate]. While the calibration process is active, the
target pressure during a low tyre pressure condi- message: [Calibrate] will be displayed in the vehicle
Tyre pressure tion, the [Check Cold Tyre] message will be information display.
Tyre pressure units displayed in the vehicle information display.
Front target pressure See “Vehicle information display” (P.83).
Rear target pressure NOTE:
ADJUSTING TPMS TARGET PRESSURE Even if the pressure is above the preset target
pressure, the yellow colour in the tyre pressure
(where possible)
GUID-2C585C4B-9D9D-4B3E-B14C-FDAD38E98063 warning means that the tyre pressure is actually
If you are using your vehicle in a heavily laden too low. Tyre pressure is increasing during
condition, the tyre pressures should be inflated to driving. Check the tyre pressure when the tyre
the ‘Laden Pressure’ shown on the tyre placard. is cold.
The TPMS system can be adjusted in the vehicle TPMS TEMPERATURE CALIBRATION
information display to set the target pressure to
the ‘Laden Pressure’ shown on the tyre placard.
(where possible)
GUID-B48CF43A-9EF2-4E8E-99D4-8D8762C29602
See “Vehicle information display” (P.83). To adjust The tyre pressure is affected by the temperature of
the target pressure use the steering wheel the tyre; the tyre temperature increases when the
switches to select the [Settings] menu, followed car is driven. To be able to accurately monitor the
by [Tyre Pressures]. Select [Target front] and tyre air leakage and to prevent false TPMS warn-
[Target rear] and set the desired tyre pressure. ings due to reductions in temperature, the TPMS
system uses temperature sensors in the tyres to
The TPMS target pressures will be displayed in the
perform temperature compensation calculations.

ON-ROAD AND OFF-ROAD THREE-WAY CATALYST
DRIVING PRECAUTIONS
GUID-0019EF47-6545-4D93-939E-F0F594AC04E6 GUID-0E1396E6-EC64-4A9F-8A7B-A947A11828BE
Utility vehicles have a significantly higher roll- systems can cause over-rich fuel flow into
over rate than other types of vehicles. The three-way catalyst is an emission control the converter, causing it to overheat.
They have higher ground clearance than passen- device installed in the exhaust system or the * Avoid driving with an extremely low fuel
ger cars to make them capable of performing in a engine. In the converter, exhaust gases are burned level. Running out of fuel could cause the
wide variety of on-road and off-road applications. at high temperatures to help reduce pollutants. engine to misfire, damaging the three-way
This gives them a higher centre of gravity than catalyst.
ordinary cars. An advantage of higher ground
CAUTION
* The exhaust gas and the exhaust system * Do not keep driving if the engine misfires,
clearance is a better view of the road, allowing
are very hot. While the engine is running, or if noticeable loss of performance or
you to anticipate problems. However, they are not
keep people or flammable materials away other unusual operating conditions are
designed for cornering at the same speeds as
from the exhaust pipe. detected. Have the vehicle inspected
conventional two-wheel drive (2WD) vehicles any
promptly by a NISSAN dealer or qualified
more than low-slung sports cars are designed to * Do not stop or park the vehicle over
workshop.
perform satisfactorily under off-road conditions. If flammable materials such as dry grass,
possible, avoid sharp turns or abrupt manoeuvres, waste paper or rags, as they may burn * Do not race the engine while warming it
particularly at high speeds. As with other vehicles easily. up.
of this type, failure to operate this vehicle correctly * Do not push or tow your vehicle to start the
* When parking, ensure that people or flam-
may result in loss of control or vehicle rollover. In a engine.
mable materials are kept away from the
rollover accident an unbelted person is signifi-
exhaust pipe.
cantly more likely to be injured than a person who
is wearing a seat belt.
TO HELP PREVENT DAMAGE
GUID-B415FA86-4C9F-45C5-9803-CCEE77BA7801
CAUTION
* Use UNLEADED PETROL ONLY, specifically
the recommended type. For details, see
“Recommended fluids/lubricants and ca-
pacities” (P.495).
* Do not use leaded petrol. Leaded petrol will
seriously damage three-way catalyst.
Deposits from leaded petrol will seriously

reduce the three-way catalyst’s ability to
help reduce exhaust pollutants.
* Keep your engine tuned up. Malfunctions
in the ignition, fuel injection, or electrical

GASOLINE PARTICULATE FILTER TURBOCHARGER SYSTEM
(GPF) (where fitted)
GUID-9C146B8F-934D-4E0B-B2B6-8DC584016CA3 GUID-F9194360-8A27-4C64-BE6C-32510BFE4CED
* When the [Exhaust filter maintenance See The turbocharger system uses engine oil for
Your vehicle is fitted with a Gasoline Particulate owner’s manual] message is displayed, lubrication and cooling of its rotating components.
Filter (GPF) (or Petrol Particulate Filter) as part of provided that legal and safety conditions The turbocharger turbine turns at extremely high
the emission control system. allow, the vehicle should be driven at a speeds and it can reach an extremely high
speed of over 50 km/h (30 MPH), with temperature. It is essential to maintain a flow of
The GPF filters carbon particles from the exhaust clean oil through the turbocharger system. A
gas, thus reducing the emission of soot to the gentle use of the accelerator pedal, until
the message is no longer displayed. sudden interruption to the oil supply may cause
environment. a malfunction in the turbocharger.
Under normal driving conditions, the accumulated * Should the MIL come on for any reason, or
if the [Exhaust filter maintenance See To ensure prolonged life and performance of the
carbon particles in the GPF are burned-off reg- turbocharger, it is essential to comply with the
ularly, thus emptying the filter from carbon parti- owner’s manual] warning message con-
tinues to be displayed in the vehicle following recommendations:
cles. In this way, the GPF is “regenerated” and again
fully operational to filter out the carbon particles information display and will not clear, CAUTION
from the exhaust gas as intended. always visit a NISSAN dealer or qualified
* Change the engine oil of the turbo-
workshop as soon as possible. Extended
charged engine as prescribed. See the
driving with the MIL illuminated may lead
separately provided Warranty Information
to damage to the exhaust filter system.
& Maintenance Booklet for additional in-
What you can do yourself to prevent the GPF from formation.
becoming saturated/clogged: * Use only the recommended engine oil. See
* Avoid repeated and frequent short journeys in “Recommended fluids/lubricants and ca-
which the engine does not reach its normal pacities” (P.495).
operating temperature. * If the engine has been operating at high
* Regularly drive the vehicle at speeds over 60 rpm for an extended period of time, let it
km/h for an extended period of time (more idle for a few minutes prior to shutdown.
MNSD1135
than 30 minutes). * Do not accelerate the engine to high rpm
immediately after starting it.
CAUTION
* Under certain driving conditions, the GPF
may become saturated/clogged because
these driving conditions prevent auto-
matic regeneration of the filter. In this
case, a message is displayed in the vehicle
information display.

CARE WHEN DRIVING PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION
SWITCH (where fitted)
GUID-16A37DF5-A4D3-4130-94CF-D9AC09C147A6 GUID-84DE1683-F63B-44AB-94D3-3047C35FFD5E
Driving your vehicle to fit the circumstances is
essential for your safety and comfort. As a driver,
DRIVING UNDER WINTER CONDITIONS
GUID-DD3EB248-E267-4AAF-A1FF-36FCB2B4117F
PRECAUTIONS ON PUSH-BUTTON IGNI-
you should be the one who knows best how to * Drive safely. TION SWITCH OPERATION
GUID-7516FD0F-3C70-4C19-9DBD-039CE31B0EB6
drive in the given circumstances. * Avoid starting off, accelerating or stopping WARNING
suddenly.
ENGINE COLD START PERIOD
GUID-D1956562-2BB7-4D14-8724-485CEEAEA5AB * Avoid sharp turns or lane changes.
Do not operate the push-button ignition
switch while driving the vehicle except in an
Due to the higher engine speeds when the engine * Avoid sudden steering actions.
emergency. (The engine will stop when the
is cold, extra caution must be exercised when * Extra distance should be kept from the vehicle ignition switch is pushed 3 consecutive times
selecting a gear during the engine warm-up period in front. in quick succession or the ignition switch is
after starting the engine.
pushed and held for more than 2 seconds.) If
LOADING LUGGAGE the engine stops while the vehicle is being
GUID-6045ED24-AAAE-4E5D-B24F-48D75FC218E0
driven, this could lead to a crash and serious
Loads, their distribution and the attachment of
injury.
equipment (coupling devices, roof luggage car-
riers, etc.) will change the driving characteristics of
Before operating the push-button ignition switch:
the vehicle considerably. Driving style and speed
must be adjusted accordingly. * Shift the transmission to the N (Neutral)
position or depress the clutch pedal (for
DRIVING ON WET ROADS
GUID-585B410E-0928-4089-A584-38D305811B13
Manual Transmission (MT) models).
* Avoid starting off, accelerating and stopping * Press the P (Park) button to shift the transmis-
suddenly. sion to the P (Park) position (for Xtronic
* Avoid sharp turns or lane changes. transmission models).
* Extra distance should be kept from the vehicle INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM
in front. GUID-BD9701CD-E8C2-4F6D-ACD1-D4B6A707376B
The Intelligent Key system can operate the ignition
* When water covers the road surface in pud-
switch without taking the key out from your
dles, small streams, etc. REDUCE SPEED to
pocket or bag. The operating environment and/
prevent aquaplaning which will cause skidding
or conditions may affect the Intelligent Key system
and loss of control. Worn tyres increase this
operation.
risk.
CAUTION
* Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with
you when operating the vehicle.
* Never leave the Intelligent Key inside the
vehicle when you leave the vehicle.

* If the Intelligent Key is too far away from not carry the Intelligent Key, to push the ignition * Two times to switch the ignition OFF.
the driver, the vehicle may not start. switch to start the engine. Steering lock will automatically be activated when
* If the vehicle battery is discharged, the * The luggage room area is not included in the any door is either opened or closed with the
ignition switch cannot be switched ON, and operating range, but the Intelligent Key may ignition switched OFF.
if the steering lock is engaged, the steering function. Some indicators and warnings for operation are
wheel cannot be moved. Charge the bat- * If the Intelligent Key is placed on the instru- displayed on the vehicle information display. See
tery as soon as possible. (See “Jump ment panel, inside the glove box, door pocket “Vehicle information display” (P.82).
starting” (P.453).) or the corner of the interior compartment, the
Intelligent Key may not function. ON (normal operating position)
GUID-262A6672-729D-432E-9102-B8B69137732B
Operating range
GUID-C4F0B372-EBFC-49CF-A324-54A52D52E32C
* If the Intelligent Key is placed near the door or This position turns on the ignition system and
window outside the vehicle, the Intelligent Key electrical accessories.
may function.
Battery saver system:
IGNITION SWITCH POSITIONS Ignition ON has a battery saver feature. If the
GUID-B277C6F8-21C5-4B1A-A672-5189A4A198E7
vehicle is not running, after a period of time, the
ignition will automatically switch OFF.
The battery saver feature will be suspended if the
ignition switch position is changed.
CAUTION
Use electrical accessories with the engine
MNIC4101 running to avoid discharging the vehicle bat-
tery. If you must use accessories while the
engine is not running, do not use them for
The Intelligent Key can only be used for starting extended periods of time and do not use
the engine when the Intelligent Key is within the MJVS1053XZ
multiple electrical accessories at the same
specified operating range as illustrated. time.
When the Intelligent Key battery is almost dis-
When the ignition switch is pushed without
charged or strong radio waves are present near
depressing the brake pedal, the ignition switch will OFF GUID-AFA487E7-F6F4-49E0-9063-6038A9A8A02F
the operating location, the Intelligent Key system’s
illuminate: The ignition is OFF when the engine is turned off
operating range becomes narrower and may not
function properly. Push the centre of the ignition switch: using the ignition switch. No lights will illuminate
* Once to switch the ignition ON. on the ignition switch.
If the Intelligent Key is within the operating range,
it is possible for anyone, even someone who does

Xtronic transmission: STEERING LOCK INTELLIGENTGUID-208D6874-5B3F-4161-B8DE-485FE803D282
KEY BATTERY DISCHARGE
GUID-6F176C81-9EDB-4084-BA1B-7C3A023C3680
When switching the ignition OFF, make sure the
The ignition switch is equipped with an anti-theft
transmission is in the P (Park) position.
steering lock device.
The transmission can be shifted from the P (Park)
position if the ignition is ON and the brake pedal is To lock steering wheel
GUID-420C6CE2-5922-44AC-9C88-F49D369CB86E
depressed. 1. Switch the ignition OFF where the ignition
If the battery of the vehicle is discharged, the switch position indicator will not illuminate.
ignition cannot be switched ON. 2. Open or close the door.
ACC 3. Turn the steering wheel 1/6 of a turn to the

GUID-2099247D-DE36-4ABF-AB41-978EB4ED9C62
right or left from the straight up position.
With the vehicle in the P (Park) position, the
Intelligent key with you and the ignition switched To unlock steering wheel MWBF0089XZ
GUID-F140441B-9E07-4B7C-8CD2-3F9F988A721E
from ON to OFF, the radio can still be used for a
Push the ignition switch to ON, and the steering
period of time, or until the driver’s door is opened.
wheel will be automatically unlocked. If the battery of the Intelligent Key is discharged, or
After a period of time, functions such as radio,
CAUTION environmental conditions interfere with the Intel-
navigation, and Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone
ligent Key operation, start the engine according to
System may be restarted by pressing the POWER * If the battery of the vehicle is discharged,
the following procedure:
ON-OFF button/VOLUME control knob or the the push-button ignition switch cannot be
Intelligent Key unlock button up to a total of 30 switched ON. 1. Press the P (Park) button to shift the transmis-
minutes. sion to the P (Park) (Xtronic transmission
* If the ignition does not turn ON, push the
models) shift to N (Neutral) (MT models).
ignition switch again while rotating the
EMERGENCYGUID-8514BE1A-B4B1-429A-A507-6F6D953932D6
ENGINE SHUT OFF 2. Firmly apply the footbrake.
steering wheel slightly to the right and left.
To shut off the engine in an emergency situation 3. Depress the clutch pedal to the floor (MT
while driving, perform the following procedure: models)
* Rapidly push the push-button ignition switch 3 4. Touch the ignition switch with the Intelligent
consecutive times in less than 1.5 seconds, or Key as illustrated. (A chime will sound.)
* Push and hold the push-button ignition switch
5. Push the ignition switch while depressing the
for more than 2 seconds.
brake pedal within 10 seconds after the chime
sounds. The engine will start.
After step 4 is performed, when the ignition switch
is pushed without depressing the brake pedal, the
ignition will switch ON.

STARTING THE ENGINE
GUID-8026F040-5CA8-4350-BD6F-BFBD299EA879
NOTE: 1. Before starting the engine ensure parking NOTE:

* When the ignition switch is switched to ACC brake is applied and vehicle is secure. For Petrol engine models:
or ON or the engine is started by the above additional information, see “Electric Parking . If the engine is very hard to start in
procedures, the Intelligent Key system Brake” (P.157). extremely cold weather or when restart-
warning message may appear in the vehicle 2. Manual transmission models: ing, depress the accelerator pedal a little
information display even if the key is inside (approximately 1/3 of the way to the floor)
Shift the transmission to the N (Neutral)
the vehicle. This is not a malfunction. and hold it and then crank the engine.
position, and depress the clutch pedal to the
* If the Intelligent Key system warning mes- Release the ignition switch and the accel-
floor while starting the engine.
sage [Key Battery Low] appears in the erator pedal when the engine starts.
Xtronic transmission models: . If the engine is very hard to start because
vehicle information display, replace the bat-
tery as soon as possible. (See “Intelligent Key Press the P (Park) button to shift the transmis- it is flooded, depress the accelerator
battery replacement” (P.479).) sion to the P (Park) position, depress and hold pedal all the way to the floor and hold it.
brake pedal while starting the engine. Crank the engine for 5-6 seconds. After
The starter is designed to operate only when cranking the engine, release the accel-
the transmission is in the proper position. erator pedal. Crank the engine with your
foot off the accelerator pedal by pushing
The Intelligent Key (where fitted) must be
the ignition switch. Release the switch
carried while inside the vehicle when oper-
when the engine starts. If the engine
ating the ignition switch.
starts, but fails to run, repeat the above
3. To start the engine: procedure.
. MT models – keep the clutch pedal de-
pressed and/or depress the brake pedal
CAUTION
then push the ignition switch. * As soon as the engine has started, release
. Xtronic transmission models – depress the the ignition switch immediately.
brake pedal then push the ignition switch. If * Do not operate the starter for more than 15
you try to start engine with the transmis- seconds at a time. If the engine does not
sion in N (Neutral) without the footbrake start, release the ignition switch and wait
depressed, the engine will not start and a 10 seconds before cranking again, other-
[Shift to Park] message will be displayed in wise the starter could be damaged.
the vehicle information display. * If it becomes necessary to start the engine
4. Immediately release the ignition switch when with a booster battery and jumper cables,
the engine starts. If the engine starts, but fails the instructions and cautions contained in
to run, repeat the above procedures. the “6. In case of emergency” section
should be carefully followed.

DRIVING THE VEHICLE
GUID-9F11AC4E-AD0F-4C45-96C9-69CD49B6FB1F
5. After starting, allow the engine to idle for at DRIVING WITHGUID-1FB711AF-F8E7-4822-BD18-8FCD6F2C2B1B

MANUAL TRANSMISSION Shifting GUID-E9956FBA-8246-4519-92EE-5A933CC23528
least 30 seconds to warm-up. Drive at moder-
ate speeds for a short distance first, especially CAUTION
in cold weather. * Do not downshift abruptly on slippery
roads. This may cause a loss of vehicle
CAUTION
control.
Do not leave the vehicle unattended while the
* Do not over-rev the engine when shifting
engine is warming up.
to a lower gear. This may cause the loss of
vehicle control or engine damage.
6. To stop the engine:
. Manual transmission models: apply the * Do not rest your foot on the clutch pedal
parking brake and switch the ignition OFF. while driving. This may cause clutch da-
mage. Fully depress the clutch pedal be- MNSD525
. Xtronic transmission models: Press the P
fore shifting to help prevent transmission
(Park) button to shift the transmission to 6–speed MT (where fitted)
damage.
the P (Park) position, apply the parking
brake and switch the ignition OFF. * Stop your vehicle completely before shift- RHD models
ing into the R (Reverse) position. LHD models
7. The steering wheel lock engages when igni-
tion is off and a door is opened or closed. * When you are shifting from one gear to Shift lever ring
another, be certain to depress the clutch
To change gears, fully depress the clutch pedal,
pedal all the way to the floor to avoid
shift into the appropriate gear, then release the
clashing or chipping the gears.
clutch pedal slowly and smoothly.
* Avoid abrupt starts and acceleration for
To ensure smooth gear changes, fully depress the
your safety.
clutch pedal before operating the shift lever. If the
* When moving off from stationary do not clutch pedal is not fully depressed before the
over-rev the engine and/or release the transmission is shifted, a noise may be heard. This
clutch pedal suddenly. Failure to observe could result in damage to the transmission.
this caution could result in transmission
Start the vehicle in 1st gear and shift through the
system damage.
gears in sequence according to the vehicle speed.
* When quick acceleration is required for
some reason, shift to a lower gear and
accelerate until the vehicle reaches the
maximum speed in each gear. Do not
exceed the speed limit of any gear.

Shift indicator (where fitted): 1. Stop the vehicle. Engine power may be automatically reduced to
2. Shift the transmission into the N (Neutral) protect the Xtronic transmission if the engine
position. speed increases quickly when driving on slip-
pery roads or while being tested on some
3. Pull and hold the shift lever ring up. dynamometers.
4. Move the shift lever into the R (Reverse)
position. WARNING
5. Release the shift lever ring and safely drive the * Do not depress the accelerator pedal while
vehicle backwards. shifting from P (Park) or N (Neutral) to R
(Reverse), D (Drive) / Ds (Drive Sport) mode.
The shift lever ring returns to its original Always depress the brake pedal until
position when the shift lever is moved to the shifting is completed. Failure to do so
MNSD1053 N (Neutral) position. could cause you to lose control and have
When the shift lever is in the R (Reverse) position, an accident.
either the NissanConnect monitor (where fitted) or * Cold engine idle speed is high, so use
The shift indicator located in the lower part of
the ultrasonic parking sensor (where fitted) will be caution when shifting into a forward or
the vehicle information display can help to im-
activated. For details, see “Rear-view Monitor reverse gear before the engine has
prove the level of environmentally friendly driving.
(where fitted)” (P.171) or “Intelligent Around View warmed up.
Following the shift indicator by changing to the Monitor system operation” (P.178) or “Front and
suggested gear when displayed may improve fuel Rear Ultrasonic Parking Sensors (where fitted)” * Do not downshift abruptly on slippery
economy. (P.421). roads. This may cause a loss of control.
However, the driver remains responsible for decid- If it is difficult to move the shift lever into R * Never shift to either the P (Park) or R
ing the most suitable gear according to actual (Reverse) or 1st. Shift into N (Neutral), then release (Reverse) position while the vehicle is
vehicle, road and traffic conditions. the clutch pedal. Fully depress the clutch pedal moving forward and P (Park) or D (Drive) /
again and shift into R (Reverse) or 1st. Ds (Drive Sport) mode position while the
NOTE: vehicle is reversing. This could cause an
No arrow is displayed in some circumstances DRIVING WITH XTRONIC TRANSMISSION accident or damage the transmission.
GUID-AB923007-1EEF-426F-A045-614F0F35297A
including: * Except in an emergency, do not shift to the
The Xtronic transmission in your vehicle is electro-
* The actual gear matches recommended N (Neutral) position while driving. Coasting
nically controlled to produce maximum power and
gear with the transmission in the N (Neutral)
smooth operation.
* The vehicle speed is approx. 0 km/h position may cause serious damage to the
The recommended operating procedures for this
Reverse gear: transmission.
transmission are shown on the following pages.
To reverse with 6–speed manual transmission, Follow these procedures for maximum vehicle
proceed as follows: performance and driving enjoyment.

CAUTION move slowly when the engine is running. : Push the button to shift.
* To avoid possible damage to your vehicle, Make sure the footbrake pedal is de-
: Shift without pushing the
when stopping the vehicle on an uphill pressed fully and the vehicle is stopped button .
grade, do not hold the vehicle by depres- before shifting the transmission.
sing the accelerator pedal. The footbrake * MAKE SURE OF THE TRANSMISSION POSI- Push the P (Park) button to shift to P (Park).
should be used for this purpose. TION - Make sure the transmission position After starting the engine, fully depress the brake
* Do not hang items on the shift lever. This is in the desired position on the vehicle pedal, move the lever to the desired position as
may cause an accident due to a sudden information display. D (Drive) / Ds (Drive indicated then release it. To shift to reverse you
start. Sport) are used to move forward and R need to first depress button .
(Reverse) to reverse.
Confirm that the transmission is in the desired
Starting theGUID-E3179B10-07B4-45B3-B05D-5520CA83DBE9
vehicle * WARM UP THE ENGINE - Due to the higher shift position by checking the shift indicator
idle speeds when the engine is cold, extra located on the shift lever or on the vehicle
1. After starting the engine, fully depress the
caution must be exercised when shifting information display.
footbrake pedal before attempting to place
the transmission lever into a driving posi-
the shift position out of the P (Park) position. WARNING
tion immediately after starting the engine.
This Xtronic transmission is designed so that
the footbrake pedal must be depressed Apply the Electric Parking Brake if the trans-
before shifting from P (Park) to any driving Shifting GUID-FF508E10-D112-4238-A40D-34E7628A8D17
mission is in any position while the engine is
position while the ignition is switched ON. not running. Failure to do so could cause the
The shift position cannot be placed out of vehicle to move unexpectedly or roll away and
the P (Park) position and into any of the result in serious personal injury or property
other positions if the ignition is switched damage.
OFF.
2. Keep the footbrake pedal depressed and move
CAUTION
the shift lever to select a driving position. * Shift to the P (Park), R (Reverse) or D (Drive)
/ Ds (Drive Sport) position only when the
3. Release the foot brake and gradually apply the
vehicle is completely stopped.
accelerator pedal. If the parking brake is on it
will automatically release provided the driver * When switching to the desired shift posi-
MNSD1094 tion by operating the shift lever, check that
has their seat belt fastened.
the shift lever returns to the central posi-
CAUTION tion by releasing your hand from the lever.
* DEPRESS THE FOOTBRAKE PEDAL - Shifting Home position (central position) Holding the shift lever in a mid-way posi-
the transmission to D (Drive) / Ds (Drive To shift gear move the lever to the desired position tion may also damage the shift control
Sport) or R (Reverse) without depressing as indicated then release it. To shift to reverse you system.
the footbrake pedal causes the vehicle to need to first depress button .

* Do not operate the shift lever while the brake pedal, apply the Electric Parking Brake and the vehicle is completely stopped before selecting
accelerator pedal is depressed. This may then engage the P (Park) position. The parking lock the R (Reverse) position. The brake pedal must be
cause a sudden start which could result in should not be used as a brake when parking. In depressed and the shift lever button pushed to
an accident. order to secure the vehicle, always apply the move the shift lever from the home position to
* The following operations are not allowed Electric Parking Brake in addition to the parking engage R (Reverse). If the vehicle is placed in the
because excessive force would be applied lock. R (Reverse) position while the vehicle is moving
to the transmission and this may result in In the event of a malfunction of the vehicle’s forward, the chime will sound and the vehicle
damage to the vehicle. If these operations electronics, the transmission may lock in the P will switch into the N (Neutral) position.
are attempted, a chime sounds and the (Park) position. Have the vehicle’s electronics N (Neutral):
transmission shifts to the N (Neutral) posi- checked immediately. It is recommended that Neither the forward nor reverse gear is engaged.
tion: you visit a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop The engine can be started in this position. You may
— Shifting the transmission to the R for this service. shift to the N (Neutral) position and restart a stalled
(Reverse) position when driving for- The P (Park) position is automatically engaged if: engine while the vehicle is moving.
ward * You switch off the ignition switch You can select this position by holding the shift
— Shifting the transmission to the D * You unfasten the driver’s seat belt and open lever at this position for 0.5 seconds.
(Drive) position when reversing the driver side door when the vehicle is D (Drive):
stationary or driving at very low speed and
P (Park): Use this position for all normal forward driving. The
the transmission is in the D (Drive) position, the
Xtronic transmission changes gears automatically.
CAUTION R (Reverse) position or the N position unless
All forward gears are available. If the transmission
the Neutral hold mode (where fitted) is en-
* To prevent transmission damage, use the is placed in the D (Drive) position while the
gaged.
P (Park) position only when the vehicle is vehicle is reversing, the chime will sound and the
completely stopped. CAUTION vehicle will switch into the N (Neutral) position.
* Do not slide the shift lever while pushing To avoid Xtronic transmission malfunction, it is Ds (Drive Sport):
the P (Park) button. This may damage the recommended that you manually place the To select the Ds (Drive Sport) mode, slide the shift
shift control system. transmission in the P (Park) position under the lever to the D (Drive) position again while the
above conditions. vehicle is in D (Drive) mode. The drive position
Use this position when the vehicle is parked or indicator on the vehicle information display shows
starting the engine. Always make sure that the R (Reverse): <Ds>.
vehicle is completely stopped before pushing the P
(Park) button to engage the P (Park) position. For
CAUTION To turn off the Ds (Drive Sport) mode, slide the shift
maximum safety, the brake pedal must be de- To prevent transmission damage, use the R lever to the D (Drive) position again.
pressed before engaging the P (Park) position. Use (Reverse) position only when the vehicle is
this position together with the Electric Parking completely stopped.
Brake. When parking on a hill, first depress the
Use the R (Reverse) position to reverse. Make sure

NOTE: 1. Push the ignition switch to start the engine. * If the Neutral hold mode is unavailable, a
* Ds (Drive Sport) mode is not just for sporty 2. Release the Electric Parking Brake and Auto- message will appear in the vehicle informa-
driving, it can also be used when overtaking, matic Brake hold functions. tion display. (See “51. [Neutral Hold Mode
for example. was not activated] guidance (where fitted)”
3. Depress and hold the brake pedal. Slide the (P.100).) To activate the Neutral hold mode,
* When driving conditions change, turn Ds
shift lever to move the transmission out of the wait for a while without shifting operation
(Drive Sport) mode off.
P (Park) position. and then perform the operations again.
* Ds (Drive Sport) mode reduces fuel economy.
4. Push the P (Park) button.
Neutral hold mode function (where fitted) 5. Slide the shift lever to the N (Neutral) position,
Manual shift GUID-B1CDC48A-4E21-47F1-A5FC-94C6BF149595
mode
GUID-6E9CB9B4-5FA5-4163-AA36-23066E55EA19
This function enables you to turn off the engine and hold it for 0.5 second until [N] appears in
with the vehicle in the N (Neutral) position. While the vehicle information display, and then
this function is activated, the vehicle can be moved return the lever to the central position.
by pushing with hand (when car washing) even if 6. Slide the shift lever to the N (Neutral) position
the ignition is OFF. When using this function, again, and hold it for 0.5 second, until a
release the Electric Parking Brake. message [Neutral Hold Mode has been acti-
vated] appears in the vehicle information dis-
WARNING
play. (See “50. Neutral Hold Mode activated
* Use this function on a level surface only. guidance (where fitted)” (P.100).)
Failure to do so may cause the vehicle to
7. Switch the ignition OFF. The engine will turn
move accidentally and could result in a MWAF0417XZ
off while holding the N (Neutral) position.
collision or serious personal injury.
To exit the Neutral hold mode, shift the transmis- Paddle shifter
* When the ignition is switched ON after
sion to a position other than N (Neutral).
activating this function, depress the brake When using the paddle shifters while the Ds Drive
pedal to stop the vehicle because the shift NOTE: Sport) mode, the transmission enters the manual
lever is in the N (Neutral) position. * It is necessary to perform the steps 4 shift mode. Shift range can be selected manually
through 6 within approximately 5 seconds using the paddle shifters on the steering wheel.
* If this function is not activated regardless
of proper operation, transmission may and steps 5 and 6 within approximately 0.5 When shifting up, pull the right-side paddle shifter
malfunction. It is recommended that you seconds to prevent incorrect operation. (+) . The transmission shifts to the higher range.
visit a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop * When the ignition is switched OFF while the When shifting down, pull the left-side paddle
for this service. transmission is in the N (Neutral) position, a shifter (−) . The transmission shifts to the lower
message will appear in the vehicle informa- range.
To activate the Neutral hold mode, perform the tion display. (See “49. Neutral Hold Mode
following operations. To cancel manual shift mode, move the shift lever
guidance (where fitted)” (P.100).)
to the D (Drive) position. The transmission changes
to D (Drive). To return to Ds (Drive Sport) pull and

hold the paddle shifter for about 1.5 seconds. When * Pulling the same paddle shifter twice will shift High fluid temperature protection mode
GUID-5D54FFA3-6E5F-4D15-8C28-0E204275F2D0
you pull the paddle shifter while in the D (Drive) the ranges in succession. However, if this
This transmission has a high fluid temperature
Position, the transmission will shift to the upper or motion is rapidly done, the second shifting
protection mode. If the fluid temperature becomes
lower range temporarily. The transmission will may not be completed properly.
too high, (for example, when climbing steep grades
automatically return to the D (Drive) position after * In the manual shift mode, the transmission
in high temperatures with heavy loads, such as
a short period of time. may not shift to the selected gear. This helps
when towing a trailer), engine power and, under
If you want to return to the D (Drive) position maintain driving performance and reduces
some conditions, vehicle speed will be decreased
manually move the shift lever to D (Drive) position, the chance of vehicle damage or loss of
automatically to reduce the chance of transmis-
or pull and hold the paddle shifter for about 1.5 control.
sion damage. Vehicle speed can be controlled with
seconds. * When this situation occurs, the Xtronic the accelerator pedal, but the engine and vehicle
In the manual shift mode, the shift range is transmission position indicator will blink speed may be limited.
displayed in the vehicle information display. and the chime will sound.
* In the manual shift mode, the transmission Fail-safe
Shift ranges up or down one by one as follows: GUID-2D9B6852-9275-4753-ABEE-714B7E979F66
may shift up automatically to a higher range When the fail-safe operation occurs, the Xtronic
1st ⇔ 2nd ⇔ 3rd ⇔ 4th ⇔ 5th ⇔ 6th ⇔ 7th than selected if the engine speed is too high. transmission will not be shifted into the selected
7 (7th): When the vehicle speed decreases, the driving position.
transmission automatically shifts down and
Use this position for all normal forward driving at If the vehicle is driven under extreme conditions,
shifts to 1st gear before the vehicle comes to
highway speeds. such as excessive wheel spinning and subse-
a stop.
6 (6th) and 5 (5th): quent hard braking, the fail-safe system may be
* Xtronic transmission operation is limited to
activated. The Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)
Use these positions when driving up long slopes, or automatic drive mode when Xtronic transmis-
may come on to indicate the fail-safe mode is
for engine braking when driving down long slopes. sion fluid temperature is extremely low even if
activated. This will occur even if all electrical
4 (4th), 3 (3rd) and 2 (2nd): manual shift mode is selected. This is not a
circuits are functioning properly. In this case,
malfunction. When Xtronic transmission fluid
Use these positions for hill climbing or engine switch the ignition OFF and wait for 10 seconds.
warms up, manual shift mode can be selected.
braking on downhill grades. Then switch the ignition back ON. The vehicle
* When the Xtronic transmission fluid tempera- should return to its normal operating condition.
1 (1st): ture is high, the shift range may upshift in (The MIL may be illuminated even when the
Use this position when climbing steep hills slowly lower rpm than usual. This is not a malfunc- vehicle has returned to its normal operating
or driving slowly through deep snow, or for tion. condition.) If it does not return to its normal
maximum engine braking on steep downhill operating condition, have the transmission
grades. Accelerator downshift - in D (Drive) POSITION -
GUID-F97E09FE-9150-40DE-96E3-0D88BCF8A08D checked and repaired, if necessary, by a NISSAN
* Remember not to drive at high speeds for For overtaking or climbing hills, depress the dealer or qualified workshop.
extended periods of time in lower than 7th accelerator pedal to the floor. This shifts the
gear. This reduces fuel economy. transmission down into a lower gear, depending
on the vehicle speed.

STOP/START SYSTEM (where fitted)
GUID-A3DA0D82-E169-411A-B4EE-EEB221477512
WARNING The Stop/Start System is designed to prevent CAUTION

unnecessary fuel consumption, exhaust emissions,
When the high fluid temperature protection At the end of the journey the engine must be
and noise during a journey:
mode or fail-safe operation occurs, vehicle stopped and ignition turned OFF. Lock the
speed may be gradually reduced. The reduced To activate the Stop/Start system: vehicle as normal. Turning the ignition OFF will
speed may be lower than other traffic, which * On manual transmission models, bring the shut down all electrical systems. Failure to do
could increase the chance of a collision. Be vehicle to a complete stop, remain at idle in N this may result in a flat battery.
especially careful when driving. If necessary, (Neutral) and release the clutch pedal.
pull to the side of the road at a safe place and * On Xtronic transmission models, bring the NORMAL OPERATION
allow the transmission to return to normal vehicle to a complete stop, and either depress GUID-EFADB9D9-DE18-4754-A0FB-B47D7B54EE32
operation, or have it repaired if necessary. the brake pedal or shift into N (Neutral) or P
(Park).
If you have Automatic brake hold turned ON,
you can remove your foot from the brake
pedal once the Automatic brake hold indicator
light (green) illuminates, and the engine will
not restart automatically.
To restart the engine when the Stop/Start system
is active:
* On manual transmission models, the engine MNIC3713
will restart as soon as you depress the clutch
pedal to shift into a (forward or reverse) gear. 7 inch display
* On Xtronic transmission models:

— If the Automatic brake hold indicator light
(green) is illuminated, shift into D (Drive) or R
(Reverse), or press the accelerator to restart
the engine.
— If Automatic brake hold is turned off or not
fitted, or the indicator is not illuminated, the
engine will restart when you take your foot
off the brake pedal.

* When the engine is turned on with the * When the steering wheel is operated (mod-
engine bonnet open. els without Mild Hybrid Technology).
NOTE:
* When the driver’s door is open.
The Coasting Stop/Start system (available with
* When the Stop/Start System indicator blinks
Mild Hybrid Technology (where fitted) together
at a low speed.
with Xtronic transmission only) will not activate
* When the accelerator pedal is depressed under the following conditions:
(Xtronic transmission models). * When the vehicle speed above than 18 km/h.
* When the transmission is in the R (Reverse) * When the transmission is not in the D (Drive)
MNIC4086
position. position.
* When the fan speed control dial is in any * When the vehicle is moving on a road that is
Full screen display position other than OFF (0) while the air flow not flat.
control dial is in the front defogger position
The Stop/Start System has stopped the engine * When a pedestrian or vehicle is detected by
(manual air conditioner).
and will automatically restart the engine. The the Intelligent Emergency Brake function
Stop/Start indicator light is lit. * When the front defogger switch is on (auto- (where fitted).
matic air conditioner).
* When ProPILOT Assist (where fitted) or ICC
NOTE: * When the Stop/Start System OFF switch is (where fitted) is activated.
The Stop/Start System or Coasting Stop/Start turned on.
system (available with Mild Hybrid Technology * When Intelligent Key is not detected. NOTE:
(where fitted) together with Xtronic transmis- * When the brake pedal is not fully depressed It may take some time until the Stop/Start
sion only) will not activate under the following (Xtronic transmission models). System activates under the following conditions:
conditions: * When the battery is discharged.
* When the power consumption is high.
* When the engine is kept idling without any * When the outside temperature is low or
* When the altitude is high.
driving after the engine is turned on. high.
* When [SNOW] mode or [OFF-ROAD] mode is
* When the engine coolant temperature is low. * When the lead acid battery is replaced or the
activated (4WD models).
* When the battery capacity is low. lead acid battery terminal is disconnected
* When the battery temperature is low or NOTE: for extended periods and then reconnected.
extremely high. The Stop/Start system will not activate under
NOTE:
* When the vacuum in the brake servo de- the following conditions:
creases. * When the vehicle is moved. The engine will not restart even if the brake
* When the engine bonnet is opened with the * When stopping the vehicle on steep sloping pedal is released (Xtronic transmission ) or
engine running. roads. clutch pedal is pressed (MT) while the Stop/Start
System is activated under the following condi-

tion (the engine may restart due to another * When the battery capacity is low. NOTE:
engine restart condition): * When the power consumption is high. The engine will restart without releasing the
* When the transmission is in the P (Park) * When the paddle shift is operated (where brake pedal (Xtronic transmission models) or
position (Xtronic transmission models). fitted) (Xtronic transmission models) without depressing the clutch pedal (MT models)
* When the transmission is not in the N * When the Intelligent Key is not detected. while the Stop/Start System is activated under
(Neutral) position (if the driver depresses the following conditions:
* When the vacuum of the brake servo is
the clutch pedal fully, the engine restarts) * When the brake pedal is released on sloping
insufficient as a result of depressing the
(MT models). roads and the vehicle is moved.
brake pedal several times.
* When the transmission is in the N (Neutral) * When the parking brake is released when
* When the driver’s seat belt is released or the
position and the parking brake is on or the transmission is in the N (Neutral) posi-
driver’s door is open. (Xtronic transmission
Automatic brake hold indicator light is green tion and the brake pedal is not depressed.
models) (Manual transmission models if
(Xtronic transmission models). * When the transmission is placed in the R
gear is not engaged).
* When ProPILOT Assist (where fitted) is acti- (Reverse) position. (Xtronic transmission
* When the battery voltage becomes low (due
vated. models)
to electrical load from other vehicle systems
NOTE: like headlights, heater, etc., or auxiliary * When D (Drive) is selected from P (Park) or N
devices connected to the 12 volt socket (Neutral) during a Stop/Start system stop in
The engine will restart without releasing the an Xtronic transmission vehicle.
inside the vehicle)
brake pedal (Xtronic transmission models) or
* When more than 3 minutes have elapsed * When the steering wheel is operated (Xtronic
without depressing the clutch pedal (MT models)
since the Stop/Start system was activated. transmission vehicle vehicles without Mild
while the Stop/Start System or the Coasting
(Xtronic transmission models) Hybrid Technology).
Stop/Start System (available with Mild Hybrid
Technology (where fitted) together with Xtronic * When ProPILOT Assist (where fitted) is acti- NOTE:
transmission only) is activated under the follow- vated (The engine may not restart depend-
ing on the brake fluid pressure). The engine will restart without releasing the
ing conditions:
brake pedal while the Coasting Stop/Start sys-
* When the Stop/Start System OFF switch is * When the driver moves the vehicle from
tem (available with Mild Hybrid Technology
pushed. standstill using ProPILOT Assist (where
(where fitted) together with Xtronic transmis-
* When the fan speed control dial is in any fitted).
sion only) is activated under the following
position other than OFF (0) while the air flow * When ProPILOT Assist (where fitted) detects conditions
control dial is in the front defogger position the vehicle ahead moving away. * When the vehicle speed is more than 18
(manual air conditioner). * When [SNOW] mode or [OFF-ROAD] mode is km/h (12 MPH).
* When the front defogger switch is set to ON activated (4WD models). * When the transmission is not in the D (Drive)
(automatic air conditioner). position.
* When the accelerator pedal is depressed. * When the engine bonnet is open.
(Xtronic transmission models)

NOTE: If the Stop/Start System is activated or deacti-
The engine will not restart while the vehicle is vated using the Stop/Start System OFF switch, the
moving when the emergency brake is activated message is shown.
during the Coasting Stop/Start System (avail-
able with Mild Hybrid Technology (where fitted)
CO2 or fuel saved and engine stop time
GUID-5193B663-6939-401E-8B09-D32BCFD2B396
together with Xtronic transmission only). The
engine will restart after the vehicle comes to a
halt.
NOTE:
The following conditions will prevent the Stop/ MNSY1030
Start System from automatically restarting the
engine. Starting the engine with the ignition
switch is then necessary
NOTE:
* When the engine bonnet is open.
Automatic engine restart is possible whenever
* When the driver’s seat belt is unfastened MNSD1054
the Stop/Start System indicator light is illumi-
and the driver’s door is opened (MT models).
nated in the vehicle information display.
Use this system while waiting at traffic lights, etc.
When the vehicle is stopped for long periods of
STOP/STARTGUID-834869F4-058D-46EA-837A-6F8581603A6C
SYSTEM DISPLAY
time, turn off the engine. See “Vehicle information display” (P.83) for infor-
mation about the display.
When the engine is stopped by the Stop/Start
System, heating, cooling and dehumidifying func- Stop/Start System ON or OFF
tions can become less effective. To avoid this, turn GUID-F6D5C288-C6C7-430A-977A-4554754667AB
the Stop/Start System off by pressing the Stop/

Start System OFF switch.
The Stop/Start System is always engaged at the
start of a journey (once the engine has been
started). The engine is automatically stopped and MNSD1055
restarted during the journey if conditions are
suitable.
Whilst the engine remains stopped the vehicle
information display can show the accumulated
quantity (estimate) of carbon dioxide exhaust
MJVS0638XZ

emissions (where fitted) prevented by the Stop/ System faultGUID-7A914A40-D698-4742-931D-7995F1C4E0B0 stopped if the engine is prevented from automa-
Start System. tically stopping by the Stop/Start System due to
The CO2 or fuel saved and the engine stop time inhibition conditions.
mode shows the following items:
Stop/Start guidance ([Stop / Start Press Brake Pedal])
GUID-E67EEFF4-DA21-4AC7-9D5E-13A0A6960AEE
* The CO2 saved shows the estimated quantity
of CO2 exhaust emissions that were prevented
by the Stop/Start System while the engine is
automatically stopped.
* The engine stop time shows the time that the
engine has been stopped for by the Stop/Start
System.
There are two CO2 counters, one lifetime and one MJVS0346XZ
that can be manually reset. This can be done by

pressing <OK> on the [CO2 Saved] page or can be
reset in the [Settings] menu; see “Vehicle informa- This message is displayed when the Stop/Start
MNSD1059
tion display” (P.83). System is malfunctioning.
Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer or
Auto start deactivation qualified workshop.
GUID-ADF829AB-1EE4-4334-8877-281FB4E2FB14 This guidance is displayed when the vehicle is
stopped if the Stop/Start System is deactivated
Stop/Start inhibition
GUID-AEFDB41A-30DF-433D-85FF-0A8F1B789BD4 due to not fully depressing the brake pedal.
If you wish to activate the Stop/Start System,
depress the brake pedal further.
The display disappears under the following condi-
tions:
* The Stop/Start System is activated.
* The vehicle starts moving.
MJVS0344XZ
MNSD1056
If the engine stops when the Stop/Start System is
activated, and will not start automatically, the
message is shown. This indicator is displayed when the vehicle is

Stop/Start guidance ([Stop / Start Release Clutch Pedal])
GUID-9FBE02F5-5142-4655-86BC-9B776F643D9A
Stop/Start guidance ([Steering Prioritised])
GUID-11E510D8-68DF-448C-B91C-1AF358D14AF1
Stop/Start guidance ([Climate Control Prioritised])
GUID-67EA3933-6258-4E91-98AA-C3C8A7BFAE65
MNSD1060 MNSD1057 MNSD1058
This guidance is displayed when the vehicle is This guidance is displayed when the vehicle is This guidance is displayed when the vehicle is
stopped if the Stop/Start System is deactivated stopped if the Stop/Start System is deactivated stopped if the Stop/Start System is deactivated
due to not fully releasing the clutch pedal. due to steering operation being detected. because the air conditioner (cooling, heating or
If you wish to activate the Stop/Start System, fully The display disappears under the following condi- dehumidifying functions) is given priority.
release the clutch pedal. tions: The display disappears under the following condi-
The display disappears under the following condi- * The Stop/Start System is activated. tions:
tions: * The vehicle starts moving. * The Stop/Start System is activated.
* The Stop/Start System is activated. * The vehicle starts moving.
* The vehicle starts moving.

MILD HYBRID SYSTEM TECH-
NOLOGY (where fitted)
GUID-8617DBEF-7592-4457-B61A-6D6C2C719572
* When the Stop/Start System is disengaged Mild Hybrid system technology efficiently controls
STOP/START SYSTEM OFF SWITCH
GUID-0C29950B-3CEB-424E-8779-88373AD6AC56 torque assist function and battery charging (en-
after the engine has been automatically
stopped by the Stop/Start System, the engine ergy regeneration function) and enhances the
will immediately restart if suitable conditions stop/start function to improve fuel efficiency. The
are present as described under NORMAL system makes use of a dual battery system: 12v
OPERATION. The engine will then be prevented lead-acid battery (main) and a lithium-ion battery
from automatically stopping during the same (sub) are installed. These batteries store the energy
journey. generated during braking to assist the engine’s
idle start-stop and the torque assist functions. The
* Whenever the Stop/Start System is disen-
energy stored in the Lithium-ion battery assists
gaged, the system cannot prevent unneces-
during acceleration which helps the engine in
sary fuel consumption, exhaust emissions, or
providing optimal acceleration and performance.
noise during your journey.
MNIC4052 When the vehicle is coasting without pressing the
More information about the Stop/Start System
Left hand drive can be checked using the [Settings] menu (see accelerator pedal or when decelerating by press-
Instruments and Controls). ing on the brake pedal, the batteries are charged,
storing the energy generated.
NOTE:
When the battery charge is sufficient, the energy
can then be used to assist the engine for to 20
seconds during acceleration, helping to provide
optimal performance and fuel efficiency.
NOTE:
The torque assist function will not be activated
under the following conditions.
* When reverse (R) gear is selected.
MNIC4154 * (Manual Transmission only) when the clutch
Right hand drive is not fully engaged (clutch pedal not fully
MJVS0638XZ
released).
The system can be temporarily disengaged by * When abruptly starting or accelerating.
pressing the Stop/Start System OFF switch. Press- * When the brake pedal is pressed after
ing the button a second time will re-engage the The Stop Start system ON or OFF message is
starting to accelerate.
Stop/Start System. displayed for a few seconds in the vehicle
* When the accelerator pedal is released after
information display when the Stop/Start System
* When the Stop/Start System is disengaged starting to accelerate.
OFF switch is pressed.
whilst the engine is running, the engine is
prevented from automatically stopping.

FOUR-WHEEL DRIVE (4WD) (where fitted)
GUID-520D255C-4E64-4E93-AEA3-997F8AE4F949
* When the anti- lock braking system (ABS) or NOTE:

Electronic Stability Program (ESP) are oper- When the [Drive Mode Selector] selects a mode,
ating. the mode may not switch immediately. This is
* When the battery capacity is low. not a malfunction.
* When the outside temperature is low and The current mode is displayed in the vehicle
battery protection is required. information display. The mode list will appear in
the vehicle information display and you can select
the mode.
NOTE:
MWAF0515XZ
The mode list will be turned off in approximately
[Drive Mode Selector]: 4WD models 5 seconds after the mode is selected. You can
also clear the message by pressing <OK> on the
steering wheel switch.
If the driving mode cannot be switched using the
[Drive Mode Selector] when the ignition is ON, have
the system checked. It is recommended you visit a
NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop for this
service.
[OFF-ROAD] GUID-C48622DF-5290-4091-A272-7703C14F09AE
MODE
Allows for easier driving or starting on a bumpy
road surface such as an uneven dirt road or a
MNSD1042
steep uphill slope or through sand.
Vehicle information display: 4WD models
CAUTION
The [Drive Mode Selector] system is used to select Never drive on dry, hard surface roads in the
the required 4WD mode depending on the driving [OFF-ROAD] mode, as this will overload the
conditions. powertrain and may cause a serious malfunc-
The Four Wheel Drive (4WD) system controls the tion. Additionally, this will cause premature
coupling operation. Turn the [Drive Mode Selector] tyre wear and reduced fuel economy.
(see illustration) to select each mode depending on
the driving conditions. When the [OFF-ROAD] mode is selected, small
tight-corner braking phenomenon or small vibra-

tion in cornering may occur. This is not a malfunc- [SPORT] MODE * Drive carefully when off-road and avoid dan-
GUID-8BFB09A8-7084-48AD-A43B-8FDE9A50274C
tion. gerous areas. Always wear seat belts to help
* Adjusts the engine and transmission points for
keep you and your passengers in position
[SNOW] MODE a higher response.
GUID-C5A44D7A-D39F-42B8-AFB5-5CE06CC7B884 when driving over rough terrain.
* The setting of the steering system is adjusted
This mode makes it easier to start and drive on * Do not drive across steep slopes. Instead drive
to moderately increase steering wheel effort
snowy roads and frozen roads. either straight up or straight down the slope.
for a sporty feel.
Off-road vehicles can tip over sideways much
CAUTION more easily than they can forwards or back-
NOTE:
Never drive on dry, hard surface roads in the wards.
[SNOW] mode, as this will overload the power- In the [SPORT] mode, fuel economy may be
reduced. * Many hills are too steep for any vehicle. If you
train and may cause a serious malfunction. drive up them, you may stall. If you drive down
Additionally, this will cause premature tyre 4WD SHIFT TIPS them, you may not be able to control your
GUID-6E836D1B-B72A-42AC-B2D0-056CC4B5EE86
wear and reduced fuel economy. speed. If you drive across them, you may roll
* Select Drive mode appropriate to the situation,
for example: it is not appropriate to use the over.
When the [SNOW] mode is selected, small vibration
[SNOW] or [OFF-ROAD] modes when driving in * Do not shift gears when driving on downhill
in cornering may occur. This is not a malfunction.
the city. grades as this could cause loss of control of
[STANDARD] MODE * Regardless of the driving mode selected, if the the vehicle.
GUID-02570F1D-06F8-4930-9851-A5966FEFE127
system detects a potentially dangerous situa- * Stay alert when driving to the top of a hill. At
This is the standard mode that is most suitable for
tion (for example. wheel slip) the 4WD will the top there could be a drop-off or other
normal driving.
actuate. hazard that could cause an accident.
This mode will be selected first each time the * If the engine of the vehicle stalls or you cannot
ignition is switched ON. DRIVING FOUR-WHEEL DRIVE (4WD) make it to the top of a steep grade, never
[ECO] MODEGUID-F4F65624-6280-4C3D-AA5D-549A4FC4F57F SAFELY GUID-3CDE79EA-4758-4B49-9444-84132522500C
attempt to turn around. Your vehicle could tip
Your NISSAN is designed for both normal and off- or roll over. Always drive backwards and
Assists the driver’s ECO-driving. The engine and straight down in R (reverse) gear.
road use. However, avoid driving in deep water or
transmission points are adjusted for improved fuel Never drive backwards with the transmission
mud as your NISSAN is mainly designed for leisure
economy, providing such a driving features as in N (Neutral) and/or with the clutch de-
use, unlike a conventional off-road vehicle.
smooth starting or constant cruising. pressed and using the brake as this could
Remember that Two-Wheel drive (2WD) models are
NOTE: result in loss of control.
less capable than Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) models
for rough road driving and extrication when stuck, * Heavy braking down a hill could cause your
Selecting the [ECO] mode will not necessarily
for example, in deep snow or mud. brakes to overheat and fade, resulting in loss
improve fuel economy as many driving factors
of control and an accident. Apply the brakes
influence its effectiveness. Please observe the following precautions: lightly and use a low gear to control your
vehicle speed.

[DRIVE MODE SELECTOR]
GUID-B5246237-744B-47C3-B193-35B706388F38
* Unsecured cargo can be thrown around when Instead, drive with your fingers and thumbs
driving over rough terrain. Properly secure it so on the outside of the rim.
that it will not be thrown forwards and cause * Before operating the vehicle, ensure that the
injury to you or your passengers. driver and all passengers have their seat belts
* To avoid raising the centre of gravity exces- fastened.
sively, do not exceed the rated capacity of the * Always drive with the floor mats in place as the
roof rack/gear bin (where fitted) and evenly floor may become very hot. Particular care
distribute the load. Secure heavy loads in the should be taken if you are barefoot.
luggage area as far forwards and as low as * Lower your speed when encountering strong
possible. Do not equip the vehicle with tyres crosswinds. With its higher centre of gravity
larger than specified. This could cause your MWAF0514XZ
your NISSAN is more affected by gusty side
vehicle to roll over. winds. Slower speeds ensure better vehicle [Drive Mode Selector]: 2WD models
* Accelerating quickly, sharp steering man- control.
oeuvres or sudden braking may cause loss of * Be sure to check the brakes immediately after
control. driving in mud or water as specified in “Wet
* Do not drive beyond the performance of the brakes” (P.433).
tyres, even with 4WD. Sudden acceleration, * Whenever you drive off-road through sand,
steering or braking may result in loss of mud or water as deep as the wheel hub, more
control and could cause the vehicle to become frequent maintenance may be required. For
stuck. details, refer to the separately provided War-
* If at all possible, avoid sharp turning man- ranty Information and Maintenance Booklet.
oeuvres, particularly at high speeds. Your 4WD * Rinse the underside of the vehicle with fresh
vehicle has a higher centre of gravity than a water after driving through mud or sand.
2WD vehicle and can tip over more easily. The MWAF0515XZ
Remove any brush or sticks that are trapped.
vehicle is not designed for cornering at the [Drive Mode Selector]: 4WD models
* Install the same size of winter tyres on all four
same speeds as conventional 2WD models any
(4) wheels (such as studless tyres) or install
more than low sports cars are designed to
snow chains to the front wheels when driving
perform satisfactorily under off-road condi-
on slippery roads (e.g. after a snowfall) and
tions. Failure to operate this vehicle correctly
drive carefully using 4WD.
could result in loss of control and/or a rollover
accident. * Avoid parking your vehicle on steep hills. If you
get out of the vehicle and it rolls forwards,
* Do not grip the inside or spokes of the steering
backwards or sideways, you could be injured.
wheel when driving off-road. The steering
wheel could jerk and injure your hands.

To change the mode, turn the [Drive Mode [OFF-ROAD]GUID-DE0FBA3E-3CA4-4794-B65C-FAE75D7702FF
MODE (4WD models)
Selector] right or left.
Allows for easier driving or starting on a bumpy
NOTE: road surface such as an uneven dirt road or a
When the [Drive Mode Selector] selects a mode, steep uphill slope or through sand.
the mode may not switch immediately. This is CAUTION
not a malfunction.
Never drive on dry, hard surface roads in the
The current mode is displayed in the vehicle [OFF-ROAD] mode, as this will overload the
information display. The mode list will appear in powertrain and may cause a serious malfunc-
the vehicle information display and you can select tion. Additionally, this will cause premature
MWAF0540XZ the mode. tyre wear and reduced fuel economy.
Vehicle information display: 2WD models NOTE:
When the [OFF-ROAD] mode is selected, small
The mode list will be turned off in approximately tight-corner braking phenomenon or small vibra-
5 seconds after the mode is selected. You can tion in cornering may occur. This is not a malfunc-
also clear the message by pressing <OK> on the tion.
steering wheel mounted controls.
If the driving mode cannot be switched using the [SNOW] MODE (4WD models)
GUID-7635830F-C978-4233-8CD9-5F37C9F53AC9
[Drive Mode Selector] when the ignition is ON, have This mode makes it easier to start and drive on
the system checked. It is recommended you visit a snowy roads and frozen roads.
NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop for this
service.
CAUTION
Never drive on dry, hard surface roads in the
The [STANDARD] mode will be selected first each
MNSD1042 [SNOW] mode, as this will overload the power-
time the ignition is switched ON.
train and may cause a serious malfunction.
Vehicle information display: 4WD models WARNING Additionally, this will cause premature tyre
* Do not stare at the [Drive Mode Selector] or wear and reduced fuel economy.
Multiple driving modes can be selected by using
the [Drive Mode Selector]. the display while driving so that full atten-
tion may be given to vehicle operation. When the [SNOW] mode is selected, small vibration
2WD: [SPORT], [STANDARD] and [ECO] in cornering may occur. This is not a malfunction.
* Avoid abrupt acceleration or steering, or
To change the mode, push the [Drive Mode
sudden braking especially on slippery
Selector] up or down.
roads. Otherwise tyre slip, skidding or
4WD: [OFF-ROAD], [SNOW], [STANDARD], [ECO] and tail-swing may occur; this may cause an
[SPORT] accident.

[STANDARD] GUID-E6F2D952-4995-41B1-9B26-202147BDFFAA
MODE * When the transmission is in the R (Reverse) With the [Tyre ECO advice] function ON, when the
position. tyre pressure is getting low, [Check Tyre Pressures
This is the standard mode that is most suitable for
* When the vehicle speed is below 3 km/h (2 for Best Energy Economy] appears.
normal driving.
MPH) or over 145 km/h (90 MPH). When the [Low Tyre Pressure] warning appears,
This mode will be selected first each time the
* When the cruise control (where fitted) or the the display can be switched to the tyre pressure
ignition is switched ON.
Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system (where mode by pushing the scroll dial to reveal additional
fitted) is operated. details on the displayed warning.
[ECO] MODE GUID-2ED443E3-7925-4CEF-B545-8BF5F018233B
Assists the driver’s ECO-driving. The engine and [ECO Drive Mode]
GUID-F960CF7C-F570-4EE0-9ECA-2A738AE33E8F
[ECO Pedal GUID-5D7AE92A-F62F-4ED6-AFCA-F33C2D46D72A
Guide] function
transmission points are adjusted for improved fuel
The [ECO Drive Mode] is a function that can
economy, providing such driving features as
change the priority from the Cruise Control (where
smooth starting or constant cruising.
fitted) or the Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) func-
It is recommended that you do not select use ECO tion to fuel efficiency improvements. It can be set
mode when acceleration is required under condi- when the ECO mode is selected. To activate or
tions such as: deactivate this function, see “Vehicle information
* Driving with a heavy load of passengers or display” (P.82).
cargo in the vehicle. * [ECO Cruise Control]
* Driving on a steep uphill slope. When the setting is ON, the fuel efficiency while
cruising will be improved by lowering the
NOTE: MWAF0126XZ
acceleration target from normal (setting OFF)
Selecting the [ECO] mode will not necessarily mode.
improve fuel economy as many driving factors
influence its effectiveness. NOTE: The [ECO Pedal Guide] display can be selected in
When the vehicle speed is reduced (for example, the vehicle information display in the ECO mode.
Operation (See “Vehicle information display” (P.82).) Use the
GUID-18C13630-C25B-4685-9989-DB8B75BA5ACE when the vehicle is driven on an uphill road from
Select the [ECO] mode using the [Drive Mode a flat road), it will take more time to return to the [ECO Pedal Guide] function for improving fuel
Selector]. The [ECO] indicator illuminates. previously set speed than normal mode. economy.
When the accelerator pedal is depressed within When the [ECO Pedal Guide] bar is in the green
[Tyre ECO advice]
the range of economy drive, the [ECO] indicator GUID-09459626-8A28-47EE-8A17-88962C46B2BA range , it indicates that the vehicle is being
illuminates in green. When the accelerator pedal is The [Tyre ECO advice] is a function to show an ECO driven within range of the super economy drive.
depressed above the range of economy drive, the advice message in the vehicle information display
When the [ECO Pedal Guide] bar is in the light
[ECO] indicator turns off. when low tyre pressure is detected. To activate or
green range , it indicates that the vehicle is being
deactivate this function, see “Vehicle information
The [ECO] indicator will not illuminate in the driven within range of the economy drive.
display” (P.82).
following cases: If the [ECO Pedal Guide] bar is out of the green

TRAFFIC SIGN RECOGNITION (where fitted)
GUID-6A0D3960-CEFC-4C3F-8BAA-F07D83848033
range ( and ), it indicates that the accelerator responsibility to stay alert and drive safely at
pedal is depressed over the range of economy all times.
drive.
The [ECO Pedal Guide] bar is not displayed when: SYSTEM OPERATION
GUID-0848D0CD-2F01-4125-9D71-CC791F7A030B
* The vehicle speed is less than approximately 2
MPH (4 km/h).
* The transmission is in the P (Park), N (Neutral)
or R (Reverse) position.
[SPORT] MODE
GUID-FD447217-BFFB-4D92-AA94-890C3535539D MNIC4018
* Adjusts the engine and transmission points for
a higher response.
* The setting of the steering system is adjusted The Traffic Sign Recognition (TSR) system provides
to moderately increase steering wheel effort the driver with information about the most re-
for a sporty feel. cently detected speed limit. The system captures MNSD1109
the road sign information with the front camera
NOTE: unit located in front of the interior rear-view 7 inch display
In the [SPORT] mode, fuel economy may be mirror and displays the detected signs in the
reduced. Vehicle Information Display. For vehicles equipped
with NissanConnect, the speed limit displayed is
based on a combination of navigation system data
and live camera recognition. TSR information is
always displayed at the top of the Vehicle Informa-
tion Display, and optionally in the main central area
of the display screen. See “Vehicle information
display” (P.82) for details of how to adapt the
display of TSR information.
WARNING MNSD1110
The TSR system is only intended to be a Full screen display

support device to provide the driver with
information. It is not a replacement for the
driver’s attention to traffic conditions or re-
sponsibility to drive safely. It cannot prevent
accidents due to carelessness. It is the driver’s

Latest detected speed limit. shines on the front of the vehicle at
National speed limit. sunrise or sunset.)
No speed limit information. — When a sudden change in brightness
No-overtaking zone. occurs. (For example, when the vehicle
enters or exits a tunnel or under a
End of no-overtaking zone.
bridge.)
Conditional speed limit, with the following
available conditions: — When there is poor visibility. (For
example, insufficient illumination of
Snow
the road, bad weather conditions in
Towing rain, snow or fog or heavy spray.)
Goods vehicles — When the traffic signs are damaged or
Generic not standard. (For example, incorrect
Left turn allowed size, height, direction or brightness, or
broken or bent).
Right turn allowed
— When the traffic signs are hard to
CAUTION detect. (For example, they are covered
* The Traffic Sign Recognition (TSR) system by dirt or snow, or insufficient light-
is intended as an aid to careful driving. It is ing.)
the driver’s responsibility to stay alert, — When the signs are ambiguous. (For
drive safely, and observe all road regula- example, traffic signs on construction
tions that currently apply, including look- sites, in adjacent lanes or exit lane.)
ing out for road signs.
— When there is a object similar to traffic
* The Traffic Sign Recognition (TSR) system signs. (For example, similar signs,
may not function properly under the fol- board or structure.)
lowing conditions:
— When passing traffic signs outside the
— When rain, snow, fogging up or dirt camera’s field of vision. (For example,
adheres to the windscreen in front of after a sharp turn or located too far
the TSR camera unit. away.)
MNIC3874
— When the headlights are not bright — When electric traffic signs are hard to
TSR: available road signs due to dirt on the lens or if the aiming detect. (For example, low contrast,
is not adjusted properly. located too far away, 3 digits.)
The traffic recognition system displays the follow-
ing types of road sign: — When strong light enters the camera — In areas not covered by the navigation
unit. (For example, the light directly system.

— When the data of the navigation sys- TURNING THE TSR SYSTEM ON AND OFF
tem is incorrect or out-of-date. GUID-83527BBB-A3BB-43ED-B149-AC85976FE67B
— If there are deviations in relation to the

navigation, for example due to
changes in the road routing.
— When overtaking buses or trucks with
speed stickers.
* The TSR system may display a traffic sign
even though there is no traffic sign in front
of the vehicle. It may display a different
speed limit from that for a passenger
vehicle. The maximum speed limit sign
may show a higher or lower number than
the actual maximum speed, for example,
when detecting a speed limit sign for
trucks, different speed limit with the time
of day or day of the week, or speed limit
sign using different units (MPH or km/h)
near a border, when detecting an electric
traffic sign with or without speed limit
indication, when detecting an irrelevant
speed limit passing by a highway exit or
junction,etc.
MWAF0412X
Steering wheel-mounted controls (left side) Perform the following steps to enable or disable
Vehicle information display the TSR system:
Turning the TSR system on or off is done using the 1. Press the or button until [Settings]
[Settings] menu in the Vehicle Information Display. displays in the Vehicle Information Display and
For details, see “Vehicle information display” (P.82). then press the scroll dial. Use the scroll dial
buttons to select [Driver Assistance]. Then
press the scroll dial.

BLIND
BLIND SPOT
SPOT WARNING
WARNING (BSW)
(BSW) SYS-
SYS-
TEM/INTELLIGENT
TEM/INTELLIGENT BLIND SPOT
BLIND SPOT IN-
IN-
TERVENTION SYSTEM
TERVENTION SYSTEM (where
(where fitted)
fitted)
GUID-47743ECA-B296-4273-A130-1A8971C29C5C
2. Use the scroll dial buttons to select [Traffic This section contains the information about the
MAINTENANCE
GUID-DC43B3A6-ADE7-422D-B5AA-F8088609F00C following systems:
Sign]. Then press the scroll dial to turn the
system ON/OFF. * Blind Spot Warning (BSW) system
* Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention system
SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNAVAILABLE
GUID-F709FA16-E7A8-4946-9CE4-A74FF41F1388
If the vehicle is parked in direct sunlight under high WARNING
temperature conditions (over approximately 40°C Listed below are the system limitations for the
(104°F)) and then started, the TSR system may be BSW/Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention sys-
deactivated automatically. tem. Failure to operate the vehicle in accor-
Action to take: dance with these system limitations could
result in serious injury or death.
When the interior temperature is reduced, the TSR
system will resume operating automatically. MNIC4018 * The BSW/Intelligent Blind Spot Interven-
tion system is not a replacement for
SYSTEM MALFUNCTION
GUID-5303D3D9-AA54-4746-A398-C89F1E70F559
proper driving procedure and is not de-
If the TSR system malfunctions it will be turned off The lane camera unit for the Traffic Sign signed to prevent contact with vehicles or
automatically and the [System fault] warning Recognition (TSR) system is located above the objects. When driving, always use the side
message will appear in the Vehicle Information interior rear view mirror. To maintain the proper and rear mirrors and always turn your
Display. operation of the Traffic Sign Recognition (TSR) head and look in the direction you will
system and prevent a system malfunction, be sure move to ensure it is safe to change lanes.
Action to take:
to observe the following: Never rely solely on the BSW system.
If the [System fault] message appears, pull off the
* Always keep the windscreen clean. * There is a limitation to the detection
road at a safe location and stop the vehicle. Turn
* Do not attach a sticker (including transparent capability of the radar. Using the BSW
the engine off and restart the engine. If the
material) or install an accessory near the and Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention
[System fault] message continues to appear, have
camera unit. systems under some road, lane marker or
the TSR system checked by a NISSAN dealer or
weather conditions could lead to improper
qualified workshop. * Do not place reflective materials, such as white
system operation. Always rely on your own
paper or a mirror, on the instrument panel.
operation to avoid accidents.
The reflection of sunlight may adversely affect
the camera unit’s detection capability. * The BSW system operates at speeds above
* Do not strike or damage the areas around the approximately 32 km/h (20 MPH).
camera unit. Do not touch the camera lens or * The Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention
remove the screw located on the camera unit. system operates at speeds above approxi-
If the camera unit is damaged due to an mately 60 km/h (37 MPH).
accident, contact a NISSAN dealer or qualified
workshop.

THE BSW AND INTELLIGENT BLIND SPOT beside your vehicle in an adjacent lane. In addition If the radar detects a vehicle in the detection zone
to the radar sensors, the Intelligent Blind Spot and your vehicle is approaching the lane marker,
INTERVENTION SYSTEMS
GUID-3ED69945-7D88-4D35-B17B-C409051684FE Intervention system uses a camera installed the systems chime a sound (three times), flashes
behind the windscreen to monitor the lane mar- the BSW LED indicator light and the BSW indicator,
kers of your travelling lane. and slightly applies the brakes on one side for a
short period of time to help return the vehicle back
to the travelling lane.
MNAA2080
MSSD1030Z
Detection zone
The radar sensors can detect vehicles on either

side of your vehicle within the detection zone
shown as illustrated. This detection zone starts
from the outside mirror of your vehicle and
extends approximately 3.0 m (10 ft) behind the
rear bumper, and approximately 3.0 m (10 ft)
sideways.
MNIC4018 The BSW system operates above approximately 32
km/h (20 MPH). If the radar sensors detect vehicles
in the detection zone, the BSW LED indicator light
The Blind Spot Warning (BSW) and Intelligent Blind illuminates. If the driver then activates the turn
Spot Intervention systems can help alert the driver signal, the system chimes a sound (twice) and the
of other vehicles in adjacent lanes when changing BSW LED indicator light and the BSW indicator will
lanes. flash.
The BSW system uses radar sensors installed The Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention system
near the rear bumper to detect other vehicles operates above approximately 60 km/h (37 MPH).

BSW SYSTEM OPERATION chimes (twice) and the BSW LED indicator light and
GUID-A5B2D891-C837-47B2-B4B1-C13595D42544 the BSW indicator will flash. The BSW LED indicator
light and the BSW indicator continue to flash until
the detected vehicle leaves the detection zone.
The BSW LED indicator light illuminates for a few
seconds when the ignition is switched ON. The
brightness of the side indicator light is adjusted
automatically depending on the brightness of
ambient light.
MWAF0413X
BSW LED indicator light The BSW system operates above approximately 32
BSW indicator (on the vehicle information km/h (20 MPH).
display) If the radar sensors detect a vehicle in the
Vehicle information display detection zone, the BSW LED indicator light illumi-
Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left side) nates.
If the turn signal is then activated, the system

Turning the BSW system on or off NOTE:
GUID-9DA1F56E-F5B2-45BA-9567-CC7A046397B2
When enabling/disabling the system, the sys-
tem will retain the current settings even if the
engine is restarted.
BSW temporary disabled status
GUID-9FE57D6A-68E8-4F5B-AF38-6F592CCBDC73
When radar blockage is detected, the BSW system
will be turned off automatically. The [Not available
Side radar obstructed] warning message will
appear in the vehicle information display.
The system is not available until the conditions no
longer exist.
The radar sensors may be blocked by temporary
ambient conditions such as splashing water, mist,
or fog. The blocked condition may also be caused
by objects such as ice, frost or dirt obstructing the
radar sensors.
NOTE:
If the BSW system stops working, the Intelligent
Blind Spot Intervention (where fitted) and the
Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) systems will also
stop working.
Action to take:
When the above conditions no longer exist, the
MWAF0412X system will resume automatically.
Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left side) and then push the scroll dial. Use the scroll
System malfunction
GUID-F188BB95-FE93-46AE-B8EC-A4DE95974752
dial to select [Driver Assistance]. Then push the If the BSW system malfunctions, it will be turned off
Vehicle information display
scroll dial. automatically. The [System Fault] warning mes-
Perform the following steps to enable or disable sage will appear in the vehicle information display.
the BSW system. 2. Select [Blind Spot] and push the scroll dial.
1. Push the button until [Settings] 3. Select [Warning] and push the scroll dial.
appears in the vehicle information display For details, see “Vehicle information display” (P.82).

NOTE: INTELLIGENT BLIND SPOT INTERVENTION SYSTEM OPERATION
GUID-6B18C1C0-7FD5-4289-BB13-0A264BAC2A3C
If the BSW system stops working, the Intelligent
Blind Spot Intervention (where fitted) and the
Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) systems will also
stop working.
Action to take:
Stop the vehicle in a safe location, turn off and
restart the engine. If the message continues to
appear, have the BSW system checked by a NISSAN
dealer or qualified workshop.
MNSD1120
BSW LED indicator on the door mirror glass BSW indicator

(where fitted) Vehicle Information Display
Drive Assist indicator (where fitted) or ProPI- ProPILOT Assist switch (for models with
LOT Assist status indicator light (where ProPILOT Assist), Drive Assist switch (for
fitted) or Safety Shield indicator light (where models with ICC and Steering Assist (MT))
fitted) in the vehicle information display

Safety Shield switch (for models without pushed when the Blind Spot Intervention is
ProPILOT Assist or ICC and Steering Assist enabled in the [Driver Assistance] menu in the
(MT)) vehicle information display.
If the radar sensors detect vehicles in the detec- The ProPILOT Assist status indicator light (for
tion zone, the BSW LED indicator light located on models with ProPILOT Assist) or Drive Assist
the outside mirrors illuminates. If your vehicle is indicator (for models with ICC and Steering Assist
approaching a lane marker, the system chimes a (MT)) or Safety Shield indicator (for models without
sound (three times) and the BSW LED indicator ProPILOT Assist or ICC and Steering Assist (MT)) on
light and the BSW indicator will flash. Then the the vehicle information display illuminates.
system applies the brakes on one side of the
vehicle for a moment to help return the vehicle
back to the centre of the lane. Intelligent Blind Spot
Intervention operates regardless of turn signal
usage.
NOTE:
Warning and brake control will only be activated
if the BSW LED indicator light is already illumi-
nated when your vehicle approaches a lane
marker. If another vehicle comes into the detec-
tion zone after your vehicle has crossed a lane
marker, no warning or brake control will be
activated. For additional information, see “BSW/
Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention driving situa-
tions” (P.270). The Intelligent Blind Spot Inter-
vention system is typically activated earlier than
the Intelligent Lane Intervention (ILI) system
when your vehicle is approaching a lane marker.
The Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention system
turns on when either the ProPILOT Assist switch
(for models with ProPILOT Assist), the Drive Assist
switch (for models with ICC and Steering Assist
(MT)), the Safety Shield switch (for models without
ProPILOT Assist or ICC and Steering Assist), or the
speed limiter switch on the steering wheel is

Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention system activation and deactivation (MT)), the Safety Shield switch (for models without
GUID-2D5158D8-54A2-4B71-985A-B7FC842D62BA ProPILOT Assist or ICC and Steering Assist), or the
speed limiter switch on the steering wheel is
pushed when the Blind Spot Intervention is
enabled in the [Driver Assistance] menu in the
vehicle information display.
To deactivate the Intelligent Blind Spot Interven-
tion, push the same switch again or disable the
Blind Spot Intervention setting in the [Driver
Assistance] menu. The system will be automati-
cally deactivated when the ignition switch is
switched OFF.
To enable or disable the Blind Spot Intervention
setting:
1. Push the button until [Settings]
appears in the vehicle information display
and then push the scroll dial. Use the scroll
dial to select [Driver Assistance]. Then push the
scroll dial.
2. Select [Blind Spot] and push the scroll dial.
3. Select [Intervention] and push the scroll dial.
4. Push either the ProPILOT Assist switch (for
models with ProPILOT Assist) or the Drive
Assist switch (for models with ICC and Steering
MNSD1121 Assist (MT)) or the Safety Shield switch (for
models without ProPILOT Assist or ICC and
Steering Assist) to turn the system on or off.
Steering wheel mounted control (left side) Safety Shield switch (for models without
ProPILOT Assist or ICC and Steering Assist For details, see “Vehicle information display” (P.82).
Vehicle Information Display
(MT))
ProPILOT Assist switch (for models with NOTE:
ProPILOT Assist), Drive Assist switch (for Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention is activated
Before Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention can be
models with ICC and Steering Assist (MT)) turns on when either the ProPILOT Assist switch
activated, Blind Spot Warning must be activated.
(for models with ProPILOT Assist ), the Drive Assist
switch (for models with ICC and Steering Assist

To enable or disable the Blind Spot Warning system and turn it on again when the above lane at a speed approximately the
setting: conditions no longer exist. same as your vehicle.
1. Push the button until [Settings] — A vehicle approaching rapidly from
Intelligent BlindGUID-D490B786-184E-48C5-B541-7F788741D813
Spot Intervention malfunction
behind.
and then push the scroll dial. Use the scroll If the Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention system
— A vehicle which your vehicle overtakes
dial to select [Driver Assistance]. Then push the malfunctions, it will be turned off automatically.
rapidly.
scroll dial. The [System Fault] warning message will appear
and BSW indicator (yellow) on in the vehicle — See “BSW/Intelligent Blind Spot Inter-
2. Select [Blind Spot] and push the scroll dial. vention driving situations” (P.270) for
information display will illuminate and a chime will
3. Select [Warning] and push the scroll dial. sound. the situations in which the radar sen-
Turning the Blind Spot Warning system off will sors may not be able to detect vehicle
Action to take:
deactivate the Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention at (s).
Stop the vehicle in a safe location, turn off and
the same time. * The BSW and Intelligent Blind Spot Inter-
restart the engine. If the message continues to
vention systems may not provide a warn-
Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention tem- appear, have the Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention
ing or brake control for vehicles that pass
porarily notGUID-BA5CCDB8-D072-4837-8758-08ED977D68DB
available workshop.
the detection zone quickly.
When any of the following messages appear on * The radar sensors detection zone is de-
the vehicle information display, a chime will sound BSW/INTELLIGENT BLIND SPOT INTER- signed based on a standard lane width.
and the Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention system VENTION SYSTEM PRECAUTIONS When driving in a wider lane, the radar
GUID-8DC1C63D-736E-4EE8-B3D5-B0C9EB9373FB
will be turned off automatically. sensors may not detect vehicles in an
WARNING adjacent lane. When driving in a narrow
* [Unavailable Slippery Road]: When the ESP
system (except traction control system func- * The radar sensors may not be able to lane, the radar sensors may detect vehicles
tion) or ABS operates. detect and activate BSW/Intelligent Blind driving two lanes away.
* [Currently Not Available]: Spot Intervention when certain objects are * The radar sensors are designed to ignore
present such as: most stationary objects, however objects
— When the ESP system is turned OFF.
— Pedestrians, bicycles, animals. such as guardrails, walls, foliage and
— When the [SNOW] mode or the [OFF-ROAD]
parked vehicles may occasionally be de-
mode is selected (4WD models not fitted — Vehicles such as motorcycles, low
tected. This is a normal operating condi-
with ELA). height vehicles, or high ground clear-
tion.
* [Unavailable Camera Temperature High]: When ance vehicles.
the camera detects that the interior tempera- * Severe weather or road spray conditions
— Oncoming vehicles.
ture is high (over approximately 40°C (104°F)). may reduce the ability of the radar to
— Vehicles remaining in the detection detect other vehicles.
* [Not Available Side Radar Obstructed]: When zone when you accelerate from a stop.
side radar blockage is detected. * The camera may not detect lane markers
— A vehicle merging into an adjacent in the following situations and the Blind
Turn off the Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention

Spot Intervention system may not operate shines on the front of the vehicle at volume, open vehicle window) will interfere
properly. sunrise or sunset.) with the chime sound, and it may not be
— On roads where there are multiple — When a sudden change in brightness heard.
parallel lane markers; lane markers occurs. (For example: when the vehicle
that are faded or not painted clearly; enters or exits a tunnel or under a BSW/INTELLIGENT BLIND SPOT INTER-
yellow painted lane markers; non- bridge.) VENTION DRIVING SITUATIONS
standard lane markers; lane markers GUID-A373C780-ABAD-4A05-BB99-A76A4DC33E4F
* Do not use the Intelligent Blind Spot Inter-
covered with water, dirt, snow, etc. Indicator on
vention system under the following condi-
— On roads where discontinued lane tions because the system may not function Indicator off
markers are still detectable. properly. Indicator flashing
— On roads where there are sharp — During bad weather (For example: rain,
curves. fog, snow, etc.) Another vehicle approaching from behind
GUID-870939C7-882C-4BA6-95F9-6AE7DBE9595D
— On roads where there are sharply — When driving on slippery roads, such
contrasting objects, such as shadows, as on ice or snow, etc.
snow, water, wheel ruts, seams or lines — When driving on winding or uneven
remaining after road repairs. roads.
— On roads where the travelling lane — When there is a lane closure due to
merges or separates. road repairs.
— When the vehicle’s travelling direction — When driving in a makeshift or tem-
does not align with the lane markers. porary lane.
— When travelling close to the vehicle in — When driving on roads where the lane
front of you, which obstructs the lane width is too narrow. MJVS0737XZ
camera unit detection range.
— When driving with a tyre that is not Illustration 1 Approaching from behind
— When rain, snow or dirt adheres to the within normal tyre conditions (for ex-
windscreen in front of a lane camera ample, tyre wear, low tyre pressure, Illustration 1: The BSW LED indicator light illumi-
unit. installation of spare tyre, tyre chains, nates if a vehicle enters the detection zone from
— When the headlights are not bright non-standard wheels). behind in an adjacent lane. However, if the over-
due to dirt on the lens or if aiming is taking vehicle is travelling much faster than your
— When the vehicle is equipped with
not adjusted properly. vehicle, the BSW LED indicator light may not
non-original brake parts or suspen-
illuminate before the detected vehicle is beside
— When strong light enters a lane cam- sion parts.
your vehicle. Always use the side and rear mirrors
era unit. (For example: light directly — When towing a trailer or other vehicle. and turn and look in the direction your vehicle will
* Excessive noise (for example, audio system move to ensure it is safe to change lanes.

Overtaking another vehicle
GUID-926FA7E9-ACB9-4239-B7CD-AB1383513D03
MJVS0738XZ MJVS0760XZ
Illustration 2 Approaching from behind Illustration 3 Approaching from behind MJVS0739XZ
Illustration 2: If the driver activates the turn signal, Illustration 3: If the Intelligent Blind Spot Interven- Illustration 4 Overtaking another vehicle
then the system chimes (twice) and the BSW LED tion system is on and your vehicle is approaching a
indicator light and the BSW indicator will flash. lane marker and a vehicle is in the detection zone, Illustration 4: BSW LED indicator light illuminates if
the system chimes (three times) and the BSW LED you overtake a vehicle and that vehicle stays in the
NOTE: indicator light and the BSW indicator will flash. detection zone for approximately 3 seconds.
If the driver activates the turn signal before a Then the Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention system The radar sensors may not detect slower moving
vehicle enters the detection zone, the BSW LED slightly applies the brakes on one side to help vehicles if they are passed quickly.
indicator light and the BSW indicator will flash return the vehicle back to the centre of the driving
but no chime will sound when the other vehicle lane.
is detected.
MJVS0740XZ
Illustration 5 Overtaking another vehicle
Illustration 5: If the driver activates the turn signal

while another vehicle is in the detection zone, then NOTE:
the system chimes (twice) and the BSW LED * When overtaking several vehicles in a row,
indicator light and the BSW indicator will flash. the vehicles after the first vehicle may not be
detected if they are travelling close to-
NOTE: gether.
If the driver activates the turn signal before a * The radar sensors may not detect slower
vehicle enters the detection zone, the BSW LED moving vehicles if they are passed quickly.
indicator light and the BSW indicator will flash
but no chime will sound when the other vehicle Entering from the side
GUID-247AD4C5-4705-41CF-95A6-7961D7E43BFC
is detected.
MWAF0555XZ
Illustration 8 Entering from the side
Illustration 8: If the driver activates the turn signal

while another vehicle is in the detection zone, then
the BSW LED indicator light and the BSW indicator
will flash and a chime will sound twice.
NOTE:
MJVS0741XZ If the driver activates the turn signal before a
MJVS0761XZ vehicle enters the detection zone, the BSW LED
Illustration 7 Entering from the side indicator light and the BSW indicator will flash
Illustration 6 Overtaking another vehicle but no chime will sound when the other vehicle
Illustration 7: The BSW LED indicator light illumi-
is detected.
Illustration 6: If the Intelligent Blind Spot Interven- nates if a vehicle enters the detection zone from
tion system is on and your vehicle approaches a either side.
lane marker while another vehicle is in the detec-
tion zone, the system chimes (three times) and the NOTE:
BSW LED indicator light and the BSW indicator will The radar sensors may not detect a vehicle
flash. Then, the Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention which is travelling at about the same speed as
system slightly applies the brakes on the appro- your vehicle when it enters the detection zone.
priate side to help return the vehicle back to the
centre of the driving lane.

* When driving on a curve at a high speed.
SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
GUID-2C2E5E8C-A29A-4E7E-98D2-A5276692050A
MJVS0761XZ MJVS0742XZ
Illustration 9 Entering from the side Illustration 10 Entering from the side
Illustration 9: If the Intelligent Blind Spot Interven- Illustration 10: The Intelligent Blind Spot Interven- MNAA2080
tion system is on and your vehicle approaches the tion system will not operate if your vehicle is on a
lane marker while another vehicle is in the detec- lane marker when another vehicle enters the
tion zone, the BSW LED indicator light and the BSW detection zone. In this case only the BSW system The two radar sensors for the BSW/Intelligent
indicator will flash and a chime will sound three operates. Blind Spot Intervention system are located near
times. Then, the Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention the rear bumper.
system slightly applies the brakes on the appro- NOTE:
To keep the BSW/Intelligent Blind Spot Interven-
priate side to help return the vehicle back to the Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention braking will tion system operating properly, be sure to observe
centre of the driving lane. not operate or will stop operating and only a the following:
warning chime will sound under the following
* Always keep the area near the radar sensors
conditions:
clean.
* When the brake pedal is depressed.
* The radar sensors may be blocked by tempor-
* When the vehicle is accelerated during
ary ambient conditions such as splashing
Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention system
water, mist, or fog.
operation.
* The blocked condition may also be caused by
* When steering quickly.
objects such as ice, frost, or dirt obstructing
* When the ICC or Intelligent Emergency Brak-
the radar sensors. Check for and remove
ing warnings sound.
objects obstructing the area around the radar
* When the hazard warning flashers are oper- sensors.
ated.

REAR CROSS TRAFFIC ALERT
(RCTA) SYSTEM (where fitted)
GUID-19DC0F8E-F386-4725-842A-818273E93679
* Do not attach stickers (including transparent * Do not place reflective materials, such as white WARNING
material), install accessories, or apply addi- paper or a mirror, on the instrument panel.
Failure to follow the warnings and instructions
tional paint near the radar sensors. The reflection of sunlight may adversely affect
for proper use of the RCTA system could result
* Do not attach metallic objects near the sensor the camera unit’s detection capability.
in serious injury or death.
area (brush guard, etc.). This could cause * Do not strike or damage the areas around the
failure or malfunction. camera unit. Do not touch the camera lens or * The RCTA system is not a replacement for
remove the screw located on the camera unit. proper driving procedures and is not de-
* Do not strike or damage the area around the
If the camera unit is damaged due to an signed to prevent contact with vehicles or
radar sensors. If the area around the radar
accident, contact a NISSAN dealer or qualified objects. When reversing out of a parking
sensors is damaged due to an accident, it is
workshop. space, always use the side and rear mirrors
recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer
and turn and look in the direction your
or qualified workshop.
vehicle will move. Never rely solely on the
RCTA system.
The RCTA system will assist you when reversing

out of a parking space. When the vehicle is in
reverse, the system is designed to detect other
vehicles approaching from the right or left of the
vehicle. If the system detects cross traffic, it will
alert you.
MNIC4018
The lane camera unit for the Intelligent Blind

Spot Intervention system is located above the
interior rear view mirror. To maintain the proper
operation of the Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention
system and prevent a system malfunction, be sure
to observe the following:
* Always keep the windscreen clean.
* Do not attach a sticker (including transparent
material) or install an accessory near the
camera unit.

RCTA SYSTEM OPERATION
GUID-BC57D0AF-EA90-4E6E-9688-34A1F3E79D4F
MJVS0173XZ
MNAA2080
MWAF0416XZ The RCTA system uses radar sensors installed

on both sides near the rear bumper to detect an
approaching vehicle.
BSW LED indicator light When the shift position is in R (Reverse) and the
Vehicle Information Display vehicle speed is less than approximately 8 km/h (5 The radar sensors can detect an approaching
MPH), the RCTA system is operational. vehicle from up to approximately 20 m (66 ft) away.
Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left side)
If the radar detects an approaching vehicle from
The RCTA system can help alert the driver of an
either side, the system chimes (once) and the BSW
approaching vehicle when the driver is reversing
LED indicator light flashes on the side the vehicle is
out of a parking space.
approaching from.

HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE RCTA SYSTEM 3. To set the RCTA system to on or off, use the
GUID-59A5A39D-6062-4B70-9768-C1648B5C13C3 scroll dial to navigate the menu and press the
scroll dial to select or change an item.
NOTE:
When enabling/disabling the system, the sys-
tem setting will be retained even if the engine is
restarted.
MWAF0412X
Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left side) then press the scroll dial. Use the scroll dial
Vehicle Information Display buttons to select [Driver Assistance]. Then
press the scroll dial.
Perform the following steps to enable or disable
the RCTA system. 2. Use the scroll dial buttons to select [Rear Cross
Traffic Alert]. Then press the scroll dial.
1. Press the or button until [Settings]
displays in the Vehicle Information Display and

RCTA SYSTEM LIMITATIONS — A vehicle that is passing at speeds
GUID-120AEA05-E4B7-4D43-B835-7C1FEDB2DA81 greater than approximately 30 km/h
(19 MPH).
— A vehicle that is passing at speeds
lower than approximately 8 km/h (5
MPH).
* The radar sensors may not detect ap-
proaching vehicles in certain situations:
— Illustration : When a vehicle parked
next to you obstructs the beam of the
radar sensor.
— Illustration : When the vehicle is
parked in an angled parking space.
— Illustration : When the vehicle is
parked on inclined ground.
— Illustration : When an approaching
vehicle turns into your vehicle’s park-
ing lot aisle.
— Illustration : When the angle formed
by your vehicle and the approaching
vehicle is small.
* The following conditions may reduce the
ability of the radar to detect other vehicles:
MJVS0479XZ — Severe weather

— Road spray
— Ice/frost/dirt build-up on the vehicle
WARNING check what is behind you before reversing.
The radar sensors detect approaching * Do not attach stickers (including transpar-
Listed below are the system limitations for the
(moving) vehicles. The radar sensors can- ent material), install accessories or apply
RCTA system. Failure to operate the vehicle in
not detect every object such as: additional paint near the radar sensors.
accordance with these system limitations
These conditions may reduce the ability of
could result in serious injury or death. — Pedestrians, bicycles, motorcycles, an-
the radar to detect other vehicles.
imals or child-operated toy vehicles.
* Always check surroundings and turn to

* Excessive noise (e.g. audio system volume, the RCTA system after the first vehicle passes Stop the vehicle in a safe location, turn the engine
open vehicle window) will interfere with the sensors. off and restart the engine. If the message con-
the chime sound, and it may not be heard. tinues to appear, have the RCTA system checked
GUID-36327B2B-D14D-488F-89ED-9DB51B45719D by a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop.
When radar blockage is detected, the system will
be deactivated automatically. The [Not available SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
GUID-0358E180-622F-43F1-B52C-8D647C4AE6EA
Side Radar Obstructed] warning message will
appear in the Vehicle Information Display.
The systems are not available until the conditions
no longer exist.
The radar sensors may be blocked by temporary
ambient conditions such as splashing water, mist
or fog.
MJVS0172XZ
The blocked condition may also be caused by
objects such as ice, frost or dirt obstructing the
Illustration 1 radar sensors.
MNAA2080
NOTE:
If the BSW system stops working, the RCTA
The two radar sensors for the RCTA systems are
system will also stop working.
located near the rear bumper. Always keep the
Action to take: area near the radar sensors clean.
When the above conditions no longer exist, the The radar sensors may be blocked by temporary
system will resume automatically. ambient conditions such as splashing water, mist
or fog.
SYSTEM MALFUNCTION
GUID-591A0433-0329-41D5-8032-81ED9C204EC1
The blocked condition may also be caused by
If the RCTA system malfunctions, it will turn off
objects such as ice, frost or dirt obstructing the
MJVS0173XZ automatically. The [System fault] warning message
radar sensors.
will appear in the Vehicle Information Display.
Illustration 2 Check for and remove objects obstructing the area
NOTE: around the radar sensors.
NOTE: If the BSW system stops working, the RCTA Do not attach stickers (including transparent
In the case of several vehicles approaching in a system will also stop working. material), install accessories or apply additional
row (Illustration 1) or in the opposite direction Action to take: paint near the radar sensors.
(Illustration 2), a chime may not be sounded by Do not attach metallic objects near the sensor

REAR AUTOMATIC BRAKING
(RAB) (where fitted)
GUID-37271BBE-83CE-497E-8B17-56BA47FFBDA8
area (brush guard, etc.). This could cause failure or WARNING

malfunction.
Do not strike or damage the area around the radar for proper use of the RAB system could result
sensors. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN in serious injury or death.
dealer or qualified workshop if the area around the
* The RAB system is a supplemental aid to
radar sensors is damaged due to a collision.
the driver. It is not a replacement for
For the radio approval numbers and information, proper driving procedures. Always use the
see “Radio frequency approval” (P.507). side and rear mirrors and turn and look in
the direction you will move before and
while reversing. Never rely solely on the MNAA2082
RAB system. It is the driver’s responsibility
to stay alert, drive safely, and be in control Models with 6 parking (sonar) sensors
of the vehicle at all times.
The RAB system detects obstacles behind the
* There are limitations to the RAB system vehicle using the parking sensors located on
capability. The RAB system is not effective the rear bumper.
in all situations.
NOTE:
The RAB system can assist the driver when the You can temporarily cancel the sonar function in
vehicle is reversing and approaching objects the vehicle, this will also temporarily cancel the
directly behind the vehicle. RAB system. For additional information, see
“Front and Rear Ultrasonic Parking Sensors
MNAA2081
Models with 4 parking (sonar) sensors

RAB SYSTEM OPERATION If a risk of a collision with an obstacle is detected
GUID-046B7827-E3B6-43E7-B71A-5B9CCA961230 when your vehicle is reversing, the RAB system
warning indicator will flash in the vehicle informa-
tion display, a red frame will appear in the centre
display (models with the Intelligent Around View
Monitor system), and the system will chime three
times. The system will then automatically apply the
brakes. After the automatic brake application, the
driver must depress the brake pedal to maintain
brake pressure.
NOTE:
* The brake lights of the vehicle come on
when braking is performed by the RAB
system.
* When the brakes operate, a noise may be
heard. This is not a malfunction.
MNIC4239
RAB system warning indicator (on the vehicle Vehicle information display
information display) Centre display (where fitted)
RAB system OFF warning light (on the meter When the vehicle is in the R (Reverse) position and
panel) the vehicle speed is between approximately 3
Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left side) km/h (2 MPH) and 15 km/h (9 MPH), the RAB
system is active.

TURNING THE RAB SYSTEM ON/OFF 2. Select [Emergency Brake] and push the scroll
GUID-2AE22563-1130-4F2E-A831-8477AAB38E30 dial.
3. Select [Rear] and use the scroll dial to turn the
system on or off.
When the RAB system is turned off, the RAB system
OFF warning light illuminates when the vehicle is in
R (Reverse).
The RAB system OFF warning light will also
illuminate when the vehicle is in R (Reverse) and
the RAB system is ON if the parking sensors have
been temporarily disabled using the [Parking Aids]
setting.
NOTE:
The RAB system will be automatically turned on
when the engine is restarted.
NOTE:
MWAF0436X
RAB system OFF warning light 1. Push the button until [Settings] MNSD1071
Vehicle information display appears in the vehicle information display

Steering-wheel-mounted control (left side)
dial to select [Driver Assistance]. Then push the When the vehicle is in R (Reverse) and the
Perform the following steps to turn the RAB scroll dial. [Parking Aids] screen is displayed in the vehicle
system ON or OFF. information display the RAB system can be

disabled temporarily by pushing the <OK> — Complex-shaped objects — There is overgrown grass in the area
switch on the steering wheel. — Multiple object in close around the vehicle.
RAB SYSTEMGUID-881B066E-83C6-40C8-BE2D-8D973B72D62F
LIMITATIONS — Objects close to the bumper (less than — There is a structure (e.g., a wall, toll
approximately 30 cm (1 ft)) gate equipment, a narrow tunnel, a
WARNING parking lot gate) near the side of the
— Objects that suddenly appear vehicle.
RAB system. Failure to follow the warnings and — Thin objects such as rope, wire, chain, — There are bumps, protrusions, or man-
instructions for proper use of the RAB system etc. hole covers on the road surface.
could result in serious injury or death. * The RAB system may not operate for — The vehicle is driving through a draped
* When the vehicle approaches an obstacle pedestrians or animals. flag or a curtain.
while the accelerator or brake pedal is * The RAB system may not operate for the — The vehicle is driving on a steep slope.
depressed, the function may not operate following obstacles:
or the start of the operation may be — There is an accumulation of snow or
— Obstacles located high off the ground ice behind the vehicle.
delayed. The RAB system may not operate
or may not perform sufficiently due to — Obstacles in a position offset from — An ultrasonic wave source, such as
vehicle conditions, driving conditions, the your vehicle another vehicle’s sonar, is near the
traffic environment, the weather, road sur- — Obstacles, such as spongy materials or vehicle.
face conditions, etc. Do not wait for the snow, that have soft outer surfaces * Once the automatic brake control oper-
system to operate. Operate the brake and can easily absorb a sound wave ates, it does not operate again if the
pedal by yourself as soon as necessary. * The RAB system may not operate in the vehicle approaches the same obstacle.
* If it is necessary to override RAB operation, following conditions: * The automatic brake control can only
strongly press the accelerator pedal. — There is rain, snow, ice, dirt, etc., operate for a short period of time. There-
* Always check your surroundings and turn attached to the parking sensors. fore, the driver must depress the brake
to check what is behind you before and — A loud sound is heard in the area pedal.
while reversing. The RAB system detects around the vehicle. * In the following situations, the RAB system
stationary objects behind the vehicle. The may not operate properly or may not
— The surface of the obstacle is diagonal
RAB system does not detect the following function sufficiently:
to the rear of the vehicle.
objects:
— The parking sensors or the area — The vehicle is driven in bad weather
— Moving objects (rain, fog, snow, etc.).
around them are extremely hot or
— Low objects cold. — The vehicle is driven on a steep slope.
— Narrow objects * The RAB system may unintentionally oper- — The vehicle’s posture is changed (e.g.,
— Wedge-shaped objects ate in the following conditions: when driving over a bump).

— The vehicle is driven on a slippery a bike rack, or cargo carrier that blocks SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
GUID-94D2FF47-E885-428A-9BCA-D7FF7E84DB91
road. the sensors.
— The vehicle is turned sharply by turn- * When towing a trailer or other vehicle, turn
ing the steering wheel fully. the RAB system off to prevent the occur-
— Snow chains are used. rence of an unexpected accident resulting
from sudden system operation.
— Wheels or tyres other than NISSAN
recommended are used. * Excessive noise (e.g., audio system volume,
an open vehicle window) will interfere with
— The brakes are cold at low ambient the chime sound, and it may not be heard.
temperatures or immediately after
driving has started.
SYSTEM MALFUNCTION
— The braking force becomes poor due GUID-90FAD494-0F20-41B4-96A8-B1AD9BA5E6F2
MNAA2081
to wet brakes after driving through a If the RAB system malfunctions, it will be turned off
puddle or washing the vehicle. automatically, the RAB system OFF warning light Models with 4 parking (sonar) sensors
will illuminate, a chime will sound, and the [System
* Turn the RAB system off in the following
fault] warning message will appear in the vehicle
conditions to prevent the occurrence of an
unexpected accident resulting from sud-
den system operation: Action to take
GUID-D71AA991-F4D7-40BE-A645-74D46C8B4149
— The vehicle is towed. If the warning light illuminates, park the vehicle in a
— The vehicle is carried on a flatbed safe location, turn the engine off, and restart the
truck. engine. If the warning light continues to illuminate,
— The vehicle is on the chassis dynam- have the RAB system checked. It is recommended
ometer. that you visit a NISSAN dealer or qualified work-
shop for this service.
— The vehicle drives on an uneven road MNAA2082
surface. NOTE:
Models with 6 parking (sonar) sensors
— Suspension parts other than those If the RAB system cannot be operated tempora-
designated as genuine parts are used. rily, the RAB system OFF warning light blinks. The parking sensors are located on the rear
(If the vehicle height or the vehicle bumper. Observe the following items to ensure
body inclination is changed, the sys- proper operation of the system:
tem may not detect an obstacle cor- * Always keep the sensors clean.
rectly.)
* If the sensors are dirty, wipe them off with a
— If the vehicle is using an accessory like

LANE DEPARTURE WARNING
(LDW) SYSTEM (where fitted)
GUID-AB7311FE-43FD-46D6-AB42-35A0B94C5158
soft cloth while being careful to not damage NOTE:

them.
If your vehicle is fitted with ICC and Steering
* The sensors may be blocked by temporary Assist or ProPILOT Assist, refer to the dedicated
ambient conditions such as splashing water, section later in this manual for information on
mist or fog. The blocked condition may also be the Lane Departure Warning System.
caused by objects such as ice, frost or dirt * ICC and Steering Assist: See “Intelligent
obstructing the sensors. Check for and re- Cruise Control (ICC) and Steering Assist
move objects obstructing the area around the (where fitted) (on Manual Transmission ve-
sensors. hicles)” (P.320).
* Do not subject the area around the sensors to * ProPILOT Assist: See “ProPILOT Assist (where
strong impact. Also, do not remove or disas- MNIC4018
fitted)” (P.358).
semble the sensors. If the sensors and periph-
eral areas are deformed in an accident, etc., The LDW system will operate when the vehicle is
have the sensors checked. It is recommended driven at the following speeds and above, and only WARNING
that you visit a NISSAN dealer or qualified when the lane markings are clearly visible on the
workshop for this service. road:
Lane Departure Warning system. Failure to
* Do not attach stickers (including transparent * For Europe: operate the vehicle in accordance with these
material), install accessories or apply addi- approximately 60 km/h (37 MPH) system limitations could result in serious injury
tional paint on the sensors and their surround- * Except for Europe: or death.
ing areas. This may cause a malfunction or
approximately 70 km/h (45 MPH) * The LDW system is only a warning device
improper operation.
The LDW system monitors the lane markers on the to help inform the driver of a potential
* When washing the vehicle using a high-
travelling lane using the camera unit located unintended lane departure. It will not steer
pressure washer, do not apply direct washer
above the inside mirror. the vehicle or prevent loss of control. It is
pressure on the sensors. This may cause a
The LDW system warns the driver with a LDW the driver’s responsibility to stay alert,
malfunction of the sensors.
indicator on the Vehicle Information Display and drive safely, keep the vehicle in the travel-
steering wheel vibration that the vehicle is begin- ling lane, and be in control of the vehicle at
ning to leave the driving lane. all times.

LDW SYSTEM OPERATION When the vehicle approaches either the left or the
GUID-9D31EF0C-FEE4-4A5F-AB10-D76324EA0F0F right side of the travelling lane, the steering wheel
will vibrate, and the LDW indicator on the vehicle
information display will blink to alert the driver.
The warning function will stop when the vehicle
returns inside of the lane markers.
MWAF0411X
LDW indicator (on the vehicle information following speeds and above, and only when the
display) lane markings are clearly visible on the road:
Vehicle information display * For Europe:
Steering wheel-mounted controls (left side) approximately 60 km/h (37 MPH)
The LDW system provides a lane departure warn- * Except for Europe:
ing function when the vehicle is driven at the approximately 70 km/h (45 MPH)

Turning the LDW system on or off 2. Select [Lane] and push the scroll dial.
GUID-2D20FCB6-E2CF-421F-8EC6-28E4C9265A68
3. Select [Warning] and push the scroll dial.
NOTE:
If you turn the LDW system off using the
[Settings] menu, the system will remain turned
off the next time you start the vehicle’s engine.
NOTE:
You can adjust the intensity of the steering
wheel vibration using the [Vibration Level]
setting (where fitted) in the [Lane] menu of the
vehicle information display. It can be set to
[High], [Medium] or [Low]. See “[Lane]” (P.88).
WARNING
operate the vehicle in accordance with these
system limitations could result in serious injury
or death.
* The system will not operate at speeds
below approximately 60 km/h (37 MPH)
(for Europe) or 70 km/h (45 MPH) (except
for Europe), or if it cannot detect lane
markers.
MWAF0412X * Do not use the LDW system under the
following conditions as it may not function
Steering wheel-mounted controls (left side) 1. Push the button until [Settings] properly:
Vehicle information display appears in the vehicle information display — During bad weather (rain, fog, snow,
and then push the scroll dial. Use the scroll etc.).
You can turn the LDW system on and off using the
dial to select [Driver Assistance]. Then push the — When driving on slippery roads, such
[Settings] menu in the vehicle information display.
scroll dial. as on ice or snow.
For details. see “Vehicle information display” (P.82).

— When driving on winding or uneven contrasting objects, such as shadows, LDW TEMPORARY DISABLED STATUS
GUID-3B261FB9-C701-4D6E-B054-1FC6EFC53091
roads. snow, water, wheel ruts, seams or lines
If the vehicle is parked in direct sunlight under high
— When there is a lane closure due to remaining after road repairs. (The LDW
temperature conditions (over approximately 40 °C
road repairs. system could detect these items as
(104 °F)) and then started, the LDW system may be
lane markers.)
— When driving in a makeshift or tem- deactivated automatically and the [Unavailable
porary lane. — On roads where the travelling lane Camera Temperature High] message will appear
merges or separates. in the Vehicle Information Display.
— When driving on roads where the lane
width is too narrow. — When the vehicle’s travelling direction When the interior temperature is reduced, the LDW
does not align with the lane marker. system will resume operating automatically.
— When driving without normal tyre
conditions (for example, tyre wear, — When travelling close to the vehicle in The LDW system is not designed to warn under the
low tyre pressure, installation of spare front of you, which obstructs the lane following conditions:
tyre, tyre chains, non-standard camera unit detection range.
* When you operate the lane change signal and
wheels). — When rain, snow, dirt or object adheres change travelling lanes in the direction of the
— When the vehicle is equipped with to the windscreen in front of the lane signal. (The LDW system will become opera-
non-original brake parts or suspen- camera unit. tional again approximately two seconds after
sion parts. — When the headlights are not bright the lane change signal is turned off.)
— When you are towing a trailer or other due to dirt on the lens or if the aiming * When the vehicle speed lowers to less than
vehicle. is not adjusted properly. approximately 60 km/h (37 MPH) (for Europe)
— When strong light enters the lane or 70 km/h (45 MPH) (except for Europe).
* The system may not function properly
camera unit. (For example, the light * When rain, snow, dirt or object adheres to the
directly shines on the front of the windscreen in front of the lane camera unit.
— On roads where there are multiple vehicle at sunrise or sunset.) After the above conditions have finished and the
parallel lane markers; lane markers
— When a sudden change in brightness necessary operating conditions are satisfied, the
that are faded or not painted clearly;
occurs. (For example, when the vehicle LDW system will resume.
yellow painted lane markers; non-
standard lane markers; or lane mar- enters or exits a tunnel or under a
bridge.)
LDW MALFUNCTION
GUID-1F5204E6-28A2-4BBF-A760-A0BC1C994E9D
kers covered with water, dirt, snow,
If the LDW system malfunctions, it will cancel
etc.
automatically and the [System Fault] message will
— On roads where discontinued lane appear in the Vehicle Information Display. If the
markers are still detectable. [System Fault] message appears in the Vehicle
— On roads where there are sharp Information Display pull off the road in a safe
curves. location, turn off and restart the engine. If the
— On roads where there are sharply [System Fault] message continues to appear in the

INTELLIGENT LANE INTERVEN-
TION (ILI) SYSTEM (where fitted)
GUID-442B0BF2-28DA-4F47-99E6-3CE9F4A469B4
Vehicle Information Display, have the LDW system If the camera unit is damaged due to an
checked by a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop. accident, contact a NISSAN dealer or qualified
workshop.
MULTI-SENSING CAMERA UNIT MAINTE-
NANCE GUID-CA0116A8-C7CB-41E3-938F-E19DCDD01C6F
MNIC4018
NOTE:
If your vehicle is fitted with Intelligent Cruise
MNIC4018 Control (ICC) or ProPILOT Assist, refer to the
dedicated section later in this manual for in-
formation on the Intelligent Lane Intervention
The lane camera unit for the LDW system is (ILI) system.
located above the interior rear view mirror. To * ICC: See “Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) and
maintain the proper operation of the LDW system Steering Assist (where fitted) (on Manual
and prevent a system malfunction, be sure to Transmission vehicles)” (P.320).
observe the following: * ProPILOT Assist: See “ProPILOT Assist (where
* Always keep the windscreen clean. fitted)” (P.358).
* Do not attach a sticker (including transparent WARNING
camera unit.
for proper use of the Intelligent Lane Interven-
* Do not place reflective materials, such as white
tion system could result in serious injury or
death.
the camera unit’s detection capability. * The Intelligent Lane Intervention system
* Do not strike or damage the areas around the will not steer the vehicle or prevent loss of
camera unit. Do not touch the camera lens or control. It is the driver’s responsibility to
remove the screw located on the camera unit. stay alert, drive safely, keep the vehicle in

the travelling lane, and be in control of the INTELLIGENT LANE INTERVENTION SYSTEM OPERATION
vehicle at all times. GUID-424BE9A0-F357-4C5F-9A21-B9D2AAE891E4
* The Intelligent Lane Intervention system is

primarily intended for use on well-devel-
oped motorways or highways. It may not
detect the lane markers in certain road,
weather, or driving conditions.
The Intelligent Lane Intervention system must be

turned on with the ILI switch (where fitted) or the
Safety Shield switch (where fitted) every time the
ignition switch is switched ON.
The Intelligent Lane Intervention system will oper-
ate when the vehicle is driven at the following
speeds and above, and only when the lane
markings are clearly visible on the road:
* For Europe:
approximately 60 km/h (37 MPH)
* Except for Europe:
The Intelligent Lane Intervention system warns the
driver when the vehicle has left the centre of the
travelling lane with an Intelligent Lane Intervention
indicator on the vehicle information display and
steering wheel vibration. The system helps assist
MNSD1190
the driver to return the vehicle to the centre of the
travelling lane by applying the brakes to the left or
right wheels individually (for a short period of time). Safety Shield switch (where fitted) Vehicle information display
The Intelligent Lane Intervention system monitors ILI switch (where fitted) The Intelligent Lane Intervention (ILI) system oper-
the lane markers on the travelling lane using the ILI indicator (on the vehicle information dis- ates at speeds above:
camera unit located above the inside mirror. play) * For Europe:
Safety Shield indicator (on the vehicle infor- approximately 60 km/h (37 MPH)
mation display)

* Except for Europe: INTELLIGENT LANE INTERVENTION ACTIVATION/DEACTIVATION
approximately 70 km/h (45 MPH) GUID-59303268-1BFE-456A-B950-4945EDDD28AC
When the vehicle approaches either the left or the

right side of the travelling lane, the steering wheel
will vibrate and the ILI indicator (yellow) on the
vehicle information display will blink to alert the
driver. Then, the Intelligent Lane Intervention
system will automatically apply the brakes for a
short period of time to help assist the driver to
return the vehicle to the centre of the travelling
lane.
MNSD1191
Safety Shield switch (where fitted) Vehicle information display

ILI switch (where fitted) Steering wheel mounted controls (left side)
ILI indicator (on the vehicle information dis- For models fitted with a ILI switch: To turn on the
play) Intelligent Lane Intervention system, push the ILI
Safety Shield indicator (on the vehicle infor- switch ( on the instrument panel after starting the
mation display) engine.

For models fitted with a Safety Shield switch: To 2. Select [Lane] and push the scroll dial. * Do not use the Intelligent Lane Interven-
turn on the Intelligent Lane Intervention system 3. Select [Intervention] and push the scroll dial. tion system under the following conditions
when the ILI setting is enabled in the [Driver as it may not function properly:
Assistance] menu in the vehicle information dis- 4. Push the Safety Shield switch to turn the
system on or off. — During bad weather (rain, fog, snow,
play, push the Safety Shield switch on the instru- etc.).
ment panel after starting the engine.
INTELLIGENT LANE INTERVENTION LIM- — When driving on slippery roads, such
NOTE: ITATIONS GUID-AA8126E5-ED56-4454-87A9-B3BB56AE5CAF as on ice or snow.
For models fitted with a Safety Shield switch: WARNING — When driving on winding or uneven
The ILI setting must be enabled in the [Driver roads.
Assistance] menu in the vehicle information Listed below are the system limitations for the
Intelligent Lane Intervention system. Failure to — When there is a lane closure due to
display before the Intelligent Lane Intervention road repairs.
system can be switched on. operate the vehicle in accordance with these
system limitations could result in serious injury — When driving in a makeshift or tem-
For models fitted with a ILI switch , the ILI indicator porary lane.
or death.
on the vehicle information display will appear.
Push the ILI switch again to turn off the Intelligent * The Intelligent Lane Intervention system — When driving on roads where the lane
Lane Intervention system. The ILI indicator on the may activate if you change lanes without width is too narrow.
vehicle information display will turn off. first activating your turn signal or, for — When driving without normal tyre
example, if a construction zone directs conditions (for example, tyre wear,
For models fitted with a Safety Shield switch, when
traffic to cross an existing lane marker. If low tyre pressure, installation of spare
the ILI setting is enabled in the [Driver Assistance]
this occurs you may need to apply correc- tyre, tyre chains, non-standard
menu in the vehicle information display the Safety
tive steering to complete your lane wheels).
Shield indicator on the vehicle information display
change.
will appear. Push the Safety Shield switch again to — When the vehicle is equipped with
turn off the Intelligent Lane Intervention system or * Because the Intelligent Lane Intervention non-original brake parts or suspen-
disable the ILI setting in the [Driver Assistance] may not activate under the road, weather sion parts.
menu. The Safety Shield indicator on the vehicle and lane marker conditions described in
— On roads where there are multiple
information display will turn off. this section, it may not activate every time
parallel lane markers; lane markers
your vehicle begins to leave the travelling
For models fitted with a Safety Shield switch, to that are faded or not painted clearly;
lane and you will need to apply corrective
enable or disable the ILI system: yellow painted lane markers; non-
steering.
1. Push the button on the steering standard lane markers; or lane mar-
* The ILI system will not operate if it cannot kers covered with water, dirt, snow,
wheel until [Settings] appears in the vehicle
detect lane markers, or at speeds below etc.
information display and then push the scroll
approximately 60 km/h (37 MPH) (for
dial. Use the scroll dial to select [Driver — On roads where discontinued lane
Europe) or 70 km/h (45 MPH) (except for
Assistance]. Then push the scroll dial. markers are still detectable.
Europe).

— On roads where there are sharp NOTE: * When the vehicle is accelerated during the
curves. While the Intelligent Lane Intervention system is Intelligent Lane Intervention system operation.
— On roads where there are sharply operating, you may hear a sound of brake * When the hazard warning flashers are oper-
contrasting objects, such as shadows, operation. This is normal and indicates that the ated.
snow, water, wheel ruts, seams or lines Intelligent Lane Intervention system is operating * When driving on a curve at high speed.
remaining after road repairs. (The In- properly. After the above conditions have finished and the
telligent Lane Intervention system necessary operating conditions are satisfied, the
INTELLIGENT LANE INTERVENTION
could detect these items as lane mar- Intelligent Lane Intervention system application of
kers.) TEMPORARILY UNAVAILABLE
GUID-C17A708C-A8CF-44E0-AE25-F0F270CEFBEA the brakes will resume.
— On roads where the travelling lane Condition A: Condition C:
merges or separates. The warning and assist functions of the Intelligent If the following messages appear in the vehicle
— When the vehicle’s travelling direction Lane Intervention system are not designed to work information display, a chime will sound and the
does not align with the lane marker. under the following conditions: Intelligent Lane Intervention system will be turned
— When travelling close to the vehicle in * When you operate the lane change signal and off automatically.
front of you, which obstructs the lane change the travelling lanes in the direction of * [Unavailable Slippery Road]:
camera unit detection range. the signal. (The Intelligent Lane Intervention
When the ESP system (except Traction Control
system will be deactivated for approximately 2
— When rain, snow, dirt or object adheres System (TCS) function) or ABS operates.
seconds after the lane change signal is turned
to the windscreen in front of the lane * [Currently not available]:
off.)
camera unit. — When the ESP system is turned OFF.
* When the vehicle speed lowers to less than
— When the headlights are not bright approximately 60 km/h (37 MPH) (for Europe) — When the [SNOW] mode or the [OFF-ROAD]
due to dirt on the lens or if the aiming or 70 km/h (45 MPH) (except for Europe). mode is selected (4WD models not fitted
is not adjusted properly. with ELA).
After the above conditions have finished and the
— When strong light enters the lane necessary operating conditions are satisfied, the When the above conditions no longer exist, turn off
camera unit. (For example, the light warning and assist functions will resume. the Intelligent Lane Intervention system. Push the
directly shines on the front of the ILI switch again to turn the Intelligent Lane
Condition B:
vehicle at sunrise or sunset.) Intervention system back on.
The assist function of the Intelligent Lane Inter-
— When a sudden change in brightness Temporary disabled status at high temperature:
vention system is not designed to work under the
occurs. (For example, when the vehicle If the vehicle is parked in direct sunlight under high
following conditions (warning is still functional):
enters or exits a tunnel or under a temperature conditions (over approximately 40°C
bridge.) * When the brake pedal is depressed.
(104°F)) and then the Intelligent Lane Intervention
* When the steering wheel is turned as far as system is turned on, the Intelligent Lane Interven-
— When towing a trailer or another ve-
necessary for the vehicle to change lanes. tion system may be deactivated automatically and
hicle.
the following message will appear on the vehicle

EMERGENCY LANE ASSIST (ELA)
SYSTEM (where fitted)
GUID-C0F52F30-9556-4573-A8C0-E24A6739D214
information display: [Unavailable Camera Tem- prevent a system malfunction, be sure to observe
perature High] and a chime will sound. the following:
SYSTEM MALFUNCTION
GUID-0B4954D7-AC50-44EB-8DBE-902EB77A7112 * Do not attach a sticker (including transparent
If the ILI system malfunctions, it will cancel auto- material) or install an accessory near the
matically. The ILI indicator (orange) will illuminate, camera unit.
a chime will sound and the [System Fault] message
will appear in the Vehicle Information Display. If the
[System Fault] message appears in the Vehicle
Information Display pull off the road in a safe
the camera unit’s detection capability of
location, turn off and restart the engine. If the MNIC4036
detecting lane markers.
[System Fault] message continues to appear in the
Vehicle Information Display, have the ILI system * Do not strike or damage the areas around the
checked by a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop. camera unit. Do not touch the camera lens or
remove the screw located on the camera unit.
MULTI-SENSING CAMERA UNIT MAINTE- If the camera unit is damaged due to an
NANCE GUID-74C2BD35-63C9-42E7-B2CF-CF20B1748F45 workshop.
MNAA2085
WARNING
MNIC4018 Failure to follow the warnings and instructions
for proper use of the ELA system could result in
The lane camera unit for the Intelligent Lane
* The ELA system will not steer the vehicle or
Intervention system is located above the interior
prevent loss of control. It is the driver’s
rear view mirror. To maintain the proper operation
responsibility to stay alert, drive safely,
of the Intelligent Lane Intervention system and

keep the vehicle in the travelling lane, and ELA SYSTEM OPERATION
be in control of the vehicle at all times. GUID-BC868913-8772-4FAB-AB89-76FFB5007278
* The ELA system is intended to work on all

roads with well defined markings or road
edges, but it may not detect the road edge
or lane markers in certain road, weather or
driving conditions.
* There is a limitation to the detection
capability of the radars and camera. Not
every moving object or vehicle will be
detected. Always rely on your own opera-
tion to avoid accidents.
The ELA system will be automatically turned on

each time the engine is restarted.
The sensitivity of the ELA system, can be adjusted
and this setting is kept until changed again by the
driver.
The ELA uses a multisensing camera located
above the inside mirror to monitors the lane
markers on the travelling lane and to detect other
vehicles. The ELA system also uses radar sensors
located at the front of the vehicle and located
near the rear bumpers to detect other vehicles.
MNSD1033
Side indicator light when the lane markings or road edge are clearly
ELA indicator (on the vehicle information visible on the road:
display) * For Europe:
Vehicle information display approximately 60 km/h (37 MPH)
The ELA system will operate when the vehicle is * Except for Europe:
driven at the following speeds and above, and only approximately 70 km/h (45 MPH)

The ELA system warns the driver when the vehicle ELA ACTIVATION/DEACTIVATION
approaches the road edge or solid white line with GUID-44CF7414-65D6-482F-9E3C-2989127BA9B0
an indicator on the vehicle information display and
steering wheel vibration. The system helps assist
the driver to return the vehicle to the carriageway
by applying the brakes to the left or right wheels
individually (for a short period of time) in the
following circumstances:
* The vehicle is approaching the edge of the
road, towards grass or gravel or a kerb, for
example.
* The vehicle is approaching a solid line on a
single lane marking.
* Oncoming vehicles in adjacent lanes.
* Overtaking vehicles in adjacent lanes. The side
indicator light will also flash.
* Intelligent Lane intervention can be turned on
to provide assistance in lanes on motorway /
dual carriageways.
MNSD1041
ELA system OFF warning light (on the 1. Press short cut button on steering switch.
instrument panel) 2. Push the scroll dial to turn ELA on or off.
Steering wheel mounted controls (left side)
Or
Shortcut button appears in the vehicle information display

dial to select [Driver Assistance]. Then push the 3. Select [Lane Sensitivity] * The ELA system will not operate at speeds
scroll dial. – Strong below the following speeds, or if it cannot
2. Select [Lane] and push the scroll dial. detect lane markers.
– Normal
3. Select [Emergency Lane] and push the scroll * Below approximately 60 km/h (37 MPH)
– Mild
dial to turn the system on or off. (for Europe) or 70 km/h (45 MPH) (except
NOTE: for Europe).
When the ELA system is turned off, the ELA system
OFF warning light illuminates. * The sensitivity setting will be retained even * When the ELA system detects oncoming
if the engine is restarted. This setting is also vehicles in adjacent lanes, the ELA system
For details. see “Vehicle information display” (P.82) applied to ILI and LDW (where ELA is fitted). will not operate at speeds above approxi-
and “Warning lights, indicator lights and audible
* Even if the ELA system is disabled in the mately 120 km/h (74 MPH).
reminders” (P.71).
[Settings] menu, ELA will automatically be * DO NOT use the ELA system under the
NOTE: turned on when ILI or the Steering Assist following conditions, there could be ser-
* The ELA system will be automatically turned system (where fitted) is active. ious affect on vehicle safety with risk of an
on each time the engine is restarted. accident and injury or death.
* Intelligent Lane Intervention (ILI) is an addi-
ELA LIMITATIONS
GUID-5D920ACB-14E0-47ED-8554-1E3959131255
tional aid that can be turned on in addition WARNING conditions (for example, tyre wear,
to ELA if required. For details. see “Vehicle low tyre pressure, installation of spare
information display” (P.82). tyre, tyre chains, non-standard
ELA system. Failure to operate the vehicle in
accordance with these system limitations wheels). See “Wheels and tyres”
Setting laneGUID-7D4A4439-2B69-47AA-8988-F61CE3C5FE98
sensitivity (P.489).
could result in serious injury or death.
You can set lane sensitivity using the [Settings]
* The ELA system may activate if you cross a — When the vehicle is equipped with
menu in the vehicle information display.
solid lane marker without first activating non-original brake parts or suspen-
For details. see “Vehicle information display” (P.82). sion parts.
your turn signal or, for example, if a
1. Push the button until [Settings] construction zone directs traffic to cross — When towing a trailer or another ve-
appears in the vehicle information display an existing lane marker. If this occurs you hicle.
and then push the scroll dial. may need to apply corrective steering to * The ELA system may not function properly
In the [Settings] menu, select the [Driver complete your lane change. in the following conditions:
Assistance] key using the scroll dial then push * Because the ELA may not activate under — During bad weather (rain, fog, snow,
the scroll dial. the road, weather and lane marker condi- etc.).
2. Select the [Lane] submenu by pressing the tions described in this section, it may not
— When driving on slippery roads, such
scroll dial. activate every time your vehicle begins to
as on ice or snow.
leave the travelling lane and you will need
to apply corrective steering.

— When driving on winding or uneven front of you, which obstructs the lane — A vehicle merging into an adjacent
roads. camera unit detection range. lane at a speed approximately the
— When there is a lane closure due to — When rain, snow, dirt or object adheres same as your vehicle.
road repairs. to the windscreen in front of the lane — A vehicle approaching rapidly from
— When driving in a makeshift or tem- camera unit. behind.
porary lane. — When the headlights are not bright — A vehicle which your vehicle overtakes
— When driving on roads where the lane due to dirt on the lens or if the aiming rapidly.
width is too narrow. is not adjusted properly. — A vehicle that passes through the
— On roads where there are multiple — When strong light enters the lane detection zone quickly.
parallel lane markers; lane markers camera unit. (For example, the light * The radar sensor’s detection zone is de-
that are faded or not painted clearly; directly shines on the front of the signed based on a standard lane width.
yellow painted lane markers; non- vehicle at sunrise or sunset.) When driving in a wider lane, the radar
standard lane markers; or lane mar- — When a sudden change in brightness sensors may not detect vehicles in an
kers covered with water, dirt, snow, occurs. (For example, when the vehicle adjacent lane. When driving in a narrow
etc. enters or exits a tunnel or under a lane, the radar sensors may detect vehicles
— On roads where the edge of the road is bridge.) driving two lanes away.
not clearly visible. Listed below are the system limitations for the * The radar sensors are designed to ignore
— On roads where discontinued lane overtaking detection feature of the ELA system most stationary objects, however objects
markers are still detectable. . Failure to operate the vehicle in accordance such as guardrails, walls, foliage and
with these system limitations could result in parked vehicles may occasionally be de-
— On roads where there are sharp serious injury or death. tected. This is a normal operation condi-
curves. tion.
* The ELA system cannot detect all over-
— On roads where there are sharply * The following conditions may reduce the
taking vehicles under all conditions.
contrasting objects, such as shadows, ability of the radar to detect other vehicles:
snow, water, wheel ruts, seams or lines * The radar sensors may not be able to
remaining after road repairs. (The ELA detect and activate ELA when certain — Severe weather
system could detect these items as objects are present such as: — Road spray
lane markers.) — Pedestrians, bicycles, animals. — Ice/frost/dirt build-up on the vehicle
— On roads where the travelling lane — Vehicles such as motorcycles, low * Do not attach stickers (including transpar-
merges or separates. height vehicles, or vehicles with high ent material), install accessories or apply
— When the vehicle’s travelling direction ground clearance. additional paint near the radar sensors.
does not align with the lane marker. — Vehicles remaining in the detection These conditions may reduce the ability of
— When travelling close to the vehicle in zone when you accelerate from a stop. the radar to detect other vehicles.

Listed below are the system limitations for the where your vehicle’s headlights are off SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNAVAILABLE
GUID-DC64F208-A808-4462-ACDE-6442712BDDE9
Oncoming detection feature of the ELA system or dim, or the tail lights of the vehicle
Condition A:
. Failure to operate the vehicle in accordance ahead are off.
with these system limitations could result in The warning and assist functions of the ELA
— When the direction of the camera is
serious injury or death. system are not designed to work under the
misaligned.
following conditions:
* The ELA system cannot detect all oncom- — When driving on a steep downhill
ing vehicles under all conditions. * When you operate the lane change signal and
slope, on roads with sharp curves,
change the travelling lanes in the direction of
* The following are not detected as oncom- and/or bumpy or dirt roads.
the signal. (The ELA system will be deactivated
ing vehicles: — If there is interference from other for approximately 2 seconds after the lane
— Pedestrians, bicycles, animals. radar sources. change signal is turned off). This does not
— Vehicles such as motorcycles, low — When your vehicle’s position or move- apply if an overtaking vehicle is detected.
height vehicles, or vehicles with high ment is changed quickly or signifi- * When the vehicle speed lowers to less than
ground clearance. cantly (for example, lane change, approximately 60 km/h (37 MPH) (for Europe)
turning vehicle, abrupt steering, sud- or 70 km/h (45 MPH) (except for Europe).
— Parked Vehicles or Low speed Vehicles.
den acceleration or deceleration). * When an oncoming vehicle is detected and the
— Oncoming Vehicles on same lane.
— If the vehicle ahead has a unique or vehicle speed is over approximately 120 km/h
* The ELA system may not function properly unusual shape, extremely low or high (74 MPH).
or detect an oncoming vehicle in the clearance heights, or unusual cargo After the above conditions have finished and the
following conditions: loading or is narrow (for example, a necessary operating conditions are satisfied, the
— In poor visibility conditions (such as motorcycle). warning and assist functions will resume.
rain, snow, fog, dust storms, sand Condition B:
storms, smoke and road spray from NOTE:
The assist function of the ELA system is not
other vehicles).
While the ELA system is operating, you may hear designed to work under the following conditions
— If dirt, ice, snow, fog or other material a sound of brake operation. This is normal and (warning is still functional):
is covering the radar sensor area or indicates that the ELA system is operating
* When the brake pedal is depressed.
camera area of the windscreen. properly.
* When the steering wheel is turned as far as
— If strong light (for example, sunlight or
necessary for the vehicle to change lanes.
high beams) enters the front camera
* When the vehicle is accelerated during the ELA
or a sudden change in brightness
system operation.
occurs (for example, entering a tunnel
or driving in lightning). * When the Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) ap-
proach warning occurs (where fitted).
— In dark or dimly lit conditions, such as
at night or in tunnels, including cases

* When the hazard warning flashers are oper- vated automatically and the ELA system
ated. warning light blinks.
* When driving on a curve at high speed.
After the above conditions have finished and the
SYSTEM MALFUNCTION
GUID-4739C585-DED3-4B26-8824-51BC7301DF8C
necessary operating conditions are satisfied, the If the ELA system malfunctions, it will cancel
ELA system application of the brakes will resume. automatically. The ELA indicator (orange) will
illuminate, the [System Fault] message will appear
Condition C:
in the Vehicle Information Display and a chime will
If the ESP system is turned OFF, the ELA system sound. If the [System Fault] message appears in
OFF warning light illuminates and the ELA system the Vehicle Information Display pull off the road in
will be turned off automatically. a safe location, turn off and restart the engine. If MNAA2085
When the ESP system turns ON again and the the [System Fault] message continues to appear in
necessary operating conditions are satisfied, the the Vehicle Information Display, have the ELA
ELA system application of the brakes will resume. system checked by a NISSAN dealer or qualified The front radar sensor is located on the front of
workshop. the vehicle. The camera is located on the upper
Condition D:
side of the windscreen. To keep the ELA system
If one of the following messages appears in the SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
GUID-CFA135DA-23B1-4765-8A15-6A935A2F03AC
operating properly, be sure to observe the follow-
vehicle information display and the ELA system ing:
warning light blinks in the vehicle information
* Always keep the sensor area on the front of
display, the ELA system will be turned off auto-
the vehicle and windscreen clean.
matically:
* Do not strike or damage the areas around the
* [Not available Side radar obstructed]: When the sensors (bumper, windscreen).
rear radar is blocked. Always keep the area
* Do not cover or attach stickers or similar
near the radar sensors clean.
objects on the front of the vehicle near the
* [Temporarily Disabled Front Radar Blocked]: sensor area. This could cause failure or mal-
When the front radar is blocked. Always keep function.
the area near the radar sensors clean.
* Do not attach metallic objects near the radar
* [Not Available Front Camera Obstructed]: MNIC4036
sensor area (brush guard, etc.). This could
When the front camera is blocked. Always cause failure or malfunction.
keep the area near the front camera clean.
* If the vehicle is parked in direct sunlight under paper or a mirror, on the instrument panel.
high temperature conditions (over approxi- The reflection of sunlight may adversely affect
mately 40°C (104°F)) and then the ELA system the camera unit’s detection capability.
is turned on, the ELA system may be deacti-

CRUISE CONTROL (where fitted)
GUID-8715BEF3-15B8-495E-BA93-1347F175275C
* Do not alter, remove or paint the front of the NOTE: — When driving on slippery (rain, snow,
vehicle near the sensor area. Before customis- ice, etc.) roads
If your vehicle is fitted with Intelligent Cruise
ing or restoring the sensor area, it is recom-
Control (ICC) and steering assist or ProPILOT
mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer or
Assist, refer to the dedicated section later in this CAUTION
qualified workshop.
manual for information on Cruise Control. On manual transmission models, do not shift
The two rear radar sensors for the ELA system * ICC: See “Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) and into N (Neutral) without depressing the clutch
are located near the rear bumper. Always keep the Steering Assist (where fitted) (on Manual pedal when the cruise control is set. Should
area near the radar sensors clean. Transmission vehicles)” (P.320). this occur, depress the clutch pedal and turn
The radar sensors may be blocked by temporary * ProPILOT Assist: See “ProPILOT Assist (where the cruise control main switch off immediately.
ambient conditions such as splashing water, mist fitted)” (P.358). Failure to do so may cause engine damage.
or fog. The blocked condition may also be caused
by objects such as ice, frost or dirt obstructing the The cruise control system allows driving at con- When the cruise control system is on the speed
radar sensors. stant speeds without keeping your foot on the limiter cannot be operated.
accelerator pedal.
Check for and remove objects obstructing the area The cruise control system operation switches are
around the radar sensors. WARNING located on the steering wheel (right side).
Do not attach stickers (including transparent * The cruise control system ONLY maintains The cruise control system operating condition is
material), install accessories or apply additional a constant vehicle speed, it does not shown in the vehicle information display.
paint near the radar sensors. replace the driver.
PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISE CONTROL
Do not strike or damage the area around the radar * Always observe the posted speed limits GUID-0BD8F9B9-FFEA-4387-A186-CE16C8946EBF
sensors. and do not set the speed above them. * The cruise control system will be automatically
cancelled when there is a malfunction. Have
It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer or * Do not use the cruise control system when
the system checked by a NISSAN dealer or
qualified workshop if the area around the radar driving under the following conditions.
qualified workshop.
sensors is damaged due to a collision. Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle
control and result in an accident. * To properly set the cruise control system,
perform the steps as described in “Setting a
— When it is not possible to keep the cruising speed” (P.301).
vehicle at a constant speed
— When driving in heavy traffic
— When driving in traffic that varies
speed
— When driving in windy areas
— When driving on winding or hilly roads

CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM OPERA- Setting a cruising speed
GUID-9B40EAC7-BF02-4E0C-A2BD-E8271E971278
TIONS GUID-B5569213-4FA7-4A82-82F6-5B7ADC3A1EEC
1. Accelerate to the desired cruising speed.
2. Push the <SET–> switch down and release
it.
3. The cruise control symbol changes to green
with the set speed value (desired cruising
speed) in the top of the vehicle information
display.
4. Take your foot off the accelerator pedal.
MNSD1076
The vehicle will maintain the set speed.
Before setting speed
If the vehicle speed is less than the minimum set
MNAA2066 speed, it will not be possible to set the cruise
control system.
<CANCEL> switch Changing a GUID-5E835D2C-C83C-4AA1-A6DF-F5FFBFF58340

cruising speed
<RES+> (Resume) switch Use any one of the following methods to change
<SET–> switch the cruising speed.
Speed limiter main “ON/OFF” switch * Slow the vehicle as normal using the footbrake
(For details, see “Speed limiter (where fitted)” pedal.
(P.302). When the vehicle reaches the desired cruising
speed, push down and release the <SET–>
Cruise control main “ON/OFF” switch MNSD1077 switch .
After setting speed The new set speed value will be displayed in
the top of the vehicle information display.
Cruise control symbol * Press the accelerator pedal.
Set speed value When the vehicle reaches the desired cruising
speed, push up and release the <SET–> switch
Turning the GUID-FB1B2384-D6EF-4C71-A63C-8B29C883357B
cruise control system on .
Push the cruise control main switch . The cruise The new set speed value will be displayed in
control symbol appears together with a blank the top of the vehicle information display.
set speed value [— — —] at the top of the vehicle

SPEED LIMITER (where fitted)
GUID-014B0A73-BF00-40D8-85F6-1D28C9010C09
* Push up and release the <RES+> (resume) * Shifting the transmission to the N (Neutral) NOTE:
switch to increase or push down and release position. First depress clutch pedal.
If your vehicle is fitted with ProPILOT Assist or
the <SET–> switch to decrease the set * If the vehicle slows down more than approxi- Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) and Steering
speed in steps of 1 km/h (1 MPH). mately 12 km/h (8 MPH) below the set speed. Assist, refer to the dedicated ProPILOT Assist
The new set speed value will be displayed in Speed Limiter or Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)
the top of the vehicle information display. Resuming a previous cruising speed
GUID-119CE5C8-0052-4288-9BF7-4E5C8DB215E1 and Steering Assist Speed Limiter section later in
* Push up and hold the <RES+> (resume) If the cruising speed has been cancelled, the last this manual.
switch or push down and hold or the <SET–> set speed value will be stored in the cruise control
The speed limiter allows you to set the desired
switch . The vehicle speed will increase or system memory and displayed in grey at the top of
vehicle speed limit. While the speed limiter is
decrease to the new set speed. the vehicle information display. This cruising speed
activated, you can perform normal braking and
The new set speed value will be displayed in can be reactivated by pressing the <RES+> (Re-
acceleration, but the vehicle will not exceed the set
the top of the vehicle information display. sume) switch .
speed.
If the vehicle speed is less than a minimum set
Passing another vehicle When the vehicle reaches the set speed limit or if
GUID-777CEAD3-F5B7-46A5-B0EF-EB41F54F7CAA speed, it will not be possible to resume to the
the set speed limit is lower than the actual vehicle
Depress the accelerator pedal to accelerate. After cruising speed.
speed, the accelerator pedal will not work (unless
releasing the accelerator pedal, the vehicle will
fully depressed) until the vehicle speed drops
return to the previously set speed. Turn the cruise control system off
GUID-9D5261F4-236B-4CFA-9368-B9B91BEA0AC6 below the set speed limit.
The set speed value will flash until the vehicle The cruise control system will be turned off when
When the actual vehicle speed exceeds the set
returns to the previously set speed. one of the following operations is performed:
speed, an audible warning will be heard a short
* Push the cruise control main “ON/OFF” switch time after the set speed is exceeded and driver
Cancelling the cruise control system . The cruise control symbol and the set
GUID-3F0A22DC-B88F-4FC9-80DE-B1ACCF23F303 intervention is not detected.
To cancel a set speed limit, push the <CANCEL> speed value will turn off in the combination
When the speed limiter is on the cruise control
switch . meter display.
system cannot be operated.
The cruise control symbol and the set speed * Push the speed limiter main “ON/OFF” switch
value at the top of the vehicle information . The cruise control system information in WARNING
display turn grey. the combination meter will be replaced with * The speed limiter will not automatically
the speed limiter information. For details see brake the vehicle to the set speed limit.
The cruise control system will also be cancelled
“Speed limiter (where fitted)” (P.302).
automatically by any of the following: * Always observe posted speed limits. Do
* When the vehicle is stopped and the ignition is
* Pressing the footbrake pedal. not set the speed above them.
switched OFF.
* Pressing the clutch pedal. Turning off the cruise control system will erase * Always confirm the setting status of the
* Shifting to the N (Neutral) position. the cruise control system memory. speed limiter in the Vehicle Information
Display.
* When the speed limiter is set, avoid hard

acceleration to reach the set limit to Speed limiter main “ON/OFF” switch Turning the GUID-25FBCD3D-CA61-439D-A6B1-A3E88A67F72C
speed limiter on
ensure that the system can limit the speed Cruise control main “ON/OFF” switch. (For
The speed limiter can be switched on after engine
of the vehicle correctly. details, see “Cruise control (where fitted)”
start or when driving.
* When additional floor mats are used, be (P.300)).
Push the speed limiter main ON/OFF switch .
sure that they are correctly secured and
that they cannot interfere with the accel- The speed limiter symbol and the set speed
erator pedal. Mats not adapted to the value will illuminate in the Vehicle Information
vehicle may prevent proper operation of Display.
the speed limiter.
Setting speed limit
GUID-A91C0840-D653-4A19-92F9-92679575CAC3
The speed limiter operation switches are located Push the <SET–> switch down.
on the steering wheel (right hand side).
The speed limit will be set at the current speed.
The speed limiter operating condition is shown on
When driving less than 30 km/h (20 MPH), the
the top of Vehicle Information Display. For details,
speed limiter will be set to the minimum possible
see “Vehicle information display” (P.82). MNSD1100
set speed of 30 km/h (20 MPH).
SPEED LIMITER OPERATIONS Before setting speed When the speed limit is set, the speed limiter
GUID-AAC9C620-960F-411D-A491-B465553387BF
symbol and the set speed value will turn
green.
Changing a speed limit

GUID-FC3F5BA0-7ACB-4A25-883B-F17ED91F3E15
Use either of the following operations to change
an active speed limit:
* Push up and release the <RES+> (Resume)
switch or push down and release <SET–>
switch . Each time you do this, the set speed
will increase or decrease by 1 km/h (1 MPH).
MNAA2066 MNSD1101 * Push up and hold the <RES+> (Resume) switch
or push down and hold <SET–> switch .
After setting speed
The set speed will increase or decrease to the
<CANCEL> switch Speed limiter symbol next multiple of 5 km/h (5 MPH) and then in
<RES+> (Resume) switch steps of 5 km/h (5 MPH).
Set speed value
<SET–> (Set) switch The new set speed limit value will be displayed in
the Vehicle Information Display.

When the actual vehicle speed exceeds the set Resuming aGUID-84B8061D-B5C7-41B3-8505-9756D6BAACA3
previous set speed * When the vehicle is stopped and the ignition is
speed, an audible warning will be heard a short switched OFF.
If a set speed limit has been cancelled, the set
time after the set speed is exceeded and driver Turning off the speed limiter will erase the set
speed will be stored in the speed limiter memory
intervention is not detected. speed limit memory.
and displayed in grey at the top of the vehicle
Cancelling aGUID-B1EA439D-FFF3-40FF-A320-FCAFF95BB5D9
speed limit information display.
Speed limiterGUID-B7E80377-93E1-45D8-9FAE-6F476841AA14
malfunction
To cancel a set speed limit, push the <CANCEL> This speed limit can be reactivated by pressing the
If the speed limiter malfunctions, the speed limiter
switch . The speed limiter symbol and the set <RES+> (Resume) switch .
symbol in the Vehicle Information Display will
speed value in the Vehicle Information Display If the current vehicle speed is higher than the flash.
will turn grey. previous set speed, the accelerator pedal will not
Turn the speed limiter off by pushing the speed
It is also possible to override the speed limiter by work and the set speed value will flash until the
limiter main “ON/OFF” switch and have the
fully depressing the accelerator pedal beyond the vehicle speed drops below the set speed limit.
resistance point. When the actual vehicle speed exceeds the set workshop.
WARNING
time after the set speed is exceeded and driver
* The vehicle may accelerate when the intervention is not detected.
speed limiter cancels.
* When additional floor mats are used, be Turning the GUID-D9B88D71-5B55-401A-9E0A-952EF6EBF634
speed limiter off
sure that they are correctly secured and The speed limiter system will be turned off when
that they cannot interfere with the accel- one of the following operations is performed:
erator pedal. Mats not adapted to the * Push the speed limiter main ON/OFF switch .
vehicle may prevent proper operation of The speed limiter symbol and the set speed
the speed limiter. value in the Vehicle Information Display will
be turned off.
Fully depress the accelerator pedal beyond the
* Push the cruise control main ON/OFF switch
resistance point. The speed limiter will be sus-
. The speed limiter information in the Vehicle
pended to allow driving above the set speed. The
Information Display will be replaced with the
set speed value will flash and an audible
cruise control information. For details see
warning will sound. The speed limiter will auto-
“Cruise control (where fitted)” (P.300), “Intelli-
matically resume when the vehicle speed drops
gent Cruise Control (ICC) and Steering Assist
below the set speed limit.
(where fitted) (on Manual Transmission vehi-
cles)” (P.320), or “ProPILOT Assist (where fitted)”
(P.358).

INTELLIGENT CRUISE CONTROL
(ICC) (where fitted)
GUID-453B0769-5429-4DE8-8ED2-C25C1AC2B35B
NOTE: control the vehicle’s speed in emergency

If your vehicle is fitted with ICC and Steering situations. Do not use cruise control except
Assist or ProPILOT Assist, refer to the dedicated in appropriate road and traffic conditions.
section later in this manual for information on * In the conventional (fixed speed) cruise
the Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) System. control mode, a warning chime will not
* ICC and Steering Assist: See “Intelligent sound to warn you if you are too close to
Cruise Control (ICC) and Steering Assist the vehicle ahead. Pay special attention to
(where fitted) (on Manual Transmission ve- the distance between your vehicle and the
hicles)” (P.320). vehicle ahead of you or a collision could
* ProPILOT Assist: See “ProPILOT Assist (where occur.
MNSD1095
fitted)” (P.358).
The ICC system will maintain a constant set speed
WARNING or keep a set distance from the vehicle in front of
you up to the preset speed. Distance switch:
for proper use of the ICC system could result in The vehicle travels at the set speed when the road Changes the vehicle’s following distance:
serious injury or death. ahead is clear. Long ? Middle ? Short ? Long
* ICC is not a collision avoidance or warning The ICC system can be set to one of two cruise <RES+> switch:
device. It is intended for motorway use control modes. Resumes set speed or increases speed
only and it is not intended for congested * Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode: incrementally.
areas or city driving. Failure to apply the For maintaining a selected distance between <CANCEL> switch:
brakes could result in an accident. your vehicle and the vehicle in front of you up Deactivates the system without erasing the
* The ICC system is only an aid to assist the to the preset speed.
set speed.
driver and is not a collision warning or * Conventional (fixed speed) cruise control
avoidance device. It is the driver’s respon- <SET–> switch:
mode:
sibility to stay alert, drive safely, and be in For cruising at a preset speed. Sets desired cruise speed, reduces speed
control of the vehicle at all times. incrementally.
The ICC system cannot be operated when the
* Always observe the posted speed limits speed limiter is on, see “Speed limiter (where ICC ON/OFF switch:
and do not set the speed over them. fitted)” (P.302) for additional information. Master switch to activate the system.
* Always drive carefully and attentively
when using either cruise control mode.
Read and understand the Owner’s Manual
thoroughly before using the cruise control.
To avoid serious injury or death, do not rely
on the system to prevent accidents or to

CRUISE CONTROL OPERATIONS VEHICLE-TO-VEHICLE DISTANCE CON- system cannot decelerate the vehicle quickly
GUID-842BE77F-D1DF-42B7-905E-D2D84BD4A76D
enough. If this occurs, the ICC system will sound
Push the ICC ON/OFF switch shortly to choose TROL MODEGUID-24707D50-3AB7-41AB-AD1E-0CC5D04F7FF2 a warning chime and blink the system display to
the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control cruise con- In the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode, notify the driver to take necessary action.
trol mode. the ICC system automatically maintains a selected
Push and hold the ICC ON/OFF switch to choose distance from the vehicle travelling in front of you NOTE:
the conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode. according to that vehicle’s speed (up to the set The system will cancel and a warning chime will
Once a control mode is activated, it cannot be speed), or at the set speed when the road ahead is sound if the speed falls below approximately 30
changed to the other cruise control mode. To clear. km/h (20 MPH) and no vehicle is detected ahead.
change the mode, push the ICC ON/OFF switch The system is intended to enhance the operation The following items are controlled in the vehicle-
once to turn the system OFF. Then push the ICC of the vehicle when following a vehicle travelling in to-vehicle distance control mode:
ON/OFF switch again to turn the system back the same lane and direction. * The vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode
on and select the desired cruise control mode. If the radar sensor detects a slower moving vehicle maintains the speed set by the driver. The set
Always confirm the setting of the ICC system in the ahead, the system will reduce the vehicle speed so speed range is between approximately 30 and
vehicle information display. that your vehicle follows the vehicle in front at the 170 km/h (20 and 105 MPH).
selected distance. * For Xtronic transmission (CVT) vehicles:
HOW TO SELECT CRUISE CONTROL The system automatically controls the throttle and When there is a vehicle travelling ahead, the
MODES GUID-AF663A1E-6700-4EB7-B5D7-E96C5EAC4730 applies the brakes (up to approximately 40% of vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode ad-
vehicle braking power) if necessary. justs the speed to maintain the distance,
Selecting the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode
GUID-ADA17DED-A63C-4372-8094-C3680B102B5E selected by driver, from the vehicle ahead.
To choose the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode operation
GUID-A1FF2636-9554-4B1D-AF90-8E256C526D21
The adjusting speed range is up to the set
mode, quickly push and release the ICC ON/ OFF The vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode is speed. If the vehicle ahead comes to a stop,
switch. designed to maintain a selected distance and the vehicle decelerates to a standstill within
reduce the speed to match the slower vehicle the limitations of the system. The system will
Selecting the conventional (fixed ahead; the system will decelerate the vehicle as cancel once it judges a standstill, with a
speed) CRUISE CONTROL MODE necessary. However, the ICC system can only apply warning chime. Apply the footbrake to hold
GUID-0C237E68-1078-4D9B-8C8E-C3678E737556
up to approximately 40% of the vehicle’s total the vehicle stationary if required.
To choose the conventional (fixed speed) cruise
control mode, push and hold the ICC ON/ OFF braking power. This system should only be used * For manual transmission (MT) vehicles: When
switch for longer than approximately 1.5 seconds. when traffic conditions allow vehicle speeds to there is a vehicle travelling ahead, the vehicle-
remain fairly constant or when vehicle speeds to-vehicle distance control mode adjusts the
For the conventional (fixed speed) cruise control speed to maintain the distance, selected by
change gradually. If a vehicle moves into the
mode, see “Conventional (fixed speed) cruise con- driver, from the vehicle ahead. The adjusting
travelling lane ahead or if a vehicle travelling
trol mode” (P.318). speed range is between approximately 30
ahead rapidly decelerates, the distance between
vehicles may become closer because the ICC km/h (20 MPH) and up to the set speed.

* When the vehicle travelling ahead has moved NOTE: <RES+> switch:
out from its lane of travel, the vehicle-to- Changing gear does not cancel ICC (manual Resumes set speed or increases speed
vehicle distance control mode accelerates transmission vehicles). incrementally.
and maintains vehicle speed up to the set
Normally when controlling the distance to a <CANCEL> switch:
speed.
vehicle ahead, this system automatically acceler- Deactivates the system without erasing the
ates or decelerates your vehicle according to the set speed.
speed of the vehicle ahead. Depress the accel-
erator to properly accelerate your vehicle when <SET–> switch:
acceleration is required for a lane change. Depress Sets desired cruise speed, reduces speed
the brake pedal when deceleration is required to incrementally.
maintain a safe distance to the vehicle ahead due ICC ON/OFF switch:
to its sudden braking or if a vehicle cuts in. Always
Master switch to activate the system.
stay alert when using the ICC system.
Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode switches Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control

GUID-9A3846D5-31EE-44E9-81C0-9DD81C8D338D
MNSD806
The system is operated by a ICC ON/OFF switch
mode display and indicators
GUID-3FAB0100-70D8-457D-9D5C-A12D40290F0A
and four control switches, all mounted on the
steering wheel.
Pay attention to the driving operation to maintain
control of the vehicle as it accelerates to the set
speed.
The ICC system does not control vehicle speed or
warn you when you approach stationary and slow
moving vehicles. You must pay attention to vehicle
operation to maintain proper distance from vehi-
cles ahead when approaching toll gates or traffic
congestion. MNSD1096
The vehicle may not maintain the set speed on
winding or hilly roads. If this occurs, you will have MNSD1095
to manually control the vehicle speed and change The display is located in the vehicle information
gear (manual transmission vehicles) as required. display.
Distance switch: 1. Set distance indicator:
Changes the vehicle’s following distance: Displays the selected distance between vehi-
Long ? Middle ? Short ? Long cles set with the DISTANCE switch.

2. Vehicle ahead detection indicator: Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode operation * When the brakes are operated by the driver.
GUID-80A90C70-D146-4F8C-A4E7-0683D63541C2
Indicates whether it detects a vehicle in front * When the parking brake is applied.
of you (only when ICC is active). When the <SET–> switch is pushed under the
3. This indicator indicates the ICC system status following conditions, the system cannot be set.
using colour. A message will pop up:
. ICC system ON indicator (grey): * When the ESP system is off (To use the ICC
ICC standby. system, turn the ESP system on. Push the ICC
ON/OFF switch to turn off the ICC system and
. ICC system ON indicator (green):
reset the ICC system by pushing the ICC ON/
Indicates that the ICC system is ON and OFF switch again.) For additional information
active. Indicates that the cruising speed is about the ESP system, see “Electronic Stability
set. MNSD1097 Programme (ESP) system” (P.435).
— Green vehicle icon displayed: Vehicle * When ESP (including the traction control
detected ahead. system) is operating.
To turn the cruise control on, quickly push and
— No vehicle icon shown: No vehicle de- release the ICC switch . The ICC system ON
selected (4WD vehicles).
tected ahead (Your vehicle maintains indicator (grey), and set vehicle speed indicator ---
the driver-selected set speed.) come on. * When a wheel is slipping (To use the ICC
. ICC system ON indicator (yellow):
system, make sure the wheels are no longer
To set cruising speed, accelerate your vehicle to slipping.)
Indicates that there is a malfunction in the the desired speed, push the <SET–> switch and
* When the front radar is impaired due to dirt or
ICC system. release it. (The ICC system indicator and set vehicle
another obstruction blocking the radar sensor.
speed indicator change to green.) Take your foot
4. Set vehicle speed indicator: off the accelerator pedal. Your vehicle will maintain
Indicates the set vehicle speed. the set speed or the desired distance to the vehicle
. Green: ICC active in front.
. Grey: ICC standby When the <SET–> switch is pushed under the
following conditions, the system cannot be set and
the set vehicle speed indicator will blink for
approximately 2 seconds:
* When travelling below 30 km/h (20 MPH).
* When the vehicle is shifted to the N (Neutral)
position.

Vehicle detected ahead: When the vehicle speed is under approximately 30
When a vehicle is detected in the lane ahead, the km/h (20 MPH), the system will be cancelled.
ICC system decelerates the vehicle by controlling When overtaking another vehicle:
the throttle and applying the brakes to match the
speed of a slower vehicle ahead. The system then
controls the vehicle speed based on the speed of
the vehicle ahead to maintain the driver selected
distance. Gear shifting may be required depending
on conditions (manual transmission vehicles).
MNSD1102
NOTE:
System set display with vehicle ahead when braking is performed by the ICC
system.
* When the brake operates, a noise may be MNSD1192
heard. This is not a malfunction.
When the ICC system detects a vehicle ahead, the The driver can override ICC by pressing the
vehicle ahead detection indicator is displayed and accelerator. The set speed indicator will flash when
the speed control status indicator (vehicle icon) the vehicle speed exceeds the set speed. The
illuminates in green. vehicle detect indicator will turn off when the area
No vehicle detected ahead: ahead of the vehicle is clear. When the pedal is
released, the vehicle will return to the previously
When a vehicle is no longer detected ahead, the
set speed.
ICC system gradually accelerates your vehicle to
MNSD1103
resume the previously set vehicle speed. The ICC Even though your vehicle speed is set in the ICC
System set display without vehicle ahead system then maintains the set speed. system, you can depress the accelerator pedal
when it is necessary to accelerate your vehicle
The driver sets the desired vehicle speed based on When a vehicle is no longer detected the vehicle
rapidly.
the road conditions. The ICC system maintains the ahead detection indicator turns off.
set vehicle speed, similar to standard cruise If a vehicle ahead appears during acceleration to How to switch the ICC system off
GUID-DFEB7BDA-7F0D-4AF8-90F4-E9BAD4D5FADD
control, as long as no vehicle is detected in the the set vehicle speed or any time the ICC system is
Switch off ICC completely by turning the ICC ON/
lane ahead. in operation, the system controls the distance to
OFF switch off. The ICC indicators will go out.
The ICC system displays the set speed. that vehicle.
If a vehicle is detected ahead, the system will
continue to work until vehicle has stopped.

How to change the set vehicle speed will resume the last set cruising speed when the * The distance setting will remain at the current
GUID-2A417C19-BC4A-4C0D-8984-8AE38D2D9286
vehicle speed is over 30 km/h (20 MPH). setting even if the engine is restarted.
To cancel the preset speed, use any of these
methods: How to change the set distance to the vehicle ahead Approach warning
GUID-EF840532-21E6-45B2-86FD-FE5A7DF90BEC GUID-B61865E4-B9E9-4175-9648-0A71A0297BF5
* Push the <CANCEL> switch. The cruise indica- If your vehicle comes closer to the vehicle ahead
tor and set vehicle speed indicators will turn due to rapid deceleration of that vehicle or if
grey. another vehicle cuts in, the system warns the
* Tap the brake pedal. The cruise indicator and driver with the chime and ICC system display.
set vehicle speed indicators will turn grey. Decelerate by depressing the brake pedal to
To reset at a faster cruising speed, use one of the maintain a safe vehicle distance if:
following methods: * The chime sounds.
* Depress the accelerator pedal. When the * The vehicle ahead detection indicator blinks.
vehicle attains the desired speed, push and The warning chime may not sound in some cases
release the <SET–> switch. when there is a short distance between vehicles.
MNSD1098
* Push and hold the <RES+> switch. The set Some examples are:
vehicle speed will increase by 10 km/h (5 MPH)
* When the vehicles are travelling at the same
increments.
The distance to the vehicle ahead can be selected speed and the distance between vehicles is
* Push, then quickly release the <RES+> switch. not changing.
when the ICC is in standby mode or the ICC is
Each time you do this, the set speed will
active, depending on the traffic conditions. * When the vehicle ahead is travelling faster and
increase by 1 km/h (1 MPH).
Each time the DISTANCE switch ( ) is pushed, the distance between vehicles is increasing.
To reset at a slower cruising speed, use one of
the set distance will change to long, middle, short * When a vehicle cuts in near your vehicle.
the following methods:
and back to long again in that sequence. The warning chime will not sound when:
* Lightly tap the brake pedal. When the vehicle
Distance Display Approximate dis- * Your vehicle approaches other vehicles that
attains the desired speed, push the <SET–>
tance at 100 km/h are parked or moving slowly.
switch and release it.
(60 MPH) (m (ft)) * The accelerator pedal is depressed, overriding
* Push and hold the <SET–> switch. The set
the system.
vehicle speed will decrease by 10 km/h (5 MPH) Long 60 (200)
increments. NOTE:
Middle 45 (150)
* Push, then quickly release the <SET–> switch. The approach warning chime may sound and
Each time you do this, the set speed will Short 30 (100)
the system display may blink when the radar
decrease by 1 km/h (1 MPH). sensor detects objects on the side of the vehicle
To resume the preset speed after ICC cancel, * The distance to the vehicle ahead will change
or on the side of the road. This may cause the
push and release the <RES+> switch. The vehicle according to the vehicle speed. The higher the
ICC system to decelerate or accelerate the
vehicle speed, the longer the distance.

vehicle. The radar sensor may detect these vehicle will accelerate up to the following speed of WARNING
objects when the vehicle is driven on winding that vehicle. If the vehicle is not steered into the In order to reduce the risk of a collision that
roads, narrow roads, hilly roads or when enter- left lane to overtake, the acceleration will stop may result in serious injury or death, please be
ing or exiting a curve. In these cases you will after a short time and regain the set following aware of the following:
have to manually control the proper distance distance.
ahead of your vehicle. * This function is only activated with the left
Acceleration can be stopped at any point by
or right turn signal and will briefly accel-
Also, the sensor sensitivity can be affected by depressing the brake pedal or the <CANCEL>
erate the vehicle even if a lane change is
vehicle operation (steering manoeuvre or driving switch on the steering wheel.
not initiated. This can include non-over-
position in the lane) or traffic or vehicle condition Overtaking on the right-hand side (for countries taking situations such as left or right side
(for example, if a vehicle is being driven with some where traffic travels on the left hand side of the exits.
damage). road):
* Ensure that when overtaking another ve-
Acceleration when overtaking (where fitted) When the ICC system is engaged above 70 km/h hicle, the adjacent lane is clear before
GUID-BCAFD1EC-8817-499C-BAD4-CF1D8B646CAE
(44 MPH) and following a slower vehicle (below ICC initiating the overtaking manoeuvre. Sud-
NOTE: set speed), and the turn signal is activated to the den changes in traffic may occur while
The acceleration when overtaking feature is only right, the ICC system will automatically start to overtaking. Always manually steer or
available for certain countries and for certain accelerate the vehicle to help initiate overtaking on brake as needed never solely rely on the
vehicle grades. the right and will begin to reduce the distance to system.
vehicle directly ahead. Only the right side turn
Overtaking on the left-hand side (for countries
signal operates this feature. As the driver steers
where traffic travels on the right hand side of
the vehicle and moves into the overtaking lane, if
Automatic cancellation
GUID-57A99ED2-9082-4152-B233-AB59B151ED77
the road):
no vehicle is detected ahead the ICC system will A chime sounds under the following conditions
When the ICC system is engaged above 70 km/h continue to accelerate to the ICC system set and the control is automatically cancelled.
(44 MPH) and following a slower vehicle (below ICC speed. * When your vehicle is travelling below the
set speed), and the turn signal is activated to the
If another vehicle is detected ahead, then the speed of 30 km/h (20 MPH ) (manual transmis-
left, the ICC system will automatically start to
vehicle will accelerate up to the following speed of sion (MT) vehicles).
accelerate the vehicle to help initiate overtaking on
that vehicle. If the vehicle is not steered into the * The vehicle ahead is not detected and your
the left and will begin to reduce the distance to
right lane to overtake, the acceleration will stop vehicle is travelling below the speed of 25
vehicle directly ahead. Only the left side turn
after a short time and regain the set following km/h (15 MPH) (Xtronic transmission vehicles).
distance. * When the system judges the vehicle is at
no vehicle is detected ahead the ICC system will Acceleration can be stopped at any point by standstill (Xtronic transmission vehicles).
continue to accelerate to the ICC system set depressing the brake pedal or the <CANCEL> * When the parking brake is applied.
speed. switch on the steering wheel. * When the ESP system is turned off.
If another vehicle is detected ahead, then the

* When [SNOW] mode or [OFF-ROAD] mode is distance control function, never rely solely and frequent braking may result in
selected (4WD vehicles). on the ICC system. This system does not overheating the brakes)
* When ESP (including the traction control correct careless, inattentive or absent — On repeated uphill and downhill roads
system) operates. minded driving, or overcome poor visibility
in rain, fog, or other bad weather. Decele- — When traffic conditions make it diffi-
* When distance measurement becomes im- cult to keep a proper distance be-
paired due to adhesion of dirt or obstruction rate the vehicle speed by depressing the
brake pedal, depending on the distance to tween vehicles because of frequent
to the sensor. acceleration or deceleration
the vehicle ahead and the surrounding
* When a wheel slips.
circumstances in order to maintain a safe — Interference by other radar sources
* When the radar signal is temporarily inter-
distance between vehicles. * In some road or traffic conditions, a vehicle
rupted.
* Always pay attention to the operation of or object can unexpectedly come into the
* When the clutch pedal is depressed for
the vehicle and be ready to manually sensor detection zone and cause auto-
approximately 8 seconds (manual transmis-
control the proper following distance. The matic braking. You may need to control the
sion vehicles).
vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode distance from other vehicles using the
* When the transmission is not in the D (Drive) or accelerator pedal. Always stay alert and
of the ICC system may not be able to
Ds (Drive Sport) mode (Xtronic transmission avoid using the ICC system when it is not
maintain the selected distance between
vehicles). recommended in this section.
vehicles (following distance) or selected
vehicle speed under some circumstances.
Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode limitations
GUID-946F5082-16A1-4489-BB11-A0BCB744D928
* Do not use the ICC system if you are towing
* The system may not detect the vehicle in a trailer. The system may not detect a
WARNING front of you in certain road or weather vehicle ahead.
Listed below are the system limitations for the conditions. To avoid accidents, never use
ICC system. Failure to operate the vehicle in the ICC system under the following condi- The radar sensor will not detect the following
accordance with these system limitations tions: objects:
could result in serious injury or death. — On roads where the traffic is heavy or * Stationary and slow moving vehicles
* The system is primarily intended for use on there are sharp curves * Pedestrians or objects in the roadway
straight, dry, open roads with light traffic. — On slippery road surfaces such as on * Oncoming vehicles in the same lane
It is not advisable to use the system in city ice or snow, etc. * Motorcycles and other vehicles travelling off-
traffic or congested areas. set in the travel lane
— During bad weather (rain, fog, snow,
* This system will not adapt automatically to etc.) The sensor generally detects the signals returned
road conditions. This system should be from the vehicle ahead. Therefore, if the sensor
— When rain, snow or dirt adhere to the
used in evenly flowing traffic. Do not use cannot detect the reflection from the vehicle
system sensor
the system on roads with sharp curves, or ahead, the ICC system may not maintain the
on icy roads, in heavy rain or in fog. — On steep downhill roads (the vehicle selected distance.
may go beyond the set vehicle speed
* As there is a performance limit to the

The following are some conditions in which the
sensor cannot detect the signals:
* When snow or road spray from travelling
vehicles reduces the sensor’s visibility
* When excessively heavy baggage is loaded in
the rear seat or the luggage compartment of
your vehicle
* When your vehicle is towing a trailer, etc.
The ICC system is designed to automatically check
the sensor’s operation within the limitation of the MNSD775
system. When the sensor is covered with dirt or is
obstructed, the system will automatically be can-
celled. If the sensor is covered with ice, a trans- The detection zone of the radar sensor is limited. A
parent or translucent vinyl bag, etc., the ICC vehicle ahead must be in the detection zone for
system may not detect them. In these instances, the vehicle-to-vehicle distance detection mode to
the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode may maintain the selected distance from the vehicle
not cancel and may not be able to maintain the ahead.
selected following distance from the vehicle A vehicle ahead may move outside of the detec-
ahead. Be sure to check and clean the sensor tion zone due to its position within the same lane
regularly. of travel. Motorcycles may not be detected in the
same lane ahead.

When the conditions listed above are no longer
present, press the <RES+> switch to resume using
the ICC system.
Condition B:
The chime will sound and the [Temporarily Dis-
abled Front Radar Blocked] warning message will
* When the radar sensor area is covered with
dirt or is obstructed, making it impossible to
MNSD679 detect a vehicle ahead, the ICC system is
automatically cancelled.
Action to take:
When driving on some roads, such as winding, hilly, * When the ESP is turned off
curved, narrow roads, or roads which are under * When the ESP (including the traction control If the warning message appears, park the vehicle
construction, the radar sensor may detect vehicles system) operates in a safe place and turn the engine off. When the
in a different lane, or may temporarily not detect a radar signal is temporarily interrupted, clean the
* When the vehicle speed falls below approxi-
vehicle travelling ahead. This may cause the ICC sensor area and restart the engine. The system will
mately 30 km/h (20 MPH)
system to decelerate or accelerate the vehicle. need some time to detect that the sensor area is
* When the parking brake is applied
now clean. If the warning message continues to be
The detection of vehicles may also be affected by * When a tyre slips displayed, have the ICC system checked by a
vehicle operation (steering manoeuvre or travel-
* When the radar signal is temporarily inter- NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop.
ling position in the lane, etc.) or vehicle condition.
rupted
* When driving on roads with limited road
System temporarily unavailable * When the clutch pedal is depressed for structures or buildings (for example, long
GUID-1259F364-EAFC-4F96-8416-7FCD1D528C17
approximately 8 seconds (manual transmis- bridges, deserts, snow fields, driving next to
The following are conditions in which the ICC
sion vehicles) long walls), the system may display the [Tem-
system may be temporarily unavailable. In these
* When the transmission is not in the D (Drive) or porarily Disabled Front Radar Blocked] mes-
instances, the ICC system may not cancel and may
Ds (Drive Sport) mode (Xtronic transmission sage.
not be able to maintain the selected following
vehicles). Action to take:
distance from the vehicle ahead.
* When any door is open.
Condition A: When the conditions listed above are no longer
* When the [SNOW] mode or [OFF-ROAD] mode present, turn the ICC system back on to use the
Under the following conditions, the ICC system is is selected (4WD vehicles) system.
automatically cancelled. A chime will sound and
* When the front radar is impaired due to dirt or
the system will not be able to be set:
another obstruction blocking the radar sensor.
Action to take:

ICC system malfunction * Always keep the sensor area clean. — When driving in an area where each
GUID-7C3C656F-528A-4D53-BB71-EF1A12760209
* Do not strike or damage the areas around the lane has a different speed limit sign.
If the ICC system malfunctions, it will be turned off
sensor. — When driving on a road under con-
automatically, a chime will sound, a warning will be
displayed in the vehicle information display, and * Do not cover or attach stickers or similar struction or in a construction zone.
the speed control status warning (yellow) will objects near the sensor area. This could cause — When End of speed limit sign is in-
illuminate. failure or malfunction. dicated.
* Do not attach metallic objects near the sensor
Action to take: * When speed unit selected in [Display Set-
area (brush guard, etc.). This could cause
If the warning light comes on, stop the vehicle in a tings] is different to the unit of the speed
failure or malfunction.
safe place. Turn the engine off, restart the engine limit sign.
and set the ICC system again. If it is not possible to Speed Limit GUID-2BE9D19F-0016-4A04-833C-E41F37564D0A
Link - ICC (where fitted)
set the ICC system or the indicator stays on, it may When ICC is active and it detects a change of the
be a malfunction. Although the normal driving can WARNING speed limit, the new speed limit is indicated and it
be continued, the ICC system should be checked can be applied to the vehicle set speed manually.
by a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop. Speed Limit Link. Failure to operate the vehicle The Speed Limit Link operates:
in accordance with these system limitations * When the detected speed limit is 30 km/h (20
System maintenance
GUID-97E8821C-DE47-4023-9F1D-70FB6D61B0A6 could result in serious injury or death: MPH) and above.
* It is the driver’s responsibility to select the * The [Speed Limit Link] is enabled in the
proper speed, follow all traffic regulations settings menu of the vehicle information dis-
and observe other road users. play.
* The Speed Limit Link may not operate NOTE:
properly and the actual speed limit may * In the following situations, the Speed Limit
not be applied to the vehicle set speed in Link will not operate:
all conditions. The driver must manually
— When an increase in the posted speed
control the vehicle speed.
limit is detected, but the vehicle set speed
Below are some examples: is already faster than the new speed limit.
MNIC4037 — When a decrease in the posted speed limit
— When the Traffic Sign Recognition
is detected, but the vehicle set speed is
(TSR) system is not functioning prop-
already lower than the new speed limit.
erly or turned off. (See “Traffic sign
The sensor for the ICC system is located on the
recognition (where fitted)” (P.259).)
front of the vehicle .
— When driving in an area with nearby
To keep the ICC system operating properly, be sure
parallel roads (for example, motorway
with a parallel service drive).

System display and indicators: Operating the system: NOTE:
When the system detects a different speed limit, The system will retain current settings in the
the new speed value is indicated. The vehicle set vehicle information display even if the engine is
speed can be changed to the indicated speed limit restarted.
manually. How to set tolerance for [Speed Link Offset]:
* To accept the newly indicated speed limit, 1. Push the button on the steering
operate the <RES+> switch (in case of speed wheel until [Settings] appears in the vehicle
limit up) or <SET-> switch (in case of speed information display, and push the scroll dial.
limit down).
2. Use the scroll dial to select [Driver Assistance].
* The Speed Limit Link indicator ( or ) Then push the scroll dial.
will turn off after approximately 15 seconds if
MNSD1105 the <RES+> or <SET-> switch is not operated. 3. Select [Speed Link Offset] , and push the scroll
(The Speed Limit Link indicator can be turned dial to select tolerance value.
Example
off immediately by operating the opposite NOTE:
1. Detected speed limit indicator switch from the direction indicated by the
The system will retain current settings in the
Displays the currently detected speed limit. For Speed Limit Link indicator.)
vehicle information display even if the engine is
additional information, see “Traffic sign recog- The system will not activate if a speed limit change
restarted.
nition (where fitted)” (P.259). is not detected.
[Speed Link Offset]:
Speed Limit Link - ICC with Navigation
2. Applied speed limit indicator (green frame)
It is possible to set whether the speed limit should
system (where fitted)
Indicates the detected speed limit can be GUID-A8EB06ED-842E-42D8-B67F-25DB607A16BA
applied to the vehicle set speed. be accepted exactly, or with a tolerance of -10 WARNING
km/h (–5 MPH) to +10 km/h (+5 MPH).
3. Speed Limit Link indicator Listed below are the system limitations for the
Indicates the system activation mode or How to activate or deactivate the system: Speed Limit Link. Failure to operate the vehicle
system operation. 1. Push the button on the steering in accordance with these system limitations
wheel until [Settings] appears in the vehicle could result in serious injury or death:
Manual mode is activated and a new
information display, and push the scroll dial.
speed limit (faster speed value) is indicated. * It is the driver’s responsibility to select the
2. Use the scroll dial to select [Driver Assistance]. proper speed, follow all traffic regulations
Then push the scroll dial. and observe other road users.
speed limit (lower speed value) is indicated.
3. Select [Speed Limit Link], and push the scroll * The Speed Limit Link may not operate
4. Guidance message, instruction on how to set
dial to turn the system on or off. properly and the actual speed limit may
new speed.
To deactivate the system, select [OFF]. not be applied to the vehicle set speed in

Below are some examples: NOTE: 1. Detected speed limit indicator
* In the following situations, the Speed Limit Displays the currently detected speed limit. For
— When the Traffic Sign Recognition Link will not operate:
(TSR) system is not functioning prop- additional information, see “Traffic sign recog-
— When an increase in the posted speed nition (where fitted)” (P.259).
recognition (where fitted)” (P.259).) 2. Applied speed limit indicator (green frame)
is already faster than the new speed limit.
— When driving in countries or areas not — When a decrease in the posted speed limit Indicates the detected speed limit can be
covered by the navigation system. is detected, but the vehicle set speed is applied to the vehicle set speed.
— When crossing national boundaries. already lower than the new speed limit. 3. Speed Limit Link indicator
— When driving on the exit of the limited For Germany: No Limit speed setting: Indicates the system activation mode or
access motorway as identified in the system operation.
When you switch on the ignition and subsequently
navigation map data. enter a motorway with no speed limit, the system Manual mode is activated and a new
— When driving in an area with nearby initially regulates the speed to 130 km/ h. After this, speed limit (faster speed value) is indicated.
parallel roads (for example, motorway the last speed stored by the driver on a motorway Manual mode is activated and a new
with a parallel service drive). with no speed limit is applied. speed limit (lower speed value) is indicated.
— When driving in an area where each NOTE: 4. Guidance message, instruction on how to set
lane has a different speed limit sign. new speed.
This feature only works in Germany.
— When driving on a road under con- Operating the system:
System display and indicators:
struction or in a construction zone.
When the system detects a different speed limit,
— When the data from the navigation the new speed value is indicated. The vehicle set
system is not up-to-date or is unavail- speed can be changed to the indicated speed limit
able. manually.
When the ICC Speed Limit Link is active and it * To accept the newly indicated speed limit,
detects a change of the speed limit, the new speed operate the <RES+> switch (in case of speed
limit is indicated and it can be applied to the limit up) or <SET-> switch (in case of speed
vehicle set speed manually. limit down).
* The Speed Limit Link indicator ( or )
The Speed Limit Link operates:
will turn off after approximately 15 seconds if
* When the detected speed limit is 30 km/h (20 MNSD1105 the <RES+> or <SET-> switch is not operated.
MPH) and above. (The Speed Limit Link indicator can be turned
Example
* The [Speed Limit Link] is enabled in the off immediately by operating the opposite
settings menu of the vehicle information dis- switch from the direction indicated by the
play. Speed Limit Link indicator.)

The system will not activate if a speed limit change NOTE: — in very windy areas
is not detected. The system will retain current settings in the * Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle
[Speed Link Offset]: vehicle information display even if the engine is control and result in an accident.
It is possible to set whether the speed limit should restarted.
be accepted exactly, or with a tolerance of -10 CONVENTIONAL (fixed speed) CRUISE Conventional (fixedGUID-F7F858B2-7F21-4A73-B398-D6F312061FD5
speed) CRUISE CONTROL SWITCHES
km/h (–5 MPH) to +10 km/h (+5 MPH)
CONTROL MODE
GUID-6302A17B-38B9-431D-BCF6-B07E85C6D4BC
How to activate or deactivate the system:
This mode allows driving at speeds between
1. Push the button on the steering approximately 30 and 170 km/h (20 and 105 MPH)
wheel until [Settings] appears in the vehicle without keeping your foot on the accelerator
information display, and push the scroll dial. pedal.
WARNING
Then push the scroll dial.
* In the conventional (fixed speed) cruise
3. Select [Speed Limit Link], and push the scroll
control mode, a warning chime does not
dial to turn the system on or off.
sound to warn you if you are too close to
To deactivate the system, select [OFF]. the vehicle ahead, as neither the presence MNSD1099
of the vehicle ahead nor the vehicle-to-
NOTE:
vehicle distance is detected.
The system will retain current settings in the ICC ON/OFF switch:
* Pay special attention to the distance be-
vehicle information display even if the engine is Main switch to activate/deactivate the sys-
tween your vehicle and the vehicle ahead
restarted.
of you or a collision could occur. tem.
How to set tolerance for [Speed Link Offset]:
* Always confirm the setting in the Vehicle <RES+> switch:
1. Push the button on the steering
Information Display. Resumes set speed or increases speed
information display, and push the scroll dial. * Do not use the conventional (fixed speed) incrementally.
cruise control mode when driving under <CANCEL> switch:
the following conditions:
Then push the scroll dial. Deactivates the system without erasing the
— when it is not possible to keep the set speed.
3. Select [Speed Link Offset] , and push the scroll
vehicle at a set speed
dial to select tolerance value. <SET–> switch:
— in heavy traffic or in traffic that varies
Sets desired cruise speed, reduces speed
in speed
incrementally.
— on winding or hilly roads
— on slippery roads (rain, snow, ice, etc.)

. Grey: cruise control standby To use the ICC system again, quickly push and
Conventional (fixed speed) CRUISE CON-
. Green: cruise control active release the ICC ON/OFF switch (vehicle-to-vehicle
TROL MODEGUID-22576B03-59A7-4BEA-A779-682C0C353CCA
DISPLAY AND INDICATORS distance control mode) or push and hold it
(conventional cruise control mode) again to turn
Operating conventional (fixed speed) it on.
CRUISE CONTROL MODE

GUID-F43F796F-BBFB-4CB5-86E4-6ABA28406A8A
CAUTION
To turn the conventional (fixed speed) cruise To avoid accidentally engaging cruise control,
control mode on, push and hold the ICC ON/OFF make sure to turn the ICC ON/OFF switch off
switch for longer than about 1.5 seconds. when not using the ICC system.
To set cruising speed, accelerate your vehicle to

the desired speed, push the <SET–> switch and
MNSD1075 release it. (The colour of the cruise indicator
changes to green and the set vehicle speed
indicator comes on.) Take your foot off the
The display is located in the vehicle information accelerator pedal. Your vehicle will maintain the
display. set speed.
1. Cruise indicator: * To overtake another vehicle, depress the
accelerator pedal. When you release the pedal,
This indicator indicates the condition of the
MNSD828
the vehicle will return to the previously set
Conventional (fixed speed) cruise control
speed.
mode of the ICC system depending on a
colour. * The vehicle may not maintain the set speed
When pushing the ICC ON/OFF switch on, the when going up or down steep hills. If this
. Cruise control ON indicator (grey): Indicates
conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode happens, manually maintain vehicle speed.
that the ICC ON/OFF switch is on.
display and indicators are displayed in the vehicle To cancel the preset speed, use any of the
. Cruise control SET indicator (green): Indi-
information display. After you hold the ICC ON/OFF following methods:
cates that the cruising speed is set. switch for longer than about 1.5 seconds, the ICC
* Push the <CANCEL> switch . The vehicle speed
. Cruise control warning (yellow): Indicates system display goes out. The cruise indicator
indicator and the cruise indicator will turn
that there is a malfunction in the Conven- appears. You can now set your desired cruising
grey.
tional (fixed speed) cruise control mode of speed. Pushing the ICC ON/OFF switch again will
* Tap the brake pedal. The vehicle speed in-
the ICC system. turn the system completely off.
dicator and the cruise indicator will turn grey.
2. Set vehicle speed indicator: When the ignition switch is placed in the OFF
To reset at a faster cruising speed, use one of the
This indicator indicates the set vehicle speed. position, the system is also automatically turned
following three methods:
off.

INTELLIGENT
INTELLIGENT CRUISE
CRUISE CONTROL
CONTROL (ICC)
(ICC)
AND
AND STEERING ASSIST (where
STEERING ASSIST (where fitted)
fitted)
(on Manual
(on Manual Transmission
Transmission vehicles)
vehicles)
GUID-2DACD3FF-DFAE-4340-AF30-753F5B625250
* Depress the accelerator pedal. When the * When the clutch pedal is depressed for longer WARNING
vehicle attains the desired speed, push and than approximately 8 seconds (manual trans-
release the <SET–> switch. mission vehicles).
for proper use of the ICC and Steering Assist
* Push and hold the <RES+> switch. When the * When the ESP system is off. system could result in serious injury or death.
vehicle displays the desired set speed, release When the system is not operating properly, the
the switch. * ICC and Steering Assist is not a self-driving
chime sounds and the colour of the cruise
system. Within the limits of its capabilities,
* Push, then quickly release the <RES+> switch. indicator will change to yellow.
as described in this manual, it helps the
Each time you do this, the set speed will Action to take: driver with certain driving activities.
increase by about 1 km/h (1 MPH).
If the colour of the cruise indicator changes to * The ICC and Steering Assist system is not a
To reset at a slower cruising speed, use one of
yellow, park the vehicle in a safe place. Turn the replacement for proper driving procedure
the following three methods:
engine off, restart the engine, resume driving and and is not designed to correct careless,
* Lightly tap the brake pedal. When the vehicle then perform the setting again. inattentive or absent-minded driving. ICC
attains the desired speed, push the <SET–>
If it is not possible to set or the indicator stays and Steering Assist will not always steer
switch and release it.
on, it may indicate that the system is malfunc- the vehicle to keep it in the lane. The ICC
* Push and hold the <SET–> switch. Release the tioning. Although the vehicle is still driveable and Steering Assist system is not designed
switch when the vehicle slows down to the under normal conditions, have the vehicle to prevent loss of control. It is the driver’s
desired speed. checked by a NISSAN dealer or qualified work- responsibility to stay alert, drive safely,
* Push, then quickly release the <SET–> switch. shop. keep the vehicle in the travelling lane,
Each time you do this, the set speed will and be in control of the vehicle at all times.
decrease by about 1 km/h (1 MPH).
* There are limitations to the ICC and Steer-
To resume the preset speed, push and release ing Assist system capability. The ICC and
the <RES+> switch. The vehicle will resume the last Steering Assist system does not function in
set cruising speed when the vehicle speed is over all driving, traffic, weather, and road con-
30 km/h (20 MPH). ditions. It is the driver’s responsibility to
stay alert, drive safely, keep the vehicle in
System temporarily unavailable
GUID-B2B84EDF-3FA9-4CFE-974E-05AC0C0AC0FA the travelling lane, and be in control of the
A chime sounds and the control is automatically vehicle at all times.
cancelled under the following conditions:
* The ICC and Steering Assist system is only
* When the parking brake is applied. an aid to assist the driver and is not a
* When the ESP (including the traction control collision warning or avoidance device.
system) operates. * The ICC and Steering Assist system is for
* When a wheel slips. use on motorways with opposing traffic

separated by a barrier only, and is not * Conventional (fixed speed) cruise control
intended for city driving. mode:
* Always observe the posted speed limits Used for cruising at a preset speed.
and do not set the speed over them.
NOTE:
* Never take your hands off the steering
Steering assist is not available in the conven-
wheel when driving. Always keep your
tional (fixed speed) cruise control mode.
hands on the steering wheel and drive
your vehicle safely. * Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode:
The ICC system maintains a selected distance from
* The ICC and Steering Assist system does
the vehicle in front of you when the speed is within
not react to stationary or slow moving MNIC4036
the speed range approximately 30 to 170 km/h (20
vehicles.
to 105 MPH) up to the set speed. The set speed can
* Always drive carefully and attentively be selected by the driver between approximately
when using the ICC and Steering Assist Radar sensor
30 and 170 km/h (20 and 105 MPH). If your speed
system. Read and understand the Owner’s Multi-sensing front camera falls below approximately 30 km/h (20 MPH) the
Manual thoroughly before using the ICC The ICC system is intended to enhance the ICC system will cancel with a warning chime and a
and Steering Assist system. To avoid ser- operation of the vehicle when following a vehicle notification to the driver.
ious injury or death, do not rely on the travelling in the same lane and direction. If the
system to prevent accidents or to control radar sensor detects a slower moving vehicle Steering Assist (manual transmission vehicles)
GUID-F29D7BC0-9CE6-4ACE-95F0-03E28BCA18CC
the vehicle’s speed in emergency situa- ahead, the system will reduce the vehicle speed so The Steering Assist function controls the steering
tions. Do not use the ICC and Steering that your vehicle follows the vehicle in front at the system to help keep your vehicle within the
Assist system except in appropriate road selected distance. The Steering Assist system uses travelling lane.
and traffic conditions. a multi-sensing front camera installed behind
Steering Assist is not available at speeds under 60
the windscreen to monitor the lane markers of
km/h (37 MPH).
your travelling lane.
OVERVIEW OF ICC AND STEERING AS-

SIST (manual transmission vehicles)
GUID-505EAC11-8AC2-4B8F-8F26-A2D9649D3D36
Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) (manual

transmissionGUID-1C9F905D-B61F-4977-99C4-58F088582192
vehicles)
The ICC system can be set to one of two cruise
control modes:

ICC AND STEERING ASSIST SYSTEM CONTROLS(manual transmission vehicles)
GUID-BF6C333D-4A73-4E69-AB5E-FF6211334854
MNSD1036
<RES+> switch Steering Assist Switch

Resumes set speed or increases speed Turns the Steering Assist function on or off.
incrementally.
<SET–> switch
Sets desired cruise speed or reduces speed
incrementally
<CANCEL> switch
Deactivates the ICC system without erasing
the set speed
Drive Assist switch
Turns the ICC and Steering Assist system on
or off.
Distance switch
— Long
— Middle
— Short

. Grey: Steering Assist standby.
ICC AND STEERING ASSIST SYSTEM DISPLAY AND INDICATORS (manual transmis-
. Green: Steering Assist active.
sion vehicles)
GUID-990D098A-CFDD-4BC8-BBB4-3F06E900DA7B 3. Set distance indicator
Displays the selected distance.
4. Lane marker indicator
Indicates whether the system detects lane
markers
. No lane markers displayed: Steering Assist is
turned off
. Lane marker indicator (grey): No lane mar-
kers detected
. Lane marker indicator (green): Lane mar-
kers detected
. Lane marker indicator (yellow): Lane depar-
ture is detected
5. Drive Assist indicator
Displays the status of Intelligent Blind Spot
Intervention, Intelligent Lane Intervention and
ICC systems.
. No indicator displayed: all systems are off.
. White: systems are on (only if they are
turned on in the [Settings] menu), ICC and
Steering Assist is in standby mode.
. Blue: ICC and Steering Assist is active
MNSD1106
6. Steering Assist status indicator/warning
Example
Displays the status of the Steering Assist by
1. Vehicle ahead detection indicator 2. Steering Assist status indicator the colour of the indicator/warning
When the ICC is ON and active this indicates Displays the status of the Steering Assist by . No Steering Assist status indicator dis-
whether the system detects a vehicle in front the colour of the indicator played: Steering Assist is turned off.
of you.

. Grey: Steering Assist standby. . Grey: ICC standby. NOTE:
. Green: Steering Assist active. . Green numbers: ICC active. Some of the items listed above are only avail-
. Yellow: Steering Assist malfunction. 9. Road information indicator (where fitted) able in Classic View. See “Changing the meter
. Red: Hands off detected. screen view (models with full-screen display)”
10. Detected road sign (speed limit) indicator
(P.67) for additional information.
7. Lane marker indicator/speed control status (where fitted)
indicator/set distance indicator 11. Speed limit link indicator (where fitted) INTELLIGENT CRUISE CONTROL (ICC)
Displays the status of speed control by the (manual transmission vehicles)
GUID-D7A5012B-569D-41CB-9ED8-AFE461E69725
colour and shape of the indicator/warning
WARNING
. Speed control status indicator (white): ICC
standby
for proper use of the ICC system could result in
. Speed control status indicator (green): ICC
(distance control mode) is active
* ICC is not a collision avoidance or warning
— Green vehicle icon displayed: Vehicle
device. It is intended for motorway use
detected ahead
only and it is not intended for congested
— No vehicle icon shown: No vehicle de- areas or city driving. Failure to apply the
tected ahead (Your vehicle maintains MNSD1093 brakes could result in an accident.
the driver-selected set speed.)
* The ICC system is only an aid to assist the
. Speed control status indicator (orange): driver and is not a collision warning or
Indicates an ICC malfunction 12. Green line: Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) avoidance device. It is the driver’s respon-
. Lane marker indicator: Indicates whether (where fitted): gap between current speed sibility to stay alert, drive safely, and be in
the system detects lane markers and ICC target speed. control of the vehicle at all times.
— No lane markers displayed: Steering 13. Target speed: * Always observe the posted speed limits
Assist is turned off . White triangle: Cruise Control or Speed and do not set the speed over them.
Limiter target speed (where fitted). * Always drive carefully and attentively
— Lane marker indicator (grey): No lane
markers detected . Green triangle: Intelligent Cruise Control when using either cruise control mode.
(ICC) target speed (where fitted). Read and understand the Owner’s Manual
— Lane marker indicator (green): Lane
14. Red line: Traffic Sign Recognition (TSR) speed thoroughly before using the cruise control.
markers detected
limit marker (where fitted) To avoid serious injury or death, do not rely
8. Set vehicle speed indicator on the system to prevent accidents or to
Indicates the set vehicle speed. control the vehicle’s speed in emergency
situations. Do not use cruise control except
in appropriate road and traffic conditions.

* In the conventional (fixed speed) cruise the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control cruise con-
control mode, a warning chime will not trol mode.
sound to warn you if you are too close to Push and hold the Drive Assist switch to choose
the vehicle ahead. Pay special attention to the conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode.
the distance between your vehicle and the Steering Assist is not available with conventional
vehicle ahead of you or a collision could (fixed speed) cruise control.
occur.
Once a control mode is activated, it cannot be
The ICC system will maintain a constant set speed changed to the other cruise control mode. To
or keep a set distance from the vehicle in front of change the mode, push the Drive Assist switch
you up to the preset speed. once to turn the system OFF. Then push the Drive
MNSD1072
Assist switch again to turn the system back on
The vehicle travels at the set speed when the road
and select the desired cruise control mode.
ahead is clear.
Distance switch: Always confirm the setting of the ICC system in the
The ICC system can be set to one of two cruise
Changes the vehicle’s following distance: Vehicle Information Display.
control modes.
* Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode: Long ? Middle ? Short ? Long NOTE:
For maintaining a selected distance between <RES+> switch: Turning the ICC system on will turn on the
your vehicle and the vehicle in front of you up Resumes set speed or increases speed Intelligent Lane Intervention (ILI) system and
to the preset speed. incrementally. Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention system at
* Conventional (fixed speed) cruise control the same time, providing those systems are
<CANCEL> switch:
mode: enabled in the [Driver Assistance] menu in the
Deactivates the system without erasing the vehicle information display. For additional in-
For cruising at a preset speed.
set speed. formation, refer to “Intelligent Lane Intervention
The ICC system cannot be operated when the
<SET–> switch: (ILI)” (P.341) and “Blind Spot Warning (BSW)
speed limiter is on, see “Speed limiter (where
system/Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention sys-
fitted)” (P.302) for additional information. Sets desired cruise speed, reduces speed
tem (where fitted)” (P.262).
incrementally.
Drive Assist switch: How to select Cruise Control modes
Master switch to activate the system. (manual transmission vehicles)
GUID-6CC5A378-BCE2-47F7-A000-A25CF35BC549
Selecting the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control
Cruise control operations (manual mode:
transmission GUID-1184BA39-91A1-4716-A04C-601925C5F942
vehicles) To choose the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control
Push the Drive Assist switch shortly to choose mode, quickly push and release the Drive Assist
switch.

Selecting the conventional (fixed speed) CRUISE Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode operation and maintains vehicle speed up to the set
CONTROL MODE: GUID-FD68BEC4-E907-4C8A-A573-FAD990775930
speed.
The vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode is
NOTE: designed to maintain a selected distance and
ICC provides no approach warnings, automatic reduce the speed to match the slower vehicle
braking, or steering assist in the conventional ahead; the system will decelerate the vehicle as
(fixed speed) cruise control mode. necessary. However, the ICC system can only apply
up to approximately 40% of the vehicle’s total
To choose the conventional (fixed speed) cruise
braking power. This system should only be used
control mode, push and hold the Drive Assist
when traffic conditions allow vehicle speeds to
switch for longer than approximately 1.5 seconds.
remain fairly constant or when vehicle speeds
For the conventional (fixed speed) cruise control change gradually. If a vehicle moves into the
mode, see “Conventional (fixed speed) cruise con- travelling lane ahead or if a vehicle travelling
trol mode (manual transmission vehicles)” (P.344). ahead rapidly decelerates, the distance between MNSD806
vehicles may become closer because the ICC

Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control system cannot decelerate the vehicle quickly
mode (manual transmission vehicles)
GUID-D9277796-98F0-4A18-B848-2E21EA3AB7FB enough. If this occurs, the ICC system will sound Pay attention to the driving operation to maintain
a warning chime to notify the driver to take control of the vehicle as it accelerates to the set
In the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode,
necessary action. speed.
the ICC system automatically maintains a selected
distance from the vehicle travelling in front of you The following items are controlled in the vehicle- The ICC system does not control vehicle speed or
according to that vehicle’s speed (up to the set to-vehicle distance control mode: warn you when you approach stationary and slow
speed), or at the set speed when the road ahead is moving vehicles. You must pay attention to vehicle
* The vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode
clear. operation to maintain proper distance from vehi-
maintains the speed set by the driver. The set
cles ahead when approaching toll gates or traffic
The system is intended to enhance the operation speed range is between approximately 30 and
congestion.
of the vehicle when following a vehicle travelling in 170 km/h (20 and 105 MPH).
the same lane and direction. The vehicle may not maintain the set speed on
* When there is a vehicle travelling ahead, the
winding or hilly roads. If this occurs, you will have
If the radar sensor detects a slower moving vehicle vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode ad-
to manually control the vehicle speed and change
ahead, the system will reduce the vehicle speed so justs the speed to maintain the distance,
gear as required.
that your vehicle follows the vehicle in front at the selected by driver, from the vehicle ahead.
selected distance. The adjusting speed range is between ap- NOTE:
The system automatically controls the throttle and proximately 30 km/h (20 MPH) and up to the
Changing gear does not cancel ICC.
applies the brakes (up to approximately 40% of set speed.
* When the vehicle travelling ahead has moved Normally when controlling the distance to a
vehicle braking power) if necessary.
out from its lane of travel, the vehicle-to- vehicle ahead, this system automatically acceler-
vehicle distance control mode accelerates ates or decelerates your vehicle according to the

speed of the vehicle ahead. Depress the accel- . Blue: ICC is active
set speed.
erator to properly accelerate your vehicle when 3. This indicator indicates the ICC system status
<SET–> switch:
acceleration is required for a lane change. Depress using colour.
the brake pedal when deceleration is required to Sets desired cruise speed, reduces speed
. ICC system ON indicator (grey):
maintain a safe distance to the vehicle ahead due incrementally.
to its sudden braking or if a vehicle cuts in. Always Drive Assist switch: ICC standby.
stay alert when using the ICC system. Master switch to activate the system. . ICC system ON indicator (green):
Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode switches Indicates that the ICC system is ON and
GUID-4DF67023-BD13-4C74-8E54-D8D662274069 Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control active. Indicates that the cruising speed is
The system is operated by a Drive Assist switch mode display and indicators set.
and four control switches, all mounted on the GUID-B34F569E-7DEC-43A4-8933-4E588452DEB5
steering wheel. — Green vehicle icon displayed: Vehicle

detected ahead.
— No vehicle icon shown: No vehicle de-
tected ahead (Your vehicle maintains
. ICC system ON indicator (yellow):
Indicates that there is a malfunction in the

ICC system.
4. Set vehicle speed indicator:
MNSD1108
Indicates the set vehicle speed.
MNSD1072 . Green: ICC active
The display is located in the Vehicle Information . Grey: ICC standby
Display.
Distance switch: 5. Vehicle ahead detection indicator:
1. Set distance indicator:
Changes the vehicle’s following distance: Indicates whether it detects a vehicle in front
Displays the selected distance between vehi- of you (only when ICC is active).
Long ? Middle ? Short ? Long
cles set with the DISTANCE switch.
<RES+> switch:
2. Drive Assist indicator
Resumes set speed or increases speed
Displays the status of the ICC system.
incrementally.
<CANCEL> switch:
turned on in the [Settings] menu), ICC is in
Deactivates the system without erasing the standby mode.

Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode operation * When the transmission is shifted to the N
GUID-D3AC495D-AD8D-4ED5-96F8-43A4903F9E09
(Neutral) position.
* When the brakes are operated by the driver.
When the <SET–> switch is pushed under the
following conditions, the system cannot be set.
A message will pop up:
* When the ESP system is off. (To use the ICC
system, turn the ESP system on and push the
Drive Assist switch). For additional information
about the ESP system, see “Electronic Stability MNSD1050
Programme (ESP) system” (P.435).
MNSD1073 System set display with vehicle ahead
* When ESP (including the traction control
system) is operating.
To turn the cruise control on, quickly push and
selected (4WD models).
release the Drive Assist switch . A pop-up display
showing Drive Assist System status will appear. * When a wheel is slipping (To use the ICC
The ICC system ON indicator (grey), and set vehicle system, make sure the wheels are no longer
speed indicator come on. slipping.)
the desired speed, push the <SET–> switch and Once ICC is set one of the following items is
release it. (The ICC system indicator and set vehicle displayed:
speed indicator change to green, and the Drive
MNSD1049
Assist indicator turns blue.) Take your foot off the
accelerator pedal. Your vehicle will maintain the System set display without vehicle ahead
set speed or the desired distance to the vehicle in
front. The driver sets the desired vehicle speed based on
the road conditions. The ICC system maintains the
When the <SET–> switch is pushed under the
set vehicle speed, similar to standard cruise
following conditions, the system cannot be set and
control, as long as no vehicle is detected in the
the set vehicle speed indicator will blink for
lane ahead.
approximately 2 seconds:
The ICC system displays the set speed.
* When travelling below 30 km/h (20 MPH).
Vehicle detected ahead
When a vehicle is detected in the lane ahead, the

ICC system decelerates the vehicle by controlling When overtaking another vehicle * Push the <CANCEL> switch. The set vehicle
the throttle and applying the brakes to match the speed indicator and the cruise indicator will
speed of a slower vehicle ahead. The system then change to grey.
controls the vehicle speed based on the speed of * Tap the brake pedal. The set vehicle speed
the vehicle ahead to maintain the driver selected indicator and the cruise indicator will change
distance. Gear shifting may be required depending to grey.
on conditions. To reset at a faster cruising speed, use one of the
NOTE: following methods:
* The brake lights of the vehicle come on * Depress the accelerator pedal. When the
when braking is performed by the ICC vehicle attains the desired speed, push and
system. release the <SET–> switch.
* When the brake operates, a noise may be MNSD1122 * Push and hold the <RES+> switch. The set
heard. This is not a malfunction. vehicle speed will increase by 10 km/h (5 MPH)
increments.
When the ICC system detects a vehicle ahead, the The driver can override ICC by pressing the
* Push, then quickly release the <RES+> switch.
vehicle ahead detection indicator is displayed and accelerator. The set speed indicator will flash when
the speed control status indicator (vehicle icon) the vehicle speed exceeds the set speed. The
increase by 1 km/h (1 MPH).
illuminates in green. vehicle detection indicator will turn off when the
area ahead of the vehicle is clear. When the pedal is To reset at a slower cruising speed, use one of
No vehicle detected ahead the following methods:
released, the vehicle will return to the previously
When a vehicle is no longer detected ahead , the * Lightly tap the brake pedal. When the vehicle
set speed.
ICC system gradually accelerates your vehicle to attains the desired speed, push the <SET–>
resume the previously set vehicle speed. The ICC Even though your vehicle speed is set in the ICC
system, you can depress the accelerator pedal switch and release it.
system then maintains the set speed.
when it is necessary to accelerate your vehicle * Push and hold the <SET–> switch. The set
When a vehicle is no longer detected the vehicle vehicle speed will decrease by 10 km/h (5 MPH)
rapidly.
ahead detection indicator turns off. increments.
If a vehicle ahead appears during acceleration to How to switch the ICC system off
GUID-EF7B7A72-DDA9-4333-BEB4-C4E9144F705E
* Push, then quickly release the <SET–> switch.
the set vehicle speed or any time the ICC system is Switch off ICC completely by turning the Drive Each time you do this, the set speed will
in operation, the system controls the distance to Assist switch off. The ICC indicators will go out. decrease by 1 km/h (1 MPH).
that vehicle. To resume the preset speed after ICC cancel,
When the vehicle speed is under approximately 30 How to change the set vehicle speed
GUID-A79EE0AE-A385-4E89-AD51-B4603F3A8F45
push and release the <RES+> switch. The vehicle
km/h (20 MPH), the system will be cancelled. To cancel the preset speed, use any of these will resume the last set cruising speed when the
methods: vehicle speed is over 30 km/h (20 MPH).

How to change the set distance to the vehicle ahead * The distance to the vehicle ahead will change or on the side of the road. This may cause the
GUID-3E551445-19B2-4EF3-9563-572B8D137686
according to the vehicle speed. The higher the ICC system to decelerate or accelerate the
vehicle speed, the longer the distance. vehicle. The radar sensor may detect these
* The distance setting will remain at the current objects when the vehicle is driven on winding
setting even if the engine is restarted. roads, narrow roads, hilly roads or when enter-
ing or exiting a curve. In these cases you will
Approach warning
GUID-3E2A9E47-C02F-4E93-A477-3FDBC7F7CD90
have to manually control the proper distance
If your vehicle comes closer to the vehicle ahead ahead of your vehicle.
due to rapid deceleration of that vehicle, the Also, the sensor sensitivity can be affected by
system warns the driver with the chime and ICC vehicle operation (steering manoeuvre or driving
system display. Decelerate by depressing the position in the lane) or traffic or vehicle condition
brake pedal to maintain a safe vehicle distance if: (for example, if a vehicle is being driven with some
MNAA2070
* The chime sounds. damage).
* The vehicle ahead detection indicator blinks. Acceleration when overtaking (where fitted)
The distance to the vehicle ahead can be selected GUID-E75685CE-54BF-4D23-BF58-F9A3AF27ACD0
The warning chime may not sound in some cases
when the ICC is in standby mode or the ICC is when there is a short distance between vehicles. NOTE:
active, depending on the traffic conditions. Some examples are: The acceleration when overtaking feature is only
Each time the DISTANCE switch ( ) is pushed, * When the vehicles are travelling at the same available for certain countries and for certain
the set distance will change to long, middle, short speed and the distance between vehicles is vehicle grades.
and back to long again in that sequence. not changing. Overtaking on the left-hand side (for countries
Approximate dis- * When the vehicle ahead is travelling faster and where traffic travels on the right hand side of
Distance Display tance at 100 km/h the distance between vehicles is increasing. the road):
(60 MPH) (m (ft)) * When a vehicle cuts in near your vehicle. When the ICC system is engaged above 70 km/h
The warning chime will not sound when: (44 MPH) and following a slower vehicle (below ICC
Long 60 (200) set speed), and the turn signal is activated to the
* Your vehicle approaches other vehicles that
are parked or moving slowly. left, the ICC system will automatically start to
accelerate the vehicle to help initiate overtaking on
Middle 45 (150) * The accelerator pedal is depressed, overriding
the left and will begin to reduce the distance to
the system.
vehicle directly ahead. Only the left side turn
Short 30 (100) NOTE: signal operates this feature. As the driver steers
The approach warning chime may sound and
no vehicle is detected ahead the ICC system will
the system display may blink when the radar
continue to accelerate to the ICC system set
sensor detects objects on the side of the vehicle
speed.

If another vehicle is detected ahead, then the WARNING * When a wheel slips
vehicle will accelerate up to the following speed of In order to reduce the risk of a collision that * When the radar signal is temporarily inter-
that vehicle. If the vehicle is not steered into the may result in serious injury or death, please be rupted
left lane to overtake, the acceleration will stop aware of the following: * When the clutch pedal is depressed for
after a short time and regain the set following approximately 8 seconds
distance. * This function is only activated with the left
or right turn signal and will briefly accel- * When the driver’s seat belt is not fastened.
erate the vehicle even if a lane change is
depressing the brake pedal or the <CANCEL> Vehicle-to-vehicleGUID-48654858-2C78-457A-9214-164A1E6EBE47
distance control mode limitations
not initiated. This can include non-over-
switch on the steering wheel.
taking situations such as left or right side WARNING
Overtaking on the right-hand side (for countries exits.
where traffic travels on the left hand side of the Listed below are the system limitations for the
* Ensure that when overtaking another ve- ICC system. Failure to operate the vehicle in
road):
hicle, the adjacent lane is clear before accordance with these system limitations
When the ICC system is engaged above 70 km/h initiating the overtaking manoeuvre. Sud- could result in serious injury or death.
(44 MPH) and following a slower vehicle (below ICC den changes in traffic may occur while
set speed), and the turn signal is activated to the * The system is primarily intended for use on
overtaking. Always manually steer or
right, the ICC system will automatically start to straight, dry, open roads with light traffic.
brake as needed never solely rely on the
accelerate the vehicle to help initiate overtaking on It is not advisable to use the system in city
system.
the right and will begin to reduce the distance to traffic or congested areas.
vehicle directly ahead. Only the right side turn * This system will not adapt automatically to
GUID-41D26A0F-C4B2-4CE0-ACE8-9278861BB4AF road conditions. This system should be
the vehicle and moves into the overtaking lane, if A chime sounds under the following conditions used in evenly flowing traffic. Do not use
no vehicle is detected ahead the ICC system will and the control is automatically cancelled. the system on roads with sharp curves, or
continue to accelerate to the ICC system set * When your vehicle is travelling below the on icy roads, in heavy rain or in fog.
speed. speed of 30 km/h (20 MPH ) * As there is a performance limit to the
If another vehicle is detected ahead, then the * When the parking brake is applied distance control function, never rely solely
vehicle will accelerate up to the following speed of * When the ESP system is turned off on the ICC system. This system does not
that vehicle. If the vehicle is not steered into the * When [SNOW] mode or [OFF-ROAD] mode is correct careless, inattentive or absent-
right lane to overtake, the acceleration will stop selected (4WD models). minded driving, or overcome poor visibility
after a short time and regain the set following in rain, fog, or other bad weather. Decele-
* When ESP (including the traction control
distance. rate the vehicle speed by depressing the
system) operates
Acceleration can be stopped at any point by brake pedal, depending on the distance to
* When distance measurement becomes im-
depressing the brake pedal or the <CANCEL> the vehicle ahead and the surrounding
paired due to adhesion of dirt or obstruction
switch on the steering wheel. circumstances in order to maintain a safe
to the sensor
distance between vehicles.

* Always pay attention to the operation of or object can unexpectedly come into the obstructed, the system will automatically be can-
the vehicle and be ready to manually sensor detection zone and cause auto- celled. If the sensor is covered with ice, a trans-
control the proper following distance. The matic braking. You may need to control the parent or translucent vinyl bag, etc., the ICC
vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode distance from other vehicles using the system may not detect them. In these instances,
of the ICC system may not be able to accelerator pedal. Always stay alert and the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode may
maintain the selected distance between avoid using the ICC system when it is not not cancel and may not be able to maintain the
vehicles (following distance) or selected recommended in this section. selected following distance from the vehicle
vehicle speed under some circumstances. * Do not use the ICC system if you are towing ahead. Be sure to check and clean the sensor
* The system may not detect the vehicle in a trailer or another vehicle. regularly.
front of you in certain road or weather
conditions. To avoid accidents, never use The radar sensor will not detect the following
the ICC system under the following condi- objects:
tions: * Stationary and slow moving vehicles.
— On roads where the traffic is heavy or * Pedestrians or objects in the roadway.
there are sharp curves * Oncoming vehicles in the same lane.
— On slippery road surfaces such as on * Motorcycles and other vehicles travelling off-
ice or snow, etc. set in the travel lane.
— During bad weather (rain, fog, snow, The sensor generally detects the signals returned
etc.) from the vehicle ahead. Therefore, if the sensor
cannot detect the reflection from the vehicle
— When rain, snow or dirt adhere to the
ahead, the ICC system may not maintain the
system sensor
selected distance.
— On steep downhill roads (the vehicle
The following are some conditions in which the
sensor cannot detect the signals:
and frequent braking may result in
overheating the brakes) * When snow or road spray from travelling
vehicles reduces the sensor’s visibility.
— On repeated uphill and downhill roads
* When excessively heavy baggage is loaded in
— When traffic conditions make it diffi- the rear seat or the luggage compartment of
cult to keep a proper distance be- your vehicle.
tween vehicles because of frequent
* When your vehicle is towing a trailer, etc.
acceleration or deceleration
The ICC system is designed to automatically check
— Interference by other radar sources the sensor’s operation within the limitation of the
* In some road or traffic conditions, a vehicle system. When the sensor is covered with dirt or is

MNSD775
The detection zone of the radar sensor is limited. A

vehicle ahead must be in the detection zone for
the vehicle-to-vehicle distance detection mode to
maintain the selected distance from the vehicle
ahead.
A vehicle ahead may move outside of the detec-
tion zone due to its position within the same lane
of travel. Motorcycles may not be detected in the
same lane ahead.

present, press the <RES+> switch to resume using
the ICC system.
Condition B:
The chime will sound and the [Temporarily Dis-
abled Front Radar Blocked] warning message will
* When the radar sensor area is covered with
dirt or is obstructed, making it impossible to
detect a vehicle ahead, the ICC system is
MNSD679 automatically cancelled.
Action to take:
When driving on some roads, such as winding, hilly, * When the ESP is turned off If the warning message appears, park the vehicle
curved, narrow roads, or roads which are under * When the ESP (including the traction control in a safe place and turn the engine off. When the
construction, the radar sensor may detect vehicles system) operates radar signal is temporarily interrupted, clean the
in a different lane, or may temporarily not detect a sensor area and restart the engine. The system will
* When the vehicle speed falls below approxi-
vehicle travelling ahead. This may cause the ICC need some time to detect that the sensor area is
mately 30 km/h (20 MPH)
system to decelerate or accelerate the vehicle. now clean. If the warning message continues to be
* When the parking brake is applied
displayed, have the ICC system checked by a
The detection of vehicles may also be affected by * When a tyre slips NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop.
vehicle operation (steering manoeuvre or travel-
ling position in the lane, etc.) or vehicle condition. * When driving on roads with limited road
rupted
structures or buildings (for example, long
System temporarily unavailable * When the clutch pedal is depressed for bridges, deserts, snow fields, driving next to
GUID-C34CA499-0A38-41D3-85F0-5494ACE27DE4
approximately 8 seconds long walls), the system may display the [Tem-
The following are conditions in which the ICC
* When any door is open. porarily Disabled Front Radar Blocked] mes-
system may be temporarily unavailable. In these
instances, the ICC system may cancel and may not * When the driver’s seat belt is not fastened sage.
be able to maintain the selected following distance * When the IEB system applies harder braking Action to take:
from the vehicle ahead. * When the [SNOW] mode or [OFF-ROAD] mode When the conditions listed above are no longer
Condition A: is selected (4WD models) present, turn the ICC system back on to use the
* When the front radar is impaired due to dirt or system.
Under the following conditions, the ICC system is
another obstruction blocking the radar sensor
automatically cancelled. A chime will sound and
the system will not be able to be set: Action to take:
When the conditions listed above are no longer

ICC system GUID-C7029227-21DA-4D84-A668-EBD4E25BFD29
malfunction * Always keep the sensor area clean. Speed Limit Link -GUID-E5F99996-FDAE-416D-9CAA-4CFE549912A8
ICC and Steering Assist (where fitted)
When the ICC system is not operating properly, the WARNING
sensor.
chime sounds and the ICC system ON indicator
(yellow) will appear. * Do not cover or attach stickers or similar Listed below are the system limitations for the
objects near the sensor area. This could cause Speed Limit Link. Failure to operate the vehicle
Action to take: in accordance with these system limitations
failure or malfunction.
If the warning appears, park the vehicle in a safe * Do not attach metallic objects near the sensor could result in serious injury or death:
place. Turn the ignition off, restart the engine, area (brush guard, etc.) This could cause * It is the driver’s responsibility to select the
resume driving and set the ICC system again. failure or malfunction. proper speed, follow all traffic regulations
If it is not possible to set the system or the For the radio approval numbers and information, and observe other road users.
warning stays on, it may indicate that the ICC see “Radio frequency approval” (P.507). * The Speed Limit Link may not operate
system is malfunctioning. Although the vehicle
The camera sensor is located above the inside properly and the actual speed limit may
is still driveable under normal conditions, have
mirror. not be applied to the vehicle set speed in
the vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer or
To keep the proper operation of the systems and all conditions. The driver must manually
qualified workshop.
prevent a system malfunction, be sure to observe control the vehicle speed.
ICC sensor maintenance
GUID-7372AE81-65B5-4EBE-A360-BFD17654126A
the following: Below are some examples:
— When the Traffic Sign Recognition
* Do not attach a sticker (including transparent (TSR) system is not functioning prop-
material) or install an accessory near the erly or turned off. (See “Traffic sign
camera unit. recognition (where fitted)” (P.259).)
* Do not place reflective materials, such as white — When driving in an area with nearby
paper or a mirror, on the instrument panel. parallel roads (for example, motorway
The reflection of sunlight may adversely affect with a parallel service drive).
the camera unit’s capability of detecting the
lane markers. — When driving in an area where each
lane has a different speed limit sign.
MNIC4037 camera unit. Do not touch the camera lens or — When driving on a road under con-
remove the screw located on the camera unit. struction or in a construction zone.
If the camera unit is damaged due to an accident, — When End of speed limit sign is in-
The radar sensor is located on the front of the have it checked by a NISSAN dealer or qualified dicated.
vehicle . workshop. * When speed unit selected in [Display Set-
To keep the ICC system operating properly, be sure

tings] is different to the unit of the speed System display and indicators: Operating the system:
limit sign. When the system detects a different speed limit,
the new speed value is indicated. The vehicle set
When ICC and Steering Assist is active and it speed can be changed to the indicated speed limit
detects a change of the speed limit, the new speed manually.
limit is indicated and it can be applied to the
* To accept the newly indicated speed limit,
vehicle set speed manually.
operate the <RES+> switch (in case of speed
The Speed Limit Link operates: limit up) or <SET-> switch (in case of speed
* When the detected speed limit is 30 km/h (20 limit down).
MPH ) and above. * The Speed Limit Link indicator ( or )
* The [Speed Limit Link] is enabled in the will turn off after approximately 15 seconds if
MNIC4144 the <RES+> or <SET-> switch is not operated.
settings menu of the vehicle information dis-
play. Example (The Speed Limit Link indicator can be turned
off immediately by operating the opposite
NOTE: 1. Detected speed limit indicator switch from the direction indicated by the
* In the following situations, the Speed Limit Speed Limit Link indicator.)
Displays the currently detected speed limit. For
Link will not operate:
additional information, see “Traffic sign recog- The system will not activate if a speed limit change
— When an increase in the posted speed is not detected.
nition (where fitted)” (P.259).
is already faster than the new speed limit. 2. Applied speed limit indicator (green frame) [Speed Link Offset]:
— When a decrease in the posted speed limit Indicates the detected speed limit can be It is possible to set whether the speed limit should
is detected, but the vehicle set speed is applied to the vehicle set speed. be accepted exactly, or with a tolerance of -10
already lower than the new speed limit. km/h (–5 MPH) to +10 km/h (+5 MPH).
3. Speed Limit Link indicator
Indicates the system activation mode or How to activate or deactivate the system:
system operation. 1. Push the button on the steering
speed limit (faster speed value) is indicated.
3. Select [Speed Limit Link], and push the scroll
4. Guidance message, instruction on how to set
dial to turn the system on or off.
new speed.

NOTE: Below are some examples: NOTE:
The system will retain current settings in the * In the following situations, the Speed Limit
— When the Traffic Sign Recognition Link will not operate:
vehicle information display even if the engine is (TSR) system is not functioning prop-
restarted. — When an increase in the posted speed
How to set tolerance for [Speed Link Offset]: limit is detected, but the vehicle set speed
recognition (where fitted)” (P.259).)
is already faster than the new speed limit.
1. Push the button on the steering — When driving in countries or areas not
wheel until [Settings] appears in the vehicle — When a decrease in the posted speed limit
covered by the navigation system. is detected, but the vehicle set speed is
— When crossing national boundaries. already lower than the new speed limit.
Then push the scroll dial. — When driving on the exit of the limited For Germany: No Limit speed setting:
access motorway as identified in the When you switch on the ignition and subsequently
3. Select [Speed Link Offset] , and push the scroll navigation map data.
dial to select tolerance value. enter a motorway with no speed limit, the system
— When driving in an area with nearby initially regulates the speed to 130 km/ h. After this,
NOTE: parallel roads (for example, motorway the last speed stored by the driver on a motorway
The system will retain current settings in the with a parallel service drive). with no speed limit is applied.
vehicle information display even if the engine is — When driving in an area where each NOTE:
restarted. lane has a different speed limit sign.
This feature only works in Germany.
Speed Limit Link - ICC and Steering Assist — When driving on a road under con-
System display and indicators:
with Navigation system (where fitted)
GUID-6449812B-8F70-4563-BC75-15487DCE694D
— When the data from the navigation
WARNING system is not up-to-date or is unavail-
Listed below are the system limitations for the able.
Speed Limit Link. Failure to operate the vehicle
in accordance with these system limitations When the ICC and Steering Assist Speed Limit Link
could result in serious injury or death: is active and it detects a change of the speed limit,
the new speed limit is indicated and it can be
* It is the driver’s responsibility to select the applied to the vehicle set speed manually.
proper speed, follow all traffic regulations
and observe other road users. The Speed Limit Link operates:
* The Speed Limit Link may not operate * When the detected speed limit is 30 km/h (20 MNIC4144
properly and the actual speed limit may MPH) and above.
Example
not be applied to the vehicle set speed in * The [Speed Limit Link] is enabled in the
all conditions. The driver must manually settings menu of the vehicle information dis-
control the vehicle speed. play.

1. Detected speed limit indicator The system will not activate if a speed limit change STEERING ASSIST (where fitted) (man-
Displays the currently detected speed limit. For is not detected.
ual transmission vehicles)
GUID-4C21C19D-327C-454F-AEC5-98EFC5BCAC57
additional information, see “Traffic sign recog- [Speed Link Offset]:
nition (where fitted)” (P.259). WARNING
2. Applied speed limit indicator (green frame) be accepted exactly, or with a tolerance of -10 Failure to follow the warnings and instructions
km/h (–5 MPH) to +10 km/h (+5 MPH). for proper use of the Steering Assist system
Indicates the detected speed limit can be
could result in serious injury or death.
applied to the vehicle set speed. How to activate or deactivate the system:
3. Speed Limit Link indicator 1. Push the button on the steering * Steering Assist is not a self-driving system.
wheel until [Settings] appears in the vehicle Within the limits of its capabilities, as
Indicates the system activation mode or
information display, and push the scroll dial. described in this manual, it helps the driver
system operation.
with certain driving activities.
Manual mode is activated and a new 2. Use the scroll dial to select [Driver Assistance].
Then push the scroll dial. * The Steering Assist system is not a repla-
speed limit (faster speed value) is indicated.
cement for proper driving procedure and is
Manual mode is activated and a new 3. Select [Speed Limit Link], and push the scroll
not designed to correct careless, inatten-
speed limit (lower speed value) is indicated. dial to turn the system on or off.
tive or absent-minded driving. Steering
4. Guidance message, instruction on how to set NOTE: Assist will not always steer the vehicle to
new speed. keep it in the lane. The Steering Assist
system is not designed to prevent loss of
Operating the system: vehicle information display even if the engine is
control. It is the driver’s responsibility to
When the system detects a different speed limit, restarted.
stay alert, drive safely, keep the vehicle in
the new speed value is indicated. The vehicle set How to set tolerance for [Speed Link Offset]: the travelling lane, and be in control of the
speed can be changed to the indicated speed limit 1. Push the button on the steering vehicle at all times.
manually. wheel until [Settings] appears in the vehicle
* There are limitations to the Steering Assist
* To accept the newly indicated speed limit, information display, and push the scroll dial.
system capability. The Steering Assist sys-
operate the <RES+> switch (in case of speed 2. Use the scroll dial to select [Driver Assistance]. tem does not function in all driving, traffic,
limit up) or <SET-> switch (in case of speed Then push the scroll dial. weather, and road conditions. It is the
limit down). 3. Select [Speed Link Offset] , and push the scroll driver’s responsibility to stay alert, drive
* The Speed Limit Link indicator ( or ) dial to select tolerance value. safely, keep the vehicle in the travelling
will turn off after approximately 15 seconds if lane, and be in control of the vehicle at all
the <RES+> or <SET-> switch is not operated. NOTE: times.
(The Speed Limit Link indicator can be turned The system will retain current settings in the * The Steering Assist system is only an aid to
off immediately by operating the opposite vehicle information display even if the engine is assist the driver and is not a collision
switch from the direction indicated by the restarted. warning or avoidance device.
Speed Limit Link indicator.)

* The Steering Assist system is for use on Multi-sensing front camera
motorways with opposing traffic sepa- The Steering Assist system uses a multi-sensing
rated by a barrier only, and is not intended front camera installed behind the windscreen to
for city driving. monitor the lane markers of your travelling lane.
* Always observe the posted speed limits The Steering Assist function controls the steering
and do not set the speed over them. system to help keep your vehicle within the
* Never take your hands off the steering travelling lane.
wheel when driving. Always keep your
hands on the steering wheel and drive
your vehicle safely.
* Always drive carefully and attentively
when using the Steering Assist system.
Read and understand the Owner’s Manual
thoroughly before using the Steering As-
sist system. To avoid serious injury or
death, do not rely on the system to prevent
accidents or to control the vehicle’s speed
in emergency situations. Do not use the
Steering Assist system except in appro-
priate road and traffic conditions.
MNIC4018

Steering Assist system controls (manual transmission vehicles) when driving. The Steering Assist is combined with
GUID-8E23EB2C-4F4B-4895-B60E-450908788911 the Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system. For
additional information, refer to “Intelligent Cruise
Control (ICC) (manual transmission vehicles)”
(P.324).
The Steering Assist can be activated when the
following conditions are met:
* The ICC system is activated and set.
* Lane markers on both sides are clearly de-
tected.
* The driver grips the steering wheel.
* The vehicle is driven at the centre of the lane.
* The turn signals are not operated.
* The windscreen wiper is not operated in the
high (HI) speed operation (the steering assist
function is disabled after the wiper operates
for approximately 10 seconds).
* The vehicle speed is above 60 km/h (37 MPH).
Steering Assist display and indicators

(manual transmission vehicles)
GUID-3EE29A2B-1D85-4714-989F-E1B9D3CEB4A2
MNSD1035
Steering wheel mounted controls (left) Steering Assist system operation

Vehicle Information Display (manual transmission vehicles)
GUID-09C7457F-3785-4081-B10A-6B1B9376003F
Steering Assist switch Steering Assist is not available at speeds under 60
km/h (37 MPH).
MNSD1082
The Steering Assist controls the steering system to
help keep your vehicle near the centre of the lane

1. Steering Assist status indicator/warning marker indicator on the Vehicle Information Hands on detection:
Displays the status of the Steering Assist by Display turn green.
the colour of the indicator/warning When the Steering Assist enters standby mode, the
. Grey: Steering Assist standby Steering Assist status indicator and the lane
. Green: Steering Assist active marker indicator on the Vehicle Information
Display turn grey. If Steering Assist has been
. Yellow: Steering Assist malfunction
deactivated automatically as the conditions for
. Red: Hands off detected activation are no longer met, a double chime will
2. Lane marker indicator sound.
Indicates whether the system detects the lane Intelligent Lane Intervention (ILI):
marker When a curve or strong cross wind exceeds the
MNSD1052
. Grey: Lane markers not detected capabilities of the Steering Assist and your vehicle
. Green: Lane markers detected approaches either the left or the right side of the
travelling lane, the steering wheel vibrates, a When the Steering Assist is activated, it monitors
. Yellow: Lane departure is detected
warning chime sounds and the ILI indicator light the driver’s steering wheel operation.
3. Steering Assist status indicator (yellow) on the instrument panel flashes to alert
the driver. Then, the ILI system automatically If the driver takes his/her hands off the steering
Displays the status of the Steering Assist by wheel for a period of time, the warning appears
the colour of the indicator/warning applies the brakes for a short period of time to
help assist the driver to return the vehicle to the in the Vehicle Information Display and the warning
. Grey: Steering Assist standby light illuminates.
centre of the travelling lane. This action is in
. Green: Steering Assist active addition to any Steering Assist actions. For addi- If the driver does not operate the steering wheel
4. Lane marker indicator/speed control status tional information, refer to “Intelligent Lane Inter- after the warning has been displayed, an audible
indicator/set distance indicator vention (ILI)” (P.341). alert sounds and the warning flashes in the Vehicle
Information Display, followed by the Steering
Assist system cancelling.
the colour of the lane marker indicator.
. Lane marker indicator (no lane): Steering WARNING
Assist turned off Steering Assist is not a system for hands-free
. Lane marker indicator (green): Steering driving. Always keep your hands on the steer-
Assist active ing wheel and drive your vehicle safely. Failure
. Lane marker indicator (grey): Steering Assist to do so could cause a collision resulting in
standby serious personal injury or death.
When the Steering Assist is in operation, the

Steering Assist status indicator and the lane

NOTE: NOTE: Steering Assist limitations
GUID-E6717862-2859-4911-AB80-50CFF4B2E5C3
The sensors may not detect the driver’s hand(s) * When the Steering Assist switch is used to
on the steering wheel in the following situations turn the system ON or OFF, the system WARNING
and a sequence of warnings may occur: remembers the setting when the engine is * In the following situations, the camera
* Driving with gloves. restarted. The switch must be pushed again may not detect lane markers correctly or
to change the setting to ON or OFF. may detect lane markers incorrectly and
* Protective covers on the steering wheel.
* The Steering Assist switch changes the the Steering Assist may not operate prop-
* Gripping the part of the steering wheel
status of the [Steering Assist] selection erly:
without sensors, including leather joints
made in the [Settings] screen in the Vehicle — When driving on roads where there are
and spokes.
Information Display. multiple parallel lane markers, lane
Steering Assist Activation/Deactivation:
Setting in the Vehicle Information Display markers that are faded or not painted
Use the following methods to enable or disable the clearly, nonstandard lane markers, or
Steering Assist. 1. Push the button on the steering
lane markers covered with water, dirt,
Drive Assist switch on steering wheel snow, etc.
information display and then push the scroll
Press the Drive Assist switch. This will turn ICC on. dial. — When driving on roads with discontin-
Note that Steering Assist may already be switched ued lane markers
on, depending on the settings in the [Settings] — When driving on roads with a widening
menu. These settings are retained if the engine is or narrowing lane width
restarted. 3. Select [Steering Assist] and push the scroll dial
to turn the Steering Assist on or off. — When driving on roads where there are
Then press <SET–> on the right-hand steering multiple lanes or unclear lane markers
wheel switch to set cruise control speed. When the NOTE: due to road construction
system detects clear lane markings the Steering * When the Steering Assist screen is displayed
— When driving on roads where there are
Assist icons will turn green and the Steering Assist on the Vehicle Information Display, press the
sharply contrasting objects, such as
system will become active. <OK> button on the steering wheel to show
shadows, snow, water, wheel ruts,
The Steering Assist icon will remain grey if the the [Driver Assistance] setting menu.
seams, or lines remaining after road
vehicle is driven at speeds under 60 km/h (37 MPH) * When enabling/disabling the system repairs (the Steering Assist could de-
and no vehicle ahead is detected. through the Vehicle Information Display or tect these items as lane markers)
Steering Assist switch when pressing the Steering Assist switch,
— When driving on roads where the
the system retains the current settings even
To turn the Steering Assist ON or OFF, push the travelling lane merges or separates
if the engine is restarted.
Steering Assist switch on the instrument panel. — Where the lanes are too narrow or too
wide
* Do not use the Steering Assist under the
following conditions because the system

may not properly detect lane markers. — When driving on sharp curves or wind- wiper blades, or equivalent wiper blades,
Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle ing roads that are specifically designed for use on
control and result in an accident. — When driving on repeated uphill and your vehicle model and model year. It is
— During bad weather (rain, fog, snow, downhill roads recommended that you visit a NISSAN
dust, etc.) dealer or qualified workshop for the cor-
* Do not use the Steering Assist under the rect parts for your vehicle.
— When rain, snow, sand, etc., is thrown following conditions because the system
up by the wheels of other vehicles will not operate properly:
Steering Assist temporary standby
— When dirt, oil, ice, snow, water, or — When driving with a tyre that is not GUID-417B1BCD-1A49-4FEE-94E6-CFA30216929B
another object adheres to the camera within normal tyre conditions (for ex- Automatic standby due to driving operation
unit ample, tyre wear, abnormal tyre pres- When the driver activates the turn signal, the
— When the lens of the camera unit or sure, installation of a spare tyre, tyre Steering Assist is temporarily placed in a standby
the windscreen glass in front of the chains, nonstandard wheels) mode. (The Steering Assist restarts automatically
camera is foggy — When the vehicle is equipped with when the operating conditions are met again. For
non-original brake or suspension Turkey, a chime will sound when Steering Assist
— When strong light (for example, sun-
parts restarts.)
light or high beams from oncoming
vehicles) shines on the camera — When an object such as a sticker or Automatic standby
— When the headlights are not bright cargo obstructs the camera In the following cases, a double chime sounds, and
due to dirt on the lens or the head- — When excessively heavy baggage is the Steering Assist is placed in a temporary
lights are off in tunnels or darkness loaded in the rear seat or luggage standby mode. (The Steering Assist restarts auto-
area of your vehicle matically when the operating conditions are met
— When a sudden change in brightness
again. For Turkey, a chime will sound when
occurs (for example, when the vehicle — When the vehicle load capacity is
Steering Assist restarts.)
enters or exits a tunnel or is under a exceeded
bridge) * When the current travelling lane is too narrow
— When towing a trailer or other vehicle
to operate.
— When driving on roads where the * Excessive noise will interfere with the * When a corner is too tight and the vehicle
travelling lane merges or separates warning chime sound, and the beep may cannot stay in the travelling lane.
or where there are temporary lane not be heard.
markers because of road construction * When lane markers on both sides are no
* For the Steering Assist system to operate longer detected.
— When there is a lane closure due to properly, the windscreen in front of the * When strong light enters the camera unit. (For
road repairs camera must be clean. Replace worn wiper example, the light directly shines on the front
— When driving on a bumpy road sur- blades. The correct size wiper blades must of the vehicle at sunrise or sunset.)
face, such as an uneven dirt road be used to help make sure the windscreen
is kept clean. Only use Genuine NISSAN

* When the temperature of the camera is too Stop the vehicle in a safe location, place the vehicle CONVENTIONAL (fixed speed) CRUISE
high. in neutral and apply the parking brake, turn the
engine off, restart the engine, resume driving,
CONTROL MODE (manual transmission
* When the vehicle speed is below 60 km/h (37
MPH). ensure that the Steering Assist is switched on vehicles) GUID-5884B2A0-FEC0-4A48-881C-0D815698F0BC
using either the Steering Assist button on the This mode allows driving at speeds between
Steering Assist cancel
GUID-1369673B-48C0-409F-B5F8-8DAA4BD48011
instrument panel or the [Settings] menu and set approximately 30 and 170 km/h (20 and 105 MPH)
Under the following conditions, the Steering Assist the Intelligent Cruise Control system again. If the without keeping your foot on the accelerator
cancels, a warning message is displayed, a double- warning (yellow) continues to illuminate, the Steer- pedal.
chime sounds, and the Steering Assist indicators ing Assist may be malfunctioning. Although the
vehicle is still drivable under normal conditions, WARNING
turn off:
have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer or * In the conventional (fixed speed) cruise
* When unusual lane markers appear in the qualified workshop. control mode, a warning chime does not
travelling lane or when the lane marker cannot
be correctly detected for some time due to Steering Assist maintenance
GUID-BA3FD590-A25B-471C-974D-C811E6252C5C the vehicle ahead, as neither the presence
certain conditions (for example, a snow rut, the
The camera sensor is located above the inside of the vehicle ahead nor the vehicle-to-
reflection of light on a rainy day, the presence
mirror. vehicle distance is detected.
of several unclear lane markers).
* When the windscreen wiper operates in the To keep the proper operation of the system and * Pay special attention to the distance be-
high (HI) speed operation (the Steering Assist is prevent a system malfunction, be sure to observe tween your vehicle and the vehicle ahead
disabled when the wiper operates for more the following: of you or a collision could occur.
than approximately 10 seconds). * Always keep the windscreen clean. * Always confirm the setting in the Vehicle
Action to take: * Do not attach a sticker (including transparent Information Display.
When the conditions listed above are no longer material) or install an accessory near the * Do not use the conventional (fixed speed)
present, turn the Steering Assist system on again camera unit. cruise control mode when driving under
using the Steering Assist button on the instrument * Do not place reflective materials, such as white the following conditions:
panel. paper or a mirror, on the instrument panel. — when it is not possible to keep the
The reflection of sunlight may adversely affect vehicle at a set speed
Steering Assist malfunction
GUID-1AB565AD-371E-46CB-B0EC-A02597150A93
the camera unit’s capability of detecting the
— in heavy traffic or in traffic that varies
When the system malfunctions, it turns off auto- lane markers.
in speed
matically. The Steering Assist status warning * Do not strike or damage the areas around the
camera unit. Do not touch the camera lens or — on winding or hilly roads
illuminates (yellow) and a warning message is
displayed in the vehicle information display. A remove the screw located on the camera unit. — on slippery roads (rain, snow, ice, etc.)
chime may sound depending on the situation. If the camera unit is damaged due to an accident, — in very windy areas
Action to take: it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer

* Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle Conventional (fixed speed) CRUISE 2. Set vehicle speed indicator:
control and result in an accident. This indicator indicates the set vehicle speed.
CONTROL MODE DISPLAY AND INDICA-
. Grey: cruise control standby
TORS (manual transmission vehicles)
Conventional (fixed speed) CRUISE CONTROL GUID-0F2AB9F9-55BD-4AA6-B91D-1218F190A292
. Green: cruise control active
SWITCHES (manual transmission vehicles)
GUID-B25E2B51-4767-4F65-A860-3EB66359C230
Operating conventional (fixed speed) CRUISE
CONTROL MODE (manual transmission vehicles)
GUID-B41D4722-AB2A-4084-BC5D-B707B415356E
To turn the conventional (fixed speed) cruise
control mode on, push and hold the Drive Assist
switch for longer than about 1.5 seconds.
MNSD1075
MNSD1074
The display is located in the vehicle information
display.
<CANCEL> switch
1. Cruise indicator:
<RES+> (Resume) switch
<SET–> (Set) switch Conventional (fixed speed) cruise control MNSD828
Speed limiter main “ON/OFF” switch mode of the ICC system depending on a
Drive Assist switch colour.
. Cruise control ON indicator (grey): Indicates When pushing the Drive Assist switch on, the
conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode
that the Drive Assist switch is on.
display and indicators are displayed in the vehicle
. Cruise control SET indicator (green): Indi-
information display. After you hold the Drive Assist
cates that the cruising speed is set. switch for longer than about 1.5 seconds, the ICC
. Cruise control warning (yellow): Indicates system display goes out. The cruise indicator
that there is a malfunction in the Conven- appears. You can now set your desired cruising
tional (fixed speed) cruise control mode of speed. Pushing the Drive Assist switch again will
the ICC system. turn the system completely off.
To use the ICC system again, quickly push and

release the Drive Assist switch (vehicle-to-vehicle vehicle attains the desired speed, push and * When the ESP system is off.
distance control mode) or push and hold it release the <SET–> switch. When the system is not operating properly, the
(conventional cruise control mode) again to turn * Push and hold the <RES+> switch. When the chime sounds and the colour of the cruise
it on. vehicle displays the desired set speed, release indicator will change to yellow.
CAUTION the switch. Action to take:
* Push, then quickly release the <RES+> switch.
To avoid accidentally engaging cruise control, If the colour of the cruise indicator changes to
make sure to turn the Drive Assist switch off yellow, park the vehicle in a safe place. Turn the
increase by about 1 km/h (1 MPH).
when not using the ICC system. engine off, restart the engine, resume driving and
To reset at a slower cruising speed, use one of then perform the setting again.
To set cruising speed, accelerate your vehicle to the following three methods:
If it is not possible to set or the indicator stays
the desired speed, push the <SET–> switch and * Lightly tap the brake pedal. When the vehicle on, it may indicate that the system is malfunc-
release it. (The colour of the cruise indicator attains the desired speed, push the <SET–> tioning. Although the vehicle is still driveable
changes to green and the set vehicle speed switch and release it. under normal conditions, have the vehicle
indicator comes on.) Take your foot off the * Push and hold the <SET–> switch. Release the checked by a NISSAN dealer or qualified work-
accelerator pedal. Your vehicle will maintain the switch when the vehicle slows down to the shop.
set speed. desired speed.
* To pass another vehicle, depress the accel- * Push, then quickly release the <SET–> switch. SPEED LIMITER (where fitted)
GUID-148732D9-EC0B-4562-A0D2-C6FBF0610848
erator pedal. When you release the pedal, the Each time you do this, the set speed will The speed limiter allows you to set the desired
vehicle will return to the previously set speed. decrease by about 1 km/h (1 MPH). vehicle speed limit. While the speed limiter is
* The vehicle may not maintain the set speed To resume the preset speed, push and release activated, you can perform normal braking and
when going up or down steep hills. If this the <RES+> switch. The vehicle will resume the last acceleration, but the vehicle will not exceed the set
happens, manually maintain vehicle speed. set cruising speed when the vehicle speed is over speed.
To cancel the preset speed, use any of the 30 km/h (20 MPH). When the vehicle reaches the set speed limit or if
following methods: the set speed limit is lower than the actual vehicle
GUID-E0C3ACC0-2D2F-43D7-A9B9-4A7B762120FB speed, the accelerator pedal will not work until the
* Push the <CANCEL> switch. The vehicle speed
indicator and the cruise indicator will turn A chime sounds and the control is automatically vehicle speed drops below the set speed limit.
grey. cancelled under the following conditions:
* Tap the brake pedal. The vehicle speed in- * When the parking brake is applied. speed, an audible warning will be heard a short
dicator and the cruise indicator will turn grey. * When the ESP (including the traction control time after the set speed is exceeded and driver
To reset at a faster cruising speed, use one of the system) operates. intervention is not detected.
following three methods: * When a wheel slips. When the speed limiter is on the cruise control
* Depress the accelerator pedal. When the * When the clutch pedal is depressed for longer system cannot be operated.
than approximately 8 seconds.

WARNING Speed limiterGUID-88182125-4B83-4890-B1DA-0A427A483900
operations
* The speed limiter will not automatically
brake the vehicle to the set speed limit.
* Always observe posted speed limits. Do
not set the speed above them.
* Always confirm the setting status of the
speed limiter in the Vehicle Information
Display.
* When the speed limiter is set, avoid hard
acceleration to reach the set limit to MNSD1101
ensure that the system can limit the speed After setting speed
MNSD1074
of the vehicle correctly.
* When additional floor mats are used, be Speed limiter symbol
sure that they are correctly secured and <CANCEL> switch Set speed value
that they cannot interfere with the accel- <RES+> (Resume) switch Turning the speed limiter on:
erator pedal. Mats not adapted to the
<SET–> (Set) switch The speed limiter can be switched on after engine
vehicle may prevent proper operation of
Speed limiter main “ON/OFF” switch start or when driving.
the speed limiter.
Drive Assist switch Push the speed limiter main ON/OFF switch . The
The speed limiter operation switches are located speed limiter symbol and the set speed value
on the steering wheel (right hand side). will illuminate in the Vehicle Information Display.
The speed limiter operating condition is shown on NOTE:
the top of Vehicle Information Display. For details,
see “Vehicle information display” (P.82). Turning the Speed limiter system on will turn on
the Intelligent Lane Intervention (ILI) and Intelli-
gent Blind Spot Intervention systems at the
same time, providing those systems are enabled
in the [Driver Assistance] menu in the vehicle
information display. For additional information,
see “Intelligent Lane Intervention (ILI)” (P.341)
MNSD1100
and “Blind Spot Warning (BSW) system/Intelli-
Before setting speed gent Blind Spot Intervention system (where
fitted)” (P.262).

Setting speed limit: fully depressing the accelerator pedal beyond the Turning the speed limiter off:
Push the <SET–> switch. resistance point. The speed limiter system will be turned off when
one of the following operations is performed:
The speed limit will be set at the current speed. WARNING
When driving less than 30 km/h (20 MPH), the * Push the speed limiter main “ON/OFF” switch.
* The vehicle may accelerate when the
speed limiter will be set to the minimum possible The speed limiter symbol and the set speed
speed limiter cancels.
set speed of 30 km/h (20 MPH). value in the Vehicle Information Display will
* When additional floor mats are used, be be turned off.
When the speed limit is set, the speed limiter sure that they are correctly secured and * Push the Drive Assist switch. The speed limiter
symbol and the set speed value will turn that they cannot interfere with the accel- information in the vehicle information will be
green. erator pedal. Mats not adapted to the replaced with the Intelligent Cruise Control
Changing a speed limit: vehicle may prevent proper operation of and Steering Assist display. For details see
the speed limiter. “Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) and Steering
Use either of the following operations to change
an active speed limit: Assist (where fitted) (on Manual Transmission
vehicles)” (P.320).
* Push and release the <RES+> (Resume) switch resistance point. The speed limiter will be sus-
or <SET–> switch . Each time you do this, the pended to allow driving above the set speed. The * When the vehicle is stopped and the ignition is
set speed will increase or decrease by 1 km/h (1 set speed value will flash and an audible switched OFF.
MPH). warning will sound. The speed limiter will auto- Turning off the speed limiter will erase the set
* Push and hold the <RES+> (Resume) switch or matically resume when the vehicle speed drops speed limit memory.
<SET–> switch . The set speed will increase or below the set speed limit. Speed limiter malfunction:
decrease to the next multiple of 5 km/h (5 Resuming a previous set speed: If the speed limiter malfunctions, the speed limiter
MPH) and then in steps of 5 km/h (5 MPH). symbol in the Vehicle Information Display will
If a set speed limit has been cancelled, the set
The new set speed limit value will be displayed in flash.
speed will be stored in the speed limiter memory.
This speed limit can be reactivated by pressing the Turn the speed limiter off by pushing the speed
When the actual vehicle speed exceeds the set limiter main “ON/OFF” switch and have the
<RES+> (Resume) switch .
speed, an audible warning will be heard a short system checked by a NISSAN dealer or qualified
time after the set speed is exceeded and driver If the current vehicle speed is higher than the
workshop.
intervention is not detected. previous set speed, the accelerator pedal will not
work and the set speed value will flash until the
Cancelling a speed limit: vehicle speed drops below the set speed limit.
To cancel a set speed limit, push the <CANCEL>
switch . The speed limiter symbol and the set
speed value in the Vehicle Information Display
will turn grey.
intervention is not detected.
It is also possible to override the speed limiter by

LANE DEPARTURE WARNING (LDW) WARNING
SYSTEM (where fitted) (ICC/manual Listed below are the system limitations for the
transmissionGUID-76DEFB9C-F93F-4931-B46E-163DC09C1348
vehicles)
or death.
* The LDW system is only a warning device
to help inform the driver of a potential
unintended lane departure. It will not steer
the vehicle or prevent loss of control. It is
the driver’s responsibility to stay alert,
drive safely, keep the vehicle in the travel-
ling lane, and be in control of the vehicle at
all times.
MNIC4018
The LDW system will operate when the vehicle is

driven at the following speeds and above, and only
when the lane markings are clearly visible on the
road:
* For Europe:
The LDW system monitors the lane markers on the
travelling lane using the camera unit located
above the inside mirror.
The LDW system warns the driver with a LDW
indicator on the vehicle information display, steer-
ing wheel vibration and a chime (only when
Steering Assist is active) that the vehicle is begin-
ning to leave the driving lane.

LDW system operation When the vehicle approaches either the left or the
GUID-E04D056A-2557-4E85-AD85-0A8C6191537B right side of the travelling lane, the steering wheel
will vibrate, a warning chime will sound (only when
Steering Assist is active) and the LDW indicator on
the vehicle information display will blink to alert
the driver.
MWAF0411X
Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left side) approximately 60 km/h (37 MPH)

NOTE:
* If you turn the LDW system off, the system
will remain turned off the next time you start
the vehicle’s engine.
* Turning on the ICC/Steering assist system
will turn on the LDW system at the same
time. If the LDW system is disabled in the
settings menu, the LDW system will auto-
matically be turned on when the Steering
Assist system is active.
WARNING
or death.
below approximately 60 km/h (37 MPH)
(for Europe) or 70 km/h (45 MPH) (except
for Europe), or if it cannot detect lane
markers
* Excessive noise will interfere with the
MWAF0412X warning chime sound, and the chime may
not be heard.
Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left side) dial to select [Driver Assistance]. Then push the * Do not use the LDW system under the
scroll dial. following conditions as it may not function
properly:
Turning the LDW system on or off: 2. Select [Lane] and push the scroll dial.
To turn the LDW system on and off use the 3. Select [Warning] and push the scroll dial.
etc.).
1. Push the button until [Settings] as on ice or snow.

— When driving on winding or uneven contrasting objects, such as shadows, in the Vehicle Information Display and a chime will
roads. snow, water, wheel ruts, seams or lines sound.
— When there is a lane closure due to remaining after road repairs. (The LDW The LDW system is not designed to warn under the
road repairs. system could detect these items as following conditions:
lane markers.)
— When driving in a makeshift or tem- * When you operate the lane change signal and
porary lane. — On roads where the travelling lane change travelling lanes in the direction of the
merges or separates. signal. (The LDW system will become opera-
— When driving on roads where the lane
width is too narrow. — When the vehicle’s travelling direction tional again approximately two seconds after
does not align with the lane marker. the lane change signal is turned off.)
— When travelling close to the vehicle in * When the vehicle speed lowers to less than
conditions (for example, tyre wear,
front of you, which obstructs the lane approximately 60 km/h (37 MPH) (for Europe)
low tyre pressure, installation of spare
camera unit detection range. or 70 km/h (45 MPH) (except for Europe).
tyre, tyre chains, non-standard
wheels). — When rain, snow, dirt or object adheres * When rain, snow, dirt or object adheres to the
to the windscreen in front of the lane windscreen in front of the lane camera unit.
— When the vehicle is equipped with
camera unit. After the above conditions have finished and the
non-original brake parts or suspen-
necessary operating conditions are satisfied, the
sion parts. — When the headlights are not bright
LDW system will resume.
— When you are towing a trailer or other due to dirt on the lens or if the aiming
vehicle. is not adjusted properly. LDW malfunction
GUID-02652FDE-C5B7-4094-A7F5-0F4CC0105F36
* The system may not function properly — When strong light enters the lane If the LDW system malfunctions, it will cancel
under the following conditions: camera unit. (For example, the light automatically and the [System Fault] message will
directly shines on the front of the appear in the Vehicle Information Display. If the
— On roads where there are multiple vehicle at sunrise or sunset.)
parallel lane markers; lane markers [System Fault] message appears in the Vehicle
that are faded or not painted clearly; — When a sudden change in brightness Information Display pull off the road in a safe
yellow painted lane markers; non- occurs. (For example, when the vehicle location, turn off and restart the engine. If the
standard lane markers; or lane mar- enters or exits a tunnel or under a [System Fault] message continues to appear in the
kers covered with water, dirt, snow, bridge.) Vehicle Information Display, have the LDW system
etc. checked by a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop.
— On roads where discontinued lane LDW temporary disabled status

GUID-05506374-ED2B-459C-9B81-437063F72479
markers are still detectable. If the vehicle is parked in direct sunlight under high
— On roads where there are sharp temperature conditions (over approximately 40°C
curves. (104°F)) and then started, the LDW system may be
deactivated automatically and the [Unavailable
— On roads where there are sharply
Camera Temperature High] message will appear

Multi-sensing camera unit maintenance INTELLIGENT LANE INTERVENTION SYS- Assist switch on the steering wheel every time the
GUID-2A704EA2-4C3D-410D-BD74-86F74A0B2823
ignition is switched ON.
TEM (where fitted) (manual transmis-
The ILI system will operate when the vehicle is
sion vehicles)
GUID-2BBF5DFC-ECB2-4238-BD38-701DCE856AA3 driven at the following speeds and above, and only
when the lane markings are clearly visible on the
road:
* For Europe:
The ILI system warns the driver when the vehicle
MNIC4018
has left the centre of the travelling lane with a ILI
indicator on the Vehicle Information Display, the
MNIC4018 steering wheel will vibrate and a chime will sound
The lane camera unit for the LDW system is
(only when Steering Assist is active). The system
located above the interior rear view mirror. To
helps assist the driver to return the vehicle to the
maintain the proper operation of the LDW system
WARNING centre of the travelling lane by applying the brakes
and prevent a system malfunction, be sure to
to the left or right wheels individually (for a short
observe the following: Failure to follow the warnings and instructions period of time).
* Always keep the windscreen clean. for proper use of the Intelligent Lane Interven-
The ILI system monitors the lane markers on the
* Do not attach a sticker (including transparent tion (ILI) system could result in serious injury or
material) or install an accessory near the death.
camera unit. * The ILI system will not steer the vehicle or
* Do not place reflective materials, such as white prevent loss of control. It is the driver’s
paper or a mirror, on the instrument panel. responsibility to stay alert, drive safely,
The reflection of sunlight may adversely affect keep the vehicle in the travelling lane,
the camera unit’s detection capability. and be in control of the vehicle at all times.
* Do not strike or damage the areas around the * The ILI system is primarily intended for use
camera unit. Do not touch the camera lens or on well-developed motorways or high-
remove the screw located on the camera unit. ways. It may not detect the lane markers
If the camera unit is damaged due to an in certain road, weather, or driving condi-
accident, contact a NISSAN dealer or qualified tions.
workshop.
The ILI system must be turned on with the Drive

Intelligent Lane Intervention System Operation (manual transmission vehicles) * Except for Europe:
GUID-C6696A15-858C-44CE-83C5-0C781DAE18D1 approximately 70 km/h (45 MPH)
will vibrate, a chime will sound (only when Steering
Assist is active) and the ILI indicator (yellow) on the
Vehicle Information Display will blink to alert the
driver. Then, the ILI system will automatically apply
the brakes for a short period of time to assist the
driver to return the vehicle to the centre of the
travelling lane.
The ILI system turns on when the Drive Assist or
Speed limiter switch on the steering wheel is
pushed when ILI is enabled in the [Driver Assis-
tance] in the vehicle information display. The Drive
Assist indicator illuminates on the vehicle informa-
tion display.
MWAF0518X
Drive Assist indicator Drive Assist switch

ILI indicator (on the Vehicle Information Dis- The Intelligent Lane Intervention (ILI) system oper-
play). Appears only when system activates ates at speeds above:
(blinks yellow).
* For Europe:
Vehicle Information Display approximately 60 km/h (37 MPH)

Intelligent Lane Intervention Activation/Deactivation (manual transmission vehicles) To enable or disable the ILI:
GUID-A85430B2-2153-4D1E-9AF2-577F731CD06E
scroll dial.
2. Select [Lane] and push the scroll dial.
4. Push the Drive Assist switch to turn the system
on or off.
NOTE:
Turning on the ICC/Steering assist system will
turn on the ILI system at the same time. If the ILI
system is disabled in the settings menu, the ILI
system will automatically be turned on when the
Steering Assist system is active.
Limitations GUID-CBFA11BC-D6A7-46C1-9E60-AE6A00309CE1
WARNING
Intelligent Lane Intervention system. Failure to
or death.
MWAF0519X
* The ILI system may activate if you change
lanes without first activating your turn
Steering-wheel-mounted control (left side) Assistance] menu in the vehicle information dis-
signal or, for example, if a construction
Vehicle information display play. To deactivate the ILI system, push the same
zone directs traffic to cross an existing
switch again or disable the ILI in the [Driver
Drive Assist switch lane marker. If this occurs you may need to
Assistance] menu. The ILI system will be automa-
The ILI system is activated when pushing the Drive apply corrective steering to complete your
tically deactivated when the ignition is switched
Assist or the Speed Limiter switch on the steering lane change.
OFF.
wheel when the ILI is enabled in the [Driver * Because the ILI may not activate under the

road, weather and lane marker conditions tyre, tyre chains, non-standard — When the headlights are not bright
described in this section, it may not acti- wheels). due to dirt on the lens or if the aiming
vate every time your vehicle begins to — When the vehicle is equipped with is not adjusted properly.
leave the travelling lane and you will need non-original brake parts or suspen- — When strong light enters the lane
to apply corrective steering. sion parts. camera unit. (For example, the light
* When the ILI system is operating, avoid — On roads where there are multiple directly shines on the front of the
excessive or sudden steering manoeuvres, parallel lane markers; lane markers vehicle at sunrise or sunset.)
otherwise you could lose control of the that are faded or not painted clearly; — When a sudden change in brightness
vehicle. yellow painted lane markers; non- occurs. (For example, when the vehicle
* The ILI system will not operate if it cannot standard lane markers; or lane mar- enters or exits a tunnel or under a
detect lane markers, or at speeds below kers covered with water, dirt, snow, bridge.)
approximately 60 km/h (37 MPH) (for etc. — When the vehicle load capacity is
Europe) or 70 km/h (45 MPH) (except for — On roads where discontinued lane exceeded.
Europe). markers are still detectable. — When towing a trailer or another ve-
* Do not use the ILI system under the — On roads where there are sharp hicle.
following conditions as it may not function curves.
properly: — Excessive noise will interfere with the
— On roads where there are sharply warning chime sound, and the chime
— During bad weather (rain, fog, snow, contrasting objects, such as shadows, may not be heard.
etc.). snow, water, wheel ruts, seams or lines
— When driving on slippery roads, such remaining after road repairs. (The ILI NOTE:
as on ice or snow. system could detect these items as
While the ILI system is operating, you may hear a
— When driving on winding or uneven lane markers.)
sound of brake operation. This is normal and
roads. — On roads where the travelling lane indicates that the ILI system is operating prop-
— When there is a lane closure due to merges or separates. erly.
road repairs. — When the vehicle’s travelling direction ILI temporarily unavailable
does not align with the lane marker. GUID-884BEA99-61B7-408D-9A7E-DB7ECFEEB234
— When driving in a makeshift or tem- Condition A:
porary lane. — When travelling close to the vehicle in
front of you, which obstructs the lane The warning and assist functions of the ILI system
— When driving on roads where the lane are not designed to work under the following
width is too narrow. camera unit detection range.
conditions:
— When driving without normal tyre — When rain, snow, dirt or object adheres
to the windscreen in front of the lane * When you operate the lane change signal and
conditions (for example, tyre wear, change the travelling lanes in the direction of
low tyre pressure, installation of spare camera unit.
the signal. (The ILI system will be deactivated

for approximately 2 seconds after the lane * [Currently not available]: Multi-sensing camera unit maintenance
GUID-4DB496AB-7593-4958-B308-0A66C2183D55
change signal is turned off.) — When the ESP system is turned OFF.
* When the vehicle speed lowers to less than — When the [SNOW] mode or the [OFF-ROAD]
approximately 60 km/h (37 MPH) (for Europe) mode is selected (4WD models not fitted
or 70 km/h (45 MPH) (except for Europe). with ELA).
After the above conditions have finished and the When the above conditions no longer exist, turn on
necessary operating conditions are satisfied, the the ILI system. Push the Drive Assist switch again
warning and assist functions will resume. to turn the ILI system back on.
Condition B: Temporary disabled status at high temperature:
The assist function of the ILI system is not If the vehicle is parked in direct sunlight under high
designed to work under the following conditions temperature conditions (over approximately 40°C
(warning is still functional): (104°F)) and then the ILI system is turned on, the ILI MNIC4018
* When the brake pedal is depressed. system may be deactivated automatically and the
* When the steering wheel is turned as far as following message will appear on the Vehicle
Information Display: [Unavailable Camera Tem- The lane camera unit for the ILI system is
necessary for the vehicle to change lanes. located above the interior rear view mirror. To
perature High] and a chime will sound.
* When the vehicle is accelerated during the ILI maintain the proper operation of the ILI system
system operation. System malfunction and prevent a system malfunction, be sure to
GUID-99B1DE52-D676-4956-9504-E1C3435002DA
* When the Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) ap- observe the following:
When the ILI system malfunctions, it will cancel
proach warning occurs. * Always keep the windscreen clean.
automatically. The ILI indicator (orange) will illumi-
* When the hazard warning flashers are oper- nate and the [System Fault] message will appear in * Do not attach a sticker (including transparent
ated. the Vehicle Information Display. If the [System material) or install an accessory near the
* When driving on a curve at high speed. Fault] message appears in the Vehicle Information camera unit.
After the above conditions have finished and the Display pull off the road in a safe location, turn off * Do not place reflective materials, such as white
necessary operating conditions are satisfied, the and restart the engine. If the [System Fault] paper or a mirror, on the instrument panel.
ILI system application of the brakes will resume. message continues to appear in the Vehicle The reflection of sunlight may adversely affect
Condition C: Information Display, have the ILI system checked the camera unit’s detection capability of
by a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop. detecting lane markers.
If the following messages appear in the Vehicle
Information Display, a chime will sound and the ILI * Do not strike or damage the areas around the
system will be turned off automatically. camera unit. Do not touch the camera lens or
* [Unavailable Slippery Road]:
If the camera unit is damaged due to an
When the ESP system (except Traction Control accident, contact a NISSAN dealer or qualified
System (TCS) function) or ABS operates. workshop.

PROPILOT ASSIST (where fitted)
GUID-E59A4E0F-042F-4F02-AC8B-8ECB161DF08F
WARNING rated by a barrier only, and is not intended Radar sensor

Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for city driving. Multi-sensing front camera
for proper use of the ProPILOT Assist system * Always observe the posted speed limits The ProPILOT Assist system is intended to en-
could result in serious injury or death. and do not set the speed over them. hance the operation of the vehicle when following
* Never take your hands off the steering a vehicle travelling in the same lane and direction.
* ProPILOT Assist is not a self-driving sys-
tem. Within the limits of its capabilities, as wheel when driving. Always keep your The ProPILOT Assist system uses a multi-sensing
described in this manual, it helps the driver hands on the steering wheel and drive front camera installed behind the windscreen
with certain driving activities. your vehicle safely. and a radar sensor located on the front of the
* The ProPILOT Assist system does not react vehicle to measure the distance to the vehicle
* The ProPILOT Assist system is not a repla-
to stationary or slow moving vehicles. ahead in the same lane and to monitor the lane
cement for proper driving procedure and is
markers. If the vehicle detects a slower moving
not designed to correct careless, inatten- * Always drive carefully and attentively
vehicle ahead, the system will reduce the vehicle
tive or absent-minded-driving. ProPILOT when using the ProPILOT Assist system.
speed so that your vehicle follows the vehicle in
Assist will not always steer the vehicle to Read and understand the Owner’s Manual
front at the selected distance. The system will also
keep it in the lane. The ProPILOT Assist thoroughly before using the ProPILOT As-
help keep the vehicle centred in the travelling lane
system is not designed to prevent loss of sist system. To avoid serious injury or
when clear lane markings are detected.
control. It is the driver’s responsibility to death, do not rely on the system to prevent
stay alert, drive safely, keep the vehicle in accidents or to control the vehicle’s speed PROPILOT ASSIST SYSTEM OPERATION
the travelling lane, and be in control of the in emergency situations. Do not use the GUID-676BD210-C608-458E-8814-F9D32C7B671C
vehicle at all times. The ProPILOT Assist system has the following
ProPILOT Assist system except in appro-
functions:
* There are limitations to the ProPILOT priate road and traffic conditions.
Assist system capability. The ProPILOT * Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)
Assist system does not function in all * Steering Assist
driving, traffic, weather, and road condi-
tions. It is the driver’s responsibility to stay Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) (vehicles
alert, drive safely, keep the vehicle in the with ProPILOT Assist)
GUID-19FACC08-55E3-42A2-86C1-AA158A1E8004
travelling lane, and be in control of the The ICC system can be set to one of two cruise
vehicle at all times. control modes:
* The ProPILOT Assist system is only an aid * Conventional (fixed speed) cruise control
to assist the driver and is not a collision mode:
warning or avoidance device.
Used for cruising at a preset speed.
* The ProPILOT AssistT system is for use on MNIC4036
motorways with opposing traffic sepa-

NOTE: NOTE:
Steering assist is not available in the conven- Even if the Intelligent Emergency Braking (IEB)
tional (fixed speed) cruise control mode. setting is turned off by the driver using the
* Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode: [Settings] menu in the Vehicle Information Dis-
play, IEB will be turned on automatically when
The ICC system maintains a selected distance from
the ProPILOT Assist is used.
the vehicle in front of you within the speed range
of 0 km/h (0 MPH) up to the set speed. The set Steering Assist (vehicles with ProPILOT Assist)
GUID-BCF3D9D8-462E-4145-B9DA-98CA9650005C
speed can be selected by the driver above The Steering Assist function controls the steering
approximately 30 km/h (20 MPH). When the vehicle system to help keep your vehicle within the
ahead slows to a stop, your vehicle gradually travelling lane.
decelerates to a standstill. When the vehicle is
stopped, the ICC system maintains braking force Steering Assist is not available at speeds under 60
to keep your vehicle stationary. km/h (37 MPH) unless a vehicle is detected ahead.
NOTE:
When your vehicle is stopped for less than
approximately 3 seconds and the vehicle ahead
begins to move, your vehicle will start moving
again automatically. If your vehicle is stationary
for more than approximately 3 minutes, the ICC
system will be switched off and the electronic
parking brake will be applied.
* When the vehicle ahead begins to move
forward, push the <RES+> button on the
steering wheel or lightly depress the accel-
erator pedal to release the brake. The ICC
system will restart to maintain a selected
distance from the vehicle in front of you.
* When stationary and no vehicle is detected
ahead the ICC will not function. The accel-
erator should be used to control the vehicle
speed.

PROPILOT ASSIST SWITCHES
GUID-438D1B6B-EBAB-4DD3-96BD-55F5C61A7CB8
MNSD1036
<RES+> switch
incrementally.
<SET–> switch
Sets desired cruise speed or reduces speed
incrementally
<CANCEL> switch
Deactivates the ICC system without erasing
the set speed
ProPILOT Assist switch:
Turns ProPILOT Assist on or off
Distance switch
— Long
— Middle
— Short
Steering Assist Switch
Turns the Steering Assist function on or off.

. Grey: Steering Assist standby.
PROPILOT ASSIST SYSTEM DISPLAY AND INDICATORS
GUID-2EC9A27A-F70D-4F9E-8205-92953BB3B83C . Green: Steering Assist active.
4. Set distance indicator

Displays the selected distance.
Indicates whether the system detects lane
markers.
. No lane markers displayed: Steering Assist is
turned off
. Lane marker indicator (grey): No lane mar-
kers detected
. Lane marker indicator (green): Lane mar-
kers detected
. Lane marker indicator (yellow): Lane depar-
ture is detected
6. ProPILOT Assist indicator
Displays the status of Intelligent Blind Spot
Intervention, Intelligent Lane Intervention,
Steering Assist and ICC systems.
turned on in the [Settings] menu), ICC is in
standby mode.
. Blue: ICC is active
MNSD1107
Example
1. ProPILOT Assist [CRUISE] indicator whether the system detects a vehicle in front the colour of the indicator/warning
Displays when ProPILOT Assist is activated. of you. . No Steering Assist status indicator dis-
2. Vehicle ahead detection indicator 3. Steering Assist status indicator played: Steering Assist is turned off.
Displays the status of the Steering Assist by . Grey: Steering Assist standby.
When the ICC is ON and active this indicates
the colour of the indicator

. Green: Steering Assist active. . Green numbers: ICC active. screen view (models with full-screen display)”
. Yellow: Steering Assist malfunction. 10. Road information indicator (where fitted (P.67) for additional information.
. Red: Hands off detected. 11. Detected road sign (speed limit) indicator TURNING THE PROPILOT ASSIST CON-
8. Lane marker indicator/speed control status (where fitted) VENTIONAL (fixed speed) CRUISE CON-
indicator/set distance indicator 12. Speed limit link indicator (where fitted) TROL MODEGUID-A2EA0A22-39B3-4AF9-8E98-E222EE40A495
ON
Displays the status of speed control by the
colour and shape of the indicator/warning NOTE:
. Speed control status indicator (white): ICC ProPILOT Assist provides no approach warnings,
standby automatic braking, or steering assist in the
. Speed control status indicator (green): ICC conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode.
(distance control mode) is active To select the conventional (fixed speed) cruise
control mode, push and hold the ProPILOT Assist
— Green vehicle icon displayed: Vehicle
switch for longer than approximately 1.5 seconds.
detected ahead
For additional information, refer to “ProPILOT
— No vehicle icon shown: No vehicle de- Assist Conventional (fixed speed) Cruise Control
tected ahead (Your vehicle maintains MNSD1092 Mode ” (P.383).
. Speed control status indicator (orange): OPERATING THE PROPILOT ASSIST
Indicates an ICC malfunction 13. Green line: Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) SYSTEM GUID-B2BA6D5F-36DA-4CDE-B8B9-6BFD8A22AF51
. Lane marker indicator: Indicates whether (where fitted): gap between current speed
the system detects lane markers and ICC target speed.
— No lane markers displayed: Steering 14. Target speed:

Assist is turned off . White triangle: Cruise Control or Speed
Limiter target speed (where fitted).
— Lane marker indicator (grey): No lane
markers detected . Green triangle: Intelligent Cruise Control
(ICC) target speed (where fitted).
— Lane marker indicator (green): Lane
markers detected 15. Red line: Traffic Sign Recognition (TSR) speed
limit marker (where fitted)
9. Set vehicle speed indicator
Indicates the set vehicle speed. NOTE: MNSD1072
. Grey: ICC standby. Some of the items listed above are only avail-
able in Classic View. See “Changing the meter

Distance switch: NOTE: * When Intelligent Parking Assist (IPA) (where
Changes the vehicle’s following distance: Turning the ProPILOT Assist system on will turn fitted) is activated.
Long ? Middle ? Short ? Long on the Intelligent Lane Intervention (ILI) system
and Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention system at
How to change the set vehicle speed
GUID-553F2797-56AF-47A7-AC20-38FD3EE8A2A7
<RES+> switch:
the same time, providing those systems are The set vehicle speed can be adjusted.
enabled in the [Driver Assistance] menu in the To change to a faster cruising speed:
incrementally. vehicle information display. For additional in-
* Push and hold the <RES+> switch. The set
<CANCEL> switch: formation, refer to “ProPILOT Assist Intelligent
vehicle speed increases by 10 km/h (5 MPH)
Deactivates the system without erasing the Lane Intervention system” (P.391) and “Blind
increments.
Spot Warning (BSW) system/Intelligent Blind
set speed. * Push, then quickly release, the <RES+> switch.
Spot Intervention system (where fitted)” (P.262).
<SET–> switch: Each time you do this, the set speed increases
When the <SET-> switch is pushed under the by 1 km/h (1 MPH).
Sets desired cruise speed, reduces speed
following conditions, the ProPILOT Assist system
incrementally. To change to a slower cruising speed:
cannot be set and the set vehicle speed indicators
ProPILOT Assist switch: blinks for approximately 2 seconds: * Push and hold the <SET-> switch. The set
vehicle speed decreases by 10 km/h (5 MPH)
Master switch to activate the system. * When travelling below 30 km/h (20 MPH) and
increments.
1. Push the ProPILOT Assist switch . This turns the vehicle ahead is not detected.
* Push, then quickly release, the <SET-> switch.
on the ProPILOT Assist system and displays * When the transmission is not in the D (Drive)
Each time you do this, the set speed decreases
the status of the ProPILOT Assist system on position or Manual mode.
by 1 km/h (1 MPH).
the Vehicle Information Display. * When the parking brake is applied.
2. Accelerate or decelerate your vehicle to the * When the brakes are operated by the driver. How to momentarily accelerate or decelerate
GUID-EF055A96-77F6-4C6B-8E7F-E3C9066F59F0
desired speed. * When the ESP system is off. For additional * Depress the accelerator pedal when accelera-
3. Push the <SET-> switch. The ProPILOT Assist information about the ESP system, see “Elec- tion is required. Release the accelerator pedal
system begins to automatically maintain the tronic Stability Programme (ESP) system” to resume the previously set vehicle speed.
set speed. The ProPILOT Assist activation (P.435). * Depress the brake pedal when deceleration is
indicator and ProPILOT Assist status indicators * When ESP (including the traction control required. Control by the ProPILOT Assist sys-
illuminate (blue), speed control status indica- system) is operating. tem is cancelled. Push the <RES+> switch to
tor and set speed illuminate green. * When [SNOW] mode or [OFF-ROAD] mode is resume the previously set vehicle speed.
4. When a vehicle ahead is travelling at a speed of selected (4WD models).
WARNING
30 km/h (20 MPH) or below and the <SET-> * When a wheel is slipping.
switch is pushed, the set speed of your vehicle When the accelerator pedal is depressed and
* When any door is open.
is 30 km/h (20 MPH). you are approaching the vehicle ahead, the ICC
system will neither control the brake nor warn
the driver with the chime and display. The

The distance to the vehicle ahead changes auto-
driver must manually control the vehicle speed made in the [Settings] screen in the Vehicle
matically according to the vehicle speed. As the
to maintain a safe distance to the vehicle Information Display.
vehicle speed increases so does the distance.
ahead. Failure to do so could result in severe Setting in the Vehicle Information Display:
personal injury or death. The distance setting will remain at the current
setting even if the engine is restarted. 1. Press the or buttons on the steering
wheel until the [Settings] menu is displayed in
NOTE: Steering Assist Activation/Deactivation the Vehicle Information Display and press the
GUID-A8F904D3-12E1-43D3-8A10-430C00BA98C1
When you accelerate by depressing the accel- scroll dial.
erator pedal or decelerate by pushing the <SET- 2. Use the scroll dial to highlight [Driver Assis-
> switch and the vehicle travels faster than the tance] and then push the scroll dial.
speed set by the driver, the set speed vehicle
3. Select [Steering Assist] and push the scroll dial
indicator will blink.
to turn Steering Assist system on or off.
How to change the set distance to the vehicle ahead
GUID-DAF5CEE4-FFA1-412D-B723-3A60EB47FDDA If the indicator is displayed, the system is ON.
The distance to the vehicle ahead can be selected
when the ICC is in standby mode or the ICC is NOTE:
active, depending on the traffic conditions. * When the ProPILOT Assist screen is dis-
played on the Vehicle Information Display,
Each time the DISTANCE switch ( ) is pushed, the MNSD1078 press the <OK> button on the steering wheel
set distance will change from long to middle, short to show the [Driver Assistance] setting
and back to long again in that sequence. menu.
Distance Display Approximate distance Use the following methods to enable or disable the * When enabling/disabling the system
at 100 km/h (60 MPH) Steering Assist. through the Vehicle Information Display or
(m (ft)) Steering Assist switch: when pressing the Steering Assist switch,
the system retains the current settings even
Long 60 (200) To turn the Steering Assist ON or OFF, push the
if the system is restarted.
Steering Assist switch on the instrument panel.
NOTE: Cancelling the ProPILOT Assist system

GUID-6990E103-A836-4B56-830B-8229E95BAD38
Middle 45 (150) * When the Steering Assist switch is used to To cancel the ProPILOT Assist system, use one of
turn the system ON or OFF, the system the following methods:
remembers the setting between power cy-
* Press the <CANCEL> switch on the steering
cles. The switch must be pushed again to
wheel.
Short 30 (100) change the setting to ON or OFF.
* Tap or depress the brake pedal (except when
* The Steering Assist switch changes the
the vehicle is stationary).
status of the [Steering Assist] selection

* To turn the ProPILOT Assist system off com- in the travelling lane, and be in control of power. This system should only be used when
pletely, press the ProPILOT Assist switch on the vehicle at all times. traffic conditions allow vehicle speeds to remain
the steering wheel, the ProPILOT Assist indi- * Always observe posted speed limits and do fairly constant or when vehicle speeds change
cator will turn OFF. not set the speed over them. gradually. If a vehicle moves into the travelling lane
When the ProPILOT Assist system is switched off ahead or if a vehicle travelling ahead rapidly
* The ICC system does not react to station- decelerates, the distance between vehicles may
while the vehicle is stopped, the electronic parking
ary or slow moving vehicles. become closer because the ICC system cannot
brake is automatically activated.
* Always drive carefully and attentively decelerate the vehicle quickly enough. If this
WARNING when using the ICC system. Read and occurs, the ICC system will sound a warning chime
When you leave the vehicle, make sure to push understand the Owner’s Manual thor- and blink the system display to notify the driver to
the ProPILOT Assist switch to turn the system oughly before using the ICC system. To take necessary action.
OFF, Press the P position switch to shift the avoid serious injury or death, do not rely on The ICC system cancels and a warning chime
transmission to the P (Park) position, and turn the system to prevent accidents or to sounds if the speed is below approximately 30
the engine OFF. control the vehicle’s speed in emergency km/h (20 MPH) and a vehicle is not detected
situations. Do not use the ICC system ahead. The ICC system cancels and a warning
except in appropriate road and traffic chime sounds if your vehicle is at a standstill for
PROPILOT ASSIST INTELLIGENT CRUISE conditions. more than approximately 3 seconds and a vehicle
CONTROL (ICC) SYSTEM
GUID-DF2BB2CF-5A36-4E58-B65C-32E17211B451 * In the conventional (fixed speed) cruise is not detected ahead.
WARNING control mode, a warning chime will not The ICC system operates as follows:
Failure to follow the warnings and instructions * When there are no vehicles travelling ahead,
the vehicle ahead. Pay special attention to
for proper use of the ICC system could result in the ICC system maintains the speed set by the
the distance between your vehicle and the
serious injury or death. driver. The set speed range is above approxi-
vehicle ahead of you or a collision could
* The ICC system is only an aid to assist the occur. mately 30 km/h (20 MPH).
driver and is not a collision warning or * When there is a vehicle travelling ahead, the
avoidance device. It is for highway use only ICC system adjusts the speed to maintain the
ProPILOT Assist ICC system operation
GUID-47326646-79BB-4A9C-912E-11CD29C00C24 distance, selected by the driver, from the
and it is not intended for congested areas
or city driving. It is the driver’s responsi- The vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode is vehicle ahead. If the vehicle ahead comes to
bility to stay alert, drive safely, and be in designed to maintain a selected distance and a stop, the vehicle decelerates to a standstill.
control of the vehicle at all times. reduce the speed to match the slower vehicle Once your vehicle stops, the ICC system keeps
ahead; the system will decelerate the vehicle as the vehicle stopped.
* There are limitations to the ICC system necessary and if the vehicle ahead comes to a * When your vehicle is at a standstill for more
capability. The ICC system does not func- stop, the vehicle decelerates to a standstill. How-
tion in all driving, traffic, weather, and road than 3 seconds and the vehicle ahead begins
ever, the ICC system can only apply up to to accelerate, push the <RES+> switch or
conditions. It is the driver’s responsibility approximately 40% of the vehicle’s total braking
to stay alert, drive safely, keep the vehicle lightly depress the accelerator pedal. The ICC

system starts to follow the vehicle ahead. If When driving on the motorway at a set speed and No vehicle detected ahead
GUID-2AAB54C0-49B1-4748-A475-31E0333CDF7C
your vehicle is stationary for more than approaching a slower travelling vehicle ahead, the
approximately 3 minutes, the ICC system will ICC system adjusts the speed to maintain the
be switched off and the electronic parking distance, selected by the driver, from the vehicle
brake will be applied. ahead. If the vehicle ahead changes lanes or exits
* When the vehicle travelling ahead moves to a the motorway, the ICC system accelerates and
different travelling lane, while the vehicle maintains the speed up to the set speed. Pay
speed is above 30 km/h (20 MPH), the ICC attention to the driving operation to maintain
system accelerates and maintains vehicle control of the vehicle as it accelerates to the set
speed up to the set speed. speed.
* When the vehicle travelling ahead moves to a The vehicle may not maintain the set speed on
different travelling lane, while the vehicle winding or hilly roads. If this occurs, you will have
MNSD1048
speed is below 30 km/h (20 MPH), the ICC to manually control the vehicle speed.
system cancels and a warning chime sounds. Normally when controlling the distance to a System set display with vehicle ahead
vehicle ahead, the system automatically acceler-
ates or decelerates your vehicle according to the
speed of the vehicle ahead.
Depress the accelerator to properly accelerate
your vehicle when acceleration is required for a
lane change. Depress the brake pedal when
deceleration is required to maintain a safe dis-
tance to the vehicle ahead due to sudden braking
or if a vehicle cuts in. Always stay alert when using
the ICC system.
MNSD806
MNSD1047
System set display without vehicle ahead

NOTE:
The driver sets the desired vehicle speed based on
The ICC system does not control vehicle speed or the road conditions. The ICC system maintains the
warn you when you approach stationary and set vehicle speed, similar to standard cruise
slow moving vehicles. You must pay attention to control, as long as no vehicle is detected in the
vehicle operation to maintain proper distance lane ahead. The ICC system displays the set speed.
from vehicles ahead when approaching toll
gates or traffic congestion.

Vehicle detected ahead vehicle is stationary for more than approxi- When overtaking another vehicle
GUID-FC41B4C3-0325-48AD-8B66-FFF8EF88F953 GUID-5C4DD783-64C0-49A6-B47C-4B7D18AF3CF5
mately 3 minutes, the ICC system will be
When a vehicle is detected in the lane ahead, the
switched off and the electronic parking brake
ICC system decelerates the vehicle by controlling
will be applied.
the throttle and applying the brakes to match the
speed of a slower vehicle ahead. The ICC system Vehicle ahead accelerates
GUID-FA024246-7D38-4567-B3BE-2B9E665D1978
then controls the vehicle speed based on the When your vehicle is stopped and the vehicle
speed of the vehicle ahead to maintain the driver ahead begins to accelerate, push the <RES+>
selected distance. switch or lightly depress the accelerator pedal.
NOTE: The ICC system starts to follow the vehicle ahead.
Vehicle ahead not detected
when braking is performed by the ICC GUID-284E53CF-0E35-49F8-B6AA-33F024F397A8
When a vehicle is no longer detected ahead, the MNSD1192
system.
ICC system gradually accelerates your vehicle to
* When the brake is applied by the system, a
resume the previously set vehicle speed. The ICC
noise may be heard. This is not a malfunc- The driver can override ICC by pressing the
system then maintains the set speed.
tion. accelerator. The set speed indicator will flash when
When a vehicle is no longer detected, the vehicle
When the ICC system detects a vehicle ahead, the the vehicle speed exceeds the set speed. The
ahead detection indicator turns off and speed
vehicle ahead detection indicator is displayed and vehicle detection indicator will turn off when the
control status indicator (maintain speed control
the speed control status indicator (vehicle icon) area ahead of the vehicle is clear. When the pedal is
mode) turn off.
illuminates in green. released, the vehicle will return to the previously
The ICC system gradually accelerates to the set set speed.
Vehicle ahead stops speed, but you can depress the accelerator pedal
GUID-C485B284-AC76-4207-8500-389653414C69 Even though your vehicle speed is set in the ICC
to quickly accelerate. When a vehicle is no longer
When the vehicle ahead decelerates to stop, your system, you can depress the accelerator pedal
detected and your vehicle is travelling under
vehicle decelerates to a standstill. Once your when it is necessary to accelerate your vehicle
approximately 30 km/h (20 MPH), the ICC system
vehicle stops, the ICC system automatically applies rapidly.
automatically cancels.
the brakes to keep the vehicle stopped. When your
vehicle is at a standstill, the [Press to Restart] The ICC system cancels and a warning chime Approach warning
GUID-5FD4606F-4778-457F-9759-36914588784B
message is displayed on the Vehicle Information sounds if your vehicle is at a standstill for more If your vehicle comes closer to the vehicle ahead
Display. than approximately 3 seconds and a vehicle is not due to rapid deceleration of that vehicle, the
detected ahead. system warns the driver with the chime and ICC
NOTE:
system display. Decelerate by depressing the
When your vehicle stops for less than 3 seconds, brake pedal to maintain a safe vehicle distance if:
your vehicle will automatically follow the vehicle
* The chime sounds.
ahead as it accelerates from a stop. If your

* The vehicle ahead detection indicator blinks. (for example, if a vehicle is being driven with some where traffic travels on the left hand side of the
* You judge it necessary to maintain a safe damage). road):
distance. When the ICC system is engaged above 70 km/h
The warning chime may not sound in some cases
Acceleration GUID-824C2B9E-8B8D-4DDE-B396-3E5A4A1C9F9E
when overtaking (where fitted) (44 MPH) and following a slower vehicle (below ICC
when there is a short distance between vehicles. NOTE: set speed), and the turn signal is activated to the
Some examples are: right, the ICC system will automatically start to
The acceleration when overtaking feature is only
* When the vehicles are travelling at the same accelerate the vehicle to help initiate overtaking on
available for certain countries and for certain
speed and the distance between vehicles is the right and will begin to reduce the distance to
vehicle grades.
not changing. vehicle directly ahead. Only the right side turn
Overtaking on the left-hand side (for countries signal operates this feature. As the driver steers
* When the vehicle ahead is travelling faster and where traffic travels on the right hand side of the vehicle and moves into the overtaking lane, if
the distance between vehicles is increasing. the road): no vehicle is detected ahead the ICC system will
* When a vehicle cuts in near your vehicle. continue to accelerate to the ICC system set
When the ICC system is engaged above 70 km/h
The warning chime will not sound when: (44 MPH) and following a slower vehicle (below ICC speed.
* Your vehicle approaches other vehicles that set speed), and the turn signal is activated to the If another vehicle is detected ahead, then the
are parked or moving slowly. left, the ICC system will automatically start to vehicle will accelerate up to the following speed of
* The accelerator pedal is depressed, overriding accelerate the vehicle to help initiate overtaking on that vehicle. If the vehicle is not steered into the
the system. the left and will begin to reduce the distance to right lane to overtake, the acceleration will stop
vehicle directly ahead. Only the left side turn after a short time and regain the set following
NOTE: signal operates this feature. As the driver steers distance.
The approach warning chime may sound and the vehicle and moves into the overtaking lane, if
the system display may flash when the radar no vehicle is detected ahead the ICC system will
depressing the brake pedal or the <CANCEL>
sensor detects objects on the side of the vehicle continue to accelerate to the ICC system set
switch on the steering wheel.
or on the side of the road. This may cause the speed.
ICC system to decelerate or accelerate the If another vehicle is detected ahead, then the WARNING
vehicle. The radar sensor may detect these vehicle will accelerate up to the following speed of In order to reduce the risk of a collision that
objects when the vehicle is driven on winding, that vehicle. If the vehicle is not steered into the may result in serious injury or death, please be
narrow, or hilly roads or when the vehicle is left lane to overtake, the acceleration will stop aware of the following:
entering or exiting a curve. In these cases, you after a short time and regain the set following
will have to manually control the proper dis- distance. * This function is only activated with the left
tance ahead of your vehicle. or right turn signal and will briefly accel-
Acceleration can be stopped at any point by erate the vehicle even if a lane change is
Also, the sensor sensitivity can be affected by depressing the brake pedal or the <CANCEL> not initiated. This can include non-over-
vehicle operation (steering manoeuvre or driving switch on the steering wheel. taking situations such as left or right side
position in the lane) or traffic or vehicle conditions
Overtaking on the right-hand side (for countries exits.

* Ensure that when overtaking another ve- — When driving on a road under con- System display and indicators:
hicle, the adjacent lane is clear before struction or in a construction zone.
initiating the overtaking manoeuvre. Sud- — When End of speed limit sign is in-
den changes in traffic may occur while dicated.
overtaking. Always manually steer or
brake as needed never solely rely on the * When speed unit selected in [Display Set-
system. tings] is different to the unit of the speed
limit sign.
Speed Limit Link - ProPILOT Assist (where fitted)

GUID-7992421E-8B28-40DA-B789-54D5EE88D710
When ProPILOT Assist is active and it detects a
change of the speed limit, the new speed limit is
WARNING
indicated and it can be applied to the vehicle set
Listed below are the system limitations for the speed manually. MNIC4145
Speed Limit Link. Failure to operate the vehicle
The Speed Limit Link operates: Example
in accordance with these system limitations
could result in serious injury or death: * When the detected speed limit is 30 km/h (20
1. Detected speed limit indicator
MPH) and above.
* It is the driver’s responsibility to select the Displays the currently detected speed limit. For
* The [Speed Limit Link] is enabled in the
proper speed, follow all traffic regulations additional information, see “Traffic sign recog-
settings menu of the vehicle information dis-
and observe other road users. nition (where fitted)” (P.259).
play.
* The Speed Limit Linkmay not operate 2. Applied speed limit indicator (green frame)
properly and the actual speed limit may NOTE:
Indicates the detected speed limit can be
not be applied to the vehicle set speed in * In the following situations, the [Speed Limit
applied to the vehicle set speed.
all conditions. The driver must manually Link] will not operate:
control the vehicle speed. — When an increase in the posted speed 3. Speed Limit Link indicator
limit is detected, but the vehicle set speed Indicates the system activation mode or
Below are some examples: is already faster than the new speed limit. system operation.
— When the Traffic Sign Recognition — When a decrease in the posted speed limit Manual mode is activated and a new
(TSR) system is not functioning prop- is detected, but the vehicle set speed is speed limit (faster speed value) is indicated.
erly or turned off. (See “Traffic sign already lower than the new speed limit.
recognition (where fitted)” (P.259).) Manual mode is activated and a new
parallel roads (for example, motorway 4. Guidance message, instruction on how to set
with a parallel service drive). new speed.
— When driving in an area where each

lane has a different speed limit sign.

Operating the system: NOTE: Below are some examples:
When the system detects a different speed limit, The system will retain current settings in the — When the Traffic Sign Recognition
the new speed value is indicated. The vehicle set vehicle information display even if the engine is (TSR) system is not functioning prop-
speed can be changed to the indicated speed limit restarted. erly or turned off. (See “Traffic sign
manually. How to set tolerance for [Speed Link Offset]: recognition (where fitted)” (P.259).)
* To accept the newly indicated speed limit, 1. Push the button on the steering — When driving in countries or areas not
operate the <RES+> switch (in case of speed wheel until [Settings] appears in the vehicle covered by the navigation system.
limit up) or <SET-> switch (in case of speed information display, and push the scroll dial.
limit down). — When crossing national boundaries.
* The Speed Limit Link indicator ( or ) Then push the scroll dial. — When driving on the exit of the limited
will turn off after approximately 15 seconds if access motorway as identified in the
the <RES+> or <SET-> switch is not operated. 3. Select [Speed Link Offset] , and push the scroll navigation map data.
(The Speed Limit Link indicator can be turned dial to select tolerance value.
off immediately by operating the opposite NOTE: parallel roads (for example, motorway
switch from the direction indicated by the with a parallel service drive).
vehicle information display even if the engine is — When driving in an area where each
The system will not activate if a speed limit change
restarted. lane has a different speed limit sign.
is not detected.
Speed Limit Link - ProPILOT Assist with — When driving on a road under con-
Navi Link (where fitted)
GUID-046D218D-4FA0-44C2-8780-2338F0A89C1E
be accepted exactly, or with a tolerance of -10 WARNING system is not up-to-date or is unavail-
km/h (–5 MPH) to +10 km/h (+5 MPH).
Listed below are the system limitations for the able.
How to activate or deactivate the system: Speed Limit Link. Failure to operate the vehicle
1. Push the button on the steering in accordance with these system limitations
wheel until [Settings] appears in the vehicle could result in serious injury or death: When the ProPILOT Assist with Navi Link is active
information display, and push the scroll dial. and it detects a change of the speed limit, the new
* It is the driver’s responsibility to select the
2. Use the scroll dial to select [Driver Assistance]. proper speed, follow all traffic regulations speed limit is indicated and it can be applied to the
Then push the scroll dial. and observe other road users. vehicle set speed automatically or manually.
3. Select [Speed Limit Link], and push the scroll * The Speed Limit Link may not operate The Speed Limit Link operates:
dial to turn the system on or off. properly and the actual speed limit may * When the detected speed limit is 30 km/h (20
not be applied to the vehicle set speed in MPH ) and above.

* The [Speed Limit Link] is enabled in the System display and indicators: Manual mode is activated and a new
settings menu of the vehicle information dis- speed limit (faster speed value) is indicated.
play. Manual mode is activated and a new
NOTE: speed limit (lower speed value) is indicated.
* While the accelerator pedal is operated with “A” : Auto mode is activated.
AUTO mode selected, the Speed Limit Link
Operating the system:
will function (automatically adjust the vehi-
cle set speed) only when the detected speed When the system detects a different speed limit,
limit is faster than the vehicle set speed. the new speed value is indicated. The vehicle set
speed can be changed to the indicated speed limit
* In the following situations, the Speed Limit
automatically or manually.
Link will not operate:
MNIC4100 When Manual mode is selected on settings
— When an increase in the posted speed
limit is detected, but the vehicle set speed Example menu (factory default setting):
is already faster than the new speed limit. * To accept the newly indicated speed limit,
1. Guidance message, instruction on how to set operate the <RES+> switch (in case of speed
— When a decrease in the posted speed limit
new speed. limit up) or <SET-> switch (in case of speed
is detected, but the vehicle set speed is
already lower than the new speed limit. 2. Detected speed limit indicator (left side) limit down).
Displays detected impending or anticipated * The Speed Limit Link indicator ( or )
For Germany: No Limit speed setting:
speed limit. The impending or anticipated will turn off after approximately 15 seconds if
When you switch on the ignition and subsequently the <RES+> or <SET-> switch is not operated.
speed limit will only be indicated when a new
enter a motorway with no speed limit, the system (The Speed Limit Link indicator can be turned
speed limit (lower speed value) is detected in
initially regulates the speed to 130 km/h. After this, off immediately by operating the opposite
manual mode.
the last speed stored by the driver on a motorway switch from the direction indicated by the
with no speed limit is applied. Detected speed limit indicator (right side)
Displays the currently detected speed limit. For The system will not activate if a speed limit change
NOTE:
additional information, see “Traffic sign recog- is not detected.
This feature only works in Germany. nition (where fitted)” (P.259).
When Auto mode is selected on the settings
3. Applied speed limit indicator (green frame) menu:
Indicates the detected speed limit can be * The indicated speed limit is applied to the
applied to the vehicle set speed. vehicle set speed automatically when on a
4. Speed Limit Link indicator limited access motorway as identified in the
Indicates the system activation mode or navigation map data. Also, if the ProPILOT
system operation. Assist with Navi Link system is ON, but not set

(active), and a new speed limit is detected, the NOTE: the system prohibits activation of the
vehicle set speed is automatically updated. The system will retain current settings in the Cruise Navi Link function.
* The Auto mode may not be available in some vehicle information display even if the engine is * The Cruise Navi Link may not operate
regions or on roads other than limited access restarted. properly in some road and traffic condi-
motorways. In this case, the system operates tions, the system may unexpectedly
as the Manual mode. Cruise Navi Link - ProPILOT Assist with
change the speed. The driver must manu-
Navi Link (where fitted)
GUID-E2FB1AFD-3F2A-456F-9386-D31F3B54DD6F ally control the vehicle speed.
It is possible to set whether the speed limit should WARNING Below are some examples:
be accepted exactly, or with a tolerance of -10 Listed below are the system limitations for the — When driving in countries or areas not
km/h (–5 MPH) to +10 km/h (+5 MPH). Cruise Navi Link. Failure to operate the vehicle covered by the navigation system.
How to activate or deactivate the system: in accordance with these system limitations
1. Push the button on the steering could result in serious injury or death:
system is not up-to-date or is unavail-
wheel until [Settings] appears in the vehicle * There are limitations to the Cruise Navi able.
information display, and push the scroll dial. Linksystem capability. The system does
— When not driving along the route
2. Use the scroll dial to select [Driver Assistance]. not function in all driving, traffic, weather
suggested by the navigation system.
Then push the scroll dial. and road conditions. It is the driver’s
responsibility to stay alert, drive safely, — When the navigation system is recal-
3. Select [Speed Limit Link], and push the scroll culating the route.
and be in control of the vehicle at all times.
dial to select [Auto] or [Prompt] to enable (not
* The Cruise Navi Link system does not — When driving in countries or areas not
activate) the system.
brake the vehicle to a stop. Whenever covered by the navigation system.
NOTE: necessary, the driver must apply appro- — When driving on a road under con-
The system will retain current settings in the priate braking. struction or newly constructed road.
vehicle information display even if the engine is * It is the driver’s responsibility to select the — When driving near a road split or
restarted. proper speed, follow all traffic regulations junction.
How to set tolerance for [Speed Link Offset]: and observe other road users. — When driving in bad weather or poor
1. Push the button on the steering * The availability of the Cruise Navi Link road conditions.
wheel until [Settings] appears in the vehicle function is country-dependent. In some
information display, and push the scroll dial. countries, for example, Iceland, Malta, Cy- When the ProPILOT Assist with Navi Link is active
2. Use the scroll dial to select [Driver Assistance]. prus, this function is not available. The on a limited access motorway (as identified in the
Then push the scroll dial. map data quality does not satisfy the navigation map data), the Cruise Navi Link uses
system requirements. If the system de- road information provided by the navigation
3. Select [Speed Link Offset] , and push the scroll
tects that the vehicle is located in these system and can adjust the vehicle speed depend-
dial to select tolerance value.
countries on the basis of GPS information, ing on curves, junctions and exits.

The Cruise Navi Link uses road information pro- 1. Road information indicator standstill for more than approximately 3
vided by the navigation system and can adjust the Appears when the system adjusts the speed seconds and a vehicle is not detected ahead.
vehicle speed depending on roundabouts (as depending on turns or exits. * Your vehicle has been stopped by the ICC
identified in the navigation map data). system for approximately 3 minutes or longer.
Curves and junctions
The system may not always reduce speed for all * When the transmission is not in the D (Drive) or
curves, junctions, roundabouts or exits and the Right exit Manual mode.
driver may need to apply additional braking at any * The electric parking brake is applied.
Left exit
time. * When the ESP system is turned off.
When the vehicle is through the curve, roundabout Roundabout
* The IEB applies harder braking.
or junction, the vehicle will accelerate again to the * When ESP (including the traction control
How to activate or deactivate the system:
set speed. When exiting the limited access motor- system) operates.
way, the driver will need to apply braking at the 1. Push the button on the steering
wheel until [Settings] appears in the vehicle * When [SNOW] mode or [OFF-ROAD] mode is
end of the exit.
information display, and push the scroll dial. selected (4WD models).
NOTE: * A wheel slips.
* The system does not operate when the * When distance measurement becomes im-
accelerator pedal is depressed. paired due to adhesion of dirt or obstruction
* The system may not operate depending on 3. Select [CRUISE Navi Link] and push the scroll to the sensor.
the set distance to the vehicle ahead and dial to turn the system on or off.
vehicles detected ahead. NOTE: rupted.
System display and indicators: The system will retain current settings in the * When Intelligent Parking Assist (IPA) (where
vehicle information display even if the engine is fitted) is activated.
restarted.
ICC system limitations
GUID-FB919B0A-6AEE-4752-A432-94DD7A5BFE13
GUID-CDEE511B-828E-48EF-A33F-C3F9B928AC7B WARNING
A chime sounds under the following conditions
and the control is automatically cancelled. Listed below are the system limitations for the
ICC system. Failure to operate the vehicle in
* Any door is open. accordance with these system limitations
* The driver’s seat belt is not fastened. could result in serious injury or death:
* The vehicle ahead is not detected and your
* The ICC system is primarily intended for
vehicle is travelling below the speed of 25
MNIC4085
use on straight, dry, open roads with light
km/h (15 MPH). The ICC system cancels and a
traffic. It is not advisable to use the ICC
Example warning chime sounds if your vehicle is at a
system in city traffic or congested areas.

* The ICC system will not adapt automati- the ICC system under the following condi- * Stationary or slow moving vehicles
cally to road conditions. This system tions: * Pedestrians or objects in the roadway
should be used in evenly flowing traffic. — On roads with heavy, high-speed traf- * Oncoming vehicles in the same lane
Do not use the system on roads with sharp fic or sharp curves. * Motorcycles travelling offset in the travel lane
curves or on icy roads, in heavy rain or in
— On slippery road surfaces such as on The following are some conditions in which the
fog.
ice or snow, etc. radar sensor cannot properly detect a vehicle
* As there is a performance limit to the ahead and the system may not operate properly:
distance control function, never rely solely — During bad weather (rain, fog, snow,
etc.). * When the sensor detection is reduced (condi-
on the ICC system. This system does not
— When rain, snow or dirt adhere to the tions such as rain, snow, fog, dust storms,
correct careless, inattentive or absent
front of the vehicle around the dis- sandstorms, and road spray from other vehi-
minded driving or overcome poor visibility
tance sensor. cles).
in rain, fog, or other bad weather. Decele-
rate the vehicle speed by depressing the * Driving on a steep downhill slope or roads with
— On steep downhill roads (the vehicle
brake pedal, depending on the distance to sharp curves.
the vehicle ahead and the surrounding and frequent braking may result in * Driving on a bumpy road surface, such as an
circumstances in order to maintain a safe overheating the brakes). uneven dirt road.
distance between vehicles. * If dirt, ice, snow or other material is covering
— On repeated uphill and downhill roads.
* When the ICC system automatically brings the radar sensor area.
— When traffic conditions make it diffi- * A complicated-shaped vehicle such as a car
the car to a stop, your vehicle can auto-
cult to keep a proper distance be- carrier trailer or flatbed truck/trailer is near the
matically accelerate if the vehicle is
tween vehicles because of frequent vehicle ahead.
stopped for less than approximately 3
acceleration or deceleration.
seconds and a vehicle ahead is detected * Interference by other radar sources.
moving away. Be prepared to stop your — Interference by other radar sources. * When your vehicle is towing a trailer, etc.
vehicle if necessary. * Do not use the ICC system if you are towing * When excessively heavy baggage is loaded in
* Always pay attention to the operation of a trailer or another vehicle. the rear seat or cargo area of your vehicle.
the vehicle and be ready to manually * In some road or traffic conditions, a vehicle The ICC system is designed to automatically check
control the proper following distance. The or object can unexpectedly come into the the radar sensor’s operation within the limitations
ICC system may not be able to maintain sensor detection zone and cause auto- of the system.
the selected distance between vehicles matic braking. Always stay alert and avoid
(following distance) or selected vehicle using the ICC system where not recom-
speed under some circumstances. mended in this warning section.
* The system may not detect the vehicle in
front of you in certain road or weather The ICC system will not detect the following
conditions. To avoid accidents, never use objects:

MNSD775
The detection zone of the radar sensor is limited. A

vehicle ahead must be in the detection zone for
the ICC system to maintain the selected distance
from the vehicle ahead. A vehicle ahead may move
outside of the detection zone due to its position
within the same lane of travel. Motorcycles may
not be detected in the same lane ahead.

* Any door is open
* The driver’s seat belt is not fastened.
* The vehicle ahead is not detected and your
vehicle is travelling below the speed of 25
km/h (15 MPH). The ICC system cancels and a
warning chime sounds if your vehicle is at a
standstill for more than approximately 3
seconds and a vehicle is not detected ahead.
* Your vehicle has been stopped by the ICC
system for approximately 3 minutes or longer.
MNSD679
* When the transmission is not in the D (Drive) or
Manual mode.
When driving on some roads, such as winding, hilly, * Strong light (for example, sunlight or high * The electronic parking brake is applied.
curved, narrow roads, or roads which are under beams from oncoming vehicles) enters the
* When the ESP system is turned off.
construction, the radar sensor may detect vehicles front camera.
* The IEB applies harder braking
in a different lane, or may temporarily not detect a * Strong light causes the area around the
vehicle travelling ahead. This may cause the radar * When ESP (including the traction control
pedestrian to be cast in a shadow, making it
system to decelerate or accelerate the vehicle. system) operates.
difficult to see.
The detection of vehicles may also be affected by * A sudden change in brightness occurs (for
selected (4WD models).
vehicle operation (steering manoeuvre or travel- example, when the vehicle enters or exits a
ling position in the lane, etc.) or vehicle condition. tunnel or shaded area or lightning flashes). * A wheel slips.
The ICC system (with ProPILOT Assist) uses a multi-
System temporarily unavailable paired due to adhesion of dirt or obstruction
sensing front camera. The following are some GUID-4DCAF48A-2060-429E-A69E-C1E0E54138BC
The following are conditions in which the ICC to the sensor.
conditions in which the camera may not properly
detect a vehicle and detection of a vehicle ahead system may be temporarily unavailable. In these * When the radar signal is temporarily inter-
may be delayed: instances, the ICC system may not cancel and may rupted.
not be able to maintain the selected following * When Intelligent Parking Assist (IPA) (where
* Poor visibility (conditions such as rain, snow,
distance from the vehicle ahead. fitted) is activated.
fog, dust storms, sandstorms, and road spray
from other vehicles). Condition A: Action to take:
* The camera area of the windscreen is fogged Under the following conditions, the ICC system is When the conditions listed above are no longer
up or covered with dirt, water drops, ice, snow, automatically cancelled. A chime will sound and present, turn the system off using the ProPILOT
etc. the system will not be able to be set: Assist switch. Turn the ProPILOT Assist system
back on to use the system.

NOTE: reset itself. If the [Temporarily Disabled Front ICC sensor maintenance
GUID-784E0401-4C01-49E4-8DFF-EA5640581601
When the ICC system is cancelled under the Radar Blocked] warning message continues to be
following conditions at a standstill, the electro- displayed, have the system checked by a NISSAN
nic parking brake is automatically activated: dealer or qualified workshop.
* Any door is opened. Condition C:

* The driver’s seat belt is not fastened. When driving on roads with limited road structures
* Your vehicle has been stopped by the ICC or buildings (for example, long bridges, deserts,
system for approximately 3 minutes or longer. snow fields, driving next to long walls), the system
may illuminate the system warning light and
* When the transmission is not in the D (Drive) or
display the [Temporarily Disabled Front Radar
Manual mode.
Blocked] message.
* When the ESP system is turned off.
Action to take: MNIC4037
paired due to adhesion of dirt or obstruction When the above driving conditions no longer exist,
to the sensor. turn the system back on.
The radar sensor is located on the front of the
* When the radar signal is temporarily inter- vehicle .
rupted.
ICC system malfunction
GUID-686F1D97-59EC-432E-B524-7C3C3B07446D
If the ICC system malfunctions, it will be turned off To keep the ICC system operating properly, be sure
Condition B: to observe the following:
automatically, a warning will be displayed in the
The Radar sensor is positioned at the front of the vehicle information display, a chime will sound, and * Always keep the sensor area clean.
vehicle. When this area is covered with dirt or is the speed control status warning (yellow) will * Do not strike or damage the areas around the
obstructed, the ICC system will automatically be illuminate. sensor.
cancelled.
Action to take: * Do not cover or attach stickers or similar
The chime will sound and the [Temporarily Dis- objects near the sensor area. This could cause
If the warning light comes on, stop the vehicle in a
abled Front Radar Blocked] warning message will failure or malfunction.
safe place. Turn the engine off, restart the engine
appear in the Vehicle Information Display. * Do not attach metallic objects near the sensor
and set the ICC system again. If it is not possible to
Action to take: set the ICC system or the indicator stays on, it may area (brush guard, etc.) This could cause
If the warning message appears, stop the vehicle be a malfunction. Although the normal driving can failure or malfunction.
in a safe place, press the P position switch to shift be continued, the ICC system should be checked For the radio approval numbers and information,
the transmission to the P (Park) position, and turn by a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop. see “Radio frequency approval” (P.507).
the engine off. When the radar signal is temporarily The camera sensor is located above the inside
interrupted, clean the sensor area and restart the mirror.
engine. Note that the system will require some
To keep the proper operation of the systems and
time to detect that the area is now clean and to

prevent a system malfunction, be sure to observe * As there is a performance limit to the situations. Do not use the Steering Assist
the following: Steering Assist’s capability, never rely so- except in appropriate road and traffic
* Always keep the windscreen clean. lely on the system. The Steering Assist conditions.
does not function in all driving, traffic,
* Do not attach a sticker (including transparent
weather, and road conditions. Always drive ProPILOT Assist Steering Assist operation
safely, pay attention to the operation of GUID-3E4F9150-F755-4B7B-B728-D31B80F19301
camera unit. The Steering Assist controls the steering system to
the vehicle, and manually control your
* Do not place reflective materials, such as white help keep your vehicle near the centre of the lane
vehicle appropriately.
paper or a mirror, on the instrument panel. when driving. The Steering Assist is combined with
The reflection of sunlight may adversely affect * The Steering Assist is intended for use on the Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system. For
the camera unit’s capability of detecting the well-developed motorways or highways additional information, refer to “Intelligent Cruise
lane markers. with gentle (moderate) curves, where traf- Control (ICC) (vehicles with ProPILOT Assist)”
fic travelling in opposing directions is (P.358).
separated with a barrier. To avoid risk of
camera unit. Do not touch the camera lens or The Steering Assist can be activated when the
an accident, do not use this system on
remove the screw located on the camera unit. following conditions are met:
local or non-highway roads.
If the camera unit is damaged due to an accident,
* The Steering Assist only steers the vehicle * The ICC system is activated and the speed set.
have it checked by a NISSAN dealer or qualified
to maintain its position in the centre of a * Lane markers on both sides are clearly de-
workshop.
lane. The vehicle will not steer to avoid tected.
PROPILOT ASSIST STEERING ASSIST
GUID-14204C85-D974-42F5-98E9-7DA16C129983
objects in the road in front of the vehicle or * Your vehicle is travelling at a speed over 60
to avoid a vehicle moving into your lane. km/h (37 MPH), OR a vehicle is detected in
WARNING front of you when travelling under 60 km/h
* It is the driver’s responsibility to stay alert,
Failure to follow the warnings and instructions drive safely, keep the vehicle in the travel- (37MPH).
for proper use of the Steering Assist could ling lane, and be in control of the vehicle at * The driver grips the steering wheel.
result in serious injury or death. all times. Never take your hands off the * The vehicle is driven at the centre of the lane.
* The Steering Assist is not a replacement steering wheel when driving. Always keep * The turn signals are not operated.
for proper driving procedures and is not your hands on the steering wheel and * The windscreen wiper is not operated in the
designed to correct careless, inattentive or drive your vehicle safely. high (HI) speed operation (the steering assist
absent-minded driving. The Steering Assist * Always drive carefully and attentively function is disabled after the wiper operates
will not always steer the vehicle to keep it when using the Steering Assist. Read and for approximately 10 seconds).
in the lane. It is not designed to prevent understand the Owner’s Manual thor-
loss of control. It is the driver’s responsi- oughly before using the Steering Assist.
bility to stay alert, drive safely, keep the To avoid serious injury or death, do not rely
vehicle in the travelling lane, and be in on the system to prevent accidents or to
control of the vehicle at all times. control the vehicle’s speed in emergency

ProPILOT Assist Steering Assist switches ProPILOT Assist Steering Assist display and indicators
GUID-A43721FD-313F-4F52-9A88-C59AB926D85B
GUID-8DF69ABB-DD4E-4E7A-8676-C9F211DF529F
MNSD1123

the colour of the indicator/warning.
. No indicator: Steering Assist off
. Grey: Steering Assist standby
. Green: Steering Assist active
. Yellow: Steering Assist malfunction
. Red: Hands off detected
MNSD1035 Indicates whether the system detects the lane

marker.
. Grey: Lane markers not detected
Steering wheel mounted controls (left) system ON or OFF, the system remembers the
setting when the engine is restarted. The switch . Green: Lane markers detected
Vehicle Information Display
must be pushed again to change the setting to ON . Yellow: Lane departure is detected
Steering Assist switch
or OFF. 3. Steering Assist status indicator
To turn the Steering Assist ON or OFF, push the
The Steering Assist switch changes the status of Displays the status of the Steering Assist by
the [Steering Assist] selection made in the [Set- the colour of the indicator/warning.
When the Steering Assist switch is used to turn the tings] screen in the Vehicle Information Display.

. Grey: Steering Assist standby applies the brakes for a short period of time to application to request the driver to take control of
. Green: Steering Assist active help assist the driver to avoid departing the lane the vehicle again.
and to return the vehicle to the centre of the If the driver still does not respond, the ProPILOT
4. Lane marker indicator/speed control status
travelling lane. This action is in addition to any Assist turns on the hazard flasher and slows the
indicator/set distance indicator
Steering Assist actions. For additional information, vehicle to a complete stop.
Displays the status of the Steering Assist by refer to “ProPILOT Assist Intelligent Lane Interven-
the colour of the lane marker indicator. tion system” (P.391). The driver can cancel the deceleration at any time
. Lane marker indicator (no lane): Steering by steering, braking, accelerating, or operating the
Hands on detection ProPILOT Assist switch.
Assist turned off GUID-51A4A0CD-9A9A-450F-9351-11D5C9D3C9B0
. Lane marker indicator (green): Steering WARNING
Assist active Steering Assist is not a system for hands-free
. Lane marker indicator (grey): Steering Assist driving. Always keep your hands on the steer-
standby ing wheel and drive your vehicle safely. Failure
When the Steering Assist is in operation, the to do so could cause a collision resulting in
Steering Assist status indicator and , and the serious personal injury or death.
lane marker indicator and on the Vehicle
Information Display turn green. A chime sounds NOTE:
when the Steering Assist initially activates. The sensors may not detect the driver’s hand(s)
When the Steering Assist enters standby mode, the MNSD1052 on the steering wheel in the following situations
Steering Assist status indicator and , and the and a sequence of warnings may occur:
lane marker indicator and on the Vehicle * Driving with gloves.
Information Display turn grey. If Steering Assist has When the Steering Assist is activated, it monitors * Protective covers on the steering wheel.
been deactivated automatically as the conditions the driver’s steering wheel operation. * Gripping the part of the steering wheel
for activation are no longer met, a double chime without sensors, including leather joints
If the driver takes his/her hands off the steering
will sound. and spokes.
wheel for a period of time, the warning appears
in the Vehicle Information Display and the warning
ProPILOT AssistGUID-C66C1B5D-8406-43A0-82FA-F5E16FF63BEE
Intelligent Lane Intervention (ILI) Steering Assist Activation/Deactivation
light illuminates. GUID-105B47AB-4218-4269-B35A-3A84859A9B7C
When a curve or strong cross wind exceeds the Use the following methods to enable or disable the
If the driver does not operate the steering wheel
capabilities of the Steering Assist and your vehicle Steering Assist.
after the warning has been displayed, an audible
approaches either the left or the right side of the
alert sounds and the warning flashes in the Vehicle ProPILOT Assist switch on steering wheel:
travelling lane, the steering wheel vibrates, a
Information Display. If the driver still does not Press the ProPILOT Assist switch. This will turn ICC
warning chime sounds and the ILI indicator light
operate the steering wheel, the system applies on. Note that Steering Assist may already be
(yellow) on the instrument panel flashes to alert
Emergency Assist, followed by a momentary brake switched on, depending on the settings in the
the driver. Then, the ILI system automatically

[Settings] menu. These settings are retained if the 3. Select [Steering Assist] and push the scroll dial — When driving on roads where there are
engine is restarted. to turn the Steering Assist on or off. sharply contrasting objects, such as
Then press <SET–> on the right-hand steering shadows, snow, water, wheel ruts,
NOTE:
wheel switch to set cruise control speed. When the seams, or lines remaining after road
* When the Steering Assist screen is displayed
system detects clear lane markings the Steering repairs (the Steering Assist could de-
on the Vehicle Information Display, press the
Assist icons will turn green and the Steering Assist tect these items as lane markers)
<OK> button on the steering wheel to show
system will become active. For Turkey, a chime will the [Driver Assistance] setting menu. — When driving on roads where the
sound when Steering Assist restarts. travelling lane merges or separates
* When enabling/disabling the system
The Steering Assist icon will remain grey if the through the Vehicle Information Display or — Where the lanes are too narrow or too
vehicle is driven at speeds under 60 km/h (37 MPH) when pressing the Steering Assist switch, wide
and no vehicle ahead is detected. the system retains the current settings even * Do not use the Steering Assist under the
Steering Assist switch: if the engine is restarted. following conditions because the system
To turn the Steering Assist ON or OFF, push the may not properly detect lane markers.
Steering Assist limitations
GUID-F4D21A53-15D9-4DED-9A97-73C271739043 Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle
WARNING control and result in an accident.
NOTE:
* In the following situations, the camera — During bad weather (rain, fog, snow,
* When the Steering Assist switch is used to
may not detect lane markers correctly or dust, etc.)
turn the system ON or OFF, the system
remembers the setting when the engine is may detect lane markers incorrectly and — When rain, snow, sand, etc., is thrown
restarted. The switch must be pushed again the Steering Assist may not operate prop- up by the wheels of other vehicles
to change the setting to ON or OFF. erly: — When dirt, oil, ice, snow, water, or
* The Steering Assist switch changes the — When driving on roads where there are another object adheres to the camera
status of the [Steering Assist] selection multiple parallel lane markers, lane unit
made in the [Settings] screen in the Vehicle markers that are faded or not painted — When the glass in front of the camera
Information Display. clearly, nonstandard lane markers, or is foggy
lane markers covered with water, dirt,
Setting in the Vehicle Information Display: — When strong light (for example, sun-
snow, etc.
1. Push the button on the steering light or high beams from oncoming
— When driving on roads with discontin- vehicles) shines on the camera
ued lane markers
information display and then push the scroll — When the headlights are not bright
dial. — When driving on roads with a widening due to dirt on the lens or the head-
or narrowing lane width lights are off in tunnels or darkness
Then push the scroll dial. — When driving on roads where there are — When a sudden change in brightness
multiple lanes or unclear lane markers occurs (for example, when the vehicle
due to road construction

enters or exits a tunnel or is under a — When towing a trailer or other vehicle * When the current travelling lane is too narrow
bridge) * Excessive noise will interfere with the to operate.
— When driving on roads where the warning chime sound, and the beep may * When a corner is too tight and the vehicle
travelling lane merges or separates not be heard. cannot stay in the travelling lane.
or where there are temporary lane * For the ProPILOT Assist system to operate * When lane markers on both sides are no
markers because of road construction properly, the windscreen in front of the longer detected.
— When there is a lane closure due to camera must be clean. Replace worn wiper * When a vehicle ahead is no longer detected
road repairs blades. The correct size wiper blades must under approximately 60 km/h (37 MPH).
— When driving on a bumpy road sur- be used to help make sure the windscreen * When strong light enters the camera unit. (For
face, such as an uneven dirt road is kept clean. Only use Genuine NISSAN example, the light directly shines on the front
wiper blades, or equivalent wiper blades, of the vehicle at sunrise or sunset.)
— When driving on sharp curves or wind- that are specifically designed for use on * When the temperature of the camera is too
ing roads your vehicle model and model year. It is high.
— When driving on repeated uphill and recommended that you visit a NISSAN
downhill roads dealer or qualified workshop for the cor- NOTE:
* Do not use the Steering Assist under the rect parts for your vehicle. For vehicles fitted with ProPILOT Assist with Navi
following conditions because the system Link on a limited access motorway as identified
will not operate properly: Steering Assist temporary standby in the navigation map data, the Steering Assist
GUID-1CE4CCCF-52A1-4669-B075-69E64CAC3540 may continue to operate with visible lane
— When driving with a tyre that is not Automatic standby due to driving operation: markers on both sides even when the vehicle
within normal tyre conditions (for ex-
When the driver activates the turn signal, the speed is below approximately 60 km/h (37 MPH)
ample, tyre wear, abnormal tyre pres-
Steering Assist is temporarily placed in a standby and a vehicle is not detected ahead.
sure, installation of a spare tyre, tyre
mode. (The Steering Assist restarts automatically
chains, nonstandard wheels)
when the operating conditions are met again. For
Steering Assist cancel
GUID-F9F75AB1-C356-4DEA-8B72-3FB4FA1676B3
— When the vehicle is equipped with Turkey, a chime will sound when Steering Assist Under the following conditions, the Steering Assist
non-original brake or suspension restarts.) cancels a warning message is displayed, a double-
parts chime sounds, and the Steering Assist indicators
Automatic standby:
— When an object such as a sticker or turn off:
In the following cases, a double chime sounds, and
cargo obstructs the camera * When unusual lane markers appear in the
the Steering Assist is placed in a temporary
— When excessively heavy baggage is travelling lane or when the lane marker cannot
standby mode. (The Steering Assist restarts auto-
loaded in the rear seat or luggage be correctly detected for some time due to
matically when the operating conditions are met
area of your vehicle certain conditions (for example, a snow rut, the
again. For Turkey, a chime will sound when
reflection of light on a rainy day, the presence
— When the vehicle load capacity is Steering Assist restarts.)
of several unclear lane markers).
exceeded

* When the windscreen wiper operates in the button on the instrument panel or the [Settings] PROPILOT ASSIST CONVENTIONAL
high (HI) speed operation (the Steering Assist is menu and set the Intelligent Cruise Control system
disabled when the wiper operates for more again. If the warning (yellow) continues to illumi-
(fixed speed) CRUISE CONTROL MODE
GUID-DBF8B02A-8E2B-44F8-8E8D-06DF333D184C
than approximately 10 seconds). nate, the Steering Assist may be malfunctioning. NOTE:
Action to take: Although the vehicle is still drivable under normal
ProPILOT Assist provides no approach warnings,
conditions, have the system checked by a NISSAN
When the conditions listed above are no longer automatic braking, or steering assist in the
present, turn the Steering Assist system on again conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode.
using the Steering Assist button on the instrument Steering Assist maintenance This mode allows driving at a speed above
panel. GUID-5E2134C7-B68F-49DD-88D4-21797F1BCA21
The camera sensor is located above the inside approximately 30 km/h (20 MPH) without keeping
your foot on the accelerator pedal.
Steering Assist malfunction
GUID-BC738A82-29C4-4EAB-B1E1-24597F382986
mirror.
To keep the proper operation of the system and WARNING
prevent a system malfunction, be sure to observe * In the conventional (fixed speed) cruise
the following: control mode, a warning chime does not
* Always keep the windscreen clean. sound to warn you if you are too close to
* Do not attach a sticker (including transparent the vehicle ahead, as neither the presence
material) or install an accessory near the of the vehicle ahead nor the vehicle-to-
camera unit. vehicle distance is detected.
* Do not place reflective materials, such as white * Pay special attention to the distance be-
paper or a mirror, on the instrument panel. tween your vehicle and the vehicle ahead
The reflection of sunlight may adversely affect of you or a collision could occur.
MNIC4053 the camera unit’s capability of detecting the * Always confirm the setting in the ICC
lane markers. system display.
When the system malfunctions, it turns off auto- * Do not use the conventional (fixed speed)
camera unit. Do not touch the camera lens or
matically. The Steering Assist status warning cruise control mode when driving under
illuminates (yellow) and a warning message is the following conditions:
displayed in the vehicle information display. A If the camera unit is damaged due to an accident,
— When it is not possible to keep the
chime may sound depending on the situation. it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer
vehicle at a set speed
Action to take: — In heavy traffic or in traffic that varies
Stop the vehicle in a safe location, place the vehicle in speed
in the P (Park) position, turn the engine off, restart — On winding or hilly roads
the engine, resume driving, ensure that the Steer-
— On slippery roads (rain, snow, ice, etc.)
ing Assist is switched on using the Steering Assist

— In very windy areas . Grey: cruise control standby
ProPILOT Assist Conventional (fixed speed) CRUISE
. Green: cruise control active
* Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle CONTROL MODEGUID-F0CA3399-5073-44CC-8571-37163A101CA5
DISPLAY AND INDICATORS
control and result in an accident.
Operating ProPILOT Assist conventional
ProPILOT Assist Conventional (fixed (fixed speed)GUID-3FB1FEEA-B2BF-49ED-A244-551EE657E54B
CRUISE CONTROL MODE
To turn on the conventional (fixed speed) cruise
speed) CRUISE CONTROL SWITCHES
GUID-67BFDA7B-735B-428D-BAA2-2244B4CA572E control mode, push and hold the blue ProPILOT
Assist switch for longer than about 1.5 seconds.
When pushing the blue ProPILOT Assist switch on,
the ICC system display and indicators are dis-
played in the Vehicle Information Display. After you
hold ProPILOT Assist switch on for longer than
MNSD1075 about 1.5 seconds, the ProPILOT Assist system
display turns off. The cruise indicator appears. You
can now set your desired cruising speed. Pushing
The display is located in the vehicle information the ProPILOT Assist switch again will turn the
display. system completely off. When the ignition is
MNSD1074
switched OFF, the system is also automatically
1. Cruise indicator:
turned off.
<CANCEL> switch To use the ICC system again, quickly push and
Conventional (fixed speed) cruise control
release the ProPILOT Assist switch (vehicle-to-
<RES+> (Resume) switch mode of the ICC system depending on a
vehicle distance control mode) or push and hold
<SET–> (Set) switch colour.
it (conventional cruise control mode) again to turn
. Cruise control ON indicator (grey): Indicates
Speed limiter main “ON/OFF” switch (where it on.
fitted) that the ICC switch is on.
. Cruise control SET indicator (green): Indi- CAUTION
ProPILOT Assist switch.
cates that the cruising speed is set. To avoid accidentally engaging cruise control,
. Cruise control warning (yellow): Indicates make sure to turn the ProPILOT Assist switch
off when not using the cruise control system.
that there is a malfunction in the Conven-
tional (fixed speed) cruise control mode of
the ICC system.
the desired speed, push the <SET-> switch and
2. Set vehicle speed indicator: release it. (The colour of the cruise indicator
This indicator indicates the set vehicle speed. changes to green and set vehicle speed indicator

comes on.) Take your foot off the accelerator * Lightly tap the brake pedal. When the vehicle under normal conditions, have the vehicle
pedal. Your vehicle will maintain the set speed. attains the desired speed, push the <SET-> checked by a NISSAN dealer or qualified work-
* To pass another vehicle, depress the accel- switch and release it. shop.
erator pedal. When you release the pedal, the * Push and hold the <SET-> switch. Release the
vehicle will return to the previously set speed. switch when the vehicle slows down to the PROPILOT ASSIST SPEED LIMITER
* The vehicle may not maintain the set speed desired speed. (where fitted)
GUID-49F28CE7-41EF-408D-B84C-E8A272078B7D
when going up or down steep hills. If this * Push, then quickly release the <SET-> switch. The speed limiter allows you to set the desired
happens, manually maintain vehicle speed. Each time you do this, the set speed will vehicle speed limit. While the speed limiter is
To cancel the preset speed, use any of the decrease by about 1 km/h (1 MPH). activated, you can perform normal braking and
following methods: To resume the preset speed after ICC cancel, push acceleration, but the vehicle will not exceed the set
and release the <RES+> switch. The vehicle will speed.
* Push the <CANCEL> switch. The vehicle set
resume the last set cruising speed when the When the vehicle reaches the set speed limit or if
speed indicator and the cruise indicator will
vehicle speed is over 30 km/h (20 MPH). the set speed limit is lower than the actual vehicle
turn grey.
* Tap the brake pedal. The vehicle set speed speed, the accelerator pedal will not work until the
GUID-B436EB37-E803-417C-BE93-2135A84E6BF5 vehicle speed drops below the set speed limit.
indicator and the cruise indicator will turn
A chime sounds and the control is automatically
grey. When the actual vehicle speed exceeds the set
cancelled under the following conditions:
* You can also Turn ProPILOT Assist off com- speed, an audible warning will be heard a short
pletely. Turn the blue ProPILOT Assist switch * When the parking brake is applied. time after the set speed is exceeded and driver
off. Both the cruise indicator and vehicle set * When ESP (including the traction control intervention is not detected.
speed indicator will turn off. system) operates. When the speed limiter is on the cruise control
To reset at a faster cruising speed, use one of the * When a wheel slips. system cannot be operated.
following three methods: * When the ESP system is off.
WARNING
* Depress the accelerator pedal. When the When the system is not operating properly, the
chime sounds and the colour of the cruise * The speed limiter will not automatically
vehicle attains the desired speed, push and
indicator will change to yellow. brake the vehicle to the set speed limit.
release the <SET-> switch.
* Push and hold the <RES+> switch. When the Action to take: * Always observe posted speed limits. Do
vehicle attains the desired speed, release the not set the speed above them.
If the colour of the cruise indicator changes to
switch. yellow, park the vehicle in a safe place. Turn the * Always confirm the setting status of the
* Push, then quickly release the <RES+> switch. engine off, restart the engine, resume driving and speed limiter in the Vehicle Information
Each time you do this, the set speed will then perform the setting again. Display.
increase by about 1 km/h (1 MPH). * When the speed limiter is set, avoid hard
If it is not possible to set or the indicator stays
To reset at a slower cruising speed, use one of the on, it may indicate that the system is malfunc- acceleration to reach the set limit to
following three methods: tioning. Although the vehicle is still driveable

ensure that the system can limit the speed Speed limiter main “ON/OFF” switch (where Turning the speed limiter on:
of the vehicle correctly. fitted) The speed limiter can be switched on after engine
* When additional floor mats are used, be ProPILOT Assist switch start or when driving.
sure that they are correctly secured and Push the speed limiter main “ON/OFF” switch .
that they cannot interfere with the accel-
The speed limiter symbol and the set speed
erator pedal. Mats not adapted to the
value will illuminate in the Vehicle Information
vehicle may prevent proper operation of
Display.
the speed limiter.
NOTE:
The speed limiter operation switches are located
Turning the Speed limiter system on will turn on
on the steering wheel (right hand side).
the Intelligent Lane Intervention (ILI) and Intelli-
The speed limiter operating condition is shown on gent Blind Spot Intervention systems at the
the top of Vehicle Information Display. For details, same time, providing those systems are enabled
see “Vehicle information display” (P.82). MNSD1100 in the [Driver Assistance] menu in the vehicle
information display. For additional information,
ProPILOT Assist Speed limiter operations Before setting speed
GUID-D93A66C3-2AEC-499E-9DC1-534BB28756A8 see “ProPILOT Assist Intelligent Lane Interven-
tion system” (P.391) and “Blind Spot Warning
(BSW) system/Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention
system (where fitted)” (P.262).
Setting speed limit:
Push the <SET–> switch.
The speed limit will be set at the current speed.
When driving less than 30 km/h (20 MPH), the
speed limiter will be set to the minimum possible
set speed of 30 km/h (20 MPH).
MNAA2071 MNSD1101 When the speed limit is set, the speed limiter
symbol and the set speed value will turn
After setting speed
green.
<CANCEL> switch
Speed limiter symbol Changing a speed limit:
<RES+> (Resume) switch
Set speed value Use either of the following operations to change
<SET–> (Set) switch an active speed limit:

* Push and release the <RES+> (Resume) switch resistance point. The speed limiter will be sus- * When the vehicle is stopped and the ignition is
or <SET–> switch. Each time you do this, the pended to allow driving above the set speed. The switched OFF.
set speed will increase or decrease by 1 km/h (1 set speed value will flash and an audible Turning off the speed limiter will erase the set
MPH). warning will sound. The speed limiter will auto- speed limit memory.
* Push and hold the <RES+> (Resume) switch or matically resume when the vehicle speed drops
Speed limiter malfunction:
<SET–> switch. The set speed will increase or below the set speed limit.
decrease to the next multiple of 5 km/h (5 If the speed limiter malfunctions, the speed limiter
Resuming a previous set speed: symbol in the Vehicle Information Display will
MPH) and then in steps of 5 km/h (5 MPH).
If a set speed limit has been cancelled, the set flash.
The new set speed limit value will be displayed in speed will be stored in the speed limiter memory.
the Vehicle Information Display. Turn the speed limiter off by pushing the speed
This speed limit can be reactivated by pressing the limiter main “ON/OFF” switch and have the
When the actual vehicle speed exceeds the set <RES+> (Resume) switch . system checked by a NISSAN dealer or qualified
If the current vehicle speed is higher than the workshop.
intervention is not detected. previous set speed, the accelerator pedal will not
work and the set speed value will flash until the PROPILOT ASSIST LANE DEPARTURE
Cancelling a speed limit: vehicle speed drops below the set speed limit. WARNING (LDW) SYSTEM
GUID-05DFDCB0-4577-44C1-86AD-473C92404C7C
To cancel a set speed limit, push the <CANCEL> When the actual vehicle speed exceeds the set
switch . The speed limiter symbol and the set speed, an audible warning will be heard a short
speed value in the Vehicle Information Display time after the set speed is exceeded and driver
will turn grey. intervention is not detected.
It is also possible to override the speed limiter by
Turning the speed limiter off:
fully depressing the accelerator pedal beyond the
resistance point. The speed limiter system will be turned off when
one of the following operations is performed:
WARNING * Push the speed limiter main “ON/OFF” switch.
* The vehicle may accelerate when the The speed limiter symbol and the set speed
speed limiter cancels. value in the Vehicle Information Display will MNIC4018
* When additional floor mats are used, be be turned off.
sure that they are correctly secured and * Push the blue ProPILOT Assist “ON/OFF”
that they cannot interfere with the accel- switch. The speed limiter information in the The LDW system will operate when the vehicle is
erator pedal. Mats not adapted to the vehicle information will be replaced with the driven at the following speeds and above, and only
vehicle may prevent proper operation of ProPILOT Assist display. For details see “ProPI- when the lane markings are clearly visible on the
the speed limiter. LOT Assist (where fitted)” (P.358). road:

* For Europe: ProPILOT Assist LDW system operation
approximately 60 km/h (37 MPH) GUID-F31C84CC-4CD8-40B8-A155-CD94A512349D

The LDW system monitors the lane markers on the
The LDW system warns the driver with a LDW
indicator on the Vehicle Information Display, steer-
ing wheel vibration and a chime that the vehicle is
beginning to leave the driving lane.
WARNING
The LDW system is only a warning device to
help inform the driver of a potential unin-
tended lane departure. It will not steer the
vehicle or prevent loss of control. It is the
driver’s responsibility to stay alert, drive safely,
keep the vehicle in the travelling lane, and be in
control of the vehicle at all times. Failure to
limitations could result in serious injury or
death.
MWAF0411X
Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left side) approximately 60 km/h (37 MPH)

Assist is active) and the LDW indicator on the
vehicle information display will blink to alert the
driver.
MWAF0412X
Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left side) 1. Push the button until [Settings]

Vehicle information display appears in the vehicle information display
Turning the LDW system on or off: dial to select [Driver Assistance]. Then push the
To turn the LDW system on and off use the scroll dial.
For details. see “Vehicle information display” (P.82).
3. Select [Warning] and push the scroll dial.

NOTE: — When driving on roads where the lane — When the vehicle’s travelling direction
* If you turn the LDW system off using the width is too narrow. does not align with the lane marker.
[Settings] menu, the system will remain — When driving without normal tyre — When travelling close to the vehicle in
turned off the next time you start the conditions (for example, tyre wear, front of you, which obstructs the lane
vehicle’s engine. low tyre pressure, installation of spare camera unit detection range.
WARNING tyre, tyre chains, non-standard — When rain, snow, dirt or object adheres
wheels). to the windscreen in front of the lane
Lane Departure Warning system. Failure to — When the vehicle is equipped with camera unit.
operate the vehicle in accordance with these non-original brake parts or suspen- — When the headlights are not bright
system limitations could result in serious injury sion parts. due to dirt on the lens or if the aiming
or death. — When you are towing a trailer or other is not adjusted properly.
vehicle. — When strong light enters the lane
below approximately 60 km/h (37 MPH) * The system may not function properly camera unit. (For example, the light
(for Europe) or 70 km/h (45 MPH) (except under the following conditions: directly shines on the front of the
for Europe), or if it cannot detect lane — On roads where there are multiple vehicle at sunrise or sunset.)
markers. parallel lane markers; lane markers — When a sudden change in brightness
* Excessive noise will interfere with the that are faded or not painted clearly; occurs. (For example, when the vehicle
warning chime sound, and the chime may yellow painted lane markers; non- enters or exits a tunnel or under a
not be heard. standard lane markers; or lane mar- bridge.)
kers covered with water, dirt, snow,
* Do not use the LDW system under the
etc. LDW temporary disabled status
following conditions as it may not function
GUID-0CBDA129-33F3-48A5-AC76-84E69034B1D3
properly: — On roads where discontinued lane If the vehicle is parked in direct sunlight under high
markers are still detectable. temperature conditions (over approximately 40°C
etc.). — On roads where there are sharp (104°F)) and then started, the LDW system may be
curves. deactivated automatically and the [Unavailable
as on ice or snow. — On roads where there are sharply Camera Temperature High] message will appear
contrasting objects, such as shadows, in the Vehicle Information Display.
— When driving on winding or uneven
snow, water, wheel ruts, seams or lines The LDW system is not designed to warn under the
roads.
remaining after road repairs. (The LDW following conditions:
— When there is a lane closure due to system could detect these items as
road repairs. * When you operate the lane change signal and
lane markers.) change travelling lanes in the direction of the
— When driving in a makeshift or tem- — On roads where the travelling lane signal. (The LDW system will become opera-
porary lane. merges or separates.

tional again approximately two seconds after * Do not place reflective materials, such as white keep the vehicle in the travelling lane, and
the lane change signal is turned off.) paper or a mirror, on the instrument panel. be in control of the vehicle at all times.
* When the vehicle speed lowers to less than The reflection of sunlight may adversely affect * The ILI system is primarily intended for use
approximately 60 km/h (37 MPH) (for Europe) the camera unit’s detection capability. on well-developed motorways or high-
or 70 km/h (45 MPH) (except for Europe). * Do not strike or damage the areas around the ways. It may not detect the lane markers
* When rain, snow, dirt or object adheres to the camera unit. Do not touch the camera lens or in certain road, weather, or driving condi-
windscreen in front of the lane camera unit. remove the screw located on the camera unit. tions.
After the above conditions have finished and the If the camera unit is damaged due to an
necessary operating conditions are satisfied, the accident, contact a NISSAN dealer or qualified The ILI system must be turned on with the
LDW system will resume. workshop. ProPILOT Assist switch every time the ignition is
switched ON.
LDW malfunction PROPILOT ASSIST INTELLIGENT LANE
GUID-E8CCF066-0176-40F7-876E-715B5F939C2D The ILI system will operate when the vehicle is
If the LDW system malfunctions, it will cancel INTERVENTION SYSTEM
GUID-6AFB593C-25A0-4132-BBB1-B52BBDCBD30A driven at the following speeds and above, and only
automatically and the [System Fault] message will when the lane markings are clearly visible on the
appear in the Vehicle Information Display. If the road:
[System Fault] message appears in the Vehicle * For Europe:
Information Display pull off the road in a safe
location, turn off and restart the engine. If the
[System Fault] message continues to appear in the
Vehicle Information Display, have the LDW system approximately 70 km/h (45 MPH)
checked by a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop. The ILI system warns the driver when the vehicle
has left the centre of the travelling lane with a ILI
Multi-sensingGUID-A4E5567E-5730-4C17-B832-884B7AADE501
camera unit maintenance indicator on the Vehicle Information Display, a
The lane camera unit for the LDW system is MNIC4018
chime (only when Steering Assist is active) and
located above the interior rear view mirror. To steering wheel vibration. The system helps assist
maintain the proper operation of the LDW system the driver to avoid departing the lane and to return
and prevent a system malfunction, be sure to the vehicle to the centre of the travelling lane by
WARNING
observe the following: applying the brakes to the left or right wheels
Failure to follow the warnings and instructions individually (for a short period of time).
* Always keep the windscreen clean. for proper use of the Intelligent Lane Interven-
The ILI system monitors the lane markers on the
* Do not attach a sticker (including transparent tion (ILI) system could result in serious injury or
material) or install an accessory near the death.
above the inside mirror
camera unit.
* The ILI system will not steer the vehicle or
prevent loss of control. It is the driver’s
responsibility to stay alert, drive safely,

ProPILOT Assist Intelligent Lane Intervention System Operation * Except for Europe:
GUID-BC290952-2D7D-4BFF-9823-18BDC401D9E7 approximately 70 km/h (45 MPH)
Assist is active) and the ILI indicator (yellow) on the
Vehicle Information Display will blink to alert the
driver. Then, the ILI system will automatically apply
the brakes for a short period of time to help assist
the driver to return the vehicle to the centre of the
travelling lane.
The ILI system turns on when the ProPILOT Assist
or Speed limiter (where fitted) switch on the
steering wheel is pushed when the ILI setting is
enabled in the [Driver Assistance] menu in the
vehicle information display. The ProPILOT Assist
indicator illuminates on the vehicle information
display.
MWAF0518X
ProPILOT Assist indicator ProPILOT Assist switch

ILI indicator (on the Vehicle Information Dis- The Intelligent Lane Intervention (ILI) system oper-
play). Appears only when system activates ates at speeds above:
(blinks yellow).
* For Europe:
Vehicle Information Display approximately 60 km/h (37 MPH)

ProPILOT Assist Intelligent Lane Intervention Activation/Deactivation To enable or disable the ILI system:
GUID-722DF0ED-5BD0-4045-B7E3-72A6F2DB31B4
scroll dial.
4. Push the ProPILOT Assist switch to turn the
system on or off.
NOTE:
* Turning on ProPILOT Assist will turn on the
ILI system at the same time. If the ILI system
is disabled in the [Settings] menu, the ILI will
automatically be turned on when ProPILOT
Assist is active.
* When the ILI system is enabled in the
[Settings] menu, the ILI system can be
turned on or off by pushing the speed limiter
MAIN switch (where fitted).
* When the engine is restarted, the system will
retain current settings in the vehicle infor-
mation display.
MWAF0519X Limitations GUID-BBA14346-3D72-4068-91FD-50498035B33E
WARNING
Steering-wheel-mounted control (left side) enabled in the [Driver Assistance] menu in the Listed below are the system limitations for the
Vehicle information display vehicle information display. To deactivate the ILI Intelligent Lane Intervention system. Failure to
system, push the same switch again or disable the operate the vehicle in accordance with these
ProPILOT Assist switch
ILI setting in the [Driver Assistance] menu. The ILI system limitations could result in serious injury
The ILI system is activated when pushing the system will be automatically deactivated when the or death.
ProPILOT Assist or the Speed Limiter (where fitted) ignition is switched OFF.
switch on the steering wheel when the ILI setting is * The ILI system may activate if you change

lanes without first activating your turn — When driving in a makeshift or tem- — When travelling close to the vehicle in
signal or, for example, if a construction porary lane. front of you, which obstructs the lane
zone directs traffic to cross an existing — When driving on roads where the lane camera unit detection range.
lane marker. If this occurs you may need to width is too narrow. — When rain, snow, dirt or object adheres
apply corrective steering to complete your to the windscreen in front of the lane
lane change. — When driving without normal tyre
conditions (for example, tyre wear, camera unit.
* Because the ILI may not activate under the low tyre pressure, installation of spare — When the headlights are not bright
road, weather and lane marker conditions tyre, tyre chains, non-standard due to dirt on the lens or if the aiming
described in this section, it may not acti- wheels). is not adjusted properly.
vate every time your vehicle begins to
leave the travelling lane and you will need — When the vehicle is equipped with — When strong light enters the lane
to apply corrective steering. non-original brake parts or suspen- camera unit. (For example, the light
sion parts. directly shines on the front of the
* When the ILI system is operating, avoid vehicle at sunrise or sunset.)
excessive or sudden steering manoeuvres, — On roads where there are multiple
otherwise you could lose control of the parallel lane markers; lane markers — When a sudden change in brightness
vehicle. that are faded or not painted clearly; occurs. (For example, when the vehicle
yellow painted lane markers; non- enters or exits a tunnel or under a
* The ILI system will not operate if it cannot standard lane markers; or lane mar- bridge.)
detect lane markers, or at speeds below kers covered with water, dirt, snow,
approximately 60 km/h (37 MPH) (for — Excessive noise will interfere with the
etc. warning chime sound, and the chime
Europe) or 70 km/h (45 MPH) (except for
Europe). — On roads where discontinued lane may not be heard.
markers are still detectable. — When the vehicle load capacity is
* Do not use the ILI system under the
following conditions as it may not function — On roads where there are sharp exceeded.
properly: curves. — When towing a trailer or another ve-
— During bad weather (rain, fog, snow, — On roads where there are sharply hicle.
etc.). contrasting objects, such as shadows,
snow, water, wheel ruts, seams or lines NOTE:
— When driving on slippery roads, such remaining after road repairs. (The ILI
as on ice or snow. While the ILI system is operating, you may hear a
system could detect these items as
sound of brake operation. This is normal and
— When driving on winding or uneven lane markers.)
indicates that the ILI system is operating prop-
roads. — On roads where the travelling lane erly.
— When there is a lane closure due to merges or separates.
road repairs. — When the vehicle’s travelling direction
does not align with the lane marker.

ILI temporarily unavailable necessary operating conditions are satisfied, the a safe location, turn off and restart the engine. If
GUID-A63344AE-1BC1-4140-9F38-C0CF343986D8
ILI system application of the brakes will resume. the [System Fault] message continues to appear in
Condition A:
Condition C: the Vehicle Information Display, have the ILI
The warning and assist functions of the ILI system system checked by a NISSAN dealer or qualified
are not designed to work under the following If the following messages appear in the Vehicle workshop.
conditions: Information Display, a chime will sound and the ILI
system will be turned off automatically. Multi-sensingGUID-56DF7B5B-435F-4D50-84C1-011D336BFC19
camera unit maintenance
* When you operate the lane change signal and
change the travelling lanes in the direction of * [Unavailable Slippery Road]:
the signal. (The ILI system will be deactivated When the ESP system (except Traction Control
for approximately 2 seconds after the lane System (TCS) function) or ABS operates.
change signal is turned off.) * [Currently not available]:
* When the vehicle speed lowers to less than — When the ESP system is turned OFF.
approximately 60 km/h (37 MPH) (for Europe) — When the [SNOW] mode or the [OFF-ROAD]
or 70 km/h (45 MPH) (except for Europe). mode is selected (4WD models not fitted
After the above conditions have finished and the with ELA)
necessary operating conditions are satisfied, the When the above conditions no longer exist, turn on
warning and assist functions will resume. the ILI system. Push the ProPILOT Assist switch
MNIC4018
Condition B: again to turn the ILI system back on.
The assist function of the ILI system is not Temporary disabled status at high temperature:
designed to work under the following conditions If the vehicle is parked in direct sunlight under high The lane camera unit for the ILI system is
(warning is still functional): temperature conditions (over approximately 40°C located above the interior rear view mirror. To
* When the brake pedal is depressed. (104°F)) and then the ILI system is turned on, the ILI maintain the proper operation of the ILI system
* When the steering wheel is turned as far as system may be deactivated automatically and the and prevent a system malfunction, be sure to
necessary for the vehicle to change lanes. following message will appear on the Vehicle observe the following:
Information Display: [Unavailable Camera Tem- * Always keep the windscreen clean.
* When the vehicle is accelerated during the ILI
perature High] and a chime will sound.
system operation. * Do not attach a sticker (including transparent
* When the Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) ap- material) or install an accessory near the
System malfunction
GUID-77F9705E-C458-4642-AC10-8020F73B1EB6
proach warning occurs. camera unit.
When the ILI system malfunctions, it will cancel
* When the hazard warning flashers are oper- * Do not place reflective materials, such as white
automatically. The ILI indicator (orange) will illumi-
ated. paper or a mirror, on the instrument panel.
nate, a chime will sound and the [System Fault]
* When driving on a curve at high speed. The reflection of sunlight may adversely affect
message will appear in the Vehicle Information
the camera unit’s detection capability of
After the above conditions have finished and the Display. If the [System Fault] message appears in
detecting lane markers.
the Vehicle Information Display pull off the road in

INTELLIGENT FORWARD COLLISION
WARNING (I-FCW) SYSTEM (where fitted)
GUID-FB15307A-64D3-443A-B53E-07CAD46A1CA7
* Do not strike or damage the areas around the WARNING

camera unit. Do not touch the camera lens or
for proper use of the I-FCW system could result
If the camera unit is damaged due to an
in serious injury or death.
workshop. * The I-FCW system helps warn the driver
before a collision but will not avoid a
collision. It is the driver’s responsibility to
stay alert, drive safely and be in control of
the vehicle at all times.
The I-FCW system can help alert the driver when

there is a sudden braking of a second vehicle
travelling in front of the vehicle ahead in the same
lane.
MNIC4037
The I-FCW system uses a radar sensor located

on the front of the vehicle to measure the distance
to a second vehicle ahead in the same lane.

MWAF0432X
Vehicle ahead detection indicator (on the I-FCW SYSTEM OPERATION

vehicle information display) GUID-66CC4C97-A9F5-4852-9266-4A1AF2F3C620
Intelligent Emergency Braking (IEB) system

OFF warning light (on the meter panel)

MJVS0294XZ
The I-FCW system operates at speeds above

approximately 5 km/h (3 MPH).
If there is a potential risk of a forward collision, the
I-FCW system will warn the driver by blinking the
vehicle ahead detection indicator, and sounding
an audible alert.

TURNING THE I-FCW SYSTEM ON/OFF 2. In the [Driver Assistance] menu, highlight the
GUID-DF993EF5-B5EF-455A-8A30-C885408EBAF2 [Emergency Brake] item and push the scroll
dial. This will turn the IEB system and I-FCW
system on or off, if Rear Automatic Braking
(RAB) is NOT fitted
3. (Only if Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) is fitted):
Select [Front] and us the scroll dial to turn the
system on or off.
When the I-FCW system is turned off, the IEB
system OFF warning light (orange) illuminates.
NOTE:
* The I-FCW system will be automatically
turned on when the engine is restarted.
* The I-FCW system is integrated into the IEB
system. There is not a separate selection for
the I-FCW system. When the IEB system is
turned off, the I-FCW system is also turned
off.
I-FCW SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

GUID-FD684F75-0421-475C-B11B-C6EBF720C8B9
MWAF0430X
IEB system OFF warning light (on the meter 1. Push the button until [Settings]
panel) appears in the vehicle information display
Vehicle information display and then push the scroll dial. Use the scroll
dial to select [Driver Assistance]. Then push the MJVS0295XZ
scroll dial.
Perform the following steps to turn the I-FCW Illustration A
system on or off.

* The radar sensor may not detect a vehicle
ahead in the following conditions:
— Snow or heavy rain
— Dirt, ice, snow or other material cover-
ing the radar sensor
— Interference by other radar sources
— Snow or road spray from travelling
vehicles
— Driving in a tunnel
MNSD1086 MNSD1088
— Towing a trailer
Illustration B Illustration D
* (Illustration C) When the distance to the
vehicle ahead is too close, the beam of the
WARNING radar sensor is obstructed.
* (Illustration D) When driving on a steep
I-FCW system. Failure to operate the vehicle in
downhill slope or roads with sharp curves.
accordance with these system limitations
could result in serious injury or death. * The system is designed to automatically
check the sensor’s functionality, within
* The I-FCW system cannot detect all vehi- certain limitations. The system may not
cles under all conditions. detect some forms of obstruction of the
* The radar sensor does not detect the sensor area such as ice, snow, stickers, for
following objects: example. In these cases, the system may
MNSD1087 not be able to warn the driver properly. Be
— Pedestrians, animals or obstacles in
Illustration C sure that you check, clean and clear the
the roadway
sensor area regularly.
— Oncoming vehicles
* Excessive noise will interfere with the
— Crossing vehicles warning chime sound, and the chime may
* (Illustration A) The I-FCW system does not not be heard.
function when a vehicle ahead is a narrow
vehicle, such as a motorcycle.
* (Illustration B) When the vehicle ahead is
being towed.

I-FCW system checked. It is recommended you visit
service.
* When driving on roads with limited road
bridges, deserts, snow fields, driving next to
long walls)
Action to take:
When the above conditions no longer exist, the I-
MNSD679 FCW system will resume automatically.
SYSTEM MALFUNCTION
GUID-3B2C7C20-6F19-4DB9-A6B0-1F1D36306F78
When driving on some roads, such as winding, hilly, Action to take:
If the I-FCW system malfunctions, it will be turned
curved, narrow roads, or roads which are under When the above conditions no longer exist, the I- off automatically, a chime will sound, the IEB
construction, the radar sensor may detect vehicles FCW system will resume automatically. system OFF warning light (orange) will illuminate
in a different lane, or may temporarily not detect a and the [System Fault] warning message will
vehicle travelling ahead. This may cause the I-FCW Condition B GUID-57E02E30-AF34-454B-963A-889C8FD58D31 appear in the vehicle information display.
system to work inappropriately.
Under the following conditions, making it impos- Action to take:
The detection of vehicles may also be affected by sible to detect a vehicle ahead, the I-FCW system is
vehicle operation (steering manoeuvre or travel- If the warning light (orange) illuminates, stop the
automatically turned off.
ling position in the lane, etc.) or vehicle condition. If vehicle in a safe location. Turn the engine off and
The IEB system OFF warning light (orange) will restart the engine. If the warning light continues to
this occurs, the system may warn you by
flash and the [Temporarily Disabled Front Radar illuminate, have the I-FCW system checked. It is
blinking the vehicle ahead detection indicator
Blocked] warning message will appear in the recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer or quali-
and sounding the chime unexpectedly. You will
vehicle information display. fied workshop for this service.
have to manually control the proper distance
away from the vehicle travelling ahead. * When the sensor area of the front of the
vehicle is covered with dirt or is obstructed
GUID-255563C2-57F5-48C8-A3D7-48C786D6AFD5
Action to take:
If the warning light (orange) flashes, stop the
Condition AGUID-B7C0BFA7-BAE2-4191-8DAC-E8B56D8EF48D
vehicle in a safe place, push the P position switch
When the radar sensor picks up interference from to engage the P (Park) position and turn the engine
another radar source, making it impossible to off. Clean the radar cover on the front of the
detect a vehicle ahead, the I-FCW system is vehicle with a soft cloth, and restart the engine. If
automatically turned off. The IEB system OFF the warning light continues to illuminate, have the
warning light (orange) will flash.

INTELLIGENT EMERGENCY BRAK-
ING (IEB) SYSTEM (where fitted)
GUID-80FB8E30-DD4C-4954-BDC3-39815F70C17C
SYSTEM MAINTENANCE WARNING * When you turn right or left and cross the path
GUID-F9FE55FC-B495-4DD3-9727-069D6D79F4BD
of an oncoming vehicle.
for proper use of the IEB system could result in * When you turn right or left, a pedestrian is
serious injury or death. detected in the forward direction and is
expected to enter your vehicle’s path.
* The IEB system is a supplemental aid to
the driver. It is not a replacement for the
driver’s attention to traffic conditions or
responsibility to drive safely. It cannot
prevent accidents due to carelessness or
dangerous driving techniques.
* The IEB system does not function in all
MNIC4037
driving, traffic, weather and road condi-
tions.
The sensor is located at the front of the vehicle. There are three types of IEB available, the type
MNIC4036
To keep the system operating properly, be sure to fitted to your vehicle depends on the vehicle
observe the following: specification:
* Always keep the sensor area clean. * Intelligent Emergency Braking (IEB). The IEB system uses a radar sensor located on
* Do not strike or damage the areas around the * Intelligent Emergency Braking (IEB) with Pe- the front of the vehicle and camera installed
sensor. destrian Detection. behind the windscreen in to measure the distance
* Do not cover or attach stickers or similar * Intelligent Emergency Braking (IEB) with Pe- to the vehicle, pedestrians and cyclists ahead in
objects near the sensor area. This could cause destrian and Cyclist Detection and Junction the same lane (where pedestrian or pedestrian
failure or malfunction. Support. and cyclist detection is fitted).
* Do not attach metallic objects near the sensor Depending on the specification of the IEB system
area (brush guard, etc.) This could cause fitted to your vehicle, IEB can assist the driver
failure or malfunction. when there is a risk of a forward collision with:
* Do not alter, remove or paint the front of the * A vehicle ahead in the travelling lane.
vehicle near the sensor area. Before customis- * A pedestrian ahead in the travelling lane
ing or restoring the sensor area, it is recom- (where Pedestrian Detection is fitted).
mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer or
* A cyclist ahead in the travelling lane (where
qualified workshop.
Cyclist Detection is fitted).
Junction assist (where fitted) can assist the driver
when there is a risk of a forward collision

Second High pitched chime
IEB SYSTEM GUID-E61A8A53-9FD0-492E-8A17-BDCCE9A80AF7

OPERATION
If a risk of a forward collision is detected, the IEB
system will first provide a warning to the driver by
flashing the warning (yellow) in the vehicle infor-
mation display and providing an audible alert, and
causing the brake system to pulse (quickly partially
apply). In addition, the IEB system applies partial
braking. If the driver applies the brakes quickly and
forcefully, but the IEB system detects that there is
still the possibility of a forward collision, the system
will automatically increase the braking force.
If the driver does not take action, the IEB system
issues the second visual warning (flashing red and
white) and audible warning, then the system
applies partial braking when the condition to do
so is satisfied. If the risk of a collision becomes
imminent, the IEB system applies harder braking
automatically.
The IEB system will function when your vehicle is
MWAF0429X
driven at speeds above approximately 5 km/h (3
MPH). For the pedestrian and cyclist detection
IEB emergency warning indicator Overview of warnings
GUID-80FB8E30-DD4C-4954-BDC3-39815F70C17C function (where fitted), the IEB system operates at
Vehicle ahead detection indicator (on the Warning Visual Audible speeds between 10 and 80 km/h (6 and 50 MPH).
vehicle information display) Junction assist (where fitted) operates at your
IEB system OFF warning light (on the meter vehicle speeds between 10 - 25 km/h (6 - 16 MPH).
First Chime
panel) When turning left or right, the turn signal must be
Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left side) activated to ensure that oncoming vehicles can be
detected by Junction assist.

Depending on vehicle speed and distance to the
vehicle or pedestrian or cyclist ahead, as well as
driving and roadway conditions, the system may
help the driver avoid a forward collision or may
help mitigate the consequences of a collision,
should one be unavoidable. If the driver is handling
the steering wheel, accelerating or braking, the IEB
system will function later or will not function.
If the IEB system has stopped the vehicle, the
vehicle will remain at a standstill for approximately
MNSD1024 2 seconds before the brakes are released.
Junction assist (where fitted) for oncoming vehicle If the brake pedal is depressed while the brakes are
being applied by the system, you may feel the
pedal effort has changed and may hear a sound
and feel vibration. This is normal and does not
indicate a malfunction. In addition, the braking
force can be increased by increasing the pedal
effort.
The automatic braking will cease under the
following conditions:
* When the steering wheel is turned as far as
necessary to avoid a collision.
MNSD1037 * When there is no longer a vehicle or pedestrian
or cyclist detected ahead.
Junction assist (where fitted) for pedestrian
* When the accelerator pedal is depressed.
NOTE:
* The vehicle’s brake lights come on when
braking is performed by the IEB system.
* When the IEB system detects an obstacle in
the path of the vehicle and displays the IEB
warning, a noise may be heard from the
engine bay as the vehicle primes the brakes
to improve response time.

Turning the Intelligent Emergency Braking (IEB) SYSTEM ON/OFF 2. Use scroll dial to select the [Driver Assistance]
GUID-C785BDE0-1679-4F74-A111-1CE0D736BF62 menu then push the scroll dial.
3. In the [Driver Assistance] menu, highlight the
[Emergency Brake] item and push the scroll
dial. This will turn the IEB system on or off, if
Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) is NOT fitted.
4. (Only if Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) is fitted):
Select [Front] and us the scroll dial to turn the
system on or off.
When the IEB system is turned off, the IEB system
OFF warning light will illuminate.
NOTE:
* Disabling the ESP system causes the Intelli-
gent Emergency Braking system to become
unavailable regardless of settings selected
in the Vehicle Information Display.
* The IEB system will be automatically turned
ON when the engine is restarted.
* The Intelligent Forward Collision Warning (I-
FCW) system is integrated into the IEB
system. There is not a separate selection
for the I-FCW system. When the IEB system is
disabled, the I-FCW system is also turned off.
MWAF0430X
IEB system limitations
GUID-8FA58DF3-152C-4307-908A-DD6396FB098E
WARNING
IEB system OFF warning light (on the meter 1. Push the button on the left side of the Listed below are the system limitations for the
panel) steering wheel until the [Settings] menu ap- IEB system. Failure to operate the vehicle in
Vehicle information display pears in the Vehicle Information Display, then accordance with these system limitations
push the scroll dial. could result in serious injury or death.
For details, see “Vehicle information display” * The IEB system cannot detect all vehicles,
Perform the following steps to turn the IEB system
(P.82).
ON or OFF.

pedestrians or cyclists under all condi- path, the IEB system will not function — Driving on a steep downhill slope or
tions. when the vehicle is driven at speeds roads with sharp curves.
* The IEB system does not detect the follow- over approximately 100 km/h (62 — Driving on a bumpy road surface, such
ing objects: MPH). as an uneven dirt road.
— Small pedestrians (including small * The IEB system with pedestrian and cyclist — If dirt, ice, snow or other material is
children) and animals. detection (where fitted) may not function covering the radar sensor area.
for pedestrians and cyclists in darkness or
— Pedestrians in wheelchairs or using in tunnels, even if there is street lighting in — Interference by other radar sources.
mobile transport such as scooters, the area. — The camera area of the windscreen is
child-operated toys, or skateboards. fogged up, covered with dirt, water
* The IEB system may not function if the
— Pedestrians who are seated or other- vehicle ahead is narrow (e.g. a motorcycle). drops, ice, snow, etc.
wise not in a full upright standing or — Strong light (e.g. sunlight or high
walking position. * The IEB system may not function if the
speed difference between the two vehicles beams from oncoming vehicles) en-
— Crossing vehicles. is too small. ters the front camera. Strong light
— Obstacles on the roadside. causes the area around the pedestrian
* The IEB system may not apply braking or cyclist to be cast in shadow, making
— Parked vehicles. when the vehicle speed is high in the it difficult to see.
* Junction Assist (where fitted) does not operation range.
— A sudden change in brightness occurs.
detect the following: * For pedestrians, the IEB with pedestrian For example, when the vehicle enters
— Oncoming vehicle in front of your detection system (where fitted) will not or exits a tunnel or a shaded area or
vehicle. issue the first warning. lightning flashes.
* The IEB system may not function properly — The poor contrast of a person to the
or detect a vehicle, pedestrian or cyclist background, such as having clothing
ahead in the following conditions: coloured or patterned similar to the
— In dark or dimly lit conditions, such as background.
at night or in tunnels, including cases — The pedestrian’s profile is partially
where your vehicle’s headlights are off obscured or unidentifiable due to the
or dim, or the tail lights of the vehicle pedestrian transporting luggage,
ahead are off. wearing bulky or very loose-fitting
MNSD1038 — When the direction of the camera is clothing or accessories.
misaligned. — When your vehicle’s position or move-
* The IEB system has some performance — Poor visibility (conditions such as rain, ment is changed quickly or signifi-
limitations. snow, fog, dust storms, sand storms, cantly (for example, lane change,
— If a stationary vehicle is in the vehicle’s and road spray from other vehicles).

turning vehicle, abrupt steering, sud- — While towing a trailer or other vehicle.
den acceleration or deceleration). * Junction Assist (where fitted) may not
— When your vehicle or the vehicle, operate properly or detect a oncoming
pedestrian or cyclist ahead moves vehicle or pedestrian in the following con-
quickly or significantly such that the ditions:
system cannot detect and react in — When driving in a traffic lane sepa-
time (for example, pedestrian moving rated by more than 2 lanes from
quickly toward the vehicle at close oncoming vehicles while making a
range, vehicle cutting in, changing right/left turn. MNSD1029
lanes, making a turn, steering
abruptly, sudden acceleration or de- — When not heading directly towards an
— When the lane is wider or narrower
celeration). oncoming vehicle during a right/left
than normal.
turn.
— When the vehicle, pedestrian or cyclist — When the centre line is located close to
is offset from the vehicle’s forward — When crossing an oncoming vehicle
a road marker.
path. lane and an oncoming vehicle ap-
proaches. * The system performance may degrade in
— If the speed difference between the the following conditions:
two vehicles is small. — The vehicle is driven on a slippery
— For approximately 15 seconds after road.
starting the engine. — The vehicle is driven on a slope.
— If the vehicle ahead or oncoming — Excessively heavy luggage is loaded in
vehicle has a unique or unusual shape, the rear seat or the luggage area of
extremely low or high clearance your vehicle.
heights, or unusual cargo loading or
is narrow (for example, a motorcycle). — When the coast stop system is active.
MNSD1028
— When the vehicle, pedestrian or cyclist * The system is designed to automatically
is located near a traffic sign, a reflec- — When turning sharply or on a very wide check the sensor (radar and camera) func-
tive area (for example, water on road), curve. tionality, within certain limitations. The
or is in a shadow. system may not detect some forms of
— When the centre line is not recognised obstruction of the sensor area such as
— When multiple pedestrians or cyclists by the system. ice, snow, stickers, etc. In these cases, the
are grouped together. — When there are a number of oncoming system may not be able to warn the driver
— When the view of the pedestrian or vehicles following each other in a row. properly. Be sure that you check, clean and
cyclist is obscured by a vehicle or clear sensor areas regularly.
other object. * In some road or traffic conditions, the IEB

system may unexpectedly apply partial entrance and exit of the curve, winding driving lane to avoid obstacles at the
braking. When acceleration is necessary, road, lane regulation, under construction, side of the road.
continue to depress the accelerator pedal etc.), the function may operate temporarily — Objects on the road such as trees.
to override the system. for the oncoming vehicle in front of your
vehicle. — Vehicles, pedestrians, cyclists, motor-
* Excessive noise will interfere with the cycles or objects in adjacent lane or
warning chime sound, and the chime may * The Intelligent Emergency Braking with close to the vehicle.
not be heard. pedestrian detection system (where fitted)
may react to: — Oncoming pedestrians, cyclists.
* Braking distances increase on slippery
surfaces. * Junction Assist (where fitted) may react to
the following while making a right/left
* The Intelligent Emergency Braking system turn:
may operate when the following are simi-
lar to the outlines of pedestrians or cy- — When an oncoming vehicle or a cross-
clists, or if they are the same size and ing pedestrian has already exited the
position as a vehicle’s and motorcycle’s tail path of your vehicle.
lights. — If you are closely in front of an oncom-
— Paint, a shadow or a pattern on the ing vehicle or a crossing pedestrian.
road, roadside or wall (including faded MNSD1030 — When an oncoming vehicle or a cross-
and unusual road markings). ing pedestrian stops before entering
— Objects on the roadside (traffic sign, the path of your vehicle.
— A shape formed by road structures
guard rail, pedestrian, cyclist, motor-
ahead (such as tunnels, viaducts, traf- — When an oncoming vehicle turns right
cycle, vehicle, etc.).
fic sign, reflectors installed on the side or left in front of your vehicle.
of vehicles, reflection sheets, and — Objects above the road (low bridge,
* Junction Assist (where fitted) may also
guardrails), road side objects (trees, traffic sign, etc.).
react to the following:
buildings) and light sources. — Objects on the road surface (railroad
— When oncoming vehicle movement
— A shape formed by road side objects, track, grate, steel plate, etc.).
cannot be predicted due to sudden
such as trees, lighting, shadows, or — Objects in a parking garage (beam, left / right turns or deceleration of the
buildings. pillar, etc.). oncoming vehicles.
* The IEB system may keep operating when — Pedestrians or cyclists or motorcycles * Braking distances increase on slippery
the vehicle ahead is turning right or left. approaching the travelling lane. surfaces.
* The IEB system may operate when your — Pedestrians and cyclists when driving * Excessive noise will interfere with the
vehicle is approaching and passing a down narrow alleys, for example. warning chime and the chime may not be
vehicle ahead. — Pedestrians and cyclists who tem- heard.
* Depending on the road shape (curved road, porarily move into or approach the

* The radar sensor can receive interference
from other radar sources, and excessive re-
flection from other vehicles (for example, when
travelling past vehicles in a traffic jam).
* The camera unit detects that it is not correctly
aligned.
Action to take:
None. When the above condition no longer exists,
the IEB system will resume automatically.
MNSD679
NOTE:
If the inside of the windscreen in front of the
When driving on some roads, such as winding, hilly, * The camera area of the windscreen is misted camera is misted or frozen, it will take a period
curved, narrow roads, or roads which are under or frozen. of time to for it to clear after the air conditioner
construction or on a slope, the sensor may detect * The camera area of the windscreen is con- turns on. If dirt appears in this area, it is
vehicles in a different lane, or may temporarily not tinuously covered with dirt, etc. recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer.
detect a vehicle travelling ahead. This may cause Action to take: Condition C:
the system to work inappropriately.
Check that the windscreen is clean and free from In the following condition, the Intelligent Emer-
The detection of vehicles may also be affected by ice/mist in front of the camera. If necessary, gency Braking warning light (yellow) will blink and
vehicle operation (steering manoeuvre or travel- operate the Max Demist function or heated front the [Temporarily Unavailable Front Radar Blocked]
ling position in the lane, etc.) or vehicle condition. If screen to clear. This may take several minutes. warning message will appear in the Vehicle
this occurs, the system may warn you by Information Display.
When the above condition no longer exists, the IEB
blinking the system indicator and sounding the
system will resume automatically. * The sensor area on the front of the vehicle is
chime unexpectedly. You will have to manually
Condition B: covered with dirt or is obstructed.
control the proper distance to the vehicle
travelling ahead. Action to take:
In the following conditions, the Intelligent Emer-
gency Braking warning light will blink, with no If the warning light (yellow) blinks, stop the vehicle
GUID-326C3A32-940D-4CA3-9DED-423D23581753 accompanying message in the vehicle information in a safe place and turn the engine off. Check if the
Condition A: display. sensor area around the NISSAN emblem at the
centre of the front grille is clean, and if necessary,
In the following conditions, the IEB system warning * Strong light is shining onto the front of the
clean this area on the front of the vehicle with a
light blinks and the system will be turned off vehicle.
soft cloth. Restart the engine. If the warning light
automatically. * The cabin temperature is over approximately
continues to blink after driving for a few minutes,
40 °C (104 °F) in direct sunlight.

have the Intelligent Emergency Braking system Action to take: * Do not cover or attach stickers or similar
checked by a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop. If the warning light (yellow) comes on, park the objects near the sensor area. This could cause
Condition D: vehicle in a safe location, turn the engine off and failure or malfunction.
restart the engine. If the warning light continues to * Do not attach metallic objects near the sensor
In the following condition, the Intelligent Emer-
illuminate, have the IEB system checked by a area (brush guard, etc.) This could cause
gency Braking warning light (yellow) will blink and
NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop. failure or malfunction.
the [Temporarily Unavailable Front Radar Blocked]
warning message will appear in the Vehicle * Do not place reflective materials, such as white
Information Display.
SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
GUID-E3320A1F-32F6-42C0-A366-A954DDB74500 paper or a mirror, on the instrument panel.
* When driving on roads with limited road the camera unit’s detection capability.
* Do not alter, remove or paint the front of the
bridges, deserts, snow fields, driving next to
vehicle near the sensor area. Before customis-
long walls).
ing or restoring the sensor area, it is recom-
Action to take: mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer or
When the above conditions no longer exist, the qualified workshop.
Intelligent Emergency Braking system will resume For the radio approval numbers and information,
automatically. see “Radio frequency approval” (P.507).
Condition E:
MNIC4036
When the Electronic Stability Program (ESP) system
is turned OFF, the IEB system braking will not
operate. In this case only the visible and audible
The sensor is located at the front of the vehicle.
warning operates. The IEB system warning light
(yellow) will illuminate. The camera is located on the upper side of the
windscreen.
Action to take:
The sensor for the Intelligent Emergency Braking
When the ESP system is ON, the Intelligent
system is located at the front of the vehicle.
Emergency Braking system will resume automati-
cally. To keep the Intelligent Emergency Braking system
operating properly, be sure to observe the follow-
System malfunction
GUID-7A661290-2C39-4547-B9BA-8F1E85377425
ing:
If the IEB system malfunctions, it will be turned off * Always keep the sensor area clean.
automatically, a chime will sound, the IEB system * Do not strike or damage the areas around the
warning light (yellow) will illuminate and the sensor.
warning message [System Fault] will appear in

INTELLIGENT DRIVER ALERT-
NESS (where fitted)
GUID-340FE5A0-612A-4A5D-AFD5-0D1583FAB00D
WARNING SYSTEM OPERATION

GUID-8F53BCD7-356E-4D47-818C-878541869B9B
for proper use of the Intelligent Driver Alert-
ness system could result in serious injury or
death.
* The Intelligent Driver Alertness system is
only a warning to inform the driver of a
potential lack of driver attention or drow-
siness. It will not steer the vehicle or
prevent loss of control.
* The Intelligent Driver Alertness system
MWAF0641XZ
does not detect and provide an alert of
the driver’s lack of attention or fatigue in
every situation.
If the system detects that driver fatigue increases
* It is the driver’s responsibility to: or that driver attention is decreasing, the message
— stay alert, [Take a break?] appears in the Vehicle Information
— drive safely, Display and a chime sounds when the vehicle is
driven at speeds above 60 km/h (37 MPH).
— keep the vehicle in the travelling lane,
The system continuously monitors driver attention
— be in control of the vehicle at all times, and can provide multiple warnings per trip.
— avoid driving when tired, The system resets and starts reassessing driving
— avoid distractions (texting, etc.). style and steering behaviour when the ignition is
The Intelligent Driver Alertness system helps cycled from the ON to OFF and back to ON.
alert the driver if the system detects a lack of The system will not operate when Steering Assist
attention or driving fatigue. system is activated.
The system monitors driving style and steering

behaviour over a period of time, and it detects
changes from the normal pattern. If the system
detects that driver attention is decreasing over a
period of time, the system uses an audible and
visual warning to suggest that the driver take a
break.

System Activation/Deactivation NOTE:
GUID-757AD90B-165C-42BA-873E-B079AD5FD2C7 * The Intelligent Driver Alertness system will
automatically be turned on when the engine
is restarted.
* As long as Steering Assist (where fitted) is
activated the Intelligent Driver Alertness
system will be deactivated. Turning off
Steering Assist reactivates the Intelligent
Driver Alertness system.
Intelligent Driver Alertness Limitations

GUID-AA53CD9C-8F3C-4225-B259-F5849FCA6C2E
WARNING
Intelligent Driver Alertness system. Failure to
or death.
* The Intelligent Driver Alertness system
may not operate properly and may not
provide an alert in the following condi-
tions:
— Poor road conditions such as an un-
even road surface or pot holes.
— Strong side wind.
MWAF0412X — If you have adopted a sporty driving
style with higher cornering speeds or
Perform the following steps to enable or disable 2. Use the scroll dial to select [Driver Assistance]. higher rates of acceleration.
the Intelligent Driver Alertness system. Then push the scroll dial. — Frequent lane changes or changes to
1. Use the or button on the steering 3. Use the scroll dial to select [Driver Alertness]. vehicle speed.
wheel until [Settings] is shown on the Vehicle Then push the scroll dial. * The Intelligent Driver Alertness system
Information Display and push the scroll dial. may not provide an alert in the following
conditions:

PARKING
GUID-F1AF166C-8419-4E94-B9EF-E3604BCC1179
— Vehicle speeds lower than 60 km/h (37 WARNING significant risk of injury or death to people
MPH). * Do not park the vehicle over flammable and pets.
— Short lapses of attention. materials, such as dry grass, waste paper,
Manual transmission models:
— Instantaneous distractions such as or rags. They may ignite and cause a fire.
Depress the clutch pedal and place the transmis-
dropping an object. * Safe parking procedures require that:
sion in the R (Reverse) position. When parking on
— While Steering Assist is activated. — The parking brake is applied. an uphill gradient, place the transmission in the 1st
— The transmission is placed in an ap- (Low gear) position.
System Malfunction
GUID-46488B22-64C0-4775-963C-EFB519B969AE
propriate gear for manual transmis- Xtronic transmission models:
If the Intelligent Driver Alertness system malfunc- sion models.
Fully depress the brake pedal and press the P
tions, the [Driver Attention Alert System fault] — The transmission is placed in the P position switch to shift to the P (Park) position.
warning message will appear in the Vehicle (Park) position for Xtronic transmis-
Information Display and the function will be sion models.
stopped automatically.
Failure to follow the above recommenda-
Action to take: tions could cause the vehicle to move
Stop the vehicle in a safe location, and then turn unexpectedly or roll away and result in an
off and restart the engine. If the warning message accident.
continues to appear, have the Intelligent Driver * Never leave the engine running while the
Alertness system checked by a NISSAN dealer or vehicle is unattended.
qualified workshop.
* Do not leave children unattended inside
the vehicle. They could unknowingly acti-
vate switches or controls, or move the
vehicle. Unattended children could be-
come involved in serious accidents.
* To help avoid risk of injury or death
through unintended operation of the ve-
hicle and/or its systems, do not leave
children, people who require the assis-
tance of others or pets unattended in your
vehicle. Additionally, the temperature in-
side a closed vehicle on a warm day can
quickly become high enough to cause a

FACING DOWNHILL:
Turn the wheels into the kerb, allow the vehicle to
move forward until the kerb side wheel gently
touches the kerb. Then set the parking brake.
FACING UPHILL:
Turn the wheels away from the kerb and allow the
vehicle to move back until the kerb side wheel
gently touches the kerb. Then set the parking
brake.
NO KERB — FACING DOWNHILL OR UPHILL:
Turn the wheels toward the side of the road so the
vehicle will move away from the centre of the road
if it moves. Then set the parking brake.
Switch the ignition OFF.
Always switch off ignition after parking a vehicle
with Stop/Start System fitted to avoid a possible
flat battery.
NOTE:
The Stop/Start System is designed to prevent
unnecessary fuel consumption, exhaust emis-
sions and noise during a journey. The Stop/Start
System does not automatically turn off ignition
at the end of a journey.
MNSD338 MNSD339
LHD models RHD models
When parked on a sloping driveway, turn the

wheels so the vehicle will not roll into the street
in case it moves.

INTELLIGENT PARKING ASSIST
(IPA) (where fitted)
GUID-81FF103E-8B4A-4B1F-A610-9315EEBB1E69
WARNING The IPA system controls steering, guiding the * Frost on the vehicle.
vehicle when parking: Dirt on the vehicle.
* The Intelligent Parking Assist (IPA) system *
is a guidance system to support the driver * In a bay Do not attach stickers (including transparent
when parking the vehicle. However, it does * Parallel to the road material), install accessories or apply addi-
not automatically adjust speed or avoid tional paint near the sonar sensors. These
obstacles. Just as for normal parking, NOTE:
conditions may reduce the ability of the
always check the surroundings of the The IPA system instructs you to stop, drive system to detect other vehicles.
vehicle and the condition of the road sur- forwards or drive backwards. Follow the instruc-
face in the mirror or directly. Move the tions given by the system. The sonar sensors detect stationary objects
vehicle slowly while the system is operat- behind the vehicle. The sonar sensors may not
The IPA system is not able to support parking
ing and brake if necessary (for example, detect:
when the vehicle speed during the parking man-
when the vehicle is likely to come in oeuvre is more than 7 km/h (4 MPH). * Small or moving objects.
contact with other vehicles, obstacles,
CAUTION * Wedge-shaped objects.
people, etc.).
Do not use the IPA system under the following * Objects close to the bumper.
* During IPA system operation, do not touch
the spoke part of the steering wheel. Your conditions: * Thin objects such as rope, wire, or chain.
hands and fingers might get injured. In * On unpaved roads.
addition, be careful with ties, scarves, etc. NOTE:
that can also get caught, which may lead * On snow-covered or frozen roads.
Under the following conditions, the IPA may not
to injuries. * On uneven roads with slants, bumps,
be able to predict precise courses and function
Never look only at the screen while driving. kerbstones, wheel tracks, etc.
* properly. There may be instances where sur-
The vehicle may come into contact with * At mechanical parking facilities. rounding objects and vehicles are displayed
obstacles or cause unexpected accidents. * When tyre chains or a spare tyre are inside the clearance guidelines (red), or where
* When the guidance of the IPA system is no installed. the vehicle cannot be parked in the correct spot
longer required, select [Cancel] on the following the IPA operation.
* When the vehicle is being towed.
screen to end the function. If the IPA * When the shift lever is operated while driv-
* When the doors (including the back door) ing.
system remains in operation, the steering
are not closed. * When sudden start, sudden stop or sudden
wheel might operate automatically, which
could lead to unexpected accidents. The following conditions may reduce the operation of the shift lever occurs.
ability of the system to detect other vehicles: * When tyre pressure is too low or a tyre is
* Before using the IPA system, make sure
that there is enough space around the * Severe weather. worn out.
vehicle to manoeuvre. * When tyres are installed that are of a
* Road spray.
different size from the tyres that were
* Ice build up on the vehicle. equipped at the time of factory shipment.

* When the vehicle is heavily laden. PARKING PROCEDURE USING THE IPA
DEACTIVATION OF THE IPA SYSTEM SYSTEM GUID-3E965CF0-715C-4B4F-B9C2-62539748B07F
GUID-535578BE-A745-4532-A92D-416EB0B0DA8F
The IPA will deactivate under the following condi-
tions:
* When the steering wheel is operated manually.
* When 5 seconds have passed since the
transmission was placed and kept in the N
(Neutral) position.
* When reversing operations are conducted MNSD1112
more than 15 times for steering corrections.
* When the system judges that conditions (such Camera interruption screen
as worn out or low pressure tyres, road MNSD1111
conditions for example) are not suitable for Automatic cancellation
GUID-12374019-BF68-43F1-868B-A0B16F59645B
correct course predictions. IPA switch (where fitted)
When the transmission is not in the R (Reverse)
* When the vehicle reverses to a position behind position and the vehicle speed increases above
the position where the IPA operation started. approximately 10 km/h (6 MPH), the camera view
* When the vehicle speed exceeds approxi- from the Intelligent Parking Assist system will be
mately 7 km/h (4 MPH). suspended to prohibit the display of video images
* When the driver does not follow the IPA to the driver during driving. This is not a malfunc-
guidance. tion.
When the vehicle speed increases above approxi-
mately 30 km/h (18 MPH), the camera view from
the Intelligent Parking Assist system will be can-
celled and the system returns to the previously
selected source. MNSD1113
NOTE:
When the wipers are operating or when water or Using text guidance, the system provides step-by-
other substances on the camera lens is de- step instructions for parking.
tected, the sign is displayed. When the The IPA buttons are located in the lower centre of
sign is displayed, the detectable parking posi- the screen.
tions are restricted.

Parallel parking 2. Press Parking Mode button , and check Drive the vehicle forward at a steady pace
GUID-6B762D46-48CE-4175-9590-1C8AC9ACB829
the parallel parking mode is displayed. along side the row of parked vehicles. The
The system detects parking slots and shows the
system will search for a parking space. The IPA
status by displayed text messages.
system will inform you when it finds a suitable
parking space. When parking slots cannot be
detected, a target parking rectangle is dis-
played at a default position by pressing the
button. Then you can press [Start].
3. Slowly move the vehicle forward to the correct
position until the IPA system instructs you to
stop and select reverse gear.
WARNING
MNSD1114
If there is any doubt that the surroundings
MNAA1482
in the path of the parking area and/or the
Parallel parking procedure parking area itself are not free from
obstacles immediately stop the vehicle
1. Press the <CAMERA> button to display the and check.
Intelligent Around View Monitor (IAVM) on the
centre display.
NOTE:
Press the IPA button on the screen or the Make sure the vehicle is stopped completely
IPA switch (where fitted) on the lower instru- before shifting to the R (Reverse) position.
ment panel.
MNSD1115
NOTE:
Use the turn signal switch to select the side
of the vehicle the IPA system should use to
find a parking space. The scanning area will
change sides, depending upon the position
MNSD1116
MNSD1113
of the turn signal switch.

4. Follow the instructions given by the system. NOTE: 2. Press the <CAMERA> button, followed by the
Shift to the R (Reverse) position. The system can be cancelled at any time: IPA button on the screen or the IPA
Gently place your hands on the steering wheel * By engaging the P (Park) position. switch (where fitted) on the lower instrument
and slowly reverse towards the parking space. panel.
* By shifting to the N (Neutral) position.
The steering will be operated automatically. * By overriding the steering manoeuvre. Press Parking Mode button , and check
the bay parking mode is displayed.
Carefully and slowly accelerate while checking * By pressing the [Cancel] button on the
the surroundings. centre display.
Do not turn the steering wheel. Parking in a GUID-CE08E58B-53E2-4796-B59A-6F28AD473122
bay
The system indicates when the parking pro- The system detects lines on the ground for parking
cedure has ended. slots by processing images from the camera, and
NOTE: displays a rectangle in the centre of the parking
. Only the steering operates automatically. lines to set a target for parking.
. Follow the instructions given by the sys- When there are no parking lines for parking spots
tem. and parking slots cannot be detected, a target
. Carefully and slowly accelerate while parking rectangle is displayed at a default position
MNSD1117
by pressing the button.
checking the surroundings.
. Use of the steering wheel will cancel the
IPA operation. NOTE:
. If the bird’s-eye view is not displayed on
5. When the vehicle is in the target parking
the front passenger side of the screen,
position, check, then depress the brake pedal
press the <CAMERA> button until the
to stop the vehicle.
bird’s-eye view is displayed.
When the vehicle reaches the approximate . Use the turn signal switch to select the
area of the target parking space, a chime will
side of the vehicle where the parking bay
sound, [Park assist finished] will appear on the
is situated.
centre display and the IPA operation will
automatically terminate. MNAA1481 3. The bay parking mode is displayed. Use the
Make any final adjustments that may be Bay parking procedure
turn signal switch to select the side of the
necessary manually, after confirming the ve- vehicle where the parking bay is situated.
hicle’s surroundings. 1. Stop the vehicle near to the space where you Stop vehicle alongside, and approximately 1 m
wish to park. (3 ft) from the parking place. The system will
search for a parking space. The IPA system will

inform you when it finds a suitable parking . The vehicle is completely stopped by de-
space. When there are no parking lines for pressing the brake pedal.
parking spots and parking slots cannot be . The steering wheel is in the straight-ahead
detected, a target parking rectangle is dis- position.
played at a default position by pressing the . The transmission is in the D (Drive) position.
button. Then you can press [Start].
NOTE:
If the vehicle deviates from the parking
rectangle while following the parking pro-
cedure, stop and adjust the position.
WARNING MNSD1132
If there is any doubt that the surroundings in

the path of the parking area and/or the
6. Shift to the R (Reverse) position.
parking area itself are not free from obstacles
immediately stop the vehicle and check. Gently place hands on the steering wheel and
slowly reverse to the parking space.
MNSD1118 5. Gently place hands on the steering wheel and Steering will be operated automatically.
slowly move the vehicle forward to the correct
position indicated in green in preparation for NOTE:
Adjust the target parking rectangle using the . Only the steering operates automatically.
reversing.
arrow keys on the screen so that the clearance . Follow the instructions given by the sys-
Bring the vehicle to a standstill.
guidelines do not overlap any obstacles tem.
around the vehicle. The steering wheel will turn itself towards the . Carefully and slowly accelerate while
reverse starting position rectangle (green).
CAUTION checking the surroundings.
Depress the brake and stop the vehicle when it . Use of the steering wheel will cancel the
After pressing [Start] the vehicle will park approaches another vehicle or object, or when
within the blue area. Make sure this area is IPA operation.
the vehicle reaches the reverse starting posi-
free of obstacles. tion. 7. When the vehicle is in the target parking
position, check, then depress the brake pedal
4. Press [Start]. to stop the vehicle.
The vehicle starts the parking procedure. The When the vehicle reaches the approximate
IPA operation can be started when the follow- area of the target parking space, a chime will
ing conditions are met: sound, [Park assist finished] will appear on the

centre display and the IPA operation will * Objects on the monitor may not be clear and If the warning message is shown on the display
automatically terminate. the colour of the object may differ in a dark repeatedly or if the IPA cannot be operated after
Make any final adjustments that may be environment. This is not a malfunction. restarting the engine, this may indicate a system
necessary manually, after confirming the ve- * There may be differences in sharpness be- malfunction. It should not hinder normal driving,
hicle’s surroundings. tween each camera view of the bird’s-eye but the vehicle should be inspected by a NISSAN
view. dealer or qualified workshop.
NOTE: * If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on the
The system can be cancelled at any time: camera, the IAVM may not display objects
. By engaging the P (Park) position.
clearly. Clean the camera.
. By shifting to the N (Neutral) position.
* Do not use alcohol, benzine or thinner to clean
. By overriding the steering manoeuvre. the camera. This will cause discoloration. To
. By pressing the [Cancel] button on the clean the camera, wipe with a cloth that has
centre display. been dampened with a diluted mild cleaning
agent and then wipe with a dry cloth.
OPERATING GUID-4B6FF33D-58CF-4E87-BB0F-D8B7F58DFAA7
TIPS * Do not damage the camera because the
* The screen displayed on the IAVM will auto- monitor screen may be adversely affected.
matically return to the previous screen three * Do not use wax on the camera lens. Wipe off
minutes after the <CAMERA> button has been any wax with a clean cloth that has been
pressed while the transmission is in a position dampened with a mild detergent diluted with
other than the R (Reverse) position. water.
* When the view is switched, the display of * A click sound is made when the vehicle comes
images on the screen may be displayed with to the target position in each step. Stop the
some delay. vehicle when the click sounds and follow the
* When the temperature is extremely high or next guidance.
low, the screen may not display objects clearly. * Depending on the situation, multiple parking
This is not a malfunction. manoeuvres may be required.
* When strong light directly shines on the
camera, objects may not be displayed clearly. IPA malfunction
GUID-F521B50E-9323-4DCB-BC70-4BF0D83335E5
This is not a malfunction. A warning message will be displayed and the
* The screen may flicker under fluorescent light. system will terminate operation if a malfunction
This is not a malfunction. is detected in the IPA.
* The colour of objects on the IAVM may differ If the warning message is displayed during the IPA
somewhat from the actual colour of objects. operation, park the vehicle in a safe place and
This is not a malfunction. restart the engine.

FRONT AND REAR ULTRASONIC
PARKING SENSORS (where fitted)
GUID-4CEBE254-B8F9-447E-8061-B6041584A0C9
parking sensor system as contained in this — Thin objects such as rope, wire and
section. The colours of the corner sensor chain, etc.
indicator and the distance guide lines in — Wedge-shaped objects.
the front (where fitted)/rear view indicate
different distances to the object. Inclement CAUTION
weather or ultrasonic sources such as an
automatic car wash, a truck’s compressed- * If your vehicle sustains damage to the
air brakes, horn sound, or a pneumatic drill bumper fascia, leaving it misaligned or
may affect the function of the system; this bent, the sensing zone may be altered
may include reduced performance or a causing inaccurate measurement of ob-
MNSD1133 false activation. stacles or false alarms.
* Some types of kerb may also be detected. * Excessive noise (such as audio system
Where fitted
volume or an open vehicle window) will
* This function is designed as an aid to the interfere with the tone and it may not be
The parking sensor (sonar) system sounds a tone
driver in detecting large stationary objects heard.
to inform the driver of obstacles around the
to help avoid damaging the vehicle. The
vehicle using the Parking (sonar) sensors located * In some conditions (i.e. after car wash, or
system is not designed to prevent contact
in the front and rear bumpers. rain) water can accumulate around the
with small or moving objects. Always move
When the parking sensor (sonar) system is turned slowly. parking sensor (sonar) sensors reducing
on, the parking sensor view will automatically performance or cause false activation of
* The system will not detect small objects the system. This water will drain away
below the bumper, and may not detect automatically while driving, bringing sys-
WARNING objects close to the bumper or on the tem performance back to normal.
ground.
* If there is any doubt the surroundings in * Keep the surface of the parking sensor
the path of the parking area and/or the * The system is deactivated at speeds above (sonar) sensors (located on the front and
parking area itself are not free from 12 km/h (7.5 MPH). It is reactivated below rear bumper fascia) free from accumula-
obstacles immediately stop the vehicle 10 km/h (6 MPH). tions of snow, ice and dirt. Do not scratch
and check. * This system is intended as an aid to the surface of the sensors when cleaning.
* The parking sensor system is a conveni- parking, to be used in conjunction with If the sensors are covered, the accuracy of
ence but it is not a substitute for proper your rear view mirrors. the parking sensor (sonar) function will be
parking. The driver is always responsible * The system may not detect the following diminished.
for safety during parking and other man- objects.
oeuvres. Always look around and check
— Fluffy objects such as snow, cloth,
that it is safe to do so before parking.
cotton, glass-wool, etc.
* Read and understand the limitations of the

SYSTEM OPERATION appears and blinks and the tone sounds intermit-
GUID-7DF47378-623B-440C-944F-A48ACF17B9E3
tently. When the vehicle moves closer to the object,
the colour of the indicator turns yellow and the
rate of the blinking increases. When the vehicle is
very close to the object, the indicator stops
blinking and turns red, and the tone sounds
continuously.
MNSD1152
MWAF0538XZ Example
The parking sensor (sonar) indicator also appears

Centre parking sensors on the camera view of the centre display.
Corner parking sensors
Side parking sensors (where fitted) MNSD1151
The system informs with a visual and audible alert
Example
of:
* Front obstacles when the transmission is in When the vehicle moves closer to an obstacle, the
the D (Drive) position parking sensor (sonar) indicator (detected area)
* Front and rear obstacles when the transmis- appears in the vehicle information display.
sion is in the R (Reverse) position
How the system alerts for obstacles:
The system is deactivated at speeds above 12
km/h (7.5 MPH). It is reactivated below 10 km/h (6
MPH).
The intermittent tone will stop after several
seconds when the obstacle is identified only with
the corner sensor. The tone will stop when the
obstacle gets away from the vehicle.
When the object is detected, the indicator (green)

HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE PARKING SENSOR (sonar) SYSTEM
GUID-2D3C0FE8-0A68-42DB-AC4A-BDAF26DE0FF7
MNSD1071
NOTE:
When the transmission is in R (Reverse) and the
[Parking Aids] screen is displayed in the vehicle
information display the parking sensor (sonar)
system can be disabled temporarily by pushing
the <OK> switch on the steering wheel.
Perform the following steps to set up the parking

sensor (sonar) system function.
MWAF0412X
scroll dial.
Steering-wheel-mounted control (left side) 2. Select [Parking Aids] and push the scroll dial.
Vehicle information display 3. Use the scroll dial to navigate in the menu and
The system is automatically activated when the select or change an item:
ignition is switched ON and the transmission is in . [Moving Object]
the D (Drive) or R (Reverse) position.

— Turns ON/OFF the Moving Object Detec- may affect the function of the system; this — Objects placed next to the vehicle.
tion (MOD) (See “Moving Object Detec- may include reduced performance or a * The parking sensor (sonar) system may
tion (MOD) ” (P.185).) false activation. not operate in the following conditions:
. [Display] * The parking sensor (sonar) system is — When rain, snow, ice, dirt, etc. adheres
— Shows the parking sensor (sonar) dis- deactivated at speeds above 12 km/h (7.5 to the parking sensor.
play in the vehicle information display MPH). It is reactivated below 10 km/h (6
MPH). — When a loud sound is heard in the area
when the system activates
around the vehicle.
. [Front] (where fitted) * Inclement weather or ultrasonic sources
such as an automatic car wash, a truck’s — When the surface of the obstacle is
— Turns ON/OFF the front parking sensors diagonal to the front or rear of the
compressed-air brakes or a pneumatic drill
. [Rear] vehicle.
may affect the function of the parking
— Turns ON/OFF the rear parking sensors sensor (sonar) system; this may include — When a parking sensor or the area
. [Side] (where fitted) reduced performance or a false activation. around the sensor is extremely hot or
* The parking sensor (sonar) system is not cold.
— Turns ON/OFF the side parking sensors
. [Distance] designed to prevent contact with small or * The parking sensor (sonar) system may
moving objects. Always move slowly. The unintentionally operate in the following
— Changes the parking sensor’s detection system will not detect small objects below conditions:
distance to [Far], [Medium] or [Near] the bumper or on the ground. — When there is overgrown grass in the
. [Volume]
* The parking sensor (sonar) system may area around the vehicle.
— Changes the volume of the tone sound not detect the following objects: fluffy — When there is a structure (for example,
to [High], [Med.] or [Low] objects such as snow, cloth, cotton, glass- a wall, a toll gate equipment, a narrow
wool, etc.; thin objects such as rope, wire tunnel or a parking lot gate) near the
PARKING SENSOR (Sonar) SYSTEM LIM- and chain, etc.; or wedge-shaped objects; side of the vehicle.
ITATIONS GUID-1AAF6C90-03CA-41A0-BB50-198B67817BE2
complex-shaped objects or multiple ob-
— When there are bumps, protrusions or
jects in close.
WARNING manhole covers on the road surface.
* The parking sensor (sonar) system may
Listed below are the system limitations for the — When the vehicle drives through a
not detect objects at speed above 5 Km/h
parking sensor (sonar) system. Failure to draped flag or a curtain.
(3 MPH) and may not detect certain angu-
operate the vehicle in accordance with these lar or moving objects. — When there is an accumulation of
system limitations could result in serious injury snow or ice behind the vehicle.
or death.
not detect the following objects: — When driving on a steep hill.
— Pedestrians who approach the vehicle
parking sensor (sonar) system as con-
from the side.
tained in this section. Inclement weather

SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNAVAILABLE * Do not attach stickers (including transparent
GUID-5F41DAE9-EC43-4461-858D-2389DC2423DE
material), install accessories or apply addi-
When parking sensor blockage is detected, the
tional paint on the parking sensors and their
system will be deactivated automatically.
surrounding areas. This may cause a malfunc-
The system is not available until the conditions no tion or improper operation.
longer exist. * When washing the vehicle using a high-
The parking sensors may be blocked by temporary pressure washer, do not apply direct washer
ambient conditions such as splashing water, mist pressure on the parking sensors. This may
or fog. The blocked condition may also be caused cause a malfunction of the sensors.
by objects such as ice, frost or dirt obstructing the
sensors. MNAA2081
Action to take: Where fitted

When the above conditions no longer exist, the
The parking sensors and are located on the
system will resume automatically.
front and rear bumpers.
SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
GUID-C27485DE-1C99-4901-8F25-BC9175D45FE0
* Always keep the area near the sonar sensors
clean.
* If the parking sensors are dirty, wipe them off
with a soft cloth while being careful to not
damage them.
* The parking sensors may be blocked by
temporary ambient conditions such as splash-
ing water, mist or fog. The blocked condition
may also be caused by objects such as ice,
frost or dirt obstructing the sonar sensors.
Check for and remove objects obstructing the
MNSD1012 area around the sensors.
* Do not subject the area around the parking
Where fitted
sensors to strong impact. Also, do not remove
or disassemble the sensors. If the parking
sensors and peripheral areas are deformed in
an accident, etc., have the sensors checked. It
is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer
or qualified workshop for this service.

REAR ULTRASONIC PARKING
SENSORS (where fitted)
GUID-4DE10E20-7CA8-48DE-8A9C-29EB43AF2DE7
such as an automatic car wash, a truck’s * If your vehicle sustains damage to the
compressed-air brakes or a pneumatic drill bumper fascia, leaving it misaligned or
may affect the function of the system; this bent, the sensing zone may be altered
may include reduced performance or a causing inaccurate measurement of ob-
false activation. stacles or false alarms.
* The parking sensor (sonar) system is de-
signed as an aid to the driver in detecting SYSTEM OPERATION
GUID-16CB0724-751C-4C6C-B0D7-40ED82C2C842
large stationary objects to help avoid The system informs with a visual and audible alert
damaging the vehicle. of rear obstacles when the transmission is in the R
MNSD1134
* The parking sensor (sonar) system is not (Reverse) position.
designed to prevent contact with small or The parking sensor (sonar) system is deactivated
moving objects. Always move slowly. The at speeds above 12 km/h (7.5 MPH). It is reactivated
The parking sensor (sonar) system sounds a tone system will not detect small objects below below 10 km/h (6 MPH).
to inform the driver of obstacles near the rear the bumper, and may not detect objects
close to the bumper or on the ground. The intermittent tone will stop after several
bumper.
seconds when an obstacle is identified only with
When the parking sensor (sonar) system is turned * The parking sensor (sonar) system may the corner sensor. The tone will stop when the
on, the sonar view will automatically appear in the not detect the following objects: fluffy obstacle gets away from the vehicle.
vehicle information display. objects such as snow, cloth, cotton, glass,
wool, etc.; thin objects such as rope, wire When the object is detected, the indicator (green)
WARNING and chain, etc.; or wedge-shaped objects. appears and blinks and the tone sounds intermit-
tently. When the vehicle moves closer to the object,
* The parking sensor (sonar) system is a
CAUTION the colour of the indicator turns yellow and the
convenience but it is not a substitute for
rate of the blinking increases. When the vehicle is
proper parking. * Excessive noise (such as audio system very close to the object, the indicator stops
* The driver is always responsible for safety volume or an open vehicle window) will blinking and turns red, and the tone sounds
during parking and other manoeuvres. interfere with the tone and it may not be continuously.
Always look around and check that it is heard.
safe to do so before parking. * Keep the parking sensor (sonar) sensors
* Read and understand the limitations of the (located on the rear bumper fascia) free
parking sensor (sonar) system as con- from snow, ice and large accumulations of
tained in this section. The colours of the dirt. Do not clean the sensors with sharp
sonar indicator indicates different dis- objects. If the sensors are covered, the
tances to the object. accuracy of the sonar function will be
diminished.
* Inclement weather or ultrasonic sources

HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE PARKING SENSOR (sonar) SYSTEM
GUID-8DE1F8C1-79A8-49D5-BBED-7ACA7692240F
MWAF0431XZ
Example
When the rear of the vehicle moves closer to an

obstacle, the parking sensor (sonar) indicator
appears in the vehicle information display.
MWAF0412X
MWAF0434XZ
Example Steering-wheel-mounted control (left side)

The parking sensor (sonar) indicator also appears Vehicle information display
on the camera view of the centre display. The system is automatically activated when the
ignition is switched ON and the transmission is in
the R (Reverse) position.

— Turns ON/OFF the Moving Object Detec- * Inclement weather or ultrasonic sources
tion (MOD) (See “Moving Object Detec- such as an automatic car wash, a truck’s
tion (MOD) ” (P.185).) compressed-air brakes or a pneumatic drill
. [Rear] may affect the function of the parking
sensor (sonar) system; this may include
— Turns ON/OFF the parking sensor (so-
reduced performance or a false activation.
nar) system
. [Distance] * The parking sensor (sonar) system is not
designed to prevent contact with small or
— Changes the parking sensor (sonar) moving objects. Always move slowly. The
system sensor’s detection distance to system will not detect small objects below
MNSD1089 [Far], [Medium] or [Near] the bumper or on the ground.
. [Volume]
— Changes the volume of the tone sound not detect the following objects: fluffy
NOTE: to [High], [Med.] or [Low] objects such as snow, cloth, cotton, glass-
When the transmission is in R (Reverse) and the wool, etc.; thin objects such as rope, wire
[Parking Aids] screen is displayed in the vehicle PARKING SENSOR (sonar) SYSTEM LIM- and chain, etc.; or wedge-shaped objects;
information display the parking sensor (sonar) ITATIONS GUID-48CA3602-F625-4F12-A73A-9FC9ECEA2DFA complex-shaped objects or multiple ob-
system can be disabled temporarily by pushing jects in close.
the <OK> switch on the steering wheel. WARNING
Listed below are the system limitations for the not detect objects at speed above 5 km/h
parking sensor (sonar) system. Failure to (3 MPH) and may not detect certain angu-
Perform the following steps to set up the parking
operate the vehicle in accordance with these lar or moving objects.
sensor (sonar) system function:
1. Push the button until [Settings] * The parking sensor (sonar) system may
or death.
appears in the vehicle information display not operate in the following conditions:
and then push the scroll dial. Use the scroll — When rain, snow, ice, dirt, etc. adheres
parking sensor (sonar) system as con-
dial to select [Driver Assistance]. Then push the to the sonar sensor.
tained in this section. Inclement weather
scroll dial. — When a loud sound is heard in the area
may affect the function of the parking
2. Select [Parking Aids] and push the scroll dial. sensor (sonar) system; this may include around the vehicle.
3. Use the scroll dial to navigate in the menu and reduced performance or a false activation. — When the surface of the obstacle is
select or change an item: * The parking sensor (sonar) system is diagonal to the rear of the vehicle.
. [Moving Object] deactivated at speeds above 12 km/h (7.5 — When a sonar sensor or the area
MPH). It is reactivated below 10 km/h (6 around the sensor is extremely hot or
MPH). cold.

* The parking sensor (sonar) system may SYSTEM MAINTENANCE that you visit a NISSAN dealer or qualified
GUID-1328B1EF-C250-4FA1-B5DF-CC9744AE40F9
unintentionally operate in the following workshop for this service.
conditions: * Do not attach stickers (including transparent
— When there is overgrown grass in the material), install accessories or apply addi-
area around the vehicle. tional paint on the sensors and their surround-
ing areas. This may cause a malfunction or
— When there are bumps, protrusions or
improper operation.
manhole covers on the road surface.
* When washing the vehicle using a high-
— When the vehicle drives through a pressure washer, do not apply direct washer
draped flag or a curtain. pressure on the sensors. This may cause a
— When there is an accumulation of malfunction of the sensors.
snow or ice behind the vehicle.
MNAA2081
— When driving on a steep hill.
Where fitted

GUID-BD80230D-2CDC-452E-9E43-87CD606B217E
The parking sensor (sonar) sensors are located
When sensor blockage is detected, the system will on the rear bumper.
be deactivated automatically. * Always keep the area near the sonar sensors
The system is not available until the conditions no clean.
longer exist. * If the sensors are dirty, wipe them off with a
soft cloth while being careful to not damage
The parking sensor (sonar) sensors may be
them.
blocked by temporary ambient conditions such
as splashing water, mist or fog. The blocked * The sensors may be blocked by temporary
condition may also be caused by objects such as ambient conditions such as splashing water,
ice, frost or dirt obstructing the sensors. mist or fog. The blocked condition may also be
caused by objects such as ice, frost or dirt
Action to take:
obstructing the sonar sensors. Check for and
When the above conditions no longer exist, the remove objects obstructing the area around
system will resume automatically. the sensors.
* Do not subject the area around the sensors to
strong impact. Also, do not remove or disas-
semble the sensors. If the sensors and periph-
eral areas are deformed in an accident, etc.,
have the sensors checked. It is recommended

TRAILER TOWING
GUID-75BA9FF6-F8DC-4F8A-91AC-75C7D8273712
Your new vehicle was designed to be used distribution can seriously affect the stability * Trailer towing requires more fuel than under
primarily to carry passengers and luggage. of the trailer and tow vehicle. normal circumstances because of a consider-
Remember that towing a trailer will place addi- * Do not exceed the maximum permitted ver- able increase in traction power required and
tional loads on your vehicle’s engine, drive-train, tical load on the trailer hitch. resistance.
steering, braking and other systems. Towing a * Do not exceed the maximum gross vehicle * When towing a trailer, observe the following
trailer will also exaggerate other conditions, such weight. This is the combined weight of the restricted towing speed:
as sway caused by crosswinds, rough road sur- vehicle, driver, passengers, cargo, and load on Speed: below 100 km/h (62 MPH)
faces or passing trucks. Driving style and speed the towing coupling device (where fitted). You
must be adjusted according to the circumstances. can find the maximum gross vehicle weight on
CAUTION
Before towing a trailer, see a NISSAN dealer or the vehicle identification label (see “Vehicle While towing a trailer, check the engine coolant
qualified workshop for an explanation of towing identification label” (P.499).). temperature gauge regularly to prevent en-
equipment and its proper use. gine overheating.
* Before driving, make sure that the lighting
system of the trailer works properly.
OPERATINGGUID-670B8D6D-2EA0-4BFF-96BA-D0000106B9CA
PRECAUTIONS
* Avoid abrupt starts, acceleration and stops. TYRE PRESSURE
* Avoid towing a trailer during the running-in GUID-856854E0-1E1D-48BE-8A45-1F5824B18541
* Avoid sharp turns and lane changes. When towing a trailer, inflate the vehicle tyres to
schedule.
* Always drive your vehicle at a moderate speed. the maximum recommended COLD tyre pressure,
* Choose proper coupling devices (trailer hitch,
* Always block the wheels on both vehicle and as indicated on the tyre placard (for full loading).
safety chain, roof carrier, etc.) for your vehicle
trailer when parking. Apply the handbrake Make sure the trailer tyre pressures are correct.
and trailer. These devices are available from a
(where fitted) on the trailer. Parking on a steep
NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop where CAUTION
you can also obtain more detailed information slope is not recommended.
Do not tow a trailer when the vehicle is
about trailer towing. If parking on a steep slope is unavoidable it is
installed with a temporary-use spare tyre.
* It is advisable to contact a NISSAN dealer or also advisable to put the vehicle into gear, or
qualified workshop for towing details, before select P (Park (Xtronic transmission models)),
towing a trailer up steep slopes for long and turn the front wheels into the kerb (in SAFETY CHAINS
GUID-C6889EC7-DBD4-45BF-8D0D-B7C63FEAEDE1
distances. addition to the other precautions described).
Always use a suitable chain between the vehicle
Before parking on a steep slope consider the
* Never allow the total trailer load (trailer weight and trailer. The chain should be attached to the
incline (the towing weights quoted are for a
plus its cargo weight) to exceed the maximum hitch and not to the vehicle bumper or axle. Be
12% slope).
set for the coupling device. sure to leave enough slack in the chain to permit
* Follow the trailer manufacturer’s instructions. turning corners. The chain should not drag on the
Contact a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop
for more information on this matter. * Have your vehicle serviced more often than at ground: passing the chain across the trailer hitch
the intervals specified in the separately pro- may be the best practice depending on your
* The trailer must be loaded so that heavy
vided Warranty Information and Maintenance trailer.
goods are distributed over the axle and as
booklet.
low in the trailer as possible. Poor load

TRAILER BRAKES
GUID-41ED8241-F0DC-4F9D-979B-5EAC1340A50F
Ensure that trailer brakes are installed as required
by local regulations. Also check that all other trailer
equipment conforms to local regulations.
INSTALLATION OF COUPLING DEVICE

GUID-00632690-CD1E-4E69-8006-24F497695179
NISSAN recommends that the coupling device for
trailer towing be installed under the following
conditions:
* Maximum permissible vertical load on the
coupling device: 981 N (100 kg, 220 lb)
* The coupling device, mounting points and
installation parts on your vehicle: as shown
as an example in the illustration.
Follow all of the coupling device manufacturer’s
instructions for installation and use.
MNSD1014
Rear overhang of coupling device:

A 744 mm (29.3 in)
I Fixed towbar
II Detachable towbar

VEHICLE SECURITY POWER STEERING
GUID-37AE5E40-250D-488B-8D16-43861F872666
GUID-9ECFB868-920A-488B-92C4-C3760F759E49
When leaving your vehicle unoccupied: WARNING illuminates while the engine is running, it may
indicate the electric power steering system is not
* Always remove the Intelligent Key (where * If the engine is not running or is turned off
functioning properly and may need servicing. Have
fitted) and take it with you – even in your while driving, the power assistance for the
the electric power steering system checked by a
own garage. steering will not work. The steering will be
NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop. (See “Electric
* Close all windows completely and lock all harder to operate.
Power Steering warning light” (P.74).)
doors. * When the electric power steering warning
When the electric power steering warning light
* Always park your vehicle where it can be seen. light illuminates with the engine running,
illuminates with the engine running, the power
At night, park in a well lit area. the power assistance for the steering will
assistance for the steering will cease operation.
* If the vehicle is equipped with an alarm or cease operation. You will still have control
You will still have control of the vehicle. However,
immobilisation device, use it – even for short of the vehicle but the steering will be
greater steering effort is needed, especially in
periods. harder to operate.
sharp turns and at low speeds.
* Do not leave children and pets in the vehicle
The electric power steering system is designed to
unattended.
provide power assistance while driving to allow
* Do not leave valuables on view to tempt a
you to operate the steering wheel with light force.
thief. Always take your valuables with you. If
you must leave something in your vehicle, lock NOTE:
it in the luggage compartment or hide it out of When the steering wheel is operated repeatedly
sight. or continuously while parking or driving at a very
* Do not leave the vehicle documents in your low speed, the power assistance for the steering
vehicle. In the unfortunate event of your wheel will be reduced. This is to prevent over-
vehicle being stolen, the documents will only heating of the electric power steering system
help a thief to sell the vehicle. and protect it from becoming damaged. While
* Do not leave articles on a roof rack as they are the power assistance is reduced, steering wheel
particularly vulnerable. If possible, remove operation will become heavy. When the tem-
them from the rack and lock them inside the perature of the electric power steering system
vehicle. decreases, the power assistance level will return
* Do not leave the spare key or Intelligent Key in to normal. Avoid repeating such steering wheel
the vehicle – keep it in a safe place at home. operations that could cause the electric power
* Do not leave a note of your vehicle’s key steering system to overheat.
number in the vehicle. A thief may break into You may hear a noise when the steering wheel is
the vehicle, note the key number and return operated quickly. However, this is not a mal-
with a new key and drive the vehicle. function.
If the electric power steering warning light

BRAKE SYSTEM
GUID-6519E1DE-BEA6-48CD-A062-6A4A51BF33BF
The brake system has two separate hydraulic braking performance and could result in loss of a gear position low enough to obtain sufficient
circuits. If one circuit malfunctions, two wheels will vehicle control. engine braking.
still have braking ability.
CAUTION For Xtronic transmission models, a low gear
BRAKE PRECAUTIONS position in the manual shift mode, low enough to
GUID-6DE53CD9-6B05-4C12-8DD8-3757F603F8B1 While driving on a slippery surface, be careful
obtain sufficient engine braking, should be se-
when braking, accelerating or downshifting.
Vacuum assisted brake
GUID-F3AEDB84-C861-4BBF-A85D-0EAB2D95A144 Abrupt braking actions or sudden acceleration
lected.
The brake booster aids braking by using engine could cause the wheels to skid and result in an
vacuum or vacuum from an engine-driven pump. If accident.
the engine stops or the drive belt is broken, you
can stop the vehicle by depressing the brake Be aware that brakes will fade if repeated heavy
pedal. However, greater foot pressure on the brake brake applications are made.
pedal will be required to stop the vehicle and the
stopping distance will be longer. Driving uphillGUID-917B7AB8-48CA-490F-9F28-31A36738A792
When starting on a steep gradient, it is sometimes
Wet brakes GUID-ED81B7F6-222F-465F-9F83-0D246BAD4129 difficult to operate the brake or both the brake and
When the vehicle is washed or driven through clutch (MT models). Use the parking brake to hold
water, the brakes may get wet. As a result, your the vehicle. Do not slip the clutch (MT models).
braking distance will be longer and the vehicle may When ready to start, make sure that the transmis-
pull to one side during braking. sion is in an appropriate forward or reverse driving
To dry brakes, drive the vehicle at a safe speed position, slowly release the parking brake while
while lightly pressing the brake pedal to heat up depressing the accelerator pedal and releasing the
the brakes. Do this until the brakes return to clutch (MT models) or depressing the accelerator
normal. Avoid driving the vehicle at high speeds pedal (Xtronic transmission models). If your vehicle
until the brakes function correctly. has an electric parking brake, this will automati-
cally release when you depress the accelerator
Using the brakes
GUID-12904AEF-6BCB-4770-859C-6071C93F36BF
pedal and release the clutch (MT models) or
Avoid resting your foot on the brake pedal while depress the accelerator pedal (Xtronic transmis-
driving. This will overheat the brakes, wear out the sion models).
brake linings and pads faster and reduce fuel
Driving downhill
economy performance. GUID-214C91FC-B213-4BF2-B997-0FDADDBC1C4E
The engine braking action is effective for control-
To help reduce brake wear and to prevent the
ling the vehicle while descending hills.
brakes from overheating, reduce speed and shift
to a lower gear before going down a slope or long The transmission (MT models) should be placed in
downhill gradient. Overheated brakes may reduce

ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS)
GUID-218772B9-3FD2-4B85-80AB-971153AAE04E
WARNING maintain steering control and helps to minimise NORMAL OPERATION

GUID-7DCFC8D1-8301-42A1-BD92-F050BDF4B799
swerving and spinning on slippery surfaces.
* The Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) is a The ABS operates at speeds above 5 to 10 km/h (3
sophisticated device, but it cannot prevent to 6 MPH). The speed varies according to road
USING SYSTEM
accidents resulting from careless or dan- GUID-ECA4E608-4AF0-4307-ADE9-FEAF1910F459
conditions.
gerous driving techniques. It can help Depress the brake pedal and hold it down. Depress
the brake pedal with firm steady pressure, but do When the ABS senses that one or more wheels are
maintain vehicle control during braking
not pump the brakes. The ABS will operate to close to locking up, the actuator rapidly applies
on slippery surfaces. Remember that stop-
prevent the wheels from locking up. Steer the and releases hydraulic pressure. This action is
ping distances on slippery surfaces will be
vehicle to avoid obstacles. similar to pumping the brakes very quickly. You
longer than on normal surfaces even with
may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a
ABS. Stopping distances may also be long- WARNING noise from under the bonnet or feel a vibration
er on rough, gravel or snow covered roads,
Do not pump the brake pedal. Doing so may from the actuator when it is operating. This is
or if you are using snow chains. Always
result in increased stopping distances. normal and indicates that the ABS is operating
maintain a safe distance from the vehicle
properly. However, the pulsation may indicate that
in front of you. Ultimately, the driver is
road conditions are hazardous and extra care is
responsible for safety. SELF-TEST GUID-FAD194AA-BA08-4D2C-9845-984A3A00ADFA
FEATURE required while driving.
* Tyre type and condition may also affect The ABS includes electronic sensors, electric
braking effectiveness. pumps, hydraulic solenoids and a computer. The
— When replacing tyres, install the spe- computer has a built-in diagnostic feature that
cified size of tyres on all four wheels. tests the system each time you start the engine
and move the vehicle at a low speed in forward or
— When installing a spare tyre, make
reverse. When the self-test occurs, you may hear a
sure that it is the proper size and type
“clunk” noise and/or feel a pulsation in the brake
as specified on the tyre placard. (See
pedal. This is normal and does not indicate a
“Vehicle identification” (P.499).)
malfunction. If the computer senses a malfunction,
— For detailed information, see “Wheels it switches the ABS off and illuminates the ABS
and tyres” (P.489). warning light on the instrument panel. The brake
system then operates normally, but without anti-
The Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) controls the
lock assistance.
brakes so the wheels do not lock during hard
braking or when braking on slippery surfaces. The If the ABS warning light illuminates during the self-
system detects the rotation speed at each wheel test or while driving, have the vehicle checked by a
and varies the brake fluid pressure to prevent each NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop.
wheel from locking and sliding. By preventing each
wheel from locking, the system helps the driver

ELECTRONIC STABILITY PRO-
GRAMME (ESP) SYSTEM
GUID-7FA25815-59D8-48F3-82E9-7F86D8B47B0D
When accelerating on slippery surfaces the Elec- The ESP system uses Active Brake Limited Slip dangerous driving techniques. Reduce ve-
tronic Stability Programme (ESP) will detect wheel (ABLS) system to improve vehicle traction. The hicle speed and be especially careful when
spin and thus a loss of traction. The system Active Brake Limited Slip (ABLS) system works driving and cornering on slippery surfaces.
intervenes by reducing engine torque and apply- when one of the driving wheels is spinning on a Always drive carefully.
ing wheel brake pressure to stabilise the spinning slippery surface. The Active Brake Limited Slip * If engine related parts, such as a muffler,
wheel and recover traction. (ABLS) system, brakes the spinning wheel to are not standard equipment or are extre-
When driving on slippery surfaces or suddenly distribute the driving power to the other driving mely deteriorated, the “SLIP” indicator light
avoiding obstacles on roads, the vehicle might wheel. ( ) may illuminate.
start to lose grip. The Electronic Stability Pro- If the vehicle is operated with the ESP system * If brake related parts, such as brake pads,
gramme (ESP) system continuously monitors and turned off, all ESP and TCS functions will be turned rotors and callipers, are not standard
compares the driver’s intended speed and the off. The Active Brake Limited Slip (ABLS) system equipment or are extremely deteriorated,
travel direction with real data from measurement and ABS will still operate with the ESP system off. If the ESP system may not operate properly
sensors. If the system detects the vehicle becom- the Active Brake Limited Slip (ABLS) system is and the “SLIP” indicator light ( ) may
ing unstable then the system intervenes by redu- activated, the “SLIP” indicator light ( ) will blink illuminate.
cing torque to slow the vehicle and applies and you may hear a clunk noise and/or feel a
appropriate wheel brake pressure to stabilise the pulsation in the brake pedal. This is normal and * Do not modify the vehicle’s suspension. If
vehicle. does not indicate a malfunction. suspension parts, such as shock absor-
bers, struts, springs, stabiliser bars and
* When the ESP system is operating, the “SLIP” While the ESP system is operating, you may feel a bushings, are not NISSAN-approved or are
indicator light ( ) in the combination meter pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise or extremely deteriorated, the ESP system
blinks. vibration from under the bonnet. This is normal may not operate properly. This could
* When only the traction control (TCS) system in and indicates that the ESP system is working adversely affect vehicle handling perfor-
the ESP system is operating, the “SLIP” indica- properly. mance and the “SLIP” indicator light ( )
tor light ( ) in the combination meter will
The ESP computer has a built in diagnostic feature may illuminate.
also blink.
that tests the system each time the engine is * When driving on extremely inclined sur-
* If the “SLIP” indicator light ( ) blinks, the road started and the vehicle moves forwards or re- faces, such as higher banked corners, the
conditions are slippery. Be sure to drive care- verses at a slow speed. When the self-test occurs, ESP system may not operate properly and
fully. See “Warning lights, indicator lights and you may hear a clunk noise and/or feel a pulsation the “SLIP” indicator light ( ) may illumi-
audible reminders” (P.71). in the brake pedal. This is normal and is not an nate. Do not drive on these types of roads.
* Indicator light indication of a malfunction. If ESP OFF indicator light does illumi-
If a malfunction occurs in the system, the nate after driving on extreme surfaces,
WARNING
“SLIP” indicator light ( ) will come on in the restart the engine to reset the ESP system.
combination meter. * The ESP system is designed to help im-
prove driving stability but does not pre- * If wheels or tyres other than the recom-
As long as these indicator lights are on, the
vent accidents caused by abrupt steering mended ones are used, the ESP system
traction control function is cancelled.
operation at high speeds, or careless or

CHASSIS CONTROL
GUID-B2773B25-860C-42F1-9CD2-A4ADA996B8C9
may not operate properly and the “SLIP” Information Display, see “Vehicle information dis- The chassis control is an electric control module
indicator light ( ) may illuminate. play” (P.82) for operational details. The ESP OFF that includes the following functions:
* The ESP system is not a substitute for indicator light ( ) will come on. * Intelligent Trace Control
winter tyres or snow chains on a snow * Intelligent Ride Control
NOTE:
covered road.
The ESP system cannot be switched off when INTELLIGENTGUID-253E6631-3B8F-40E1-A27C-D02E17058E2B
TRACE CONTROL
the ESP system is operating and the “SLIP”
NOTE:
indicator light ( ) is blinking. WARNING
* The ESP system should be switched on
Disabling the ESP system causes the Intelligent The Intelligent Trace Control may not be
under normal circumstances although it
Emergency Braking (IEB) system (where fitted) effective depending on the driving condition.
may be advantageous to switch off the ESP
to become unavailable. The IEB warning light Always drive carefully and attentively.
system to allow wheel spin under the
following conditions: ( ) will illuminate. See “Intelligent Emergency
Braking (IEB) system (where fitted)” (P.402) for This system senses driving based on the driver’s
— When driving in deep snow or mud. steering and acceleration/braking patterns, and
operational details.
— When trying to rock a vehicle free that is controls brake pressure at individual wheels to aid
stuck in snow. Use the Vehicle Information Display, or restart the
tracing at corners and help smooth vehicle re-
engine, to turn the system ON. See “Vehicle
— When driving with snow chains. sponse.
information display” (P.82) for operational details.
* If the ESP system has been switched off, When the ESP system is turned off, the Intelligent
drive carefully with reduced speed. When Trace Control is also turned off.
road conditions allow, ESP should be
Amount of brake control is changed depending on
switched back on.
the mode selected by the [Drive Mode Selector].
ELECTRONIC STABILITY PROGRAMME When the Intelligent Trace Control is not function-
(ESP) DEACTIVATION ing properly, the master warning light illuminates,
GUID-E3F19433-0DF2-49E2-B753-1D2CF7DD5BF5 and warning message [Chassis Control System
The vehicle should be driven with the Electronic Fault See Owner’s Manual] will also appear in the
Stability Programme (ESP) system ON for most vehicle information display.
driving conditions.
If the chassis control warning message appears in
If the vehicle is stuck in mud or snow, the ESP the vehicle information display, it may indicate that
system reduces the engine output to decrease the Intelligent Trace Control is not functioning
wheel spin. The engine speed will be reduced even properly. Have the system checked as soon as
if the accelerator is depressed to the floor. If possible. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN
maximum engine power is needed to free a stuck dealer or qualified workshop for this service.
vehicle, turn the ESP system off.
When the Intelligent Trace Control is operating,
To turn off the ESP system, Use the Vehicle you may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and

HILL START ASSIST (HSA) (where fitted)
GUID-1CA7E5BB-F222-43EE-B8A7-126258887DC0
hear a noise. This is normal and indicates that the WARNING * The transmission is shifted into a forward
Intelligent Trace Control is operating properly. You (vehicle facing uphill) or reverse gear (vehicle
* Never rely solely on the Hill Start Assist
may also feel deceleration when the Intelligent facing downhill).
(HSA) system to prevent the vehicle from
Trace Control is operating. However, this is not a * The vehicle is stopped completely on a hill by
moving backward on a hill. Always drive
malfunction. applying the footbrake.
carefully and attentively. Depress the
brake pedal when the vehicle is stopped * The slope is greater than 3 degrees.
INTELLIGENT RIDE CONTROL
GUID-A590C00E-268D-4FD8-BE75-CC14B01A9DBB on a steep hill. Be especially careful when The maximum holding time is 2 seconds. After 2
This system senses upper body motion and stopped on a hill on frozen or muddy seconds the vehicle will begin to roll back and the
controls four wheel brake pressure. This will roads. Failure to prevent the vehicle from Hill Start Assist system will stop operating com-
enhance ride comfort in an effort to restrain rolling backwards may result in a loss of pletely.
uncomfortable upper body movement when pas- control of the vehicle and possible serious
sing over undulated road surfaces. When the ESP The Hill Start Assist system will not operate when
injury or death.
system is turned off, the Intelligent Ride Control is the transmission is shifted to the N (Neutral) or P
* The Hill Start Assist system is not designed (Park) position or on a flat and level road.
also turned off. If the chassis control warning
to hold the vehicle at a standstill on a hill.
message appears in the vehicle information dis- When the Electronic Stability Programme (ESP) OFF
Depress the brake pedal when the vehicle
play, it may indicate that the Intelligent Ride indicator light illuminates in the meter, the Hill
is stopped on a steep hill. Failure to do so
Control is not functioning properly. Have the Start Assist system will not operate. (See “Electro-
may cause the vehicle to roll backwards
system checked as soon as possible. It is recom- nic Stability Programme (ESP) OFF indicator light
and may result in a collision or serious
mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer or qualified (where fitted)” (P.80).)
personal injury.
workshop for this service.
* The Hill Start Assist system may not pre-
WARNING vent the vehicle from rolling backwards on
The Intelligent Ride Control may not be effec- a hill under all load or road conditions.
tive depending on the driving condition. Al- Always be prepared to depress the brake
ways drive carefully and attentively. pedal to prevent the vehicle from rolling
backwards. Failure to do so may result in a
When the Intelligent Ride Control is operating, you collision or serious personal injury.
may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a
noise. This is normal and indicates that the The Hill Start Assist system automatically keeps
Intelligent Ride Control is operating properly. You the brakes applied to help prevent the vehicle from
may also feel deceleration when the Intelligent rolling backwards in the time it takes the driver to
Ride Control is operating. However, this is not a release the brake pedal and apply the accelerator
malfunction. when the vehicle is stopped on a hill.
The Hill Start Assist system will operate automa-
tically under the following conditions:

COLD WEATHER DRIVING
GUID-6814DA19-270C-4920-8E34-1604704B7E4D
WARNING BATTERY 3. Snow chains may be used, if desired. But the

GUID-50EE7E36-B3FA-4FF7-940A-BC5E81A608A9
use of snow chains may be prohibited in some
* Whatever the conditions, drive with cau- If the battery is not fully charged during extremely
areas. Therefore, check the local laws before
tion. Accelerate and decelerate with great cold weather conditions, the battery fluid may
installing snow chains. When installing snow
care. If accelerating or decelerating too freeze and damage the battery. To maintain
chains, make sure they are of proper size for
fast, the drive wheels will lose even more maximum efficiency, the battery should be
the tyres on your vehicle and are installed
traction. checked regularly. For details, see “Battery” (P.476).
according to the snow chain manufacturer’s
* Allow more stopping distance in cold instructions. Use chain tensioners when re-
weather driving. Braking should be started ENGINE COOLANT
GUID-61B1D707-7D75-4D65-9166-C5589EC66AAC commended by the snow chain manufacturer
sooner than on dry surfaces. If the vehicle is to be left outside without anti- to ensure a tight fit. Loose end links of the
* Keep at a greater distance from the vehicle freeze, drain the cooling system. Refill before snow chain must be secured or removed to
in front of you on slippery roads. operating the vehicle. For details, see “Engine prevent the possibility of whipping action
cooling system” (P.471). damage to the wings or undercarriage. In
* Wet ice (0°C, 32°F and freezing rain), very
cold snow and ice can be slick and very addition, drive at a reduced speed, otherwise,
TYRE EQUIPMENT
GUID-E8F8CD6F-4A04-4AEC-A827-F4C514492F79 your vehicle may be damaged and/or vehicle
difficult to drive on. The vehicle will have a
1. The SUMMER tyres are of a tread design to handling and performance may be adversely
lot less traction or grip under these condi-
provide superior performance on dry surfaces. affected.
tions. Try to avoid driving on wet ice until
However, the performance of these tyres will
the road is salted or sanded.
be substantially reduced in snowy and icy SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENT
GUID-8C1E33F5-897A-4C85-9B44-FC72933EC47A
* Watch for slippery spots (black ice). These conditions. If you operate your vehicle on It is recommended to carry the following items in
may appear on an otherwise clear road in snowy or icy roads, NISSAN recommends the the vehicle during winter:
shaded areas. If a patch of ice is seen use of MUD & SNOW or ALL SEASON tyres on all
ahead, brake before driving on it. Try not to * A scraper and stiff-bristled brush to remove
four wheels. Please consult a NISSAN dealer or
brake while actually on the ice and avoid ice and snow from the windows.
qualified workshop for tyre type, size, speed
any sudden steering manoeuvres. rating and availability information. * A sturdy, flat board to be placed under the jack
* Do not use cruise control (where fitted) on to give it firm support.
2. For additional traction on icy roads, studded
slippery roads. * A shovel to dig the vehicle out of snowdrifts.
tyres may be used. However, some countries,
* Snow can trap dangerous exhaust gas provinces and states prohibit their use. Check * Extra windscreen washer fluid to refill the
under your vehicle. Keep snow clear of applicable laws before installing studded tyres. reservoir tank.
the exhaust pipe and from around your
CAUTION
vehicle.
Skid and traction capabilities of studded
snow tyres on wet or dry surfaces may be
poorer than that of non-studded snow
tyres.

CORROSIONGUID-EED2D993-DE45-4B7A-A48B-95E585531B33
PROTECTION
Chemicals used for road surface de-icing are
extremely corrosive and will accelerate corrosion
and the deterioration of underbody components
such as the exhaust system, fuel and brake lines,
brake cables, floor pan, and wings.
In the winter, the underbody must be cleaned
periodically. For additional information, see
“Corrosion protection” (P.464).
For additional protection against rust and corro-
sion, which may be required in some areas, consult
a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop.

MEMO

6 In case of emergency
Hazard warning flasher switch ....................................................

.... 442 Jump starting ............................................................................................. 453
Emergency services call eCall/SOS system Push starting ...............................................................................................
.... 454
(where fitted) ...............................................................................................
.... 442 If your vehicle overheats
.... ................................................................... 455
Automatic eCall ..............................................................................
.... 442 .... 456
Towing your vehicle ..............................................................................
Manual eCall (SOS button) .....................................................
.... 444 Towing precautions .................................................................... 456
System status indicator ...........................................................
.... 444 Recommendations for towing two-wheel drive
Modalities for exercising data subject’s rights ......
.... 445 (2WD) models ................................................................................... 456
Spare tyre ......................................................................................................
.... 445 Recommendations for towing four-wheel drive
Temporary-use spare tyre (where fitted) ..................
.... 445 (4WD) models ..................................................................................... 457
Conventional spare tyre (where fitted) .......................
.... 446 Towing eye ........................................................................................... 457
Flat tyre ...........................................................................................................
.... 446 Freeing the vehicle from sand, snow or mud .......... 458
Stopping the vehicle ...................................................................
.... 446
Changing flat tyre (Models with spare wheel, where
fitted) .....................................................................................................
.... 446
Tyre Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
(where fitted) ....................................................................................
.... 449
Repairing flat tyre (Models with emergency tyre
puncture repair kit) ....................................................................
.... 451
....
....
....
....
....
....
HAZARD WARNING FLASHER SWITCH EMERGENCY SERVICES CALL
ECALL/SOS SYSTEM (where fitted)
GUID-F19F1EDF-8E16-4304-AFF6-778DC1194D5A
GUID-ED81A3FD-4043-4578-B28D-3D639E9B5625
blink automatically depending on the force of Your vehicle is equipped with the 112-based in-
impact. vehicle emergency services call system (eCall). In
the event of a serious road accident emergency an
automatic call can be made to the emergency
services operator. The system can also be used
manually to call the emergency services operator.
The 112-based eCall service is a public service of
general interest and is accessible free of charge.
NISSAN is responsible only for the emergency
communication system technical performance in
MSIC2574Z the event of an accident within the warranty
period.
The hazard warning flasher switch operates re- AUTOMATIC GUID-F237BBC5-65F2-46F9-91FE-AEF81400EEBA

ECALL
gardless of the ignition position except when the If the air bag control unit detects a frontal collision,
battery is discharged. side collision or rear collision (where fitted) the
The hazard warning flasher is used to warn other system automatically places an emergency call to
drivers when you have to stop or park under the emergency call centre. At the same time, the
emergency conditions. vehicle information is also transferred. Once an
When the hazard warning flasher switch is pushed, emergency call is received by the emergency call
all turn signal lights will flash. To turn off the centre, the operator tries to talk to the vehicle’s
hazard warning flasher, push the hazard warning occupant.
flasher switch again. NOTE:
When an impact that could activate the supple- * During the emergency call, the volume of the
mental air bags is detected, the hazard warning voice of the operator cannot be adjusted.
flasher lights blink automatically. If the hazard * During the emergency call, the volume of the
warning flasher switch is pushed, the hazard vehicle audio will be muted.
warning flashers will turn off.
The eCall system is always enabled by default. It is
WARNING activated automatically by means of in-vehicle
Do not turn the hazard warning flasher switch sensors in the event of a severe accident.
off until you can make sure that it is safe to do The eCall system is not traceable and is not subject
so. Also, the hazard warning flasher may not to any constant tracking in its normal operational
status. Data in the internal memory of the system

is not available outside the in-vehicle system to * Last three vehicle locations, and vehicle direc- controlled outside of the vehicle emer-
any entities before the eCall is triggered. tion gency call system.
Any processing of personal data through the 112- * Vehicle speed * Within the first minute of any emergency
based eCall in-vehicle system shall comply with * (where fitted) Number of passengers call the operator will determine if the call is
the personal data protection rules provided for in The 112-based eCall in-vehicle system is designed genuine. Should the operator determine it
Directives 95/46/EC and 2002/58/EC of the Eur- in such a way as to ensure that data in the system is a non-genuine call they will stop the call,
opean Parliament and of the Council, and in internal memory is automatically and continuously making no further attempts to call the
particular, shall be based on the necessity to removed. vehicle back. This action does not prevent
protect the vital interests of the individuals in the occupant(s) of the vehicle from making
The vehicle location data is constantly overwritten
accordance with Article 7(d) of Directive 95/46/EC. a further manual emergency call.
in the internal memory of the system so as always
Processing of such data is strictly limited to the to keep maximum of the last three up-to-date The emergency call function cannot be used in
purpose of handling the emergency eCall to the locations of the vehicle necessary for the normal the following conditions:
single European emergency number 112. functioning of the system. * The vehicle is outside the area where
Recipients of data processed by the 112-based The log of activity data in the 112-based eCall in- mobile network service is receivable.
eCall in-vehicle system are the relevant public vehicle system is kept for no longer than necessary * The vehicle is in a location with poor signal
safety answering points designated by the respec- for attaining the purpose of handling the emer- reception such as tunnels, underground
tive public authorities of the country on which gency eCall and in any case not beyond 13 hours parking garages, between buildings or in
territory they are located, to first receive and from the moment an emergency eCall was in- mountainous areas.
handle eCalls to the single European emergency itiated.
number 112. * The TCU (Telematics Control Unit) or other
CAUTION systems of your vehicle are not working
The following information will be sent to the
* The automatic emergency call will only be properly.
emergency call centre by the vehicle emergency
call system if a collision occurs: triggered if the vehicle air bag system is * The available mobile network provider at
activated during the collision. the location of the vehicle is not specified
* Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
* If the automatic emergency call has been for emergency call usage.
* Vehicle type
triggered, please bring your vehicle to a * The communication line of the emergency
* Fuel type NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop. This call centre is busy.
* Activation type (Automatic/Manual) is necessary because the automatic emer-
* Call type (Test/Emergency) gency call system needs to be reset to
* Position (Trusted/Low confidence) avoid any unintended eCall being made.
* Time stamp (when the collision or event * The mobile network provider that man-
occurred) ages the connection from the vehicle to
the emergency call centre is specified and

MANUAL ECALL (SOS button) 4. When the call is connected, you can speak to SYSTEM STATUS INDICATOR
GUID-ABF238C3-DD40-4BED-8E70-5409DC93ADD5 GUID-19F38DDE-9662-4D4E-B156-3A46F7F0AA0C
the emergency support staff.
The manual eCall can be performed with the
ignition switched ON, by pushing the <SOS> call If you want to cancel the emergency call, push and
button located on the overhead control panel. hold the <SOS> button for a few seconds. The call
cannot be cancelled after connection.
After the ignition is switched OFF, if an emergency
call was not made, the eCall system is turned off. NOTE:
* During the emergency call, the volume of the
CAUTION
voice of the operator cannot be adjusted.
* Park the vehicle in a safe location and * During the emergency call, the volume of the
apply the parking brake before operating vehicle audio will be muted.
the <SOS> button.
* After the <SOS> button is pushed, it may
* Use this service only in case of an emer- MNIC3867
take some time until the system initiates
gency. There may be a penalty for inap- connection, depending on the technical en-
propriate use of the service. vironment and whether the TCU is being
The indicator lights and above the <SOS>
used by other services.
button indicate the status of the vehicle emer-
* To avoid disconnecting the call, do not turn gency call system. If the indicator light is illumi-
the engine off. nated red or no indicator light is illuminated the
* During the emergency call Bluetooth® emergency call may not connect to the emergency
Hands-Free Phone connection will be dis- call centre when the <SOS> button is pressed. Also
abled and phone operation will only be an automatic emergency call may not be sent
available by mobile phone. when a collision occurs.
* If the emergency call is disconnected for * During vehicle start up the system operates
some reason the emergency call centre may self diagnostics and the red indicator light is
call back. This action does not prevent the illuminated for up to 15 seconds.
occupant(s) of the vehicle from making
MNCE517 * At any other time if the red indicator light is
another manual emergency call.
illuminated contact a NISSAN dealer or quali-
fied workshop for assistance. In the event of a
1. Switch the ignition ON critical system failure that would disable the
2. Push to open the <SOS> cover . 112-based eCall in-vehicle system, the red
indicator light is illuminated as a warning.
3. Push the <SOS> button . An emergency call
is sent to the emergency call centre. At the
same time, the vehicle information is also
transferred.

SPARE TYRE
GUID-77D3196D-BFF3-4C05-82A3-E9A46D65A663
NOTE: replaced by the standard tyre at the first
TEMPORARY-USE SPARE TYRE (where opportunity.
If the indicator light is illuminated red or no
indicator light is illuminated, emergency ser-
fitted) GUID-0367539E-1000-48AF-9220-4540229C153D * Drive carefully and do not drive your
vices (such as the police or other agencies) vehicle faster than 80 km/h (50 MPH).
should be contacted using other normal com- * Avoid driving over obstacles. Also, do not
munication devices (for example a phone) in the take the vehicle through an automatic car
event of an accident. wash.
MODALITIES FOR EXERCISING DATA * Avoid driving sharp turns and abrupt
SUBJECT’S RIGHTS
GUID-0C182A57-FD0F-401A-AE11-3F48FB6FE794
braking.
The data subject (the vehicle’s owner) has a right * Do not exceed the vehicle’s maximum load
of access to data and as appropriate to request rating or the load-carrying capacity
the rectification, erasure or blocking of data, molded on the sidewall of the temporary-
concerning him or her, the processing of which MNIC3779 use spare tyre.
does not comply with the provisions of Directive * Do not use a snow chain on this tyre
Temporary use spare tyre label
95/46/EC. Any third parties to whom the data have because it will not fit properly. This could
been disclosed have to be notified of such The temporary-use spare tyre is designed for cause damage to the vehicle and result in
rectification, erasure or blocking carried out in emergency use only. This spare tyre should be loss of the chain.
compliance with this Directive, unless it proves used ONLY for very short periods and NEVER be * Do not use the temporary-use spare tyre
impossible or involves a disproportionate effort. used for long drives or extended periods. on any other vehicle because this tyre has
The data subject has a right to complain to the Observe the following precautions if the tempor- been designed specifically for your vehicle.
competent data protection authority if he or she ary-use spare tyre must be used, otherwise your * The vehicle must not be driven with more
considers that his or her rights have been infringed vehicle could be damaged or involved in an than one temporary-use spare tyre at the
as a result of the processing of his or her personal accident. same time.
data.
WARNING * Do not tow a trailer.
Any continuous road use of this tyre could * As with all tyres, the temporary-use spare
result in tyre failure, loss of vehicle control, and tyre must be checked regularly to ensure
possible personal injury. pressure is maintained.
For pressure details, see the tyre placard

CAUTION located on the driver’s side centre pillar.
* The temporary-use spare tyre should be
used only in emergencies. It should be

FLAT TYRE
GUID-53EABDF5-6B07-45A8-9D7E-87C368627263
In case of a flat tyre, follow the instructions as 7. Open the bonnet (for details, see “Bonnet”
CONVENTIONAL SPARE TYRE (where described below: (P.154)) in order to:
fitted) GUID-0F3743F2-0A1F-4B20-980F-05137D366A16 . Warn other traffic.
A standard wheel and tyre is supplied with your STOPPING THE VEHICLE
GUID-AC15E8E2-36EA-4895-B495-02E5ACA54425
. Signal to professional road assistance that
vehicle. WARNING you require assistance.
* Make sure that the parking brake is se- 8. Have all passengers exit the vehicle and stand
curely applied. in a safe place, away from traffic and clear of
* For Manual Transmission (MT) models: the vehicle.
Make sure the transmission is in the R
(Reverse) position. CHANGING FLAT TYRE (Models with
spare wheel, where fitted)
For Xtronic transmission models: Make GUID-53BDB03D-2BD6-4F78-AA24-D0C424947A64
sure that the transmission is in the P (Park) Blocking theGUID-EAEC03E6-60DF-4C65-B659-4D96DFE1E3D2

wheels
position.
* Never change tyres when the vehicle is on
a slope, ice or a slippery area. This is
hazardous.
* Never change tyres if oncoming traffic is
close to your vehicle. Wait for professional
road assistance.
1. Safely move the vehicle off the road, away

from traffic.
2. Switch on the hazard warning flashers. MMCE0001DZ
3. Park on a level surface.

4. Apply the parking brake.
WARNING
5. Shift the transmission (MT models) into the R
(Reverse) position (Xtronic transmission mod- Make sure to block the appropriate wheel to
els, press the P position switch to shift the prevent the vehicle from moving, which may
transmission to P (Park) position). cause personal injury.
6. Turn off the engine. Place suitable blocks in front of and behind the
wheel diagonally opposite the flat tyre to

prevent the vehicle from moving when it is on the 2. Remove the luggage boards and luggage Removing the wheel
GUID-2CF83907-8A40-40DB-8295-9499D36AB8D1
jack. compartment floor cover.
3. Remove the retainer by turning it anticlock-
WARNING
Getting the tools and spare wheel
GUID-0BD05B37-A142-4711-AEE7-47A7D6D6C1A2 wise. * Make sure to read the caution label
The spare wheel, jack and tools are located inside attached to the jack body before use.
4. If you have a subwoofer speaker fitted, lift it
the luggage compartment.
out carefully and place it in a safe position * DO NOT GET UNDER A VEHICLE THAT IS
away from the spare wheel. Do not strain the SUPPORTED BY A JACK.
cable attached to the subwoofer. * Never use a jack which was not provided
5. Remove the jack, tools and spare wheel. with your vehicle.
* The jack, which is provided with your
Removing wheel cover (where fitted)
GUID-D67FD9C4-AE0F-4F8F-9AFB-4B9A98C14413 vehicle is designed only to lift your vehicle
during a tyre change.
* Use the correct jacking points. Never use
any other part of the vehicle for jack
support.
MNCE507 * Never lift the vehicle more than necessary.
* Never use blocks on or under the jack.
* Do not start or run the engine while the
vehicle is on the jack. The vehicle may
move suddenly, and this may cause an
MSCE0173AZ accident.
* Never allow passengers to stay in the
vehicle while the tyre is off the ground.
WARNING
* Remove all loads before lifting the vehicle
Take care when removing the wheel cover as with the jack.
the cover may detach suddenly.
MNCE508 Remove the wheel cover as illustrated with a

suitable tool or carefully remove the wheel cover
with both hands.
1. Open the tailgate.

5. To lift the vehicle, securely hold and turn the
handle clockwise as shown.
6. Carefully raise the vehicle until the tyre clears
the ground.
7. Remove the wheel bolts, then remove the
wheel with the flat tyre.
CAUTION
The wheel is heavy. Be sure that your feet are
clear of the wheel and use gloves as necessary
MNDI1788 MNCE510
to avoid injury.
Jacking points
1. Place the jack directly under the jacking point 4. Alloy wheels (where fitted): Alloy wheel bolts Installing the wheel
GUID-09A2E847-B458-4E73-A300-E4D734F7A499
have a plastic cap that can be removed using
as illustrated so that the top of the jack WARNING
contacts the vehicle at the jacking point. tweezers (where fitted) from the tool kit.
* The temporary use spare tyre (where
Loosen each wheel bolt by one or two turns
CAUTION anticlockwise with the wheel wrench.
fitted) is designed for emergency use. See
The jack should be placed on firm level ground. “Spare tyre” (P.445).
Do not remove the wheel bolts until the tyre
* Never use wheel bolts other than those
is off the ground.
2. Align the centre of both the jack head and the provided with your vehicle. Incorrect wheel
notches at the jacking point as shown. bolts or improperly tightened wheel bolts
3. Fit the groove of the jack head between the may cause the wheel to become loose or
two notches as shown. come off. This could cause an accident.
* Never use oil or grease on the wheel bolts.
This may cause the wheel bolts to become
loose.
MNCE309

NOTE:
Before installation, align NISSAN logo (centre
cap) with the wheel bolts/or perpendicular
to valve hole (where fitted), to correctly align
to the centre.
Wheel bolt tightening torque:
113 N·m (12 kg-m, 83 ft-lb)
As soon as possible, tighten the wheel bolts to

the specified torque with a torque wrench.
MNCE435 WARNING MNCE511
Retighten the wheel bolts after the vehicle has Subwoofer speaker
Tighten been driven for 1,000 km (600 miles) (also in
cases of a flat tyre, etc.). CAUTION
Loosen
Take care when refitting the subwoofer in the
1. Clean any mud or dirt from the surface The wheel bolts must be kept tightened to spare wheel. It is important to align the speak-
between the wheel and the hub. specification at all times. It is recommended that er as shown to ensure that the cable is not
2. Carefully fit the wheel and tighten the wheel the wheel bolts be tightened to specification at stretched. Check that the cable attached to the
bolts with your fingers. Check that all the each maintenance interval. speaker is not under strain.
wheel bolts contact the wheel surface hor- Adjust the tyre pressure to the COLD pressure.
izontally and on the bevelled side.
COLD pressure is the tyre pressure as measured TYRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM
3. With the wheel wrench, tighten the wheel bolts after the vehicle has been parked for three hours
alternately and evenly in the sequence as (TPMS) (where fitted)
or more or driven for less than 1.6 km (1 mile). GUID-D33847AA-D059-4AFA-8F62-FA89E84BE311
illustrated ( - ) until they are tight.
COLD tyre pressures are shown on the tyre placard
4. Lower the vehicle slowly until the tyre touches affixed to the driver’s side centre pillar.
the ground.
5. Tighten the wheel bolts securely using the Stowing theGUID-C854FF6D-1556-4693-BEE6-FEC0FC19B0A5
wheel and tools
wheel wrench in the sequence as illustrated. Securely store the wheel with the flat tyre, the jack
6. Lower the vehicle completely. and the tools in the specified storage areas.
7. Install the wheel cover (where fitted).
MNDI1751

Tyre valve with sensor * The Genuine NISSAN Emergency Tyre Re- cies is being used in or near the
pair Sealant can be used for temporarily vehicle.
WARNING
repairing a tyre. Do not inject any other — If a computer (or similar equipment) or
* If the TPMS indicator light illuminates while tyre liquid or aerosol tyre sealant into the a DC/AC converter is being used in or
driving: tyres, as this may cause a malfunction of near the vehicle.
— avoid sudden steering manoeuvres the tyre pressure sensors.
* When inflating the tyres and checking the
— avoid abrupt braking * NISSAN recommends using only Genuine tyre pressure, never bend the valves.
NISSAN Emergency Tyre Sealant provided
— reduce vehicle speed * Use Genuine NISSAN valve caps that com-
with your vehicle. Other tyre sealants may
— pull off the road to a safe location damage the valve stem seal which can ply with the factory-fitted valve cap speci-
cause the tyre to lose air pressure. Visit a fications.
— stop the vehicle as soon as possible
NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop as * Do not use metal valve caps.
* Driving with under-inflated tyres may per-
manently damage the tyres and increase soon as possible after using tyre repair * Fit the valve caps properly. Without the
the likelihood of tyre failure. Serious vehi- sealant (for models equipped with the valve caps the valve and tyre pressure
cle damage could occur which may lead to emergency tyre puncture repair kit). monitor sensors could be damaged.
an accident and could result in serious * Do not damage the valves and sensors
personal injury. CAUTION
when storing the wheels or fitting different
* Check the tyre pressure for all four tyres. * The TPMS may not function properly when tyres.
Adjust the tyre pressure to the recom- the wheels are equipped with tyre chains
* Replace the TPMS sensor valve stem (in-
mended COLD tyre pressure shown on the or the wheels are buried in snow.
cluding valve core and cap) and screw
tyre placard to turn the TPMS indicator * Do not place metalised film or any metal (where fitted) when the tyres are replaced
light “OFF”. In case of a flat tyre, replace it parts (antenna, etc.) on the windows. This due to wear or age. The screw (where
with a spare tyre as soon as possible. may cause poor reception of the signals fitted) must be fitted correctly with a
* When a spare tyre is mounted or a wheel is from the tyre pressure sensors, and the torque setting of 1.4 ± 0.1 N.m. The TPMS
replaced, the TPMS will not function and TPMS will not function properly. sensors can be used again.
the TPMS indicator light will flash for Some devices and transmitters may tem-
approximately 1 minute. The light will The Tyre Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
porarily interfere with the operation of the
remain on after 1 minute. Be sure to follow monitors the tyre pressure of the four wheels
TPMS and cause the TPMS indicator light
all instructions for wheel replacement and except the spare wheel. When the TPMS indicator
to illuminate. Some examples are:
make sure the TPMS system is mounted light comes on together with the TPMS tyre
correctly. — Facilities or electric devices using si- location indicator light (in the meter panel), one
milar radio frequencies are near the or more of the tyres is significantly under-inflated.
* Replacing tyres with those not originally vehicle. If the vehicle is being driven with low tyre pressure,
specified by NISSAN could affect the prop-
— If a transmitter set to similar frequen- the TPMS will activate and TPMS indicator light
er operation of the TPMS.

together with the TPMS tyre location indicator * when two or more tyres are flat Before using emergency tyre puncture repair kit
GUID-9886AB26-DAA0-495A-9B3C-D5074ADD50A5
light remains on. This system will deactivate only
Getting emergency tyre puncture repair kit * If any foreign object (for example, a screw or
when tyre pressure is corrected and the vehicle is GUID-9BDFE967-32E2-44C1-8EF9-C645E9780F86
nail) is embedded in the tyre, do not remove it.
driven at speeds above 25 km/h (16 MPH).
* Check the expiration date of the sealant
For more details about the TPMS, see “Tyre
(shown on the label attached to the bottle).
Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) (where fitted)”
Never use a sealant which has passed its
(P.231).
expiration date.
REPAIRING FLAT TYRE (Models with Repairing tyre
GUID-4A478776-3804-45CA-A880-47949D8C2236
emergency GUID-7395E066-85FA-49F6-BF45-E0D60C047867
tyre puncture repair kit)
The emergency tyre puncture repair kit is supplied
with the vehicle instead of a spare tyre. This repair
kit must be used for temporarily fixing a minor tyre
MNCE371
puncture. After using the repair kit, see a NISSAN
dealer or qualified workshop as soon as possible
for tyre inspection and repair/replacement.
Take the emergency tyre puncture repair kit out of
CAUTION the boot. The repair kit consists of the following
Do not use the emergency tyre puncture repair items:
kit under the following conditions. Contact a Tyre sealant bottle
NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop or profes- Air compressor
sional road assistance.
Speed restriction sticker
* when the sealant has passed its expiration
date (shown on the label attached to the NOTE:
bottle) For models with the emergency tyre puncture
* when the cut or the puncture is approxi- repair kit, a spare tyre, jack and rod are not
mately 4 mm (0.16 in) or longer equipped as standard. These parts are dealer
options. Contact a NISSAN dealer or qualified
* when the side of the tyre is damaged workshop about obtaining these parts. See
* when the vehicle has been driven with a “Removing the wheel” (P.447) for usage of
considerable loss of air from the tyre jacking tools and tyre replacement.
* when the tyre is completely displaced
inside or outside the rim MNCE343
* when the tyre rim is damaged

1. Shake the sealant bottle well . 5. Screw the air tube of the compressor (1,3 bar, 19 psi), the tyre cannot be repaired
2. Remove the bottle cap and the orange plug securely onto the tyre valve. Make sure that with this tyre repair kit. Contact a NISSAN
from the top of the compressor. the air compressor switch is in the “OFF” (0) dealer or qualified workshop.
position and the pressure release valve is
3. Screw the bottle into the opening of the securely closed. After repairing tyre
GUID-1747C071-4819-46CE-8C32-B23B076B74B2
compressor (where the orange plug was).
6. Insert its power plug into the power outlet in See a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop for tyre
the vehicle. Make sure no other accessories repair/replacement, inspection/replacement of
are fitted to the power outlet. For details, see the TPMS sensor and for a new tyre sealant bottle
“Power outlets” (P.120). and hose, as soon as possible.
7. Switch the ignition ON.
8. Switch on the compressor, and inflate the tyre
to the pressure that is specified on the tyre
placard affixed to the driver’s side centre pillar.
CAUTION
MNCE315 Do not operate the compressor for more
than 10 minutes.
4. Remove the speed restriction sticker from the If the tyre pressure does not increase to the
compressor, then place it in a location where specified pressure within 10 minutes, the tyre
the driver can see it while driving. may be seriously damaged and the tyre
cannot be repaired with this tyre repair kit.
Contact a NISSAN dealer or qualified work-
shop.
9. Remove the air compressor from the tyre
valve. Immediately drive the vehicle at a speed
of 80 km/h (50 MPH) or less.
10. After 10 minute or 10 km (6 miles) drive, check
the tyre pressure. The temporary repair is
completed if the tyre pressure does not drop.
If the tyre pressure is lower than specified,
MNCE344
repeat the steps from step 5.
If the pressure drops again or under 130 kPa

JUMP STARTING
GUID-49C6877C-BEEE-4DDB-ACB9-D1B8BB881B5E
* Never allow battery fluid to come into
contact with eyes, skin, clothes or the
vehicle’s painted surfaces. Battery fluid is
a corrosive sulphuric acid which can cause
severe burns. If the fluid comes into con-
tact with anything, immediately flush the
contacted area with plenty of water.
* Keep the battery out of the reach of
children.
* The booster battery must be rated at 12
volts. Use of an incorrectly rated battery
will damage your vehicle.
* Never attempt to jump-start a frozen
battery. It could explode and cause serious
injury.
1. Check if the parking brake is applied.

If not, after connecting the vehicle with the
booster battery (after step 8), apply the park-
ing brake.
The vehicle has an electric parking brake, for
more information, see “Electric Parking Brake”
(P.157).
MNCE518
2. Prepare vehicle with the booster battery for
the vehicle being jump-started.
WARNING in the vicinity of the battery. Keep all CAUTION
* Incorrect jump-starting can lead to a sparks and flames away from the battery.
Do not allow the two vehicles to touch.
battery explosion. The battery explosion * Always wear suitable eye protection
may result in severe injury or death. It may glasses and remove rings, bracelets, and
also result in damage to the vehicle. Be any other jewellery whenever working on
sure to follow the instructions in this or near a battery. 3. Shift the transmission (MT models) into the N
section. (Neutral) position (Xtronic transmission, Press
* Never lean over the battery while jump-
* Explosive hydrogen gas is always present starting.

PUSH STARTING
GUID-A6A13EA5-52E6-436B-976A-7595DBF7A43A
the P (Park) button to shift the transmission to 10. Start the engine of your vehicle in the Do not attempt to start the engine by pushing the
the P (Park) position). normal way. vehicle.
4. Switch off all unnecessary electrical systems CAUTION CAUTION

(headlights, hazard lights, etc.). * Starting the engine by pushing the vehicle
Do not keep the starter motor engaged for
5. Ensure that the ignition of the vehicle being more than 10 seconds. If the engine does not may damage the three-way catalyst.
jump-started is OFF. start immediately, turn the ignition switch to * Xtronic transmission models cannot be
6. Open the bonnet. For details, see “Bonnet” “OFF” and wait 10 seconds before trying again. started by pushing the vehicle. This may
(P.154). cause transmission damage.
11. After starting the engine of your vehicle, care- * Never try to start the vehicle by towing it;
7. Remove the vent caps (where fitted) on the
fully disconnect the negative lead and then
battery and cover the battery with a cloth or when the engine starts, the forward surge
the positive lead ( ? ? ? ).
rag. could cause the vehicle to collide with the
12. Remove and dispose of the cloth that was tow vehicle.
8. Connect the jump leads in the sequence ( ?
used to cover the vent holes as it may be
? ? ) as illustrated.
contaminated with corrosive acid.
CAUTION 13. Install the vent caps (where fitted).
* Always connect positive + to positive + 14. Close the bonnet.
and negative 7 to body earth (for
example, engine mount, etc.) – not to the NOTE:
battery’s negative 7. For models which incorporate the Stop/Start
* An incorrect connection could damage the System:
charging system. * Ensure that the battery fitted is the special
battery that is enhanced with regard to the
* Be sure that the jumper cables do not
charge-discharge capacity and life perfor-
touch moving parts in the engine compart-
mance. Avoid using any other battery for the
ment.
Stop/Start System, as this may cause early
* Be careful not to allow contact between deterioration of the battery or a malfunction
the positive jump lead connector and the of the Stop/Start System. It is recommended
vehicle or the negative lead during con- that a Genuine NISSAN battery is fitted. For
nection and disconnection. more information, contact a NISSAN dealer
9. Start the engine of the other vehicle and let * If the battery terminal is disconnected (for
it run for a few minutes. Keep the engine battery replacement, etc.) and then recon-
speed at about 2,000 rpm. nected, there may be some delay before the
Stop/Start System reactivates.

IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS
GUID-3BB4313C-B5B5-4B1A-BFAC-3AD8EB6E5B9D
WARNING 4. Shift the transmission (MT models) into the N reservoir. After refilling the reservoir to the
(Neutral) position, Xtronic transmission mod- MAX level, install the reservoir cap.
* Never continue driving if the engine of your
els: press the P (Park) button to shift the
vehicle overheats. Doing so could cause a
transmission to the P (Park) position.
WARNING
vehicle fire.
DO NOT STOP THE ENGINE. Before removing the engine coolant reservoir
* Never open the bonnet if steam is coming cap and to avoid the danger of being scalded,
out. 5. Open all windows. cover the reservoir cap with a rag and loosen
* Never remove engine coolant reservoir cap 6. Switch off the air conditioner system (where the reservoir cap to the first notch to allow the
when the engine is hot. If the engine fitted). steam to escape.
coolant reservoir cap is removed while 7. Set the heater or air conditioner temperature
the engine is hot, pressurised hot water control to maximum “HOT” and fan speed 15. Close the bonnet.
will spurt out and possibly cause burning, control to maximum speed. Have your vehicle inspected or repaired by a
scalding or serious injury. NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop.
8. Exit the vehicle.
* If steam or coolant is coming out of the
9. Visually inspect and listen for steam or coolant
engine, stand clear of the vehicle to pre-
escaping from the radiator before opening the
vent getting injured.
bonnet. Wait until no steam or coolant can be
* The engine cooling fan will start whenever seen before proceeding.
the coolant temperature exceeds preset
10. Open the bonnet. For details, see “Bonnet”
degrees.
(P.154).
* Be careful not to allow your hands, hair,
11. Visually check if the cooling fan is running.
jewellery or clothing to come into contact
with, or get caught in, the cooling fan or 12. Visually check the radiator and radiator hoses
drive belts. for leakage.
If the engine of your vehicle is overheating

WARNING
(indicated by the engine coolant temperature If coolant is leaking, the cooling fan belt is
gauge) or if you feel a lack of engine power, detect missing or loose or the cooling fan is not
unusual noise, etc., proceed as follows: running, stop the engine.
1. Move and park the vehicle safely off the road
and away from traffic. 13. After the engine cools down, check the cool-
ant level in the engine coolant reservoir with
2. Turn on the hazard warning flasher lights. the engine running.
3. Apply the parking brake. 14. If the level is low, remove the engine coolant
reservoir cap and add coolant slowly into the

TOWING YOUR VEHICLE
GUID-2DEBC56B-E794-4627-8D70-FC64594AD5BF
When towing your vehicle, local regulations for this using the Neutral Hold function. See “Driving
towing must be followed. Incorrect towing equip-
RECOMMENDATIONS FOR TOWING
with Xtronic Transmission” (P.242).
ment could damage your vehicle. To assure proper TWO-WHEELGUID-B950A9F9-1FAC-4C31-82AB-3B6333E2F4A4
DRIVE (2WD) MODELS
towing and to prevent accidental damage to your
vehicle, NISSAN recommends that you have a
service operator tow your vehicle. It is advisable
to have the service operator carefully read the
following precautions.
If you have subscribed to NissanConnect Services
you will receive a notification on your connected
device via the NissanConnect Services App notify-
ing you on the tow.
WARNING
* Do not allow any occupants in the vehicle
that is being towed.
* Never get under your vehicle after it has
been lifted by a tow truck.
TOWING PRECAUTIONS
GUID-C26C4A7B-2129-48F3-9DDE-E10DE98A49BF
* When towing: Make sure that the transmis-
sion, axles, steering system and power train
are in working condition before towing. If any
units are damaged, the vehicle must be towed
using a dolly or be placed on a flat bed lorry.
* Release the parking brake and shift the
transmission into the N (Neutral) position
before starting to tow the vehicle.
* Always attach safety chains before towing.
NOTE:
For Xtronic transmission models: When the MNCE514
Ignition is switched off, the vehicle automatically
shifts to the P (Park) position. You can prevent 2WD models

CAUTION RECOMMENDATIONS FOR TOWING CAUTION
NEVER tow Xtronic transmission models with FOUR-WHEEL DRIVE (4WD) MODELS NEVER tow the vehicle with any wheels on the
GUID-08E0D6AA-EF17-47FD-82C7-E6FD46E10AB7
the front wheels on the ground or with all four ground as this may cause serious and expen-
wheels on the ground (forwards or backwards), sive damage to the transmission.
this may cause serious and expensive damage
to the transmission. If it is necessary to tow the NISSAN recommends that towing dollies be used
vehicle with the rear wheels raised, always use when towing your vehicle or that the vehicle be
towing dollies under the front wheels. placed on a flat bed lorry as illustrated.
When towing with the front wheels on towing
NISSAN recommends that your vehicle should be dollies:
towed with the driving (front) wheels off the
ground or that the vehicle be placed on a flat Switch the ignition OFF, then secure the steering
bed lorry as illustrated. wheel in a straight ahead position using a rope or
similar device.
When towing with the front wheels – on the
ground (MT models only) or – on towing dollies: TOWING EYE GUID-135A449A-81F3-40BF-816F-376247D6A63D
When towing with the front wheels on towing
dollies:
Switch the ignition OFF, then secure the steering
wheel in a straight ahead position using a rope or
similar device.
MNCE516
MNCE515
4WD models

FREEING THE VEHICLE FROM SAND, CAUTION
SNOW OR MUD In order not to break the towing line, tension it
GUID-85319F0D-94DE-4ABD-B866-153A97D8EAF2
slowly.
WARNING
* Never allow anyone to stand near the
towing line during the pulling operation.
* Never spin the tyres at high speed. This
could cause serious damage to the tyres
and result in serious injury. Parts of the
MSCE0833Z
vehicle could also overheat and be da-
maged.
The towing eye is stored with the vehicle tools and Towing eye GUID-6DFE22F5-A51C-4447-866F-C04EE83B73B0
usage
located in the spare wheel recess (luggage com-
The towing eye should be used in the event that
partment area).
your vehicle becomes trapped in sand, snow or
Remove the cover from the bumper. mud, and is unable to drive away without being
Securely install the towing eye, as illustrated. pulled, use the towing eye.
Make sure that the towing eye is properly stored in * Use the towing eye only, not other parts of the
its designated location after use. vehicle. Otherwise, the vehicle body will be
damaged.
NOTE:
* Only use the towing eye to free a vehicle stuck
* Ensure that the towing eye is securely fitted
in sand, snow, mud, etc.
to the vehicle.
* Never tow the vehicle for a long distance using
* Your vehicle may be supplied with two
only the towing eye.
towing eyes. In this case, use the longer
eye on the front of the vehicle, and the * The towing eye is under tremendous force
shorter eye on the rear of the vehicle. when used to free a stuck vehicle. Always pull
the cable straight out from the front of the
vehicle. Never pull on the towing eye at a
sideways angle.

7 Appearance and care
Cleaning exterior .....................................................................................

.... 460 Floor mats ........................................................................................... 462
Washing .................................................................................................
.... 460 Cleaning Glass ................................................................................. 462
Removing spots ..............................................................................
.... 460 Plastic parts ....................................................................................... 463
Waxing ....................................................................................................
.... 460 Seat belts ............................................................................................. 463
Cleaning glass ..................................................................................
.... 461 Cleaning Engine ........................................................................................ 463
Cleaning rear-view camera (where fitted) ................
.... 461 Corrosion protection ............................................................................ 464
Underbody ..........................................................................................
.... 461 Most common factors contributing to
Care of wheels .................................................................................
.... 461 vehicle corrosion ........................................................................... 464
Cleaning aluminium alloy wheels ....................................
.... 461 Environmental factors influence the rate
Chrome parts ...................................................................................
.... 461 of corrosion ....................................................................................... 464
Cleaning interior .......................................................................................
.... 462 To protect your vehicle from corrosion ..................... 464
Air fresheners ...................................................................................
.... 462
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
CLEANING EXTERIOR
GUID-FCE6C95F-4227-4086-9300-B446B4782E7B
In order to maintain the appearance of your * Do not wash the vehicle in direct sunlight not recommended to direct the high pressure
vehicle, it is important to take proper care of it. or while the vehicle body is hot, as the jet onto them. Carefully wash these areas by
Whenever possible, park your vehicle inside a paint surface may become water-spotted. hand.
garage or in a covered area to minimise the * Avoid using tight-napped or rough cloths, * Avoid the entry of water into the locks.
chances of damaging the paint surface of your such as washing mitts. Care must be taken
vehicle.
REMOVING SPOTS
when removing caked-on dirt or other GUID-3B9EF065-9E7C-4D77-B9A3-3E5C8DA4EE10
foreign substances so the paint surface is Remove tar and oil spots, industrial dust, insects,
When it is necessary to park outside, park in a
not scratched or damaged. and tree sap as quickly as possible from the paint
shady area or protect the vehicle with a body
surface to avoid lasting damage or staining.
cover. Be careful not to scratch the paint surface
3. Rinse the vehicle thoroughly with plenty of Special cleaning products are available at a NISSAN
when putting on or removing the body cover.
clean water. dealer or any automotive accessory store.
WASHING 4. Use a damp chamois to dry the paint surface
GUID-34C13FDB-2DC8-44FE-B7D0-8746CB61444A WAXING GUID-C0272BBC-965C-476D-88BB-7475E9502C66
In the following instances, wash your vehicle as to avoid leaving water spots.
Regular waxing protects the paint surface and
soon as possible to protect the paint surface: When washing the vehicle, take care of the helps to retain a new vehicle appearance.
* After a rainfall, to prevent possible damage following:
After waxing, polishing is recommended to remove
from acid rain. * Inside flanges, joints and folds on the doors, built-up residue.
* After driving on coastal roads. back door and bonnet are particularly vulner-
A NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop can assist
* When contaminants such as soot, bird drop- able to the effects of road salt. Therefore,
you in choosing the appropriate waxing products.
pings, tree sap, metal particles or insects get these areas must be cleaned regularly.
on the paint surface. * Inside flanges, joints and folds on the doors, CAUTION
* When dust or mud builds up on the paint tailgate and bonnet are particularly vulnerable * Wash your vehicle thoroughly and com-
surface. to the effects of road salt. Therefore, these pletely before applying wax to the paint
1. Wash the vehicle surface with a wet sponge areas must be cleaned regularly. surface.
and plenty of water. * Be sure that the drain holes in the lower edge
* Always follow the manufacturer’s instruc-
2. Clean the vehicle surface gently and thor- of the doors are not clogged.
tions supplied with the wax.
oughly using a mild soap or a special vehicle * Spray water on the underbody and in the
* Do not use a wax containing any abrasives,
wash shampoo mixed with clean, lukewarm wheel wells to loosen the dirt and/or wash
cutting compounds or cleaners that may
(never hot) water. away road salt.
damage the vehicle finish.
* If using a high pressure washer always follow
CAUTION the recommendations on the equipment * If the vehicle surface cannot polish easily,
* Do not wash the vehicle with strong (pressure and spraying distance). apply a road tar remover prior to waxing
household soap, strong chemical deter- the vehicle.
* If there are damaged areas on the vehicle (e.g.
gents, petrol or solvents. painted bumpers or headlight assembly), it is * Machine compounding or aggressive pol-

ishing on a base coat/clear coat paint CAUTION
UNDERBODY GUID-E39E2777-D696-4598-BA14-FF5105736BE6
finish may dull the finish or leave swirl Follow the directions as described below in
marks. In areas where road salt is used in the winter, the
order to avoid staining or discolouring of the
vehicle’s underbody must be cleaned regularly.
wheels.
This will prevent dirt and salt from building up and
CLEANING GLASS
GUID-10FF269E-36B9-4A6C-98F1-55BFA38907C1 causing underbody and suspension corrosion. * Do not use a cleaner that contains strong
Use glass cleaner to remove smoke and dust film contents of acid or alkali to clean the
Before the winter period and again in the spring,
from the glass surfaces. It is normal for glass to wheels.
the underseal must be checked and, if necessary,
become coated with a film after the vehicle is * Do not apply wheel cleaner when the
re-treated.
parked in the hot sun. Glass cleaner and a soft wheels are hot. The wheel temperature
cloth will easily remove this film. CARE OF WHEELS should be the same as ambient tempera-
GUID-97F3287B-763A-4608-AD40-7F79B57E9878
* Wash the wheels when washing the vehicle to ture.
CLEANING REAR-VIEW CAMERA (where
maintain their appearance. * Rinse the wheel to completely remove the
fitted) GUID-2BE59615-95B9-4E69-98A9-4DF3339706B3 * Clean the inner side of the wheels when the cleaner within 15 minutes after the cleaner
Clean the transparent camera cover regularly. If wheel is changed or the underside of the has been applied.
dirt, rain or snow attaches to the cover, the vehicle is washed.
monitor may not display objects clearly.
* Do not use abrasive cleaners when washing CHROME PARTS
GUID-4E4AEB4F-A440-4E63-A9B8-F22A65057118
CAUTION the wheels.
Clean all chrome parts regularly with a nonabra-
* Do not use alcohol, benzene or thinner to * Inspect wheel rims regularly for dents or sive chrome polish to maintain the finish.
clean the transparent camera cover. This corrosion. This may cause loss of pressure or
will cause discolouration. To clean the damage the tyre bead.
cover, first use a cloth dampened with * NISSAN recommends that the road wheels be
diluted mild cleaning agent and then wipe waxed to protect against road salt in areas
with a dry cloth. where it is used during winter.
* Do not use body wax on the transparent
CLEANING ALUMINIUM ALLOY WHEELS
camera cover. GUID-150BE883-6478-44CA-809E-84109D8CF9E9
Wash the wheels regularly with a sponge dam-
* When washing the vehicle with a high
pened in a mild soap solution, especially during
pressure water spray, make sure not to
winter in areas where road salt is used. The salt
spray it around the transparent camera
residue from road salt could discolour the wheels if
cover. Otherwise, water may enter the
it is not washed off regularly.
camera unit causing water condensation
on the lens and it may result in a malfunc-
tion or an electric shock.

CLEANING INTERIOR
GUID-9B7032EC-50A2-48E7-910A-510FDEE43A5D
Occasionally remove loose dust from the interior
trim, plastic parts and seats using a vacuum
AIR FRESHENERS
GUID-90848CE8-C76A-46DE-B12E-85C06C3699ED
Floor mat positioning aid
GUID-DF1DC344-B52E-4CE6-ADFF-DE849A66713A
cleaner or soft bristled brush. Wipe the vinyl and Most air fresheners use a solvent that could affect
leather surfaces with a clean, soft cloth dampened the vehicle interior. If you use an air freshener, take
in mild soap solution, then wipe clean with a dry, the following precautions:
soft cloth. * Hanging-type air fresheners can cause perma-
Regular care and cleaning is required in order to nent discolouration when they contact vehicle
maintain the appearance of the leather. interior surfaces. Place the air freshener in a
location that allows it to hang free and not
Before using any fabric protector, read the man-
contact an interior surface.
ufacturer’s recommendations. Some fabric protec-
tors contain chemicals that may stain or bleach * Liquid-type air fresheners typically clip on the
the seat material. vents. These products can cause immediate
damage and discolouration when spilled on MSAI0037Z
Use a soft cloth dampened only with water to interior surfaces.
clean the meter and gauge lens covers.
Carefully read and follow the manufacturer’s
Note that the above illustration is for LHD models.
CAUTION instructions before using air fresheners.
This vehicle includes front floor mat brackets to
* Never use benzene, thinner or any similar
material.
FLOOR MATS
GUID-EFB8C0AA-09D8-4E2C-9EF9-AC9349F0BC38
act as a floor mat positioning aid. Genuine NISSAN
NISSAN recommends the use of Genuine NISSAN floor mats have been specially designed for your
* Small dirt particles can be abrasive and vehicle.
floor mats.
damaging to leather surfaces and should
The use of Genuine NISSAN floor mats (where Position the mat by placing the floor mat bracket
be removed promptly. Do not use saddle
fitted) can extend the life of your vehicle carpet hook through the floor mat grommet hole while
soap, car waxes, polishes, oils cleaning
and make it easier to clean the interior. Regardless centring the mat in the foot area.
fluids, solvents, detergents or ammonia
based cleaners as they may damage the of what mats are used, be sure they are fitted for Periodically check that the mats are properly
leather’s natural finish. your vehicle and are properly positioned in the foot positioned.
well to prevent interference with pedal operation
* Never use fabric protectors unless recom- CLEANING GLASS
at all times. Mats should be maintained with GUID-F7767C46-536F-491E-B15B-4890BBD1AF29
mended by the manufacturer.
regular cleaning and replaced if they become Use glass cleaner to remove smoke and dust film
* Do not use glass or plastic cleaner on excessively worn. from the glass surfaces. It is normal for glass to
meter or gauge lens covers. It may da- become coated with a film after the vehicle is
mage the lens covers. parked in the hot sun. Glass cleaner and a soft
cloth will easily remove this film.

CLEANING ENGINE
GUID-1DB8F249-128D-4355-B22A-DD7145BE8A89
CAUTION PLASTIC PARTS CAUTION
GUID-16BC241C-C786-44B2-AF34-332F58C18D24
When cleaning the inside of the windows, do Plastic parts can be cleaned with a mild soap Take care when cleaning engine bay. Avoid
not use sharp-edged tools, abrasive cleaners solution. If the dirt cannot be easily removed, use a using water and fluids in this area, especially
or chlorine based disinfectant cleaners. They plastic cleaner. Do not use any solvents. on electrical components. Putting water or
could damage electrical conductors such as fluids on these components may cause a
the rear window defogger. SEAT BELTS GUID-4348A5B9-CBB1-4607-A69D-2EE137D4674C problem with engine starting, a malfunction,
a fire or an electric shock.
Do not stick labels on the inside surface of the WARNING
glass. Removing stickers and its residue could
damage electrical conductors such as the rear * Do not allow wet seat belts to roll up in the
window defogger. retractor.
* Never use bleach, dye or chemical solvents
Take care that any objects stored in the
to clean the seat belts, since these materi-
luggage room, do not come in contact with
als may severely weaken the seat belt
the inside surface of the rear window. This is to
webbing.
avoid damage to electrical conductors such as
the rear window defogger. The seat belts can be cleaned by wiping them with
a sponge dampened in a mild soap solution.
Automatic anti-dazzling inside rear- Allow the belts to dry completely in the shade
view mirrorGUID-AAC4CAF0-BB7A-474A-ADDA-6DEB625D2F2E
(where fitted) before using them.
Use a soft cloth dampened only with water to
clean the automatic anti-dazzling inside rear view
mirror (where fitted).
CAUTION
Do not use glass cleaner. Doing so will reduce
the sensitivity of the sensor, resulting in
improper operation.

CORROSION PROTECTION
GUID-EDB926C0-7E19-4616-951C-F6D22AEB03C0
MOST COMMON FACTORS CONTRI- Air pollutionGUID-E40D1E4C-B066-493E-BD1B-205D42B73A72 In the winter, the underbody must be cleaned
periodically.
BUTING TO GUID-6AB9D600-5CB9-4AE7-996C-2E85F6340B8B
VEHICLE CORROSION Industrial pollution, the presence of salt in the air in
coastal areas, or heavy road salt use will accelerate For additional protection against rust and corro-
* The accumulation of moisture-retaining dirt
the corrosion process. Road salt will also accel- sion, which may be required in some areas, consult
and debris in body panel sections, cavities, and
erate the disintegration of paint surfaces. a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop.
other areas.
* Damage to the paint surface and other
TO PROTECT YOUR VEHICLE FROM
protective coatings caused by gravel and
stone chips or minor traffic accidents. CORROSIONGUID-403A8620-4575-4930-B1D3-4CF9D9024AAD
* Wash and wax your vehicle often to keep the
ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS INFLUENCE vehicle clean.
THE RATE OF CORROSION
GUID-8CDFF592-6941-441E-9670-34BB99B05EDE
* Always check for minor damage to the paint
surface and if any exists, repair it as soon as
Moisture GUID-6CB90B5F-99D8-42E0-A8C1-0010CEE19AE8 possible.
Accumulation of sand, dirt and water on the * Keep the drain holes at the bottom of the
vehicle body underside can accelerate corrosion. doors and back door opened to avoid water
Wet floor coverings will not dry completely inside accumulation.
the vehicle, and should be removed for drying to * Check the vehicle underbody for accumulation
avoid floor panels corrosion. of sand, dirt or salt. If present, wash with water
as soon as possible.
Relative humidity
GUID-2AE53E96-20DB-4775-B43A-3D2E7CBD3433
Corrosion will be accelerated in areas of high
CAUTION
relative humidity, especially those areas where * Never remove dirt, sand or other debris
the temperatures stay above freezing, where from the passenger compartment by
atmospheric pollution exists and road salt is used. washing it out with a hose. Remove dirt
with a vacuum cleaner or broom.
TemperatureGUID-F98965FF-BD14-4E1A-BF2A-B8D7BD8863E9 * Never allow water or other liquids to come
A temperature increase will accelerate the rate of in contact with electronic components in-
corrosion to those parts which are not well side the vehicle as this may damage them.
ventilated.
Chemicals used for road surface de-icing are
Corrosion will also accelerate in areas where the
extremely corrosive. They accelerate corrosion
temperatures stay above freezing.
and deterioration of underbody components such
as the exhaust system, fuel and brake lines, brake
cables, floor pan and fenders.

8 Maintenance and do-it-yourself
Maintenance requirements .............................................................

.... 467 Drive belts ........................................................................................................
.... 480
Scheduled maintenance ..........................................................
.... 467 Spark plugs ....................................................................................................
.... 481
General maintenance ................................................................
.... 467 Replacing Spark plugs .................................................................
.... 481
Where to go for service ............................................................
.... 467 Air cleaner filter ...........................................................................................
.... 481
General maintenance ...........................................................................
.... 467 Dry paper filter element .............................................................
.... 481
Explanation of general maintenance items ............
.... 467 Wiper blades ..................................................................................................
.... 482
Maintenance precautions .................................................................
.... 469 Cleaning ..................................................................................................
.... 482
Engine compartment ...........................................................................
.... 470 Front window wiper replacement .....................................
.... 482
Engine cooling system ........................................................................
.... 471 Rear window wiper replacement .......................................
.... 482
Checking engine coolant level ...........................................
.... 471 Windscreen washer nozzle ......................................................
.... 483
Changing engine coolant .......................................................
.... 471 Fuses ...................................................................................................................
.... 483
Engine oil .......................................................................................................
.... 472 Passenger compartment ..........................................................
.... 483
Checking engine oil level ........................................................
.... 472 Engine compartment ...................................................................
.... 485
Changing engine oil and oil filter .....................................
.... 472 Lights ...................................................................................................................
.... 485
Protect the environment ........................................................
.... 474 Headlights .............................................................................................
.... 485
Xtronic transmission fluid ................................................................
.... 474 Exterior lights .....................................................................................
.... 486
Brakes ...............................................................................................................
.... 475 Interior lights .......................................................................................
.... 486
Checking parking brake ..........................................................
.... 475 Light locations ...................................................................................
.... 486
Checking brake pedal ................................................................
.... 475 Wheels and tyres .......................................................................................
.... 489
Brake and clutch fluid .........................................................................
.... 475 Tyre inflation pressure ................................................................
.... 489
Window washer fluid ............................................................................
.... 476 Types of tyres ....................................................................................
.... 489
Battery ..............................................................................................................
.... 476 Snow chains ........................................................................................
.... 490
Vehicle battery ................................................................................
.... 477 Tyre rotation .......................................................................................
.... 490
Jump-starting ...................................................................................
.... 479 Tyre wear and damage ..............................................................
.... 491
Intelligent Key battery replacement ..............................
.... 479 Tyre age ..................................................................................................
.... 491
Changing tyres and wheels ..................................................
.... 491 Spare tyre ............................................................................................ 491
Four-wheel drive (4WD) models ........................................
.... 491 Care of wheels ................................................................................. 492
Wheel balance ..................................................................................
.... 491
....
....
MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS GENERAL MAINTENANCE
GUID-2315CB39-CC43-4064-B0E8-D87D7F28DCD5
GUID-5B378FA4-38CA-44A4-A9FB-FFD1866DBC16
Some day-to-day and regular maintenance is During the normal day-to-day operation of the
WHERE TO GO FOR SERVICE
GUID-BFC90CD0-420B-4602-B7C5-ED174CB49585 vehicle, general maintenance should be performed
essential to maintain your vehicle’s good mechan-
If maintenance service is required or your vehicle regularly as prescribed in this section. If you detect
ical condition, as well as its emission and engine
appears to malfunction, have the systems checked any unusual sounds, vibrations or smell, be sure to
performance.
and tuned by an authorised NISSAN dealer or check for the cause or have a NISSAN dealer or
It is the owner’s responsibility to make sure that qualified workshop. qualified workshop do it promptly. In addition, you
the specified maintenance, as well as general should notify a NISSAN dealer or qualified work-
maintenance, is performed. shop if repairs are required.
As the vehicle owner, you are the only one who can When performing any checks or maintenance
ensure that your vehicle receives the proper work, closely observe the “Maintenance precau-
maintenance care. tions” later in this section.
SCHEDULEDGUID-B5BF5BF6-4099-4291-B8B1-5E6C732CD0DE
MAINTENANCE EXPLANATION OF GENERAL MAINTE-
For your convenience, the required scheduled NANCE ITEMS
maintenance items are described and listed in GUID-7E550D65-4B10-4DBF-97BD-D93C00399D22
the separate Warranty Information and Mainte- Additional information on the following items
nance booklet. You must refer to that booklet to with an asterisk (*) is found later in this section.
ensure that necessary maintenance is performed The maintenance items listed here should be
on your vehicle at regular intervals. performed from time to time, unless otherwise
specified.
GENERAL MAINTENANCE
GUID-755C5AF2-2832-45E8-BE89-2DC405138AD6
General maintenance includes those items which Outside the vehicle
GUID-1F11D56F-1D2D-4FBC-90A1-951CFFE0FA1A
should be checked during normal day-to-day Tailgate, doors and bonnet:
operation of the vehicle. They are essential if your Check that the tailgate, all doors and the bonnet
vehicle is to continue to operate properly. It is your operate properly. Also ensure that all latches lock
responsibility to perform these procedures regu- securely. Lubricate hinges and latches if necessary.
larly as prescribed. Make sure that the secondary latch keeps the
Performing general maintenance checks requires bonnet from opening when the primary latch is
minimal mechanical skill and a few general auto- released.
motive tools. When driving in areas using road salt or other
These checks or inspections can be done by corrosive materials, check for lubrication fre-
yourself, a qualified technician or, if you prefer, quently.
your NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop.

Lights*: Tyre Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) Battery (except for maintenance free batteries)*:
Clean the headlights on a regular basis. Make sure TRANSMITTER COMPONENTS (where fitted): Check the fluid level in each cell. It should be
that the headlights, brake lights, tail lights, turn Replace the TPMS sensor valve stem (including between the <UPPER> and <LOWER> lines. Vehicles
signal lights, and other lights are all operating valve core and cap) and screw (where fitted) when operated in high temperatures or under severe
properly and installed securely. Also check head- the tyres are replaced due to wear or age. The conditions require frequent checks of the battery
light aim. screw (where fitted) must be fitted correctly with a fluid level.
torque setting of 1.4 ± 0.1 N.m. The TPMS sensors
Tyres*: Brake (and clutch) FLUID LEVEL(s)*:
can be used again.
Check the pressure with a gauge periodically when For Manual Transmission (MT) model: make sure
at a service station (including the spare) and adjust Wheel alignment and balance: that the brake and clutch fluid levels are between
to the specified pressure if necessary. Check care- If the vehicle pulls to either side while driving on a the <MAX> and <MIN> lines on the reservoirs.
fully for damage, cuts or excessive wear. straight and level road, or if you detect uneven or
Except for Manual Transmission (MT) model: make
abnormal tyre wear, alignment should be checked
Tyre rotation*: sure that the brake fluid level is between the
and tyre replacement may be necessary. If the
In the case of Two-Wheel Drive (2WD), and front <MAX> and <MIN> lines on the reservoir.
steering wheel or seat vibrates at normal highway
and rear tyres are the same size; tyres should be speeds, wheel balancing may be needed. See “Brake and clutch fluid” (P.475).
rotated every 10,000 km (6,000 miles). Tyres
Wheel bolts: Engine coolant level*:
marked with directional indicators can only be
rotated between front and rear. Make sure that the When checking the tyres, make sure no wheel bolts Check the coolant level when the engine is cold.
directional indicators point in the direction of are missing, and check for any loose wheel bolts. Make sure that the coolant level is between the
wheel rotation after the tyre rotation is completed. Tighten if necessary. <MAX> and <MIN> lines on the reservoir.
In the case of Four-Wheel Drive (4WD), and front See “Engine cooling system” (P.471).
Windscreen:
and rear tyres are the same size; tyres should be Clean the windscreen on a regular basis. Check the Engine drive belts*:
rotated every 5,000 km (3,000 miles). Tyres windscreen at least every six months for cracks or Make sure that the drive belt is not frayed, worn,
marked with directional indicators can only be other damage. Have a damaged windscreen cracked or oily.
rotated between front and rear. Make sure that the repaired by a qualified repair facility.
directional indicators point in the direction of Engine oil level*:
wheel rotation after the tyre rotation is completed. Wiper blades*: Check the level after parking the vehicle on a level
Check for cracks or wear if they do not wipe surface and turning off the engine.
In the case that front tyres are different size from
properly. See “Engine oil” (P.472).
rear tyres; tyres cannot be rotated.
The timing for tyre rotation may vary according to Under the bonnet and vehicle
GUID-ECC6C5D3-5570-45DB-A6CD-FE14369D6CB8
Fluid leaks:
your driving habits and the road surface condi- Check under the vehicle for fuel, oil, water or other
The maintenance items listed here should be
tions. fluid leaks after the vehicle has been parked for a
checked periodically, e.g. each time you check the
engine oil or refuel. while. Water dripping from the air conditioner after
use is normal. If you should notice any leaks or if

MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS
GUID-08751009-1E43-440E-B647-3272DD298605
petrol fumes are evident, check for the cause and Seat belts: When performing any inspection or maintenance
have it corrected immediately. Check that all parts of the seat belt system (e.g. work on your vehicle, always take care to prevent
buckles, anchors, adjusters and retractors) operate serious accidental injury to yourself or damage to
Window washer fluid*: the vehicle. The following are general precautions
properly and smoothly, and are installed securely.
Check that there is adequate fluid in the tank. which should be closely observed.
Check the belt webbing for cuts, fraying, wear or
See “Window washer fluid” (P.476). damage. See “Seat belts” (P.27) for further details. * Park the vehicle on a level surface, apply the
parking brake securely and block the wheels
Inside the vehicle Steering wheel:
GUID-FF74552E-A1A5-463A-8D15-487C90E9C185 to prevent the vehicle from moving. For
The maintenance items listed here should be Check for any change in the steering conditions, manual transmission models, shift the
checked on a regular basis, such as when perform- such as excessive free play, hard steering or transmission to the N (Neutral) position. For
ing periodic maintenance, cleaning the vehicle, etc. strange noises. Xtronic transmission models: Press the P
Warning lights and audible reminders: (Park) button to shift the transmission to the
Accelerator pedal:
Make sure that all warning/indicator lights and P (Park) position.
Check the pedal for smooth operation and make
audible reminders are operating properly. * Do not work under the engine bonnet while
sure that the pedal does not catch or require
the engine is hot. Turn off the engine and
uneven effort. Keep the floor mats away from the Windscreen defogger:
wait until it cools down.
pedal. Check that the air comes out of the defogger * Be sure to switch the ignition OFF.
Brake pedal*: outlets properly when operating the heater or air
When the ignition is ON, the cooling fan may
Check the pedal for smooth operation. If the brake conditioner.
start to operate suddenly even when the
pedal suddenly goes down further than normal, Windscreen wiper and washer*: engine is not running. To avoid injury, al-
the pedal feels spongy or the vehicle seems to take Check that the wipers and washer operate prop- ways disconnect the negative battery cable
longer to stop, contact a NISSAN dealer or qualified erly and that the wipers do not streak. before working near the engine.
workshop immediately. Keep the floor mat away * If you must work with the engine running,
from the pedal. keep your hands, clothing, hair and tools
Parking brake*: away from moving fans, belts and any other
Confirm your vehicle can be held securely on a moving parts.
fairly steep hill with only the parking brake applied. * It is advisable to remove ties and any
jewellery, such as rings, watches, etc. before
Seats:
working on your vehicle.
Check seat position controls such as seat adjus-
* If you must run the engine in an enclosed
ters, seatback recliner, etc. to ensure they operate
space such as a garage, be sure there is
smoothly and all latches lock securely in every
proper ventilation for exhaust gases.
position. Check that the head restraints move up
* DO NOT GET UNDER A VEHICLE THAT IS
and down smoothly and the locks hold securely in
SUPPORTED BY A JACK.
all latched positions.

ENGINE COMPARTMENT
GUID-3F537551-C914-4453-B2C9-662CBD81EF51
* Keep smoking materials, flame and sparks have it done by your NISSAN dealer or qualified For an overview of the engine compartment, see
away from fuel and battery. workshop. “Engine compartment” (P.15).
* Never connect or disconnect either the
battery or any transistorised component
connector while the ignition switch is ON.
* Never leave the engine or transmission
related component harness connector dis-
connected while the ignition is ON.
* On petrol engine models with the multiport
fuel injection (MFI) system, the fuel filter or
fuel lines should be serviced by a NISSAN
dealer or qualified workshop because the
fuel lines are under high pressure even when
the engine is off.
* Always wear eye protection whenever you
work on your vehicle.
* Failure to follow these or other common
sense guidelines may lead to serious injury
or vehicle damage.
Improperly disposed engine oil and/or

other vehicle fluids can pollute the envir-
onment. Always conform to local regula-
tions for disposal of vehicle fluid.
This section gives instructions regarding only
those items which are relatively easy for an owner
to perform.
You should be aware that incomplete or improper
servicing may result in operating difficulties or
excessive emissions, and could affect your war-
ranty coverage. If in doubt about any servicing,

ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM
GUID-844B3286-0FFE-4C76-8129-88B4DDD0FF44
WARNING Outside temperature

Composition CHANGING ENGINE COOLANT
GUID-70B65FD1-E13A-4493-ADAE-16FD35B8E08A
down to
* Never remove the engine coolant reservoir Major cooling system repairs should be performed
cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns Engine cool- Deminera- by a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop. The
could be caused by high pressure fluid °C °F ant (concen- lised or dis- service procedures can be found in the appro-
escaping from the engine coolant reser- trated) tilled water priate NISSAN Service Manual.
voir. Wait until the engine and radiator
−15 5 30% 70% When checking or replacement is required, NISSAN
have cooled down.
50%
recommends contacting a NISSAN dealer or qua-
−35 −30 50%
* Engine coolant is poisonous and should be lified workshop for servicing.
stored carefully in marked containers out
CHECKING ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL Improper servicing or engine coolant change can
of the reach of children. GUID-6EF44148-2081-43AF-B155-03C2C376FD6C
result in reduced heater performance and engine
The engine cooling system is filled at the factory overheating.
with a high-quality, year-round and extended life WARNING
engine coolant. The high quality engine coolant
* Never remove the engine coolant reservoir
contains the specific solutions effective for the
cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns
anti-corrosion and the anti-freeze function. There-
could be caused by high pressure fluid
fore, additional cooling system additives are not
escaping from the engine coolant reser-
necessary.
voir. Wait until the engine and radiator
CAUTION have cooled down.
* Never use any cooling system additives * To avoid the danger of being scalded,
MWAI0190XZ
such as radiator sealer. Additives may clog never change the coolant when the engine
the cooling system and cause damage to is hot.
the engine, transmission and/or cooling
Check the coolant level in the reservoir when the * Avoid direct skin contact with used cool-
system.
engine is cold. If the coolant level is below MIN level ant. If skin contact is made, wash thor-
* When adding or replacing engine coolant, , add coolant up to the MAX level . oughly with soap or hand cleaner and
be sure to use Genuine NISSAN engine plenty of water as soon as possible.
coolant or equivalent in its quality with CAUTION
* Keep coolant out of reach of children and
the proper mixture ratio. The use of other If the cooling system frequently requires cool-
pets.
types of coolant solutions may damage ant, have it checked by a NISSAN dealer or
the engine cooling system. qualified workshop. NISSAN Blue Citizenship
Engine coolant must be disposed of properly.

Check your local regulations.

ENGINE OIL
GUID-A4DCAA06-719F-410E-B46C-0181412C85D5
recommended oil through the opening. Do not
CHECKING ENGINE OIL LEVEL
GUID-17929932-BCAD-405A-9587-B934DEDC0287 overfill .
CAUTION 9. Recheck the oil level with the dipstick.
The oil level should be checked regularly. It is normal to add some engine oil between oil
Operating with an insufficient amount of oil maintenance intervals depending on the sever-
can damage the engine, and such damage is ity of operating conditions or depending on the
not covered by warranty. property of the engine oil used. More engine oil
is consumed by frequent acceleration/decelera-
NOTE: tion especially when the engine rpm is high.
Consumption is likely to be higher when the
Some models use the Oil Condition Supervisor MNDI1784
engine is new. If the rate of oil consumption,
(OCS) function. Other models have a service
after having driven for 5,000 km (3,000 miles), is
reminder manually set by the user.
more than 0.5 litre per 1,000 km (621 miles),
For more details, see “[Maintenance]” (P.92). Normal range
consult a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop.
MIN level
MAX level CHANGING ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTER
GUID-52832FF2-2295-40EF-B5E2-D331EE4AF9CE
Dipstick type A WARNING
Dipstick type B
NISSAN Blue Citizenship
1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply
the parking brake. Used oil must not be poured into the ground,
canals, rivers, etc. It should be disposed of at a
2. Start the engine. If the engine is cold, start and rubbish tip having proper facilities.
let the engine idle until it reaches the opera-
tional temperature (approximately 5 minutes). * NISSAN recommends contacting a NISSAN
dealer or qualified workshop for engine oil
MNDI1718 3. Turn the engine off.
servicing.
HR13DDT engine 4. Wait at least 15 minutes for the engine oil to
* Be careful not to burn yourself, as the
drain back into the oil pan.
engine oil is hot.
5. Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean.
* Prolonged and repeated contact with used
6. Re-insert it all the way. engine oil may cause skin cancer.
7. Remove the dipstick again and check the oil * Avoid direct skin contact with used oil. If
level. It should be in the normal range . skin contact is made, wash thoroughly
8. If the oil level is below the minimum mark , with soap or hand cleaner and plenty of
remove the engine oil filler cap and pour the water as soon as possible.

* Store used engine oil in marked containers new washer. Securely tighten the drain plug
out of the reach of children. with a wrench. Do not use excessive force.
HR13DDT engine:
CAUTION 50 N·m (5.1 kg-m, 36.9 ft-lb)
Waste oil must be disposed of properly.
10. Refill the engine with recommended engine oil
Check your local regulations. and quantity. (See “Recommended fluids/lu-
bricants and capacities” (P.495).)
Engine oil replacement When filling the engine oil, do not remove
GUID-9C89BE27-8ADD-48B8-99E3-B8A5D782A491
the dipstick.
MNDI1797
11. Install the engine oil filler cap securely.
Xtronic transmission models 12. Start the engine.
1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply 13. Check for any leakage around the drain plug.
the parking brake. Correct as required.
2. Start the engine. If the engine is cold, start and 14. Check the oil level with the dipstick. For details,
let the engine idle until the engine tempera- see “Checking engine oil level” (P.472).
ture reaches the operational temperature
(approximately 5 minutes).
Changing engine oil filter
GUID-004822C8-58A1-4E38-9D27-8E1F5FEFB46D
MNDI1719 3. Turn the engine off.

Manual transmission models 4. Wait at least 15 minutes to let the engine oil
drain back into the oil pan.
5. Remove the underbody cover (where fitted).
6. Place a large drain pan under the drain plug.
7. Remove the drain plug with a wrench.
8. Remove the oil filler cap and completely drain
the oil.
If the engine oil filter needs to be changed, MNDI1720
remove and replace it at this time. See

Manual transmission models
“Changing engine oil filter” (P.473).
9. Clean and re-install the drain plug along with a

XTRONIC TRANSMISSION FLUID
GUID-867531A4-0E2B-45D8-A1FC-18B383D3C530
7. Apply the new engine oil to the gasket of the When checking or replacement is required, NISSAN
new oil filter. recommends contacting a NISSAN dealer or qua-
lified workshop for servicing.
8. Screw in the oil filter until a slight resistance is
felt, and then tighten an additional 2/3 of turn CAUTION
to secure the oil filter. * Use only Genuine NISSAN NS3 CVT Fluid*.
Tightening torque: Do not mix with other fluids.
32 N·m (3.3 kg-m, 24 ft-lb)
* Using transmission fluid other than Genu-
9. Refill the engine oil. (See “Engine oil replace- ine NISSAN NS3 CVT Fluid* will damage the
ment” (P.473).) Xtronic transmission. Such damage is not
MNDI1798 covered by the warranty.
10. Start the engine and check for leakage around
the oil filter. Correct as required. *: For details, contact a NISSAN dealer or
Xtronic transmission models
qualified workshop.
11. Turn the engine off and wait several minutes.
1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply
the parking brake. 12. Check the engine oil level according to the
proper procedure. (See “Checking engine oil
2. Turn the engine off.
level” (P.472).)
3. Drain the engine oil according to the proper
procedure. (See “Engine oil replacement” PROTECT THE ENVIRONMENT
GUID-46A61715-2443-448F-A366-3A9658E72515
(P.473).)
NISSAN Blue Citizenship
4. Loosen the engine oil filter with an oil filter
It is illegal to pollute drains, water courses and soil.
wrench.
Use authorised waste collection facilities, including
Depending on the engine model, a special cap civic amenity sites and garages providing facilities
type wrench may be required. See a NISSAN for the disposal of used oil and used oil filters. If in
dealer or qualified workshop for more infor- doubt, contact your local authority for advice on
mation. disposal.
5. Remove the engine oil filter by turning it by The regulations concerning the pollution of the
hand. environment will vary from country to country.
6. Wipe the engine oil filter mounting surface
with a clean cloth.
Be sure to remove any old gasket remaining
on the mounting surface.

BRAKES BRAKE AND CLUTCH FLUID
GUID-93E14CB7-AD40-4631-8821-6283B99852A6 GUID-F68A9D57-0BF7-49FF-A16D-4D70FE1B9DEC
CHECKING PARKING BRAKE If fluid must be added frequently, the system

GUID-F870E0B0-E526-45CC-9128-2440A3155F5C
should be thoroughly checked by a NISSAN dealer
Periodically check the holding ability of the parking
brake by parking on a steep hill and restraining the
vehicle by using only the parking brake. If it does CAUTION
not hold satisfactorily, see a NISSAN dealer or * NISSAN recommends that refilling and
qualified workshop. checking the brake and clutch systems
should be left to a NISSAN dealer or
CHECKING BRAKE PEDAL
GUID-AE9A0BD8-9515-4B06-94F7-C64B03ECAFBB qualified workshop who will have the
If the brake pedal suddenly goes down further necessary fluids and technical knowledge.
than normal, the pedal feels “spongy” or the vehicle MNDI1787 * Do not spill the fluid on painted surfaces.
seems to take longer to stop, see a NISSAN dealer
This will damage the paint. If fluid is spilled,
wash with water.
LHD models
Self-adjusting brakes
GUID-DF6DD6F0-A323-4C17-A3A2-267915C84D69 RHD models
Your vehicle is equipped with self-adjusting brakes.
The disc-type brakes self-adjust every time the WARNING
brake pedal is applied. * Use only new fluid. Old, inferior, or con-
taminated fluid may damage the brake
and clutch systems. The use of improper
fluids can damage the brake system and
affect the vehicle’s stopping ability.
* Clean the filler cap before removing.
* Brake and clutch fluids are poisonous and
should be stored carefully in marked con-
tainers out of the reach of children.
Check the fluid level in the reservoir. If the fluid

level is between the MIN and MAX lines or the
brake warning light comes on, add fluid up to the
MAX line.
See “Recommended fluids/lubricants and capaci-
ties” (P.495) for the recommended brake and
clutch fluid type.

WINDOW WASHER FLUID BATTERY
GUID-9EE480E6-05B7-4F89-9AD8-E6F389A8B422 GUID-A3784A5D-D25F-40E7-9E42-5D6B2915F649
CAUTION
* Do not substitute anti-freeze engine cool-
ant for window washer solution. This may
result in damage to the paint.
* Always use window washer fluid recom-
mended by NISSAN.
MNDI1794
WARNING
Anti-freeze window washer fluid is poisonous
and should be stored carefully in marked
containers out of the reach of children.
* Check the fluid level in the window washer

reservoir. If the fluid level is low or when the
low washer fluid warning light (where fitted)
comes on, add window washer fluid up to the
MAX level.
* Refill the reservoir more frequently when
driving conditions require an increased
amount of window washer fluid.
* Add a washer solvent to the water for better
cleaning. In the winter season, add a window
washer anti-freeze. Follow the manufacturer’s
instructions for the mixture ratio.

Caution symbols for battery WARNING VEHICLE BATTERY
GUID-35C0A156-9D71-4A62-808B-5A3BF03DFEF1
No smoking WARNING
Never smoke around the battery. Never expose the battery to open
No exposed flames Do not operate the vehicle if the fluid in the
flames or electrical sparks.
No sparks battery is low. Low battery fluid can cause a
higher load on the battery which can generate
Handle the battery cautiously. Always wear eye protection glasses to heat, reduce battery life, and in some cases
Shield eyes lead to an explosion.
protect against explosion or battery acid.
* Keep the battery surface clean and dry. Any

Keep away from chil- Never allow children to handle the battery. Keep the battery out of corrosion should be washed off with a solution
dren reach of children. of baking soda and water.
* Make certain the terminal connections are
Do not allow battery fluid to contact your skin, eyes, fabrics, or painted clean and securely tightened.
surfaces. After handling the battery or battery cap, immediately wash * If the vehicle is not used for 30 days or longer,
your hands thoroughly. If the battery fluid gets into your eyes, or onto disconnect the “–” negative battery terminal
Battery acid your skin or clothing, flush with water immediately for at least 15
cable to prevent discharge.
minutes and seek medical attention. Battery fluid is acid. If the battery
fluid gets into your eyes or onto your skin, it could cause eyesight loss * If battery replacement or check is required,
or burns. contact a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop.
Battery (TypeGUID-4F2E0928-14DF-434E-9757-477F9B891BDC
A)
Note operating in- Before handling the battery, read this instruction carefully to ensure
structions correct and safe handling.
Explosive gas Hydrogen gas, generated by battery fluid, is explosive.
MDI0137MAZ

Check the fluid level in each cell. It should be Models withGUID-ECB5443B-3592-48BB-BEB4-3627DA8C32C6
Stop/Start System
between the UPPER and LOWER level lines.
Maintenance free battery (Type B)
GUID-0CD48D14-9DA3-474F-B680-289557ED8AE9
* Ensure that the battery fitted is the special
If it is necessary to add fluid, add only distilled battery that is enhanced with regard to the
water to bring the level to the indicator in each charge-discharge capacity and life perfor-
filler opening. Do not overfill. mance. Avoid using any other battery for the
1. Remove the cell plugs using a suitable tool. Stop/Start System, as this may cause early
deterioration of the battery or a malfunction
of the Stop/Start System. It is recommended
that a Genuine NISSAN battery is fitted. For
more information, contact a NISSAN dealer or
qualified workshop.
MNDI920Z
* If the battery terminal is disconnected (for
battery replacement, etc.) and then recon-
nected, there may be some delay before the
For a maintenance free battery it is not required to Stop/Start System reactivates.
check the fluid level. However, NISSAN recom-
mends to visually check the green indicator
Avoid batteryGUID-9A3F3EE8-B573-4471-AC1C-26A62E9F16E8
discharge
MNDI688Z
status periodically. If it is not visible, replace the The vehicle battery will slowly discharge during
Indicator battery as soon as possible. prolonged periods of inactivity. There are a num-
ber of ways to prevent the battery becoming
OK
Reinitialisation procedure after battery reconnection
GUID-5B30E8F4-00DE-412B-919C-A3F29C9DE848
discharged to such a low level that the vehicle
ADD cannot be started:
If the battery has been reconnected, check the
2. Add distilled water up to the UPPER level line following items: * Top up the battery charge using a trickle/
. smart charger. Do not use rapid charge as this
* Clock setting (where fitted).
If the side of the battery is not clear, check the can cause damage to the battery. Follow the
* Reset the desired radio stations to the preset
electrolyte water level by looking directly instructions provided with the battery charger.
station buttons.
above the cell, as illustrated. * It is recommended that the vehicle is driven for
For details, see “Vehicle information display” (P.82)
3. Tighten cell plugs. at least 15 minutes every 2 weeks.
or the separately provided NissanConnect Owner’s
Manual, or the audio device descriptions in “FMAM * If driving the vehicle is not possible, start the
CAUTION
radio (with DAB) (where fitted)” (P.200). engine and run the engine at idle speed for 25–
Do not overfill battery cells. Excessive electro- 30 minutes every 4 weeks.
lyte may leak out of the battery during char-
ging, and cause paint damage.

JUMP-STARTING
GUID-7F21A0F6-FC81-40A0-9ABF-EB81820C712B
An improperly disposed battery can harm
If jump-starting is necessary, see “Jump starting” the environment. Always conform to local
(P.453). If the engine does not start by jump regulations for battery disposal.
starting, the battery may have to be replaced. * The Intelligent Key is water-resistant; how-
Contact a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop. ever, if it does get wet, immediately wipe it
until it gets completely dry. To replace the
INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY REPLACE- battery, open the Intelligent Key carefully
MENT GUID-CB332024-B8FA-4DEC-95EB-1790FD1A0BE4
in the sequence shown in the illustration.
CAUTION * When changing the battery, do not let dust

or oil get on the Intelligent Key. MSPA0784Z
* The symbol noted on the Intelligent key
is intended to alert the user to the pre-
sence of important operating and main-
WARNING
tenance (servicing) instructions in the * Do not ingest the battery, Chemical Burn CAUTION
literature accompanying the appliance. Hazard (The remote control supplied with) Always hold the battery by the edges, as
* Be careful not to allow children to swallow This product contains a coin button cell shown. Holding the battery across the contact
the battery and removed parts. battery. If the coin/button cell battery is points will seriously deplete the storage capa-
swallowed, it can cause severe internal city.
* There is danger of explosion if the lithium burns in just 2 hours and can lead to death.
battery is incorrectly replaced. Replace
only with the same or equivalent type. * Keep new and used batteries away from
children. If the battery compartment does
* Do not expose the battery to excessive not close securely, stop using the product
heat such as concentrated sunshine, fire or and keep it away from children.
the like.
* If you think batteries might have been
* Do not crush or cut the battery. swallowed or placed inside any part of
* Do not subject the battery to extremely the body, seek immediate medical atten-
low air pressure at high altitude. tion.
* When changing batteries, do not let dust or
oil get on the components.
* Be careful not to touch a circuit board or a
battery terminal.

DRIVE BELTS
GUID-8027B067-7698-49C4-BE5A-48DE19B3C249
Replacement Use the following battery type: WARNING

GUID-CCC7F65D-0DA6-4267-8576-C4638466B12E
CR2032 Be sure the ignition is OFF. Otherwise the
. Do not touch the internal circuit and electric cooling fan or the engine may start to operate
terminals as doing so could cause a mal- suddenly.
function.
. Make sure that the + side faces the bottom 1. Visually inspect each belt for signs of unusual
wear, cuts, fraying or looseness. If the belt is in
of the case, as illustrated.
poor condition or loose, have it replaced or
adjusted by a NISSAN dealer or qualified
workshop.
2. Have the belts checked regularly for condition
and tension in accordance with the mainte-
nance schedule as shown in a separately
provided Warranty Information and Mainte-
nance booklet.
MWBI0015XZ
5. Align the tips of the upper and lower parts, and

then push them together until it is securely
closed.
MWBI0014X
6. Operate the buttons to check that the key
works correctly.
Intelligent Key
Contact a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop
1. Slide the locking pin to the unlock position. if you need assistance for battery replace-
ment.
2. Remove the key.
3. Insert a flat blade screwdriver or a suitable tool
into the slot and twist it to open the lid.
4. Replace the battery with a new one with the
same specifications.

SPARK PLUGS AIR CLEANER FILTER
GUID-44F63EEB-2CAA-40DF-A12D-C30B0F8D7CDB GUID-3341C857-D2FB-457D-9640-08150907F895
WARNING Iridium platinum-tipped spark plugs

GUID-176FE1B6-4652-4E7D-9C4E-B2B138962DB2
Be sure the engine and ignition switch are off It is not necessary to replace the iridium platinum-
and that the parking brake is engaged se- tipped spark plugs as frequently as the conven-
curely. tional type spark plugs since they will last much
longer. Follow the maintenance schedule shown in
CAUTION the separate maintenance booklet. Do not reuse
* Be sure to use the correct socket to the iridium platinum-tipped spark plugs by clean-
remove the spark plugs. An incorrect ing or regapping.
socket can cause damage to the spark
plugs. MNDI1793
* Always replace spark plugs with recom-

mended or equivalent ones.
WARNING
REPLACING SPARK PLUGS
GUID-29935140-D3FD-46EF-836D-8E124A6590F6
* Operating the engine without the air clea-
ner filter, can cause you or others to be
burned. The air cleaner filter not only
cleans the intake air, it also stops flame if
the engine backfires. If the air cleaner filter
is not installed and the engine backfires,
you could be burned.
* Do not drive without the air cleaner filter.
* Be careful when working on the engine
without the air cleaner filter.
MSDI2670Z
DRY PAPER FILTER ELEMENT
GUID-DF5B40F8-7BE8-4347-B4D1-A32DC9515611
To remove the filter, release the locking clips
If replacement is required, see a NISSAN dealer or and pull the filter cover up.
qualified workshop for servicing. Check the filter element to see if it is dirty. If it is
dirty, shake the element to remove dust.
Clean or replace it according to the maintenance
schedule shown in the separately provided War-
ranty Information & Maintenance Booklet. When

WIPER BLADES
GUID-9FFF19A9-0CA9-40DB-8108-8904CBCE3760
cleaning or replacing the filter, wipe the inside of CLEANING FRONT WINDOW WIPER REPLACEMENT
GUID-B5C8EF22-BC85-4A88-B3A8-C642DCC796B8 GUID-98122FD5-02D6-40BC-B837-514F0F578B4F
the air cleaner housing and the cover with a damp
If the windscreen or tailgate window is not clear
cloth.
after using the window washer or if a wiper blade
chatters when running, wax or other material may
be on the blade or windscreen.
Clean the outside of the windscreen or tailgate
window with a washer solution or a mild deter-
gent. The windscreen or tailgate window is clean if
beads do not form when rinsing with clear water.
Clean the blade by wiping it with a cloth soaked in
a washer solution or a mild detergent. Then rinse
MNDI1795
the blade with clear water. If the windscreen or
tailgate window is still not clear after cleaning the
blades and using the wiper, replace the blades.
1. Lift the wiper arm away from the windscreen.
CAUTION 2. Open , using a suitable tool, and then move
* After wiper blade replacement, return the the wiper blade down as shown to remove.
wiper arm to its original position. Other- 3. Install the new wiper blade in the reverse order
wise it may be damaged when the bonnet of removal.
is opened.
4. Slide the new wiper blade onto the wiper arm
* Make sure the wiper blade contacts the until a click sounds.
glass. Otherwise, the arm may be da-
maged by wind pressure. 5. Close .
REAR WINDOW WIPER REPLACEMENT

GUID-07EC0D17-B961-450A-A8A3-0405D32A0ED1
It is recommended you contact a NISSAN dealer or
qualified workshop if checking or replacement are
required.

FUSES
GUID-FE213E7E-F5A2-43D9-B6D4-41E2B542A8E1
WINDSCREENGUID-71D048CD-B7BE-4133-9BF6-F14F25629DDB
WASHER NOZZLE PASSENGER COMPARTMENT
GUID-0E59B184-1184-4F68-AF95-36739ABA46EB
The windscreen washer nozzles are integrated
into the wiper arms.
It is recommended you contact a NISSAN dealer or
qualified workshop if a washer nozzle is clogged or
any malfunction occurs. Do not attempt to clean
the nozzle using a needle or a pin. Doing so may
damage the nozzle.
MNDI1796
MNDI1791 RHD models
LHD models

2. Open the fuse box lid. If any electrical equipment does not operate,
3. Locate and remove the fuse with the fuse remove the extended storage fuse switch and
puller (where fitted). check for an open fuse.
NOTE: NOTE:
The fuse puller is stored in the fuse box. If the extended storage fuse switch malfunc-
4. If the fuse is open , replace it with a new fuse tions or if the fuse is open, it is not necessary to
. replace the switch. In this case, remove the
extended storage fuse switch and replace it
5. Close the fuse box lid. with a new fuse of the same rating.
MSDI1753Z NOTE: How to remove the extended storage fuse
If the new fuse opens again, after installing, switch:
have the electrical system checked and 1. To remove the extended storage fuse switch,
CAUTION repaired by a NISSAN dealer or qualified be sure the ignition is OFF.
workshop. 2. Be sure the headlight switch is in the “OFF”
* Never use a fuse of higher or lower
amperage rating than that specified on Extended storage fuse switch position.
GUID-36153227-3F40-4D38-975C-394B4851DCD8
the fuse box cover. 3. Remove the fuse box cover.
* Never pull the harness or wires when 4. Pinch the locking tabs found on each side of
disconnecting the connector. the extended storage fuse switch .
* Be careful not to damage the connector 5. Pull the extended storage fuse switch straight
support bracket when disconnecting the out from the fuse box.
connector.
If any electrical equipment does not operate, check

for an open fuse.
LHD models: The fuse box is located in the lower
part of the left hand side of the instrument panel. MNDI1792
RHD models: The fuse box is located in the glove

box.
To reduce battery drain, the extended storage fuse
The affected circuits are shown on the inside of switch comes from the factory switched off.
the fuse box lid. Prior to delivery of your vehicle, the switch is
1. Make sure the ignition is OFF and the head- pushed in (switched on) and should always remain
light switch is in the “OFF” position. on.

LIGHTS
GUID-D5D90281-FEC2-43CB-8DB2-0E04C88BAF46
ENGINE COMPARTMENT 1. Make sure the ignition is OFF and the head- HEADLIGHTSGUID-80DCB62C-17F0-4EF7-BD46-D117E9E696E8
GUID-CCD4F6EE-B393-44BA-B7C5-B12346DF0605
light switch is in the “OFF” position.
2. Open the bonnet. For details, see “Bonnet” LED headlight
GUID-9C89598D-C8DE-438D-BCA2-BFB8AC2D6B64
(P.154). The LED headlight uses an LED module without
3. Remove the fusible link covers. serviceable parts.
4. Locate the fuse that needs to be replaced. CAUTION
5. Remove the fuse with the fuse puller (where * To prevent an electric shock, never at-
fitted). The fuse puller is located in the fuse box tempt to modify or disassemble the LED
of the passenger compartment. headlights assembly.
6. If the fuse is open , replace it with a new fuse * If replacement is required, contact a
MNDI1790 . NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop.
7. Install the fusible link covers.
Fog may temporarily form inside the lens of the
8. Install the air duct in the reverse order of exterior lights in the rain or in a car wash. A
removal. temperature difference between the inside and
9. Close the bonnet. the outside of the lens causes the fog. This is not a
malfunction. If large drops of water collect inside
NOTE: the lens, contact a NISSAN dealer or qualified
If the new fuse opens again, after installing, workshop.
have the electrical system checked and
repaired by a NISSAN dealer or qualified
workshop.
MSDI1753Z
CAUTION
Never use a fuse of higher or lower amperage
rating than that specified on the fuse box
cover.
If any electrical equipment does not operate, check

for an open fuse.

EXTERIOR LIGHTS
GUID-0B33E447-3B84-45F3-A36B-544DF41D7C24
INTERIOR LIGHTS
GUID-8D9FFC8A-3E23-4825-8EE6-B56EB737D9C1
LIGHT LOCATIONS
GUID-3DDB4E96-6C5A-48F8-A15B-55C671F19DA2
Item Wattage (W) Item Wattage (W)
Front combination light Room light/Map lights (where fitted) 5
Daytime running light *1 LED Reading lights — rear (where fitted) *1 5
Headlight (High beam) *1 LED Rear room light (where fitted) 5
Luggage compartment light 5

Headlight (Low beam) *1 LED
Front turn signal light *1 21 or LED *1: If replacement is required, contact a NISSAN
Front side light *1 LED
Front fog light *1 LED
Side turn signal light *1 LED
Rear combination light *1

Turn signal light *1 21 or LED
Brake/Tail light *1 LED
Reverse light *1 16
High-mounted brake light *1 LED
Number plate light 5 or LED
Rear fog light *1 LED

MNSD1043
*1: If replacement is required, contact a NISSAN
Light locations (Type A)

Low beam headlight Replacing procedures
GUID-C19C3438-E134-4B90-98E3-D84C332EA073
Front fog light (where fitted)
Footwell light (where fitted)
Room light / Reading lights — rear (where
fitted)
High mounted brake light
Number plate light
Rear fog light (where fitted)
Reverse light
Rear turn signal light
Brake light
Tail light
MNSD1044
Light locations (Type B) MNDI707
Side turn signal light

Room light / Map lights (where fitted) All other lights are either type A, B, C or D or LED.
Daytime Running Light (DRL)
: REMOVE
Front side light
Front turn signal light
: INSTALL
High beam headlight/Adaptive Driving Beam
(Type A only)

MNDI1779 MNDI1780
Room light / Map lights (where fitted) Room light — rear (where fitted)
MNDI1782
Luggage compartment light

WHEELS AND TYRES
GUID-A41E1E8D-0857-4C6E-A2FA-8FC49F39CF9B
In case of a flat tyre, see “Flat tyre” (P.446). about tyre type, size, speed rating and
availability.
TYRE INFLATION PRESSURE
GUID-18188421-0786-4918-8BD8-ACE7749C946F
* Replacement tyres may have a lower
Periodically check the tyre pressure (including the
speed rating than the factory equipped
spare tyre). An incorrect tyre pressure may ad-
tyres, and may not match the potential
versely affect tyre life and vehicle handling. After
maximum vehicle speed. Never exceed the
adjusting the tyre pressure, perform a TPMS
maximum speed rating of the tyre.
temperature calibration (see “TPMS temperature
calibration (where possible)” (P.234)). * Speedometer calibration may be affected
if wheels and/or tyres of a different size to
NOTE: factory equipped wheels and/or tyres are
MNDI1803
Incorrectly inflated tyres can also lead to poor fitted to the vehicle (for example, winter
Number plate light steering ability and make the driver suspect a wheels). Consult a NISSAN dealer or quali-
steering problem: keep the vehicle’s tyres in- fied workshop before fitting alternative
flated to the correct pressure at all times. size wheels and/or tyres.
The tyre pressure should be checked when tyres
are COLD. Tyres are considered COLD after the All season tyres
GUID-F97DB61A-8C6B-4A61-AE84-776E4FE2F231
vehicle has been parked for three or more hours, NISSAN specifies all season tyres on some models
or driven less than 1.6 km (1 mile). COLD tyre to provide good performance for use all year
pressures are shown on the tyre placard affixed to around, including snowy and icy road conditions.
the driver’s side centre pillar. All season tyres are identified by ALL SEASON and/
Insufficient pressure can lead to an overheating of or M&S on the tyre sidewall. Snow tyres have
the tyre and subsequent internal damage. At high better snow traction than all season tyres and may
speeds, this could result in tread separation and be more appropriate in some areas.
even bursting of the tyre.
Summer tyres
GUID-80A3E210-FFD4-49C0-8388-05113529457E
TYPES OF TYRES
GUID-2B61EF01-92D4-47B1-BE6E-1916DC4A745A NISSAN specifies summer tyres as standard fit.
CAUTION These tyres provide superior performance under
typical mild weather conditions.
* When changing or replacing tyres, be sure
all four tyres are of the same type (i.e., If you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy or icy
summer, all season or snow) and construc- conditions, NISSAN recommends the use of SNOW
tion. or ALL SEASON tyres on all four wheels.
* A NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop

may be able to help you with information

Snow tyres Snow chains must be installed only on the front according to your driving habits and the road
GUID-F93CE83A-F6CD-49E2-987F-3D851405A593
wheels and not on the rear wheels. surface conditions. See “Flat tyre” (P.446) for tyre
If snow tyres are needed, it is necessary to select
replacing procedures.
tyres equivalent in size and load rating to the CAUTION
original equipment tyres. If you do not, it can * Never install snow chains on a temporary- WARNING
adversely affect the safety and handling of your use or small size spare tyre. * After rotating the tyres, adjust the tyre
vehicle. pressure.
* Do not drive with snow chains on paved
Generally, snow tyres will have lower speed ratings roads which are clear of snow. Driving with * Retighten the wheel bolts when the vehicle
than factory equipped tyres and may not match chains in such conditions can cause da- has been driven for the first 1,000 km (600
the potential maximum vehicle speed. Never mage to the various mechanisms of the miles) (also in cases of a flat tyre, etc.).
exceed the maximum speed rating of the tyre. vehicle due to some overstress. When
* Do not include the temporary-use spare
For additional traction on icy roads, studded tyres driving on clear paved roads, be sure to
tyre in the tyre rotation.
may be used. However, some provinces and states change to 2WD mode, see “Four-wheel
prohibit their use. Check local, state and provincial Drive (4WD) (where fitted)” (P.254). * Incorrect tyre selection, fitting, care or
laws before installing studded tyres. Skid and maintenance can affect vehicle safety with
traction capabilities of studded snow tyres, on risk of accident and injury. If in doubt,
TYRE ROTATION
GUID-817CA011-00A0-48F8-A5D5-E9D536882891 consult a NISSAN dealer or the tyre man-
wet or dry surfaces, may be poorer than that of
non-studded snow tyres. ufacturer.
SNOW CHAINS
GUID-69B0FDFA-FEBC-4E87-B6A3-589976512FCC
NOTE:
Use of snow chains may be prohibited in some Models with Tyre Pressure Monitoring System
areas. Check the local laws before installing snow (TPMS).
chains. When installing snow chains, make sure After rotating the tyres, the TPMS must be
they are of proper size for the tyres on your vehicle reinitialised. For details, see “Activation” (P.233).
and are installed according to the chain manufac-
turer’s suggestions. Use chain tensioners when
recommended by the snow chain manufacturer to
MNDI762Z
ensure a tight fit. Loose end links of the snow chain
must be secured or removed to prevent the
possibility of whipping action damage to the
fenders or undercarriage. NISSAN recommends that tyres be rotated every
10,000 km (6,000 miles) for Two-Wheel Drive (2WD)
In addition, drive at a reduced speed. Otherwise, vehicles and 5,000 km (3,000 miles) for Four-Wheel
your vehicle can be damaged and/or vehicle Drive (4WD) vehicles.
handling and performance may be adversely
However, the timing for tyre rotation may vary
affected.

TYRE WEAR GUID-CE0C66D3-E077-4E24-9D9F-492AD1450CDA
AND DAMAGE CHANGING TYRES AND WHEELS
GUID-4A992465-B411-465E-BD79-20672511704B
FOUR-WHEEL DRIVE (4WD) MODELS
GUID-0B155C3E-C479-4872-A5B0-B8A2B314CC63
WARNING CAUTION
Do not install a deformed wheel or tyre even if * Always use tyres of the same size, brand,
it has been repaired. Such wheels or tyres construction (bias, bias-belted or radial),
could have structural damage and could fail and tread pattern on all four wheels. Fail-
without warning. ure to do so may result in a circumference
difference between tyres on the front and
When replacing a tyre, use the same size, speed rear axles which will cause excessive tyre
rating and load carrying capacity as originally wear and may damage the transmission,
equipped. Recommended types and sizes are transfer case and differential gears.
mentioned in “Wheels and Tyres” (P.498). * ONLY use spare tyres specified for the four
MSDI1663Z
The use of tyres other than those recommended wheel drive (4WD) models.
or the mixed use of tyres of different brands,
Tyres should be periodically inspected for wear, construction (bias, bias-belted or radial), or tread WHEEL BALANCE
GUID-9453D4D4-533A-41CA-B6A7-B9AB107CF94D
cracking, bulging or objects caught in the tread. If patterns can adversely affect the ride, braking,
Unbalanced wheels may affect vehicle handling
excessive wear, cracks, bulging or deep cuts are handling, ground clearance, body-to-tyre clear-
and tyre life. Even with regular use, wheels can get
found, the tyre should be replaced. ance, snow chain clearance, speedometer calibra-
out of balance. Therefore, they should be balanced
tion, headlight aim and bumper height.
The original tyres have a built-in tread wear as required.
indicator . When the wear indicator is visible, WARNING Wheel balance service should be performed with
the tyre should be replaced. the wheels off the vehicle. Spin balancing the front
Some of these effects may lead to accidents
The wear indicator locations are indicated by the and could result in serious personal injury. wheels on the vehicle could lead to vehicle
location marks . damage.
If the wheels are changed for any reason, always
TYRE AGE GUID-56185F07-65C2-43A7-AD3D-1399C9464139 replace with wheels which have the same offset SPARE TYREGUID-7EAAB391-5C03-4179-8706-44BBBDBD575E
Remember tyre age. Never use a tyre over six years dimension. Wheels of a different offset could cause
old, regardless of whether they have been used or early tyre wear, possibly degraded vehicle handling
Conventional GUID-8E65C99D-2B89-4397-A19D-2C363FB0DF12
spare wheel/tyre (where fitted)
not. characteristics and/or interference with the brake A standard wheel/tyre is supplied with your
discs. Such interference can lead to decreased vehicle.
Tyres degrade with age as well as the use they are
subjected to. Have the tyres checked and balanced braking efficiency and/or early brake pad wear.
frequently by a NISSAN dealer or qualified work-
shop. Report all accidents where the tyre is
knocked even if it is minor.

Temporary-useGUID-A4F8A7AA-A3FD-4D25-BE4E-5C3B11384C7A
spare wheel/tyre (where fitted) See “Spare tyre” (P.445) for more details.
The temporary-use spare wheel/tyre can be CARE OF WHEELS

GUID-5387C988-AA37-4057-86BD-E5F66AE82959
identified by the temporary-use spare tyre label
For details, see “Care of wheels” (P.461).
which contrasts to the standard road wheels. If in
doubt, contact a NISSAN dealer, qualified work-
shop or see “Spare tyre” (P.445).
Emergency tyreGUID-EBDCBF5D-9C53-4015-908D-79EB1DEBE930
puncture repair kit (where fitted)
The emergency tyre puncture repair kit is supplied
to the vehicle instead of a spare tyre. The repair kit
must be used for temporarily fixing a minor tyre
puncture. After using the repair kit, see a NISSAN
dealer or qualified workshop as soon as possible
for tyre inspection and repair/replacement.
CAUTION
Do not use the emergency tyre puncture repair
kit under the following conditions. Contact a
NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop or profes-
sional road assistance.
* when the sealant has passed its expiration
date (shown on the label attached to the
sealant bottle)
* when the cut or the puncture is approxi-
mately 4 mm (0.16 in) or longer
* when the side of the tyre is damaged
* when the vehicle has been driven with a
considerable loss of air from the tyre
* when the tyre is completely displaced
inside or outside the rim
* when the tyre rim is damaged
* when two or more tyres are flat

9 Technical information
Recommended fluids/lubricants and capacities ...........

.... 494 Air conditioner specification .... label
Fuel information .............................................................................
.... 497 (where fitted) ....................................................................................
.... 500
Recommended SAE viscosity number .........................
.... 497 .... (where fitted) .................... 500
Additional data recording
Air conditioner system refrigerant Installation of an RF transmitter ................................................. 501
and lubricant ....................................................................................
.... 497 Approval numbers .................................................................................. 502
Engine ...............................................................................................................
.... 498 Intelligent Key system ............................................................... 502
Wheels and Tyres ....................................................................................
.... 498 Tyre Pressure Monitoring System
Dimensions ...................................................................................................
.... 499 (TPMS) (Transmitter) ................................................................... 503
When travelling or registering in another country ......
.... 499 Radar systems ................................................................................. 504
Vehicle identification ............................................................................
.... 499 Audio systems ................................................................................. 506
Vehicle identification label .....................................................
.... 499 Telematics Control Unit (where fitted) ........................ 507
Vehicle identification number (VIN) Radio frequency approval .................................................................. 507
(chassis number) ...........................................................................
.... 500 CE Approval details ........................................................................ 509
Engine serial number .................................................................
.... 500 UKCA Approval details ................................................................ 512
Tyre placard .......................................................................................
.... 500
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
....
RECOMMENDED FLUIDS/LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES
The following values are approximate capacities. The actual refill capacities may be slightly different from them. When refilling, follow the procedure instructed in
the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section to determine the proper refill capacity.
Fluid type Recommended Fluids/Lubricants

Metric mea- Imperial
US measure
sure measure
Fuel 55 L 14–1/2 gall 12–1/8 gal * See “Fuel information” (P.497).

With oil filter change 5.4 L 5–5/8 qt 4–1/2qt * Genuine “NISSAN Motor Oil Synthetic Technology
5W-30 ACEA C3 RN17” is recommended
Engine oil HR13DDT

* If above motor oil is not available, use “NISSAN
Without oil filter change 5L 5–1/4 qt 4–3/8 qt Motor Oil” or equivalent to satisfy the following
grade and viscosity: 5W-30 ACEA C3 RN17 or 0W-20
ACEA C5 RN17 FE.
MT Models 7.4L 7–7/8 qt 6–1/2 qt * “NISSAN Genuine Engine Coolant L255N” or

HR13DDT equivalent
Xtronic models 8.1L 8-5/8 qt 7-1/8 qt
* Use “NISSAN Genuine Engine Coolant L255N” or
equivalent in its quality, in order to avoid possible
aluminium corrosion within the engine cooling
system caused by the use of non-genuine engine
coolant. Note that any repairs for the incidents
Engine coolant within the engine cooling system while using
with reservoir non-genuine engine coolant may not be covered
Reservoir Max level 0.8 L 7/8 qt 3/4 qt by the warranty, even if such incidents occurred
during the warranty period. Contact a NISSAN
dealer or qualified workshop for more information
regarding the coolant type and capacity.
* If dilution of new coolant is necessary to achieve
the correct concentration, only use demineralised
or distilled water for dilution.

RECOMMENDED FLUIDS/LUBRI-
CANTS AND CAPACITIES
GUID-39B6D6DB-D5D3-498F-AF38-3179C2759F18

Capacity (approximate)
Fluid type Metric mea- Imperial Recommended Fluids/Lubricants
US measure
sure measure
* Genuine “NISSAN MT-XZ Gear Oil NFX 75W” or exact

Manual transaxle gear oil 1.35 L 1–4/9 qt 1–1/6 qt
equivalent.
* Genuine “NISSAN NS-3 CVT fluid”

* Use only Genuine “NISSAN NS-3 CVT Fluid”. Using
transmission fluid other than Genuine “NISSAN
NS-3 CVT Fluid” will damage the Xtronic trans-
Xtronic Transmission fluid — — —
mission. Such damage is not covered by the
warranty.
* Contact a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop for
details or servicing.
* Genuine “Nissan Differential Fluid 75W-90 Synthetic

Transfer gear oil 4WD Xtronic 0.31 L 1/3 qt 3/8 qt
API GL-5” or exact equivalent.
* Genuine “NISSAN Hypoid fluid *S1” or API GL5.

Differential gear oil 4WD Xtronic 0.50 L 5/8 qt 1/2 qt
viscosity SAE 75W-80
* LSC Transmission Fluid 12-301 (BorgWarner part

Coupling gear oil 4WD Xtronic 0.58 L 3/5 qt 1/2 qt
number 118127)
Refill to the correct level according to the * Genuine “NISSAN Brake Fluid” or equivalent
Brake & clutch fluid instructions in the “8. Maintenance and do- * DOT 4 (US FMVSS No. 116)
it-yourself” section.
Multi-purpose grease – – – * NLGI No. 2 (Lithium soap base)

550 g * For Europe: HFO-1234yf
Air conditioning system refrigerant
500 g * Except for Europe: HFC-134a (R-134a)
Air conditioning system lubricants – – – * SP-A2 oil or equivalent

FUEL INFORMATION
GUID-EDF3CE78-5032-4E97-B1BD-6038B10B1664
RECOMMENDED SAE VISCOSITY NUM- Engine oil GUID-6FC2461D-EBE8-4649-A096-FC91AF615F6D
BER * HR13DDT engine:
Petrol engine
GUID-09D0A418-3766-4958-B4E7-05A55BC8BABC
GUID-AFB2AB6D-BAFF-466B-ABFE-293919F0A6F0
5W-30 is preferable. If 5W-30 or 0W-20 is not
Outside Temperature Range
CAUTION available, select the viscosity from the chart,
Anticipated Before Next Oil Change
Do not use leaded petrol. Using leaded petrol that is suitable for the outside temperature
will damage the catalytic converter. (HR13DDT engine) range.
AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM REFRIGER-

Compatible Fuels for Petrol Engines
ANT AND LUBRICANT
GUID-A7890050-805F-44A8-9020-58176C2AD271
The petrol engines are compatible with current and
For Europe: The air conditioner system of your
future European standards for bio-fuel.
vehicle must be charged with the refrigerant
Petrol conforming to EN228 and HFO1234yf (R1234yf) and the lubricant NISSAN A/C
mixed with a bio-fuel conforming to System Oil Type SP-A2 or equivalents.
EN15376.
Except for Europe: The air conditioner system of
(Only applicable to Europe, Turkey,
your vehicle must be charged with the refrigerant
Chile, New Caledonia, Tahiti, Hong
HFC-134a and the lubricant NISSAN A/C System Oil
Kong, Singapore.
Type SP-A2 or equivalents.
Not applicable to Morocco, Algeria,
Tunisia, Mongolia, Ukraine.) CAUTION
Use of any other refrigerants or lubricants will
For Europe, Turkey, Chile, New Caledonia, Tahiti, cause severe damage, and you may need to
Hong Kong, Singapore: replace your vehicle’s entire air conditioner
Only use UNLEADED PREMIUM petrol with an system.
octane rating of at least 95 (RON).
For Morocco, Algeria, Tunisia, Mongolia, Ukraine, The release of refrigerants into the atmosphere is
MNTI311
Australia, New Zealand, South Africa and other prohibited in many countries and regions. The
destinations: refrigerant in your vehicle will not harm the Earth’s
ozone layer. However, it may contribute in a small
If UNLEADED PREMIUM petrol is not available,
part to the global warming effect. NISSAN recom-
UNLEADED REGULAR petrol with an octane rating
mends that the refrigerant be appropriately re-
of at least 91 (RON) may be used at slightly reduced
covered and recycled. Air conditioner system
performance. However, for maximum vehicle per-
should only be serviced by trained and certified
formance and the best driveability, the use of
technicians to ensure proper and safe operation.
unleaded premium petrol with an octane rating of
at least 95 (RON) is recommended.

ENGINE WHEELS AND TYRES
GUID-AA194144-2918-4127-8087-897FD4E3AC05 GUID-FE9650B8-71A3-4DEF-A7EA-CEDA86263772
Contact a NISSAN dealer or qualified workshop Model HR13DDT Unit: mm (in)

when servicing the air conditioner system. Item Size Offset
Type Petrol, 4-cycle
4-cylinder 17 x 7.0J 37 (1.46)
Cylinder arrangement
in–line Steel 17 x 4T *1 30 (1.18)
72.2 x 81.35 18 X 4T*1 30 (1.18)
Bore x Stroke mm (in)
(2.84 x 3.20) Road
17 x 7.0J* 40 (1.57)
wheel
Displacement cm3 (cu in) 1,332 (81.28)
18 x 7.5J 45 (1.77)
Idling speed rpm Aluminium*
19 x 7.5J 45 (1.77)
MT 750 20 x 8.0J 40 (1.57)
Xtronic in N position 750 215/65R17 99V
Spark plug 235/55R18 100V*

Standard SILZKFR8D7G Conventional
Tyre 235/50R19 99V*
Spark plug gap mm (in) 0.7 (0.028)
size 235/45R20 100V XL*
Camshaft operation Timing chain Conventional *
Spare
155/90R17 112M *1
*: where fitted
*1: Temporary-use spare tyre (where fitted)

DIMENSIONS WHEN TRAVELLING OR REGIS- VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION
TERING IN ANOTHER COUNTRY
GUID-3E0A0EE6-A9A1-4DEC-8E0C-1AE7EF678E35 GUID-A5569B8E-3C88-4BCF-9BF9-615A949989FF GUID-1A6D3919-07E8-419B-8D84-41D48465A315
Unit: mm (in) When planning to travel in another country, you
should first find out if the fuel available is suitable
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION LABEL
GUID-8417DAA9-2CE2-40BC-B0C8-00C7562464B9
mm (in.)
for your vehicle’s engine.
Overall length 4,425 (174.2)
Using fuel with too low octane rating may cause
Overall width excl. mirrors 1,835 (72.2) engine damage. Therefore, avoid taking your
vehicle to areas where appropriate fuel is not
incl. mirrors 2,084 (82.1)
available.
Overall height incl. antenna 1,625 (64.0) When transferring your vehicle registration to
excl. antenna 1,610 (63.4) another country, check with the appropriate
authorities that the vehicle complies with the
Front track 18” and 19”
1,580 (62.2) requirements as it may not be possible to adapt
wheels
it. In some cases, a vehicle cannot meet the legal
MNTI524
17” (alloy) and requirements and in other cases, it may be
1,590 (62.6)
20” wheels necessary to modify the vehicle to meet specific
17” (steel) laws and regulations. The label is affixed on the B pillar as shown.
1,596 (62.8)
wheels The laws and regulations for motor vehicle emis-
Rear track 18” and 19” sion control and safety standards vary according
1,580 (62.2) to the country; therefore, vehicle specifications
(beam suspen- wheels
sion) may differ.
17” (alloy)
1,590 (62.6) NISSAN is not responsible for any inconvenience
wheels
when the vehicle is taken and registered into
17” (steel) another country. The necessary modifications,
1,596 (62.8)
wheels
transportation and registration are the owner’s
Rear track 18” and 19” responsibility.
1,586 (62.4)
(multi-link sus- wheels
pension) 17” (alloy) and MNTI558
1,596 (62.8)
20” wheels
17” (steel)
1,602 (63.1) Type approval number
wheels
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
Wheelbase 2,665 (104.9)
Maximum Gross Vehicle Weight
Maximum Laden Mass of the Combination

Maximum mass on the axle front member, pull back the carpet to expose the VIN 1 Right Hand Drive models
Maximum mass on the axle rear . 2 Left Hand Drive models
The cold tyre pressure is shown on the tyre
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (VIN) ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER
GUID-8F419B0E-F9F1-4BAC-870B-D96711216DFD placard fixed to the side of the driver’s side centre
(chassis number)
GUID-52474B86-E451-452C-8436-723975A60F13 pillar.
AIR CONDITIONER SPECIFICATION LA-

BEL (where fitted)
GUID-46661ECC-11E9-447C-A28D-F9D96DDD01B9
MNTI265
MNTI523 HR13DDT engine
The number is stamped on the engine as shown.

MSTI0739Z
TYRE PLACARD
GUID-23FD93EF-5C18-4BD7-8BC0-0FB9AFFBC4E1
Open the bonnet. The label is affixed at the front

section of the bonnet.
ADDITIONAL DATA RECORDING (where

fitted) GUID-189C0FC7-C01F-4EF3-80FC-149C7CC8CC0F
If your vehicle is fitted with the ProPILOT Assist
System, it will also be fitted with supplemental
MJVT0352XZ
data recording function intended to assist in
understanding how the ProPILOT Assist System
MNTI268
performs in certain non-trival crash or near-crash
The Vehicle identification number (VIN) is located
scenarios. Specifically, supplemental recording is
as shown.
designed to capture the following:
To access the VIN stamped on the floor cross

INSTALLATION OF AN RF TRANSMITTER
GUID-CBB54833-1F38-4B09-95EF-10E448B402C3
* Driver operational status of the accelerator, * In response to an official request from law For countries conforming to UN regulation No.10
brakes, steering, etc. enforcement, court order, governmental or equivalent:
* Detection status of a vehicle ahead and lane agency, or other legally enforceable request.
markers. * For research purposes after the data is
* Vehicle information including distance to ve- modified such that it is no longer tied to a
hicle ahead and lateral position. specific vehicle or vehicle owner (anon-
* Information on the operation of the ProPILOT ymously).
Assist system and other crash avoidance
features.
* ProPILOT Assist system malfunction diagnosis
information.
* External images from the multi-sensing front
camera (Available only when the SRS air bag or
IEB system is activated).
The ProPILOT Assist system does not record
conversations, sounds or images of the inside of
the vehicle.
To read this supplemental data, special equipment
is required and access to the vehicle or the
recording unit is needed. This supplemental data
will only be accessed with the consent of the
vehicle owner or lessee or as otherwise required or
permitted by law.
If downloaded, NISSAN and third parties entrusted
by NISSAN may use the data recorded for the
purpose of improving NISSAN’s vehicle safety
performance.
NISSAN and third parties entrusted by NISSAN will
not disclose/provide the recorded data to a third
party except:
* With the consent of the vehicle owner or with
the consent of the lessee.

APPROVAL NUMBERS
GUID-8460C693-8241-4C07-A0D0-181E1078100C
All radio frequency or audio frequency products
fitted to the NISSAN range during production
conform to the requirements of the R&TTE Direc-
tive.
INTELLIGENTGUID-A18D6415-7328-4F5E-BCCF-D6DF49B8138B
KEY SYSTEM
Intelligent Key hand unit (where fitted)
GUID-506DB37A-1289-4B6B-9898-3B8070BEEC60
Model TXN1, Passive entry system (hand unit):
Hereby, Continental Automotive GmbH., declares
that the radio equipment type TXN1 is in compli- MNTI548
ance with Directive 2014/53/EU.
For Morocco
Intelligent KeyGUID-07DA038E-35C4-46EE-9DED-886E34DBC7A0
system control unit (where fitted)
https://continental-homologation.com/nissan
Hereby, Continental declares that the radio equip-
* Manufacturer name: ment type HFM401 is in compliance with Directive
Continental Automotive GmbH 2014/53/EU.
* Importer name, address: The full text of the EU declaration of conformity is
Nissan International SA available at the following internet address:
Zone d’activités La Pièce 12 https://continental-homologation.com/nissan
1180 Rolle, Switzerland
* Manufacturer name, address:
* Operating frequency band: 433.92 MHz. MNTI573 Continental Automotive GmbH
* Maximum radio-frequency power: ≤10 dBm
For Ukraine Siemensstraße 12, D-93055
Regensburg, Germany
* Importer name, address:
Nissan International SA
Zone d’activités La Pièce 12
1180 Rolle, Switzerland
* Operating frequency band: 433.92 MHz.
* Maximum radio-frequency power: ≤10 dBm

2) this device must accept any interference ment type TIS-09DL is in compliance with Directive
received, including interference that may 2014/53/EU.
cause undesired operation.
CAUTION TO USERS: Changes or modifications not available at the following internet address:
expressly approved by the party responsible for
https://continental-homologation.com/nissan
compliance could void the user`s authority to
operate the equipment. * Frequency band: 433.92 MHz.
* Maximum transmitter power: –17 dBm
MNTI445
For Ukraine
MNTI546
For Ukraine
TYRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM

(TPMS) (Transmitter)
GUID-F55FAC44-B7B5-43FD-A5F9-46BBB8BA8A04
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules.
Operation is subject to the following two condi- MNTI454
tions: MNTI450
1) this device may not cause harmful interfer-
Hereby, Continental declares that the radio equip- For Ukraine
ence, and

MNTI451 MNTI453 MNTI485
For Israel For Israel For Palestine
RADAR SYSTEMS
GUID-DA55C1C5-CB73-427D-AA41-D7768357B725
Front radar sensor (where fitted)

GUID-8D56B331-E423-4E3F-8214-A44ACB7D4A56
Simplified EU Hereby, Robert Bosch GmbH de-

declaration of clares that the radio equipment
conformity type FR5CPEC is in compliance
with Directive 2014/53/EU.
The full text of the EU declaration
of conformity is available at the
MNTI452 MNTI462
following internet address:
http://eu-doc.bosch.com
For Israel For Morocco
radio equipment type FR5CPEC is in compliance
with Radio Equipment Regulations 2017. The full
text of the UK declaration of conformity is available
at the following internet address: https://ita.bosch.
com

Side radar sensor (where fitted)
GUID-0A8F6929-F387-456A-95CD-4D98BC8B30C5
Simplified EU Hereby, APTIV, 42367 Wuppertal

declaration of declares that this RN5TR is in
conformity compliance with the essential
requirements and other relevant
provisions of Directive 2014/53/
EU (RED). The original declaration
of conformity can be accessed at
the following internet address:
www.aptiv.com/automotive-
MNTI560 MNTI562
homologation
For Ukraine For Israel Frequency band(s) in which the
radio equipment operates:
76-77 GHz
Maximum radio-frequency
power transmitted in the fre-
quency band(s) in which the
radio equipment operates:
30 dBm (1 W)

radio equipment type RN5TR is in compliance with
MNTI482 MNTI564 Radio Equipment Regulations 2017. The full text of
the UK declaration of conformity is available at the
For Ukraine For Morocco following internet address: https://ita.bosch.com

MNTI566 MNTI571
For Ukraine For Morocco
AUDIO SYSTEMS
GUID-676F91E7-5D37-4FA5-B61D-B6CACE143A92
FM AM radioGUID-6F9A48BB-A363-4704-A849-DBA4757EC021
(where fitted)
Simplified EU Hereby Visteon Automotive Elec-
declaration of tronics Co., Ltd. declares that this
conformity system is in compliance with Di-
rective 2014/53/EU.
Frequency band(s) in which the

radio equipment operates: MNTI480
MNTI567 2400–2483.5 MHz
For Ukraine Maximum radio-frequency power
transmitted in the frequency
band(s) in which the radio equip-
ment operates:
Bluetooth <10 mW (EIRP)

RADIO FREQUENCY APPROVAL
GUID-D597AD56-B420-46CE-A68E-3ED23D9746ED
https://www.valeo.com/declaration-of-confor-
mity/
Hereby, Continental declares that the radio equip-
ment type IVC Telematic Control Unit is in com-
pliance with Directive 2014/53/EU. The full text of
the EU declaration of conformity is available at the
following internet address:
http://www.continental-homologation.com/
nissan
MNTI445
For Ukraine
MNTI572
For Israel
MNTI528
For Morocco
TELEMATICS CONTROL UNIT (where

fitted) GUID-3B0F59CE-12D4-495D-B5A7-1B916D06359B
Hereby, Valeo declares that the radio equipment
type A-IVC-EU-01 is in compliance with Directive
2014/53/EU. The full text of the EU declaration of
conformity is available at the following internet
address:

All radio frequency products fitted to the vehicle range during production conform to the requirements of the Radio Equipment Directive (RED) 2014/53/EU.
The countries covered by this directive, or those which accept it, are: Albania, Austria, Belgium, Bosnia & Herzegovina, Bulgaria, Croatia, Cyprus, Czech Republic,
Denmark, Estonia, Finland, France, French Guiana, Georgia, Germany, Greece, Guadeloupe, Hungary, Iceland, Ireland, Italy, Kosovo, Latvia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania,
Luxembourg, Macedonia, Malta, Martinique, Mayotte, Monaco, Montenegro, Netherlands, Norway, Poland, Portugal, Reunion, Romania, Saint Pierre & Miquelon, San
Marino, Slovakia, Slovenia, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, Turkey, Tuvalu, United Kingdom.
VEHICLE RADIO FUNCTIONS
Frequency Range Technology Power/Magnetic Field
125 kHz (119 – 135 kHz) Remote Keyless Entry Transponder Ring ≤ 42 dBμA/m at 10m
433 MHz (433.05 – 434.79 MHz) Tyre Pressure Monitoring ≤ 10 mW e.r.p.
433.92 MHz (433.05 – 434.79 MHz) Remote Keyless Entry ≤ 10 mW e.r.p.
20 kHz (9 – 90 kHz) Keyless Go system ≤ 72 dBμA/m at 10m
2.4 GHz (2400 – 2483.5 MHz) Bluetooth®, Wi-Fi ≤ 100 mW e.i.r.p.
824 – 894 MHz GSM 850 (2G) ≤ 39 dBm e.i.r.p.
880 – 960 MHz GSM 900 (2G) ≤ 39 dBm e.i.r.p.
1710 – 1880 MHz GSM 1800 (2G) ≤ 36 dBm e.i.r.p.
1850 – 1890 MHz GSM 1900 (2G) ≤ 33 dBm e.i.r.p.
1922 – 2168 MHz W-CDMA Band I (3G) ≤ 24 dBm e.i.r.p.
24.05 – 24.25 GHz 24 GHz ISM Radar ≤ 100 mW e.i.r.p.
≤ -41,3 dBm/MHz e.i.r.p. mean

24.25 – 26.65 GHz 24 GHz UWB Radar
≤ 0 dBm/50 MHz e.i.r.p. peak
76 – 77 GHz 77 GHz Radar ≤ 55 dBm e.i.r.p.

CE APPROVAL DETAILS
GUID-B3A1364F-5962-4DA7-B3A6-94AA1CABCCCE
MNSY0105

MNPB297

MNPB298

UKCA APPROVAL DETAILS
GUID-BD650D89-F92E-41BB-AFD8-1663E07BB0D2
MNTI495

MNPB299

MNPB300

10 Regulatory information
Environmental information .............................................................

.... 516 Consumer and user safety
Environmental concern ............................................................
.... 516 information (REACh) .................................................................... 516
Compliance at every step ......................................................
.... 516 Protect the environment when driving ....................... 516
We build our vehicles with recycling in mind .........
.... 516 AIRBAG LABEL (where fitted) .......................................................... 518
....
....
....
ENVIRONMENTAL INFORMATION
GUID-8A88A5E8-6150-47C3-A399-F904488D23E5
Manufacturing phase NISSAN dealer or consult: www.nissan-europe.
ENVIRONMENTAL CONCERN
GUID-7AFEB6DF-9DB6-45D2-9D2D-898691469822
GUID-7637D19E-C14D-42E4-B59B-5390496B3EB1
com.
NISSAN plants based in the UK already achieve a
recycling rate of over 90% and are looking for CONSUMER AND USER SAFETY INFOR-
further improvements. The UK plant installed 10
Today, the efforts made by to fulfil our responsi-
wind turbines to cut carbon dioxide emissions at
MATION (REACh)
GUID-DFA0F902-2E87-4A57-A1D6-B090E606DDE2
bilities to protect and sustain the environment are
power plants by more than 3,000 tonnes per year. REACh is the chemical regulation in the EU,
far-reaching. Within , we promote the highest
focusing on Registration, Evaluation, Authorisation
levels of practice in every region and in every area
Production GUID-EDADE5D5-A56F-43BD-A436-A99BCBB5E47F
and distribution phase and Restriction of Chemicals manufactured in or
of operations.
Using resources efficiently to reduce the amount imported into the European Economic Area. Nissan
complies with REACh obligations, and fully sup-
COMPLIANCE AT EVERY STEP
GUID-7B72AC6D-68F4-4200-8420-2FDDA13A804B
of waste generated during the production and
distribution stage. promotes activities based on ports its underlying goals: to protect human health
focuses on ensuring that end of life vehicle and reduce the environment from risks posed by
Reducing, Reusing, and Recycling materials when-
components are reused, recycled or recovered, chemicals. For more information, visit:
ever possible. ’s goal is to achieve a 100% recycling
and guarantees compliance with EU legislation
rate for operations in Japan and globally. www.nissan-safetysheets.com
(the End of Life Vehicle Directive).
This website provides information on substances
WE BUILD OUR VEHICLES WITH RECY- Use and service phase
GUID-AC8C0A86-42D1-4E69-B760-A3C14043C2E4 present in the Nissan product(s) that you buy, and
CLING IN MIND are our window to you, our customer. In order to recommendations for their safe use.
GUID-27B9BCB1-D94C-48A2-A1EF-7A605DD84DA3 meet your expectations they provide not only high
Reducing landfill waste, emissions, conserving quality services but are also environmentally PROTECT THE ENVIRONMENT WHEN
natural resources, and enhancing recycling activ- responsible. promotes activities to recycle the
ities are emphasised daily in our manufacturing,
DRIVING GUID-340D5842-2620-4A10-A61C-EC676170087D
waste generated as a result of service centre
sales and service operations and in the disposal of Your driving behaviour has significant impact on
activities.
end of life vehicles (ELV). fuel economy and the environment. Follow the tips
Disposal phase below for better fuel-efficiency, better driving
Design phase
GUID-C9F6F2D1-D8DC-43FF-973A-4C350B38551D
GUID-E21CAA73-E8BF-42BA-BACE-1EC78440C754
habits, and to be environmentally friendly by
Recycle your end of life vehicle or its components.
To reduce environmental impact we have devel- reducing emissions:
When your NISSAN reaches the end of its life, and is
oped your vehicle to be 95% recoverable. We mark no longer suitable for daily use, it still has value.
the components to facilitate dismantling, recycling
Fuel efficientGUID-7C077BC3-2989-43C6-909F-EF5A6B874492
driving
You can help prevent waste affecting the environ-
and to reduce hazardous substances. We carefully Anticipating traffic conditions and acting accord-
ment by bringing your NISSAN to be recycled at
verify and control substances of concern. We have ingly reduces fuel consumption, helping to protect
our collection networks in your area. Our collection
already reduced to a minimum the cadmium, of our natural environment. Take your foot off the
networks guarantee no cost for the treatment of
mercury and lead in your vehicle. includes recycled accelerator while approaching traffic lights and
your ELV. For further information on how and
material in your vehicle and looks for opportunities avoid last minute braking when the light turns red.
where to dispose of your ELV refer to your local
to increase the percentage of recycled materials Avoid speeding, harsh acceleration, and strong
used. braking. The gain in time does not offset pollution

of the environment. Try to maintain speed when Maintain a safe distance
GUID-B79F2ABE-0228-4A98-9657-5EF0F6F9C7D2
driving uphill to reduce fuel consumption and
Anticipate traffic conditions for a smoother drive
pollution. Maintain speed or allow the vehicle to
and to assure comfort and safety during your trip.
go slower where traffic allows.
Drive and maintain a safe distance from other
Close windows when driving vehicles while in traffic. This will help reduce fuel
GUID-A2377EED-4A15-4184-9E67-D3AFD155DEE6
consumption as you will not be constantly tapping
Driving with a window open at 100 km/h (62 MPH)
your brakes.
increases fuel consumption by up to 4%. Driving
with the windows closed allows for better fuel Check your tyre pressure
GUID-807180E1-5E3F-40AF-841D-7B26123BD04C
economy.
Low tyre pressure increases fuel consumption as
Use the roof GUID-982EB75C-1E1F-4769-B500-9A78F199D4A7
rack only when necessary well as the use of non-recommended tyres.
Correct tyre pressure will maximise the grip of
Only install the roof luggage system when you
your vehicle and optimise fuel consumption.
really need it, otherwise put it inside the vehicle or
store it in your garage. Do not drive around with an Have your car serviced regularly
GUID-D8567E5F-B120-4CEB-871A-D5B6AE353EF0
empty roof rack, kayak holder, or ski rack, this will
Regular service allows you to run your vehicle in
reduce your aerodynamic drag significantly.
optimal condition and with the best fuel efficiency.
Optimise the use of air conditioning Have your vehicle serviced by your or a qualified
GUID-9C5425B4-14DD-4A76-B4AB-9EAF6CBD9FE9
workshop to ensure that it is maintained to its
The air conditioning system has a positive effect
original standard.
on driving and vehicle safety through comfort
cooling and dehumidifying, drivers are more alert
and have better visibility when window demisting/
defogging becomes necessary. However, use of
the air conditioning system will increase fuel
consumption substantially in an urban environ-
ment. Optimise the use of air conditioning by using
the vents as much as possible.
Use the parking brake on slopes

GUID-AB24F5CE-50A7-4954-9D3E-640DC99CBFC4
Use the parking brake when holding your vehicle
on a slope. Avoid using the accelerator to hold
your vehicle as this leads to unnecessary fuel
consumption and wear.

AIRBAG LABEL (where fitted)
GUID-08677062-E51D-463A-A251-B0152FFB29DD
MNSY1042

MNSY1043

MEMO

11 Index
- Automatic ............................................................................
... 192 - Key battery replacement ........................................
... 479
A - Heater and air conditioner .................................... ... 189 - Saver system ....................................................................
... 238
- Manual ...................................................................................
... 190 - Warning light ........................................................................
... 74
ABS (Anti-lock Braking System) .................................
... 434
- Servicing ...............................................................................
... 196 Blind Spot Intervention
- Warning light ........................................................................
... 73
- Specification label .........................................................
... 500 - Driving situations ..........................................................
... 270
Accident
Antenna .........................................................................................
... 200 Blind Spot Warning (BSW) ...............................................
... 262
- Emergency Response System ............................ ... 442
Anti-Theft System (NISSAN) ..........................................
... 153 - Driving situations ..........................................................
... 270
Aids
Approval numbers ................................................................
... 502 - Warning light ........................................................................
... 73
- Blind Spot Warning (BSW) .......................................
... 262
Armrests ..........................................................................................
... 24 Bluetooth® ..................................................................................
... 212
- Chassis control ...............................................................
... 436
- Storage ..................................................................................
... 123 - Audio streaming ............................................................
... 209
- Emergency Lane Assist system ......................... ... 293
Audible reminders ....................................................................
... 81 - Hands-Free Phone System .................................... ... 218
- Hill Start Assist (HSA) ..................................................
... 437
Audio ...............................................................................................
... 197 - Operation .............................................................................
... 207
- Intelligent Around View Monitor (IAVM) ...... ... 177
- Bluetooth® audio streaming ................................ ... 209 - Phone settings ................................................................
... 218
- Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention .................. ... 262
- FM AM radio ......................................................................
... 201 - Precautions ........................................................................
... 199
- Intelligent Emergency Braking (IEB) ............... ... 402
- FM AM radio with USB ..............................................
... 200 - Settings .................................................................................
... 207
- Intelligent Forward Collision
- iPod® player operation .............................................
... 206 - Texting ...................................................................................
... 213
Warning (I-FCW) ..............................................................
... 396
- NissanConnect ................................................................
... 211 Bonnet
- Intelligent Lane
- Precautions ........................................................................
... 197 - Release ..................................................................................
... 154
Intervention system ..........................
... 288, 353, 391
- Settings .................................................................................
... 201 Boot ..................................................................................................
... 127
- Intelligent Parking Assist (IPA) ............................ ... 415
- Steering-wheel switches .........................................
... 217 Brakes ................................................................................
... 433, 475
- Lane Departure
- USB Connection Port .................................................
... 204 - Adjustment .........................................................................
... 475
Warning (LDW) ........................................
... 284, 349, 387
Audio operation - Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) ......................... ... 434
- Moving Object Detection (MOD) ........................ ... 185
- Precautions ........................................................................
... 214 - Automatic brake hold ................................................
... 159
- Overview ..................................................................................
... 16
Automatic brake hold ........................................................
... 159 - Checking ..............................................................................
... 475
- Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) system ....... ... 274
- Electric Parking Brake ...............................................
... 157
- Rear Ultrasonic Parking Sensor System ..... ... 426 B - Fluid ..........................................................................................
... 475
- Ultrasonic parking sensors ...................... ... 421, 425
- Intelligent Emergency Braking (IEB) ............... ... 402
Air bags Battery ...........................................................................................
... 476
- Precautions ........................................................................
... 433
- Repair and replacement .............................................
... 61 - Caution label .....................................................................
... 476
- Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) ............................ ... 279
- Supplemental restraint System ............................ ... 51 - Information ........................................................................
... 477
- Trailer ......................................................................................
... 431
Air cleaner filter .......................................................................
... 481 - Intelligent Key battery discharge ..................... ... 239
- Warning light ........................................................................
... 73
Air conditioner - Jump starting ...................................................................
... 453
Brightness
- Intelligent Around View Monitor (IAVM) ......
... 183 - Exterior ..................................................................................
... 460 D
- Glass ...........................................................................
... 461, 462
C - Interior ...................................................................................
... 462 Defogger
- Plastic parts .......................................................................
... 463 - Switch .....................................................................................
... 112
Capacities and recommendations .......................... ... 495 Dimensions .................................................................................
... 499
- Rear-view camera lens .............................................
... 461
- Brake and clutch fluid ...............................................
... 495 - Engine .....................................................................................
... 498
- Removing spots .............................................................
... 460
- Coolant ..................................................................................
... 495 Display
- Underbody ..........................................................................
... 461
- Fuel ...........................................................................................
... 497 - Head up display ..............................................................
... 107
- Washing ................................................................................
... 460
- Oil ...............................................................................................
... 495 - Rear-view Monitor ........................................................
... 171
- Waxing ....................................................................................
... 460
- Refrigerant ..........................................................................
... 495 - Vehicle information ........................................................
... 82
- Wheels ....................................................................................
... 461
Cargo compartment Doors
Clutch fluid .................................................................................
... 475
- Cargo floor .........................................................................
... 127 - Child safety ........................................................................
... 148
Coat hooks .................................................................................
... 124
Changing - Locks .......................................................................................
... 146
Cold weather ............................................................................
... 438
- Engine coolant ................................................................
... 471 - Map pocket ........................................................................
... 124
- Battery ...................................................................................
... 438
- Engine oil .............................................................................
... 472 - Power door lock switch ...........................................
... 147
- Corrosion protection ..................................................
... 439
- Tyres and wheels ..........................................................
... 491 - Precautions ........................................................................
... 142
- Engine coolant ................................................................
... 438
Chassis control ........................................................................
... 436 - Remote keyless entry system ............................. ... 139
- Equipment ..........................................................................
... 438
- Intelligent Ride Control .............................................
... 436 Drive belts ...................................................................................
... 480
- Winter equipment .........................................................
... 438
- Intelligent Trace Control .........................................
... 436 ... Selector] ......................................................... 256
Console box ...............................................................................
... 123 [Drive Mode
Checking ...
Coolant Driving ............................................................................................ 241
- Brake pedal ........................................................................
... 475 ...
- Changing engine coolant .......................................
... 471 - Care .......................................................................................... 237
- Coolant level .....................................................................
... 471 ... 438
- Checking coolant level ..............................................
... 471 - Cold weather ....................................................................
- Engine oil level .................................................................
... 472
- Cold weather ....................................................................
... 438 - Driving four-wheel drive (4WD) safely............. 255
- Parking brake ...................................................................
... 475
- Engine cooling system ..............................................
... 471 - Intelligent Emergency Braking (IEB) ............... 402
Child restraints ...........................................................................
... 36 ... Collision
- Temperature gauge .......................................................
... 68 - Intelligent Forward
- Anchorage .............................................................................
... 43 ...
Corrosion protection ..........................................................
... 464 Warning (I-FCW) .............................................................. 396
- ISOFIX .........................................................................................
... 42 ...
- Environmental factors ...............................................
... 464 - Manual transmission .................................................. 241
- ISOFIX installation ............................................................
... 44 ...
Cruise control ...........................................................................
... 300 - Mild Hybrid system technology ......................... 253
- Precautions ...........................................................................
... 36 ...
- Operation ...................................................
... 301, 306, 325 - Precautions ........................................................... 230, 235
- Seat belt installation ......................................................
... 46
- Precautions ........................................................................
... 300 - Stop/Start ...System ........................................................ 247
Child safety ...........................................................................
... 29, 35 ...
Cup holders ................................................................................
... 123 - Wet road ............................................................................... 237
Cleaning ...
- Bottle holder .....................................................................
... 124 - Winter conditions .......................................................... 237
- Alloy wheels .......................................................................
... 461
- [Drive Mode Selector] ................................................. 256
- Automatic anti-dazzling inside mirror ......... ... 463 ... System
Driving Position Memory
- Chrome parts ...................................................................
... 461 ...
- Memory storage ............................................................. 162
- Engine compartment .................................................
... 463
- System operation .......................................................... 162
522 Index
F G
E
Filter Gasoline particulate filter ................................................
... 236
eCall ..................................................................................................
... 442 - Air cleaner ...........................................................................
... 481 Gauges
Electric power steering .....................................................
... 432 - Engine oil .............................................................................
... 472 - Engine coolant temperature ................................... ... 68
Electronic Stability Programme Flat tyre .........................................................................................
... 446 - Fuel ..............................................................................................
... 69
(ESP) system ..............................................................................
... 435 Floor .................................................................................................
... 127 - Meters and gauges .........................................................
... 65
- Deactivation .......................................................................
... 436 Floor mats ...................................................................................
... 462 - Speedometer .......................................................................
... 67
Emergency Fluids - Tachometer ..........................................................................
... 68
- Response System ..........................................................
... 442 - Brake .......................................................................................
... 475 Glass cleaning ..........................................................................
... 461
Emergency Lane Assist system ................................. ... 293 - Clutch .....................................................................................
... 475 Glass roof .....................................................................................
... 130
Emergency tyre puncture repair kit ....................... ... 492 - Window washer ..............................................................
... 476 - Sunshade operation ...................................................
... 130
- Location ................................................................................
... 451 - Xtronic transmission ..................................................
... 474 Glove box .....................................................................................
... 122
Engine Fog lights .....................................................................................
... 486
- Air cleaner filter ..............................................................
... 481 - Front — Location ...........................................................
... 486 H
- Before starting ................................................................
... 229 - Front — Operation ........................................................
... 117
- Changing engine coolant ....................................... ... 471 Hands-Free Phone System ...............................
... 218, 218
- Rear — Location .............................................................
... 486
- Changing engine oil ....................................................
... 472 Hazard warning flasher switch ..................................
... 442
- Rear — Operation ..........................................................
... 117
- Checking coolant level ..............................................
... 471 Head restraints ...........................................................................
... 25
- Rear — Replacement ..................................................
... 487
- Checking engine oil level ........................................
... 472 - Adjustment ............................................................................
... 26
Four-wheel drive (4WD) ....................................................
... 254
- Cold start period ............................................................
... 237 - Installation .............................................................................
... 26
- Driving four-wheel drive (4WD) safely .......... ... 255
- Coolant temperature gauge ................................... ... 68 - Removal ...................................................................................
... 26
- Four-wheel drive (4WD) model (Tyres) ......... ... 491
- Cooling system ...............................................................
... 471 Head up display ......................................................................
... 107
Frequency approval numbers ........................ ... 214, 507
- Data ..........................................................................................
... 498 Headlights
Fuel
- Engin overheat ................................................................
... 455 - Adaptive Driving Beam .............................................
... 115
- Capacities ............................................................................
... 495
- Oil ...............................................................................................
... 472 - Aiming control .................................................................
... 118
- Gauge ........................................................................................
... 69
- Serial number ...................................................................
... 500 - Dynamic high beam assistant ............................ ... 114
- Information ........................................................................
... 497
- Spark plugs ........................................................................
... 481 - Operation .............................................................................
... 113
Fuses ...............................................................................................
... 483
- Starting ..................................................................................
... 240 - Replacement (bulb) ......................................................
... 485
- Engine compartment .................................................
... 485
- Three-way catalyst ......................................................
... 235 - Switch .....................................................................................
... 113
- Extended storage ..........................................................
... 484
- Turbocharger ...................................................................
... 236 Heated seats
- Passenger compartment ........................................ ... 483
Exhaust gas (Carbon Monoxide) ............................... ... 230 - Operation .............................................................................
... 119
Exterior - Precautions ........................................................................
... 119
- Cleaning ................................................................................
... 460 Heated steering wheel
- Lights ......................................................................................
... 486 - Operation .............................................................................
... 119
- Precautions ........................................................................
... 119
Index 523
Heated windscreen ..............................................................
... 112 - Operation failure ............................................................
... 140 - Immobiliser .........................................................................
... 137
Heater and air conditioner ............................................
... 189 - Remote keyless entry system ............................. ... 139 - Intelligent Key .....................................................
... 141, 237
- Automatic air conditioner ...................................... ... 192 - Starting ..................................................................................
... 143 - Intelligent Key battery discharge ..................... ... 239
- Manual air conditioner ..............................................
... 190 - Unlocking ................................................................
... 140, 143 - Mechanical key ................................................................
... 138
- Servicing ...............................................................................
... 196 Intelligent Lane - NISSAN Anti-Theft System (NATS) .................... ... 137
- Vents .......................................................................................
... 188 Intervention system ..................................
... 288, 353, 391 - Operating range (Intelligent Key) ..................... ... 141
Hill Start Assist (HSA) ..........................................................
... 437 Intelligent Parking Assist (IPA) .....................................
... 415 - Operation (Intelligent Key) .....................................
... 142
- Indicator light ......................................................................
... 80 - Bay parking ........................................................................
... 418 - Operation failure ............................................................
... 140
Horn .................................................................................................
... 119 - Deactivation .......................................................................
... 416 - Radio approval number
- Interruption ........................................................................
... 416 and information .............................................................
... 502
I - Malfunction ........................................................................
... 420 - Remote keyless entry system ............................. ... 139
- Operation .............................................................................
... 416 - Troubleshooting .............................................................
... 144
ICC and Steering Assist ..................................................
... 320
- Parallel parking ...............................................................
... 417
- Operation .............................................................................
... 321 L
- Precautions ........................................................................
... 415
Ignition
- Tips ...........................................................................................
... 420
- Switch .....................................................................................
... 237 Lane Departure Warning (LDW) ........ ... 284, 349, 387
Intelligent Ride Control .....................................................
... 437
- Switch — positions .......................................................
... 238 - Operation ...................................................
... 285, 350, 388
Intelligent Trace Control ..................................................
... 436
Immobiliser Legal requirements .................................................................
... 36
Interior
- NISSAN Anti-Theft System (NATS) .................... ... 153 Licences ........................................................................................
... 217
- Lights — Information ..................................................
... 486
Indicator lights ...........................................................................
... 71 Lights
- Lights — operation .......................................................
... 132
Injured persons ..........................................................................
... 29 - Exterior ..................................................................................
... 486
iPod®
Inside rear-view mirror .....................................................
... 165 - Fog light switch ..............................................................
... 117
- Operation .............................................................................
... 206
Intelligent Around View Monitor (IAVM) .............. ... 177 - Hazard warning flasher switch .......................... ... 442
ISOFIX
Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention ........................... ... 262 - Headlight aiming ...........................................................
... 118
- Anchor locations ...............................................................
... 42
- Warning light ........................................................................
... 73 - Headlight and turn signal switch ..................... ... 113
- Child restraints ...................................................................
... 42
Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) ...................................
... 305 - Headlight switch ............................................................
... 113
- Installation .............................................................................
... 44
Intelligent Emergency Braking (IEB) ....................... ... 402 - Headlights ...........................................................................
... 485
- Activation .............................................................................
... 405 J - Indicator lights ...................................................................
... 71
- Operation .............................................................................
... 403 - Interior ......................................................................
... 132, 486
- Warning light ...........................................................
... 75, 405 Jump starting ...........................................................................
... 453 - LED headlight ...................................................................
... 485
Intelligent Key .............................................................
... 141, 237 - Locations .............................................................................
... 486
- Battery discharge ..........................................................
... 239 K - Replacement .....................................................................
... 487
- Battery replacement ...................................................
... 479 - Turn signal switch ........................................................
... 117
Keys ..................................................................................................
... 137
- Locking .....................................................................
... 140, 142 - Warning lights .....................................................................
... 71
- Battery replacement ...................................................
... 479
- Operating range .............................................................
... 141 Locks
- Emergency key ................................................................
... 138
- Operation .............................................................................
... 142 - Child safety ........................................................................
... 148
524 Index
- Doors .......................................................................................
... 146 Moving Object Detection (MOD) ................................
... 185 - Gauge ........................................................................................
... 69
- Inside door handle .......................................................
... 147 - Information ........................................................................
... 497
- Power door lock switch ...........................................
... 147 N Phone
- Steering .................................................................................
... 239 - Bluetooth® ..........................................................................
... 212
NISSAN Anti-Theft System (NATS)
- Super Lock system ......................................................
... 146 - Bluetooth® Hands-Free ............................................
... 218
- NATS key ..............................................................................
... 137
- Vehicle battery discharged ...................................
... 146 - Hands-Free Phone System .................................... ... 212
- Radio approval number
Luggage compartment ....................................................
... 127 - Mobile phone integration .......................................
... 218
and information .............................................................
... 502
- Texting ...................................................................................
... 213
M Power
O
- Door lock switch ............................................................
... 147
Maintenance
Odometer/trip/twin trip odometer ........................... ... 67 - Electric power steering ............................................
... 432
- Camera unit ...... ... 288, 293, 353, 357, 391, 395
Off-road - Outlet ......................................................................................
... 120
- ELA ............................................................................................
... 299
- Precautions ........................................................................
... 235 - Windows ...............................................................................
... 128
- General maintenance ................................................
... 467
Oil Precautions
- Precautions ........................................................................
... 469
- Capacities and recommendations .................. ... 495 - Audio .......................................................................................
... 197
- Requirements ...................................................................
... 467
- Changing engine oil ....................................................
... 472 - Brakes .....................................................................................
... 433
- Seat belts ................................................................................
... 33
- Checking engine oil level ........................................
... 472 - Child restraints ...................................................................
... 36
Manual transmission
- Disposal .................................................................................
... 474 - Cruise control ...................................................................
... 300
- Driving ....................................................................................
... 241
- Engine oil .............................................................................
... 472 - Door locks ...........................................................................
... 142
Map data ......................................................................................
... 214
- SAE viscosity number ................................................
... 497 - Exhaust gas .......................................................................
... 230
Meters and gauges .................................................................
... 65
- Warning light ........................................................................
... 75 - Intelligent Emergency Braking (IEB) ............... ... 402
- Engine coolant temperature ................................... ... 68
Overheat - Intelligent Forward Collision
- Fuel ..............................................................................................
... 69
- Engine overheat .............................................................
... 455 Warning (I-FCW) ..............................................................
... 396
- Odometer/trip/twin trip odometer ................... ... 67
- Intelligent Parking Assist (IPA) ............................ ... 415
- Speedometer .......................................................................
... 67
P - Maintenance .....................................................................
... 469
- Tachometer ..........................................................................
... 68
- Off-road driving ..............................................................
... 235
Mild Hybrid system technology ................................. ... 253 Parcel shelf .................................................................................
... 125
- On-road driving ..............................................................
... 235
Mirrors ............................................................................................
... 165 - Installation ..........................................................................
... 126
- Predictive guide lines .................................................
... 172
- Adjustment (Power) .....................................................
... 165 - Removal ................................................................................
... 126
- Push-button ignition switch ................................ ... 237
- Automatic anti-dazzling ..........................................
... 165 Parking ...........................................................................................
... 413
- Safety ......................................................................................
... 171
- Folding ...................................................................................
... 166 - Brake .......................................................................................
... 157
- Seat belts ................................................................................
... 27
- Rear-view (Inside) ..........................................................
... 165 - Intelligent Around View Monitor (IAVM) ...... ... 177
- Starting and driving ....................................................
... 230
- Rear-view (Outside) .....................................................
... 165 - Rear Ultrasonic Parking Sensor System ..... ... 426
- Supplemental Restraint System ........................... ... 51
- Vanity mirror .....................................................................
... 166 - Ultrasonic parking sensors ................................... ... 421
- Towing ...................................................................................
... 456
Mobile phone integration for FM AM radio with Petrol
- Trailer ......................................................................................
... 430
CD player ......................................................................................
... 218 - Engine oil .............................................................................
... 497
Index 525
Pregnant women .....................................................................
... 29 - Engine oil filter .................................................................
... 472 - Warnings .................................................................................
... 29
ProPILOT Assist .......................................................................
... 358 - Spark plugs ........................................................................
... 481 Seats ...................................................................................................
... 20
- Operation .............................................................................
... 358 - Wiper blades ......................................................................
... 482 - Adjustment (Manual) .....................................................
... 21
Protection Roof - Adjustment (Power) ........................................................
... 22
- Corrosion .............................................................................
... 439 - Glass ........................................................................................
... 130 - Head restraints ..................................................................
... 25
- Environment ......................................................................
... 474 - Sunshade operation ...................................................
... 130 - Heating ..................................................................................
... 119
Push starting ............................................................................
... 454 Roof rail .........................................................................................
... 125 - ISOFIX child restraints ..................................................
... 37
Push-button ignition ..........................................................
... 237 Running-in schedule ...........................................................
... 229 - Rear .............................................................................................
... 23
Security system
R S - Alarm system ....................................................................
... 153
- Interior movement sensors .................................. ... 153
Radio SAE viscosity number ........................................................
... 497
- NISSAN Anti-Theft System (NATS) ....... ... 137, 153
- Approval number and information ................. ... 502 Safety
Servicing
- FM AM radio ......................................................................
... 201 - Chains (Trailer) ...................................................
... 430, 430
- Air conditioner .................................................................
... 196
- FM AM radio with USB ..............................................
... 200 - Child safety rear door locks ................................. ... 148
Settings
- NissanConnect ................................................................
... 211 - Children ...........................................................................
... 29, 35
- Intelligent Around View Monitor (IAVM) ...... ... 177
Radio transmitter ..................................................................
... 501 - Head restraints ..................................................................
... 25
- Moving Object Detection (MOD) ........................ ... 185
Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) ....................................
... 279 - Injured persons ..................................................................
... 29
Snow chains ..............................................................................
... 490
Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) - Precautions ........................................................................
... 171
SOS Switch .................................................................................
... 442
- Operation .............................................................................
... 275 - Pregnant women .............................................................
... 29
Spare tyre ....................................................................................
... 445
Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) system ............... ... 274 - Road Accident Emergency
Spark plugs ................................................................................
... 481
Rear seats ......................................................................................
... 23 Response System ..........................................................
... 442
Speed limiter ...................................................
... 302, 346, 385
- Folding ......................................................................................
... 23 Safety information ................................................................
... 212
- Operation ...................................................
... 303, 347, 386
Rear-view Monitor ................................................................
... 171 Seat belts ...............................................................................
... 27, 31
Speedometer ...............................................................................
... 67
- Guide lines ..........................................................................
... 172 - Adjustment ............................................................................
... 32
Starting
- Settings .................................................................................
... 175 - Child restraint installation .........................................
... 46
- Before starting ................................................................
... 229
Remote keyless entry system .....................................
... 139 - Child safety ..................................................................
... 29, 35
- Engine .....................................................................................
... 240
- Operation .............................................................................
... 140 - Children - Infants .............................................................
... 35
- Jump starting ...................................................................
... 453
Repairing - Children - Larger ..............................................................
... 35
- Precautions ........................................................................
... 230
- Flat tyre .................................................................................
... 451 - Cleaning ................................................................................
... 463
- Push starting ....................................................................
... 454
- Headlights ...........................................................................
... 485 - Legal requirements ........................................................
... 36
Steering Assist .........................................................................
... 338
Replacement - Maintenance ........................................................................
... 33
- Operation .............................................................................
... 340
- Air bags ....................................................................................
... 61 - Precautions ...........................................................................
... 27
Steering wheel
- Air cleaner filter ..............................................................
... 481 - Rear centre position ......................................................
... 33
- Adjustment .........................................................................
... 164
- Engine coolant ................................................................
... 471 - Reminder .................................................................................
... 29
- Electric power steering ............................................
... 432
- Engine oil .............................................................................
... 472 - Warning light ...............................................................
... 71, 78
526 Index
- Heating ..................................................................................
... 119 - Headlight and turn signal ......................................
... 113 another country .....................................................................
... 499
- Lock ..........................................................................................
... 239 - Power door lock .............................................................
... 147 Transmission
- Switches — Audio control .......................................
... 217 - Push-button ignition ..................................................
... 237 - Driving — Manual transmission .......................... ... 241
- Switches — Hands-free - SOS ...........................................................................................
... 442 - Driving — Xtronic ...........................................................
... 242
telephone control .........................................................
... 218 - Steering-wheel — Audio ...........................................
... 217 - Xtronic transmission fluid ...................................... ... 474
- Warning light ........................................................................
... 74 - Steering-wheel — Phone .........................................
... 218 Travelling ......................................................................................
... 499
Stop/Start System ................................................................
... 247 - ThermaClear .....................................................................
... 112 Troubleshooting
- Indicator light ......................................................................
... 81 - Wiper and washer .........................................................
... 110 - Keys ..........................................................................................
... 144
Storage ..........................................................................................
... 122 TSR ....................................................................................................
... 259
- Boot ..........................................................................................
... 127 T Turbocharger ............................................................................
... 236
- Bottle holder .....................................................................
... 124 Turn signal
Tachometer ..................................................................................
... 68
- Coat hooks .........................................................................
... 124 - Operation .............................................................................
... 117
Texting ...........................................................................................
... 213
- Console box .......................................................................
... 123 Tyre Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) ......... ... 231
ThermaClear Heated Windscreen
- Cup holders .......................................................................
... 123 - Meter information .........................................................
... 233
- Operation .............................................................................
... 112
- Glove box .............................................................................
... 122 - Settings .................................................................................
... 234
Three-way catalyst
- Luggage hooks ...............................................................
... 128 Tyres
- Care ..........................................................................................
... 235
- Map pocket ........................................................................
... 124 - Age ............................................................................................
... 491
- Information ........................................................................
... 235
- Roof rail .................................................................................
... 125 - Changing tyres and wheels .................................. ... 491
Tilting steering wheel ........................................................
... 164
- Seat pocket ........................................................................
... 124 - Emergency tyre puncture
Tools ................................................................................................
... 447
- Trays ........................................................................................
... 122 repair kit ..................................................................
... 451, 492
Towing
Sun visors ....................................................................................
... 164 - Equipment ..........................................................................
... 438
- Eye .............................................................................................
... 457
Sunshade - Flat tyre .................................................................................
... 446
- Precautions ........................................................................
... 456
- Operation .............................................................................
... 130 - Inflation pressure ..........................................................
... 489
- Tow bar Installation ....................................................
... 431
Super Lock system ...............................................................
... 146 - Placard ...................................................................................
... 500
- Tow truck towing .........................................................
... 456
- Emergency release ......................................................
... 146 - Repairing flat tyre .........................................................
... 451
- Towing four-wheel drive (4WD) models ..... ... 457
Supplemental Restraint System ................................... ... 51 - Rotation ................................................................................
... 490
- Towing two-wheel drive (2WD) models ...... ... 456
Switches - Sizes .........................................................................................
... 498
- Trailer ......................................................................................
... 430
- Automatic brake hold ................................................
... 159 - Snow chains ......................................................................
... 490
Trademarks ................................................................................
... 216
- Defogger ...............................................................................
... 112 - Spare .......................................................................................
... 445
Traffic sign recognition (TSR) ......................................
... 259
- eCall .........................................................................................
... 442 - Spare tyre ............................................................................
... 491
Trailer
- Electric Parking Brake ...............................................
... 157 - Temporary-use spare tyre ..................................... ... 445
- Brakes .....................................................................................
... 431
- Fog light ...............................................................................
... 117 - Trailer tyre pressure ...................................................
... 430
- Precautions ........................................................................
... 430
- Front passenger air bag .............................................
... 57 - Types .......................................................................................
... 489
- Tow bar Installation ....................................................
... 431
- Hazard warning ..............................................................
... 442 - Tyre Pressure Monitoring
- Towing ...................................................................................
... 430
- Headlight aiming ...........................................................
... 118 System (TPMS) .................................................................
... 449
Transferring registration to
Index 527
- Wear and damage ........................................................
... 491 - Care ..........................................................................................
... 461
- Wheels and tyres ...........................................................
... 489 - Changing tyres and wheels .................................. ... 491
- Cover .......................................................................................
... 447
U - Installation ..........................................................................
... 448
- Removal ................................................................................
... 447
USB (Universal Serial Bus)
- Sizes .........................................................................................
... 498
- Connection Port .............................................................
... 204
- Stowing .................................................................................
... 449
- Operation .............................................................................
... 204
- Tools and spare wheel .............................................
... 447
- Precautions ........................................................................
... 197
- Wheels and tyres ...........................................................
... 489
Windows .......................................................................................
... 128
V
- Automatic function ......................................................
... 129
Vehicle identification ..........................................................
... 499 - Locking ..................................................................................
... 129
- Air conditioner label ....................................................
... 500 - Power ......................................................................................
... 128
- Engine serial number .................................................
... 500 Wipers .............................................................................................
... 110
- Label ........................................................................................
... 499 - Blade replacement .......................................................
... 482
- Number (VIN) (chassis number) ......................... ... 500 - Operation (Rear window) ........................................
... 111
- Tyre placard ......................................................................
... 500 - Operation (Windscreen) ............................................
... 110
Vehicle information display ..............................................
... 82 - Rain-sensing auto wiper .........................................
... 110
Vehicle security ..........................................................
... 153, 432 - Reverse synchronisation .........................................
... 111
- Alarm system ....................................................................
... 153 - Washer nozzle ..................................................................
... 483
- Interior movement sensors .................................. ... 153 - Window washer cleaner fluid .............................. ... 476
Vents ...............................................................................................
... 188
X
W
Xtronic transmission
Warning labels - Driving ....................................................................................
... 242
- Air bag .......................................................................................
... 54 - Fluid ..........................................................................................
... 474
Warning lights
- Air bag - Passenger ........................................................
... 55
Warning/indicator lights and
...
audible reminders ....................................................................
... 71
Washing .........................................................................................
... 460
Waxing ............................................................................................
... 460
Wheels
- Balance ..................................................................................
... 491
- Blocking ................................................................................
... 446
528 Index
QUICK REFERENCE
GUID-0DFBD524-2689-46F0-BCF6-FECEEA02DF5F
* In case of emergency ... P.442
GUID-340D5842-2620-4A10-A61C-EC676170087D
(Flat tyre, engine will not start, overheating,
towing)
* How to start the engine ... P.240
* How to read the meters and gauges ...P.65
* Maintenance and do-it-yourself ...P.467
* Technical information ...P.495
OM23EN-0J12E0EUR
FR
Printing: November 2022 (01)

Publication No.: OM23EN-0J12E0EUR
Printed in France
Nissan Automotive Europe SAS - France J12-EN6

Qashqai-Om j12 En6 November-2022

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Qashqai-Om j12 En6 November-2022

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Qashqai-Om j12 En6 November-2022

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

QASHQAI

Arrows in an illustration that are similar to these

Bluetooth® is a trademark owned by Bluetooth SIG,

iPod® is a trademark of Apple Inc.

Seat belts and supplemental restraint system ......................

1. Supplemental front-impact air bags (P.51) 5. Front central seat-mounted side-impact

3. Front seats (P.21) 6. Front seat belts (P.463)

4. Occupant classification sensor (OCS)* or 7. Head restraints (P.25)

4 Illustrated table of contents

1. Bonnet (P.154) 3. Power windows (P.128)

Illustrated table of contents 5

1. Rear window (Defogger switch, P.112) 4. Antenna (P.200)

6 Illustrated table of contents

1. Inside rear-view mirror (P.165) 6. Sun visors (P.164)

Illustrated table of contents 7

8 Illustrated table of contents

Illustrated table of contents 9

10 Illustrated table of contents

1. Side vent (P.188) 5. Audio system* (P.197)

Illustrated table of contents 11

1. Side vent (P.188) — without NissanConnect* (P.200)

4. Centre vent (P.188) 7. Bonnet release handle (P.154)

12 Illustrated table of contents

Illustrated table of contents 13

1. Tachometer (P.68) Classic View to Enhanced View to expand the

14 Illustrated table of contents

1. Engine coolant reservoir (P.471) 4. Engine oil filler cap (P.472)

Illustrated table of contents 15

Lane Departure 284

Intelligent Cruise 320

Intelligent Cruise 305

16 Illustrated table of contents

Illustrated table of contents 17

18 Illustrated table of contents

20 Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 21

support to the driver.

WARNING Forward and backward:

22 Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

MNIC4039 SEAT HEATER (where fitted)

MASSAGE SEATS (where fitted)

Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 23

3. Release the seatback lock by lifting the latch.

24 Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

* Your vehicle is equipped with head restraints.

Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 25

MNPA1316 MNPA1607 MSSS0997Z

26 Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

MNPA1608 Sit upright and well back

Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 27

28 Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 29

Red Seat with exclamation symbol: The

Green Seat with tick symbol: The cor-

In vehicles not fitted with Rear Occupant Detec-

30 Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 31

The shoulder belt anchor height should be ad-

32 Safety — seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system